The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
Tourism Management
G 149-180 Travel. Voyages and travels (General)
G 154.9-155.8 Travel and state. Tourism
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Tourism Management?
Test out tourism AND management or "tourism management" as searches and see what you can find.
The TVL-Tourism Management strand specializes in Attractions and Theme Parks (NC II), Tourism Promotions Services (NC II), Local Guiding Services (NC II), and Travel Services (NC II). The program focuses on the social, cultural, and economic phenomenon that involves the movement of people from one place to several others, for whatever reason it serves them.
The strand is ideal for students who seek adventure through interacting with people, observing places of attraction and translating every experience into a product that will interest travelers from all over the world.
This strand is best for those who wish to embark on a career in Travel & Tourism Management.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on TVL-Tourism Management available and accessible at the LRC and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, magazines, online databases are recommended for the entire TVL-Tourism Management program. [Source]
QUICK LINKS
Grade 11
1st Term
2nd Term
3rd Term
Grade 12
1st Term
2nd Term
3rd Term
More sources of information:
Information and communication technologies as a tool for curating, contextualizing, collaborating, and creating content and experiences for learning in the professional tracks.
Advanced Excel Reporting for Management Accountants by
The advanced tools accountants need to build automated, reliable, and scalable reports using Excel Learn about the functions that work together to automate many of the processes involved in Management Reporting. See how to take advantage of the many new features of Excel 2007 and 2010. Find out how to build validation structures into your spreadsheet reports. Discover how to identify missing or new codes, either in the creation process or in the day-to-day running of the reports. Do it all with Advanced Excel Reporting for Management Accountants. Explore the structures that simplify the report creation process and make the reports more maintainable Learn techniques to "cleanse" data so that it is ready for use in Pivot Tables and formula-based reports Find out the tips and tricks that can make the creation process quicker and easier Discover all you need to know about Excel's summing functions and how versatile they can be Written in a hands-on style that works towards the completion of two reporting case studies, Advanced Excel Reporting for Management Accountants explains and demonstrates techniques so that Management Accountants can learn how to automate many aspects of the reporting process.
Best Practices for Teaching with Emerging Technologies by
As social media and Web 2.0 technologies continue to transform the learning trends and preferences of students, educators need to understand the applicability of these new tools in all types of learning environments. Best Practices for Teaching with Emerging Technologies will provide both new and experienced online, hybrid, and face-to-face instructors with: practical examples of how low-cost and free technologies can be used to support student learning best practices for integrating web-based tools into a course management system and managing student privacy in a Web 2.0 environment "Showcase" spotlights woven throughout the book, providing examples of how the tools described in the book are already being used effectively in educational settings an easy-to-reference format, organized with visual icons used to delineate each tool's visual, video, voice, and mobile features ideas for integrating mobile learning into your students' learning experiences. This practical, easy-to-use guide will serve the needs of educators seeking to refresh or transform their instruction. Readers will be rewarded with an ample yet manageable collection of proven emerging technologies that can be leveraged for generating content, enhancing communications with and between students, and cultivating participatory, student-centered learning activities.
Business Driven Information Systems by
Overview: Business Driven Information Systems story: Business Driven Information Systems discusses various business initiatives first and how technology supports those initiatives second. The premise for this unique approach is that business initiatives should drive technology choices. Every discussion first addresses the business needs and then addresses the technology that supports those needs. This text provides the foundation that will enable students to achieve excellence in business, whether they major in operations management, manufacturing, sales, marketing, finance, human resources, accounting, or virtually any other business discipline. Business Driven Information Systems is designed to give students the ability to understand how information technology can be a point of strength for an organization.
Can Emerging Technologies Make a Difference in Development? by
In this innovative and entirely original text, which has been thoughtfully edited to ensure coherence and readability across disciplines, scientists and practitioners from around the world provide evidence of the opportunities for, and the challenges of, developing collaborative approaches to bringing advanced and emerging technology to poor communities in developing countries in a responsible and sustainable manner. This volume will stimulate and satisfy readers seeking to engage in a rich and challenging discussion, integrating many strands of social thought and physical science. For those also seeking to creatively engage in the great challenges of our times for the benefit of struggling farmers, sick children, and people literally living in the dark around the world, may this volume also spark imagination, inspire commitment, and provoke collaborative problem solving.
Communication Technology Update and Fundamentals by
Communication technologies surround us in every part of our lives: via television, web, blogging, mass media, and much more. How do people in business keep up with the latest and greatest trends, and how do they differentiate good information from bad information? How do they get help analyzing information and coming to conclusions about trends that will impact their businesses and business decisions? How do they consider the environmental and sustainability issues surrounding communication technology? This book answers these essential questions. It's for professionals and students working in telecommunications, including electronic mass media, digital signage, computers, consumer electronics, games, satellites, and telepresence. The best of the best minds on these topics all come forward here, each in their own chapter, to report on, analyze, and make recommendations, for the new edition of this definitive guide to new technologies. New to this edition: New coverage of historical perspectives on communication technology bring the ideas and concepts to the forefront, providing a thoroughly grounded approach designed to appeal to professors looking for more the why's than the how's of communication technology New chapters on digital cinema, mobile commerce, digital television, cinema technologies, e-books, home video, digital audio, and telepresence. As always, every chapter is updated to reflect the latest trends on the topic Brand new! Instructor's manual with testbank and sample syllabus (cw.routledge.com/textbooks/instructordownload/) Companion website--brand new for this edition, including chapter-by-chapter additional coverage of technologies and further resources (commtechupdate.weebly.com)
Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel by
A practical guide to data mining using SQL and Excel Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to leverage the two most popular tools for data query and analysis--SQL and Excel--to perform sophisticated data analysis without the need for complex and expensive data mining tools. Written by a leading expert on business data mining, this book shows you how to extract useful business information from relational databases. You'll learn the fundamental techniques before moving into the "where" and "why" of each analysis, and then learn how to design and perform these analyses using SQL and Excel. Examples include SQL and Excel code, and the appendix shows how non-standard constructs are implemented in other major databases, including Oracle and IBM DB2/UDB. The companion website includes datasets and Excel spreadsheets, and the book provides hints, warnings, and technical asides to help you every step of the way. Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to perform a wide range of sophisticated analyses using these simple tools, sparing you the significant expense of proprietary data mining tools like SAS. Understand core analytic techniques that work with SQL and Excel Ensure your analytic approach gets you the results you need Design and perform your analysis using SQL and Excel Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to best use the tools you already know to achieve expert results.
The Diffusion of Information and Communication Technologies by
In recent decades, the world has witnessed, unprecedented in terms of speed and geographic coverage, diffusion of new information and communication technologies (ICT). The on-going digital revolution pervasively impacts and reshapes societies and economies and therefore deserves special attention and interest. This book provides extensive evidence on information and communication technologies development patterns and dynamics of this process across developed economies over the period 1980 to the present day. It adopts newly developed methodology to identification of the 'critical mass' and isolation of technological takeoff intervals, which are intimately related to the process of technology diffusion. The statistically robust analysis of country-specific data demonstrates the key economic, social and institutional prerequisites of ICT diffusion across examined countries, indicating what factors significantly foster or - reversely - hinder the process.
Ethics for Educational Technology and Instructional Design by
We are beginning to learn that the success of educational technologies lies less in the technologies themselves than in our ability to engage in thoughtful, ethical design around the system into which we are introducing innovations. As a result, the interactions between technology and social systems must be more carefully considered. Ethics for Educational Technology and Instructional Design approaches those considerations through an applied ethics lens, providing a practical guide for students, researchers, and professionals to learn how to intentionally achieve desired results and safeguard against undesirable results. This innovative new book provides: Original contributions from leading experts in the field that explain particularly complex or difficult concepts Case studies that give practitioners & students examples of real world applications Instructor and Student Resources via a companion website To situate ethics as a design activity, Moore provides a model for thinking about ethics in educational technology in an applied, practical manner and how it relates to the instructional design process. This book is an essential addition to the practitioner or researcher's library, as well as a valuable textbook for graduate courses on ethics in educational technology, e-learning, and instructional design.
Global information society : technology, knowledge, and mobility by
We have been living and working in the information society for decades, yet still we struggle to understand and keep up in the face of its constant flux and vast scope. In this unique interdisciplinary text, three scholars at the forefront of this dynamic field provide a clear conceptual framework and interpretation of the global information society. They explain the three pillars of the information society--technology, knowledge, and mobility--and the global information society as a whole, both as an interconnected web and a regionally distinct phenomenon. Offering a nuanced understanding of this complex subject, this book will enable students to navigate and thrive in the dynamic and evolving world of information and communication technology.
The Handbook of Global Communication and Media Ethics, 2 Volume Set by
This groundbreaking handbook provides a comprehensive picture of the ethical dimensions of communication in a global setting. Both theoretical and practical, this important volume will raise the ethical bar for both scholars and practitioners in the world of global communication and media. Selected by Choice as an Outstanding Academic Title for 2011 Brings together leading international scholars to consider ethical issues raised by globalization, the practice of journalism, popular culture, and media activities Examines important themes in communication ethics, including feminism, ideology, social responsibility, reporting, metanarratives, blasphemy, development, and "glocalism", among many others Contains case studies on reporting, censorship, responsibility, terrorism, disenfranchisement, and guilt throughout many countries and regions worldwide Contributions by Islamic scholars discuss various facets of that religion's engagement with the public sphere, and others who deal with some of the religious and cultural factors that bedevil efforts to understand our world
Information Technologies and Social Orders by
According to Carl J. Couch, the history of human society is one of successive, sometimes overlapping, information technologies used to process the various symbolic representations that inform social contexts. Unlike earlier "media" theorists who ignored social context in order to concentrate on the information technologies themselves, Couch implements a consistent theory of interpersonal and intergroup relations to describe the essential interface between information technologies and the social contexts in which they are used. Couch emphasizes the formative capacities of information technologies across historical epochs and cultures, and places them within the major institutional relations of various societies. He views social orders as reflexively shaped by the information technologies that participants use, and as susceptible to mass brutality and oppression due to oligarchic control though he hopes technology will remain humane. The original edition of this manuscript was nearly complete at the time of Couch's death and was brought to completion by two of his closest associates. Now after two decades, during which its impact is indisputable, it has been updated for a new generation of students and scholars. Additions include discussions on books in the digital age, social media, mobile telephones, recordings, participatory culture, and more.
Learning Technologies and the Body by
This volume explores how technology-supported learning environments can incorporate physical activity and interactive experiences in formal education. It presents cutting-edge research and design work on a new generation of "body-centric" technologies such as wearable body sensors, GPS tracking devices, interactive display surfaces, video game controller devices, and humanlike avatars. Contributors discuss how and why each of these technologies can be used in service of learning within K-12 classrooms and at home, in museums and online. Citing examples of empirical evidence and specific implementation, this timely and critical volume examines how body responsive technologies are being used within the educational community to advance the next generation of educational technology.
Managing Customer Trust, Satisfaction, and Loyalty Through Information Communication Technologies by
Due to the growth of internet and mobile applications, relationship marketing continues to evolve as technology offers more collaborative and social communication opportunities. Managing Customer Trust, Satisfaction, and Loyalty through Information Communication highlights technology's involvement with business processes in different sectors and industries while identifying marketing activities that are affected by its usage. This reference is a vital source for organisational managers, executives, and professionals, as well as academics and students interested in this constantly changing field.
Media Technologies by
Scholars from communication and media studies join those from science and technology studies to examine media technologies as complex, sociomaterial phenomena.In recent years, scholarship around media technologies has finally shed the assumption that these technologies are separate from and powerfully determining of social life, looking at them instead as produced by and embedded in distinct social, cultural, and political practices. Communication and media scholars have increasingly taken theoretical perspectives originating in science and technology studies (STS), while some STS scholars interested in information technologies have linked their research to media studies inquiries into the symbolic dimensions of these tools. In this volume, scholars from both fields come together to advance this view of media technologies as complex sociomaterial phenomena. The contributors first address the relationship between materiality and mediation, considering such topics as the lived realities of network infrastructure. The contributors then highlight media technologies as always in motion, held together through the minute, unobserved work of many, including efforts to keep these technologies alive. Contributors Pablo J. Boczkowski, Geoffrey C. Bowker, Finn Brunton, Gabriella Coleman, Gregory J. Downey, Kirsten A. Foot, Tarleton Gillespie, Steven J. Jackson, Christopher M. Kelty, Leah A. Lievrouw, Sonia Livingstone, Ignacio Siles, Jonathan Sterne, Lucy Suchman, Fred Turner
Microsoft Excel 2013 for the Business Analyst by
As one of the most popular software tools in the world, Microsoft Excel is used by business analysts across the globe to keep track of details, look deeply into the data that drives business, and provide managers with the information and insights they need to keep their companies moving forward. MICROSOFT EXCEL 2013 FOR THE BUSINESS ANALYST is an introduction to Excel, written by a business analyst for business analysts. While providing a general overview of the features and functions of Excel, the book places special emphasis on helping users in the task of data analysis. The book begins with a conceptual overview and a discussion of Excel's main components--cells, worksheets, tables, pivot tables, and pivot charts. That material provides an understanding of how Excel summarizes data and paves the way for a detailed exploration of the software's formulas and functions. Written in an easy-to-grasp style, with plenty of helpful screenshots, MICROSOFT EXCEL 2013 FOR THE BUSINESS ANALYST is perfect for analysts who are new to Excel or experienced users who wish to learn more about Excel's business-analysis capabilities.
Modern Business Statistics with MicrosoftExcel by
Use MODERN BUSINESS STATISTICS, 5E to gain a strong conceptual understanding of statistics with a balance of real-world applications and a focus on the integrated strengths of Microsoft Excel 2013. To ensure your understanding, this best-selling, comprehensive text carefully discusses and clearly develops each statistical technique in a solid application setting.Immediately after each easy-to-follow presentation of a statistical procedure, a subsection discusses how to use Excel to perform the procedure. This integrated approach emphasizes the applications of Excel while focusing on the statistical methodology. Step-by-step instructions and screen captures further clarify the presentation to ensure your understanding. A wealth of timely business examples, proven methods, and application exercises clearly demonstrate how statistical results provide insights into business decisions and present solutions to contemporary business problems. The book's class-tested problem-scenario approach emphasizes how you can apply statistical methods to today's practical business situations. New case problems and self-tests throughout this edition allow you to check your personal understanding. Additional learning resources, including CengageNOW for online homework assistance and a complete support website, provide everything you need to acquire Excel 2013 skills and an understanding of business statistics.
My Excel 2013 by
Full-color, step-by-step tasks walk you through everything you want to do with Excel 2013. Step-by-step instructions with callouts to Excel 2013 screenshots that show you exactly what to do. Help when you run into Excel 2013 problems or limitations. Tips and Notes to help you get the most from Excel 2013. * Quickly find and use the Excel 2013 features you're looking for * Create, save, and organize your spreadsheets * Build custom formulas using Excel's powerful built-in functions * Master time-saving techniques to find, replace, move, filter, and sort data * Find, fix, and avoid errors that break spreadsheets or cause inaccuracies * Create a unique look and feel for your spreadsheets with formatting * Generate powerful charts and visualizations with Excel's new tools * Insert images, shapes, SmartArt, and even org charts * Precisely control what you print and how it looks * Secure your spreadsheets and control who can view or edit them * Use improved PivotTables to analyze huge amounts of data * Store and share workbooks on the Web with SkyDrive
Quantitative methods for business research by 
Social Media, Crisis Communication, and Emergency Management by
Although recent global disasters have clearly demonstrated the power of social media to communicate critical information in real-time, its true potential has yet to be unleashed. Social Media, Crisis Communication, and Emergency Management: Leveraging Web 2.0 Technologies teaches emergency management professionals how to use social media to improve emergency planning, preparedness, and response capabilities. It provides a set of guidelines and safe practices for using social media effectively across a range of emergency management applications. Explaining how emergency management agencies can take advantage of the extended reach these technologies offer, the book supplies cutting-edge methods for leveraging these technologies to manage information more efficiently, reduce information overload, inform the public, and ultimately save lives. Filled with real-world examples and case studies, it is an ideal self-study resource. Its easy-to-navigate structure and numerous exercises also make it suitable for courses at both the undergraduate and graduate levels.nbsp;nbsp; From crowdsourcing and digital volunteers to mapping and collective intelligence, Social Media, Crisis Communication, and Emergency Management: Leveraging Web 2.0 Technologies facilitates a clear understanding of the essential principles of social media. Each chapter includes an example of a local-level practitioner, organization, or agency using social media that demonstrates the transformative power of social media in the real world. The book also includes numerous exercises that supply readers with models for building their own social media sites and groups--making it a must-read for anyone who wants to learn more about the communication and information structures supported by social media. Visit the author's homepage: http://sites.google.com/site/conniemwhite/Home
Unplugging the classroom : teaching with technologies to promote students' lifelong learning by
Unplugging the Classroom: Teaching with Technologies to Promote Students' Lifelong Learning provides techniques to help teaching and learning in an age where technology untethers instruction from the classroom, from semester seat-time, and from a single source of expertise. The book brings together researchers and practitioners from diverse academic fields, including library perspectives, and presents interdisciplinary discussions from both theoretical and applied areas. It is unique in its goal of bringing educators and librarians together to explore the challenges that are faced by students and faculty in any time, any place, any path, and any pace learning. In spite of the fact that the mobile revolution has definitively arrived, students and faculty alike aren't ready to make the leap to mobile learning. The pressures of technological advances, along with the changing nature of learning, will demand increasingly profound changes in education. Researchers have begun to address this issue, but the revolution in mobile communication has not been accompanied by a concomitant growth in pedagogical resources for educators and students. More importantly, such growth needs to be under-girded by sound learning theories and examples of best practice.
Using Social and Information Technologies for Disaster and Crisis Management by
As current information technology and social media continue to make it easier for us to keep in touch with one another, organizations are asking whether social media is reliable enough for its crisis response plans. Using Social and Information Technologies for Disaster and Crisis Management highlights examples of disaster situations in recent years in which social and information technologies were useful in distributing and receiving information updates. This comprehensive collection brings together research for practitioners and researchers interested in the uses of information technology in crisis management.
Visual intelligence : Microsoft tools and techniques for visualizing data by
Go beyond design concepts and learn to build state-of-the-art visualizations The visualization experts at Microsoft's Pragmatic Works have created a full-color, step-by-step guide to building specific types of visualizations. The book thoroughly covers the Microsoft toolset for data analysis and visualization, including Excel, and explores best practices for choosing a data visualization design, selecting tools from the Microsoft stack, and building a dynamic data visualization from start to finish. You'll examine different types of visualizations, their strengths and weaknesses, and when to use each one. Data visualization tools unlock the stories within the data, enabling you to present it in a way that is useful for making business decisions This full-color guide introduces data visualization design concepts, then explains the various Microsoft tools used to store and display data Features a detailed discussion of various classes of visualizations, their uses, and the appropriate tools for each Includes practical implementations of various visualizations and best practices for using them Covers out-of-the-box Microsoft tools, custom-developed illustrations and implementations, and code examples Visual Intelligence: Microsoft Tools and Techniques for Visualizing Data arms you with best practices and the knowledge to choose and build dynamic data visualizations.
Information and communication technologies as a tool for curating, contextualizing, collaborating, and creating content and experiences for learning in the professional tracks.
Advanced Excel Reporting for Management Accountants by
The advanced tools accountants need to build automated, reliable, and scalable reports using Excel Learn about the functions that work together to automate many of the processes involved in Management Reporting. See how to take advantage of the many new features of Excel 2007 and 2010. Find out how to build validation structures into your spreadsheet reports. Discover how to identify missing or new codes, either in the creation process or in the day-to-day running of the reports. Do it all with Advanced Excel Reporting for Management Accountants. Explore the structures that simplify the report creation process and make the reports more maintainable Learn techniques to "cleanse" data so that it is ready for use in Pivot Tables and formula-based reports Find out the tips and tricks that can make the creation process quicker and easier Discover all you need to know about Excel's summing functions and how versatile they can be Written in a hands-on style that works towards the completion of two reporting case studies, Advanced Excel Reporting for Management Accountants explains and demonstrates techniques so that Management Accountants can learn how to automate many aspects of the reporting process.
Communication and Information Technologies Annual by
Sponsored by the Communication and Information Technologies Section of the American Sociological Association, this volume examines wide-ranging aspects of culture, communication, and [new] media broadly defined. Themes include the interplay between [new] media and any of the following: culture, communication, technology, convergence, the arts, cultural production, and cultural change in the digital age. Contributions shed light on emergent phenomena that -sociologists, particularly those studying media or communication, culture scholars will find intriguing.
Communication and information technology in society by
This book discusses a number of issues related to the various dimensions of the use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in management, and their economic and psycho-pedagogical uses. It answers several important questions concerning this research area, and its interdisciplinary approach serves to answer a number of key questions in this field. It offers a contribution to the wider social and scientific discussion on the theoretical and practical use of ICT, in management, economics, education, and psychology, in addition to several other scientific disciplines.
Communication and Technology by
The primary goal of the Communication and Technology volume (5th within the series "Handbooks of Communication Science") is to provide the reader with a comprehensive compilation of key scholarly literature, identifying theoretical issues, emerging concepts, current research, specialized methods, and directions for future investigations. The internet and web have become the backbone of many new communication technologies, often transforming older communication media, through digitization, to make them compatible with the net. Accordingly, this volume focuses on internet/web technologies. The essays cover various infrastructure technologies, ranging from different kinds of hard-wired elements to a range of wireless technologies such as WiFi, mobile telephony, and satellite technologies. Audio/visual communication is discussed with reference to large-format motion pictures, medium-sized television and video formats, and the small-screen mobile smartphone. There is also coverage of audio-only media, such as radio, music, and voice telephony; text media, in such venues as online newspapers, blogs, discussion forums and mobile texting; and multi-media technologies, such as games and virtual reality.
Communication Technologies by
Information and Communications Technology (ICT) stresses the role of unified communications and the integration of telecommunications (telephone lines and wireless signals), computers as well as necessary enterprise software, middleware, storage, and audio-visual systems, which enable users to create, access, store, transmit, and manipulate information. In this book, the authors examine the societal perspectives, strategic management and impact on business of communications technology. Topics include information and communication technologies in world class universities; ICT used by businesses on purchasing orientation; ICT and their impact on customer patronizing behaviour; the using of and attitudes toward ICT in different age groups; optoelectronic switch arrays for communication networks; and factors affecting eco-driving through a web-based information provision system.
Communication Technologies, Information Security and Sustainable Development by
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed proceedings of the Third International Multi-topic Conference on Communications, Technologies, Information Security and Sustainable Development, IMTIC 2013, held in Jamshoro, Pakistan, in December 2013. The 27 revised papers presented in this volume were carefully reviewed and selected from 140 submissions. The topics presented had a reasonable balance between theory and practice in multi-disciplined topics including wireless sensor networks, cloud computing, wireless communication, antenna design, signal processing, software engineering, image processing, bioinformatics and telemedicine, neural networks, automation and control, and green renewable energy.
Communication Technology Update and Fundamentals by
For three decades, Communication Technology Update and Fundamentals has set the standard as the single best resource for students and professionals looking to brush up on how communication technologies have developed, grown, and converged, as well as what's in store for the future. The secret to the longevity is simple--every two years, the book is completely rewritten to ensure that it contains the latest developments in mass media, computers, consumer electronics, networking, and telephony. Plus, the book includes the Fundamentals: the first five chapters explain the communication technology ecosystem, the history, structure, and regulations. The chapters are written by experts who provide snapshots of the state of each individual field. Together, these updates provide a broad overview of these industries, as well as the role communication technologies play in our everyday lives. In addition to substantial updates to each chapter, the 16th edition includes: First-ever chapters on Virtual/Augmented Reality and eSports. Updated user data in every chapter. Overview of industry structure, including recent and proposed mergers and acquisitions Suggestions on how to get a job working with the technologies discussed. The companion website, www.tfi.com/ctu, offers updated information on the technologies covered in this text, as well as links to other resources.
Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel by
A practical guide to data mining using SQL and Excel Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to leverage the two most popular tools for data query and analysis--SQL and Excel--to perform sophisticated data analysis without the need for complex and expensive data mining tools. Written by a leading expert on business data mining, this book shows you how to extract useful business information from relational databases. You'll learn the fundamental techniques before moving into the "where" and "why" of each analysis, and then learn how to design and perform these analyses using SQL and Excel. Examples include SQL and Excel code, and the appendix shows how non-standard constructs are implemented in other major databases, including Oracle and IBM DB2/UDB. The companion website includes datasets and Excel spreadsheets, and the book provides hints, warnings, and technical asides to help you every step of the way. Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to perform a wide range of sophisticated analyses using these simple tools, sparing you the significant expense of proprietary data mining tools like SAS. Understand core analytic techniques that work with SQL and Excel Ensure your analytic approach gets you the results you need Design and perform your analysis using SQL and Excel Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to best use the tools you already know to achieve expert results.
Enabling Technologies for the Internet of Things by
Enabling Technologies for the Internet of Things: Wireless Circuits, Systems and Networkscollects slides and notes from the lectures given in the 2017 Seasonal School Enabling Technologies for the Internet-of-Things, supported by IEEE CAS Society and by INTEL funding, and organized by Prof. Sergio Saponara and Prof. Giuliano Manara. The book discusses new trends in Internet-of-Things (IoT) technologies, considering technological and training aspects, with special focus on electronic and electromagnetic circuits and systems. IoT involves research and design activities both in analog and in digital circuit/signal domains, including focus on sensors interfacing and conditioning, energy harvesting, low-power signal processing, wireless connectivity and networking, functional safety (FuSa). FuSa is one of the emerging key issues in IoT applications in safety critical domains like industry 4.0, autonomous and connected vehicles and e-health. Our world is becoming more and more interconnected. Currently it is estimated that two hundred billion smart objects will be part of the IoT by 2020. This new scenario will pave the way to innovative business models and will bring new experiences in everyday life. The challenge is offering products, services and comprehensive solutions for the IoT, from technology to intelligent and connected objects and devices to connectivity and data centers, enhancing smart homes, smart factories, autonomous driving cars and much more, while at the same time ensuring the highest safety standards. In safety-critical contexts, where a fault could jeopardize the human life, safety becomes a key aspect.
Information and communication technologies for development by
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 14th IFIP WG 9.4 International Conference on Social Implications of Computers in Developing Countries, ICT4D 2017, held in Yogyakarta, Indonesia, in May 2017. The 60 revised full papers and 8 short papers presented together with 3 keynotes were carefully reviewed and selected from 118 submissions. The papers are organized in the following topical sections: large scale and complex information systems for development; women empowerment and gender justice; social mechanisms of ICT-enabled development; the data revolution and sustainable development goals; critical perspectives on ICT and open innovation for development; the contribution of practice theories to ICT for development; agile development; indigenous local community grounded ICT developments; global sourcing and development; sustainability in ICT4D; and information systems development and implementation in Southeast Asia. Also included are a graduate student track, current issues and notes.
Media Technologies by
Scholars from communication and media studies join those from science and technology studies to examine media technologies as complex, sociomaterial phenomena. In recent years, scholarship around media technologies has finally shed the assumption that these technologies are separate from and powerfully determining of social life, looking at them instead as produced by and embedded in distinct social, cultural, and political practices. Communication and media scholars have increasingly taken theoretical perspectives originating in science and technology studies (STS), while some STS scholars interested in information technologies have linked their research to media studies inquiries into the symbolic dimensions of these tools. In this volume, scholars from both fields come together to advance this view of media technologies as complex sociomaterial phenomena. The contributors first address the relationship between materiality and mediation, considering such topics as the lived realities of network infrastructure. The contributors then highlight media technologies as always in motion, held together through the minute, unobserved work of many, including efforts to keep these technologies alive. Contributors Pablo J. Boczkowski, Geoffrey C. Bowker, Finn Brunton, Gabriella Coleman, Gregory J. Downey, Kirsten A. Foot, Tarleton Gillespie, Steven J. Jackson, Christopher M. Kelty, Leah A. Lievrouw, Sonia Livingstone, Ignacio Siles, Jonathan Sterne, Lucy Suchman, Fred Turner
My Excel 2013 by
Full-color, step-by-step tasks walk you through everything you want to do with Excel 2013. Step-by-step instructions with callouts to Excel 2013 screenshots that show you exactly what to do. Help when you run into Excel 2013 problems or limitations. Tips and Notes to help you get the most from Excel 2013. * Quickly find and use the Excel 2013 features you're looking for * Create, save, and organize your spreadsheets * Build custom formulas using Excel's powerful built-in functions * Master time-saving techniques to find, replace, move, filter, and sort data * Find, fix, and avoid errors that break spreadsheets or cause inaccuracies * Create a unique look and feel for your spreadsheets with formatting * Generate powerful charts and visualizations with Excel's new tools * Insert images, shapes, SmartArt, and even org charts * Precisely control what you print and how it looks * Secure your spreadsheets and control who can view or edit them * Use improved PivotTables to analyze huge amounts of data * Store and share workbooks on the Web with SkyDrive
The Role of Information and Communication Technologies in Postconflict Reconstruction by
In this summary report and a series of country case studies, infoDev is exploring the transformative role that Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs) can have in post-conflict nations during the process of reconstruction. The case studies look at countries at different stages of post-conflict reconstruction in Afghanistan, Liberia, Rwanda and Timor-Leste, and post-revolution in Tunisia. The report examines how policy-makers, the donor community, and the private sector have prioritized and sequenced ICT initiatives in the aftermath of conflict. In addition, the report proposes a conceptual framework to understand how ICTs can contribute to improving service delivery and assisting with nation-building. The opening chapter of the report gives an overview of the relationship between conflict, reconstruction and the role of ICTs. It builds on experience within the Bank as well as on a wide range of practitioner, academic and other literature. The second chapter seeks to establish a framework for understanding the ways in which ICTs interact with societies in transition from violence to stability, and for leveraging their potential to further that transition. The roots of this lie in understanding two fields of study, policy and practice: analysis of conflict and post-conflict reconstruction, and analysis of ICTs and the development of an information society.Chapter three then analyses the relationship between these two fields and proposes a framework for analysis and policy development. The final chapter makes a number of recommendations to the World Bank Group, to other donors and development actors, as well as to the governments of countries emerging from violent conflict, and suggests areas for further research.
Visual intelligence : Microsoft tools and techniques for visualizing data by
Go beyond design concepts and learn to build state-of-the-art visualizations The visualization experts at Microsoft's Pragmatic Works have created a full-color, step-by-step guide to building specific types of visualizations. The book thoroughly covers the Microsoft toolset for data analysis and visualization, including Excel, and explores best practices for choosing a data visualization design, selecting tools from the Microsoft stack, and building a dynamic data visualization from start to finish. You'll examine different types of visualizations, their strengths and weaknesses, and when to use each one. Data visualization tools unlock the stories within the data, enabling you to present it in a way that is useful for making business decisions This full-color guide introduces data visualization design concepts, then explains the various Microsoft tools used to store and display data Features a detailed discussion of various classes of visualizations, their uses, and the appropriate tools for each Includes practical implementations of various visualizations and best practices for using them Covers out-of-the-box Microsoft tools, custom-developed illustrations and implementations, and code examples Visual Intelligence: Microsoft Tools and Techniques for Visualizing Data arms you with best practices and the knowledge to choose and build dynamic data visualizations.
This course deals with the concepts, underlying principles, processes, and implementation of a business plan. The preliminaries of this course include the following: 1) discussion on the relevance of the course; 2) explanation of key concepts of common competencies; 3) explanation of core competencies relative to the course; and 4 exploration of career opportunities.
Academic Entrepreneurship by
The pathway to bringing laboratory discoveries to market is poorly understood and generally new to many academics. This book serves as an easy-to-read roadmap for translating technology to a product launch - guiding university faculty and graduate students on launching a start-up company. * Addresses a growing trend of academic faculty commercializing their discoveries, especially those supported by the National Science Foundation and National Institutes of Health * Offers faculty a pathway and easy-to-follow steps towards determining whether their discovery / idea / technology is viable from a business perspective, as well as how to execute the necessary steps to create and launch a start-up company * Has a light-hearted and accessible style of a step-by-step guide to help graduate students, post-docs, and faculty learn how to go about spinning out their research from the lab * Includes interviews by faculty in the disciplines of materials science, pharmaceuticals, medical devices, information technology, energy, and mechanical devices - offering tips and discussing potential pitfalls to be avoided
Building 21st Century Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship develops around the world in accordance to the different cultural, political, economic and social contexts. Governments promote entrepreneurship as a way to improve economic growth. As capitalism changes, entrepreneurship also changes. This book describes some of the new profiles of entrepreneurs that are creating the entrepreneurial economy of the 21st Century. It presents entrepreneurship in a theoretical and pragmatic way in order to help readers to understand what entrepreneurship means today. Illustrated by socio-economic information and case studies of an international scope, two main questions are explicitly studied in this book: who are the new figures of entrepreneurs and how are they creating the companies of the future? The book is based on academic literature and serves as a reference to researchers interested in the evolution of entrepreneurship.
Business Planning and Entrepreneurship by
An organizational strategy and business plan may begin with an engaging product or service concept. It may end with a creative investment funding strategy. But at its heart, its very core, a business plan must address the fundamental operating principles of management accounting from a pragmatic "nuts and bolts" perspective. This book will focus on the fundamental steps of business planning within a managerial accounting framework, those being: (a) the business model, (b) volume and process flow, (c) product and service costing, (d) revenue and pricing, and (e) investment value. It will also use the core principles of risk management to address challenges that inevitably arise whenever situations fail to unfold according to plan.
Classroom Exercises for Entrepreneurship by
'The impact of entrepreneurship education is maximized when multi-disciplinary approaches are used, and yet most professors are trained deeply in one area. Hart's book offers a dynamic and robust series of tools for educators to create their own hyper-involved classroom regardless of their discipline to prepare students to impact the real world. I highly recommend this book.' - Julienne Shields, Millikin University, US and co-author/editor, Arts and Entrepreneurship 'This book provides a wealth of in-class exercises to engage students in all aspects of the entrepreneurial process. I found great comfort in using a resource that has such a broad repertoire of activities that can challenge students to master new ways of entrepreneurial thinking and acting. If you need an exercise on a particular topic in entrepreneurship, you will find it in this book. This is a wonderful resource to involve students in entrepreneurial experiences where they can learn by doing and reflecting.' - William B. Gartner, Babson College, US 'Learning entrepreneurship requires doing entrepreneurship and the exercises in this book highlight doing as the pedagogy for learning. This book is my new ''go-to'' book for new exercises. Thank you for this contribution to entrepreneurship education.' - Heidi Neck, Babson College, US 'Classroom Exercises for Entrepreneurshipis a must-have companion for any entrepreneurship educator. Hart has masterfully designed 65 impactful, implementable, and exciting experiential exercises for use in classrooms across all disciplines. I'm excited to implement these in my classes this year.' - Eric Liguori, Rowan University, US Entrepreneurship is a creative practice with tremendous impact, but how does one effectively teach entrepreneurs to engage in this sometimes tumultuous and risk-laden process? A traditional stand and lecture approach to teaching this complex subject does not always suffice, and many professors are finding that students benefit more from hands-on experiences. By engaging and acting, students can own their knowledge and progress beyond an intellectual understanding of the subject. This book offers sixty-five experiential exercises, each designed to be applicable to the entrepreneurial process. These cross-disciplinary exercises vary in scale from single-class activities to course projects or yearlong capstones. Learning objectives are clearly defined so that instructors can incorporate the book's exercises, games, simulations and demonstrations into their syllabi. Whether classes are basic, intermediate or advanced, instructors can use the exercises to engage their students and help them develop as creatively-minded entrepreneurs. Entrepreneurship professors seeking experiential exercises to incorporate into their teaching will find this book of value.
Digital Entrepreneurship by
Technology has enabled a new age of entrepreneurship as entrepreneurs find digital tools that enable new ventures to exploit commercial opportunities around the world. This textbook provides students with expert guidance on using technology platforms to start new ventures. With an award-winning approach, the author guides readers through the process of a lean startup, taking a "digital first" approach to entrepreneurship. Students using the book will emerge with enhanced understanding of different digital business models, analytical skills for digital ventures, and the confidence to move from prototype to product. Online resources such as slides, a sample syllabus, and exercises encourage the classroom to become an interactive and dynamic space.
Disciplined Entrepreneurship Workbook by
The essential companion to the book that revolutionized entrepreneurship Disciplined Entrepreneurship Workbook provides a practical manual for working the 24-step framework presented in Disciplined Entrepreneurship. Unlocking key lessons and breaking down the steps, this book helps you delve deeper into the framework to get your business up and running with a greater chance for success. You'll find the tools you need to sharpen your instinct, engage your creativity, work through hardship, and give the people what they want--even if they don't yet know that they want it. Real-world examples illustrate the framework in action, and case studies highlight critical points that can make or break you when your goal is on the line. Exercises and assessments help you nail down your strengths, while pointing out areas that could benefit from reinforcement--because when it comes to your business, "good enough" isn't good enough--better is always better. Disciplined Entrepreneurship transformed the way that professionals think about starting a company, and this book helps you dig into the proven framework to make your business dreams a reality. Delve deeper into the 24 steps to success Innovate, persevere, and create the product people want Internalize lessons learned from real-world entrepreneurs Test your understanding with exercises and case studies The book also includes new material on topics the author has found to be extremely useful in getting the most value out of the framework including Primary Market Research, Windows of Opportunity and Triggers. The book also introduces the Disciplined Entrepreneurship Canvas to track your progress on this journey. Starting a company is a serious undertaking, with plenty of risk and sacrifice to go around--so why not minimize the risk and make the outcome worth the sacrifice? Author Bill Aulet's 24-step framework is proven to build a successful business; the key is in how well you implement it. Disciplined Entrepreneurship Workbook helps you master the skills, tools, and mindset you need to get on your path to success.
Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship, by Robert Hisrich, Michael Peters and Dean Shepherd has been designed to clearly instruct students on the process of formulating, planning, and implementing a new venture. Students are exposed to detailed descriptions of 'how to' embark on a new venture in a logical manner. Comprehensive cases at the end of the text have been hand-picked by the authors to go hand-in-hand with chapter concepts, helping to reinforce key topics.
Entrepreneurship by
Based on the world-renowned Babson Entrepreneurship program, this new text emphasizes practice and learning through action. Students will walk away from this text with the entrepreneurial mindset, skillset and toolset that can be applied to startups as well as organizations of all kinds. Suitable for students from a variety of academic backgrounds.
Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship, by Robert Hisrich, Michael Peters and Dean Shepherdhas been designed to clearly instruct students on the process of formulating, planning, and implementing a new venture. Students are exposed to detailed descriptions of 'how to' embark on a new venture in a logical manner. Comprehensive cases at the end of the text have been hand-picked by the authors to go hand-in-hand with chapter concepts. The superb author team of Hisrich, Peters, and Shepherd draw from their distinct backgrounds to create a book that addresses the dynamics of today's entrepreneurial challenges. From Bob Hisrich's expertise in global entrepreneurship to Mike Peter's background as a both a real-life entrepreneur and academic to Dean Shepherd's current research on cognition and entrepreneurial mindset, this book balances the crucial line between modern theory and practice.
Entrepreneurship by
How do you come up with a good idea for a business? What are the unique marketing challenges that you'll face? How do you acquire the necessary financing? Written by one of the biggest names in the field, this book will arm readers with the knowledge to turn inspiration into results. It explores the trials and tribulations of entrepreneurship so that readers will have the necessary tools to start their own businesses. Critical steps are explained in an engaging style that helps make complex issues easy to understand. * Integrates case studies throughout the chapters to show readers how the information is applied in the real world. * Outlines successes as well as failures to paint a realistic picture of the difficulties involved in starting a business. * Discusses how to recognize opportunities and formulate a winning strategy. * Explains how to create a business plan and build pro forma financial statements. * Covers how to acquire equity financing and getting access to funds.
Entrepreneurship by
High School students today realize that becoming a business owner is a career option. ENTREPRENEURSHIP: IDEAS IN ACTION 6E provides students with the knowledge needed to realistically evaluate their potential as a business owner. This text encourages students to examine all the major steps involved in starting a new business: Ownership, Strategy, Finance, and Marketing. As students complete the chapters, they will develop a business plan and learn what it takes to get an entrepreneurial venture off to a good start. Market research, budgeting, selecting a business location, and financing the business are covered using real-life examples that students can relate to. Information on online research and online business planning is also included.
Entrepreneurship by
Learn the true process of a successful entrepreneur with ENTREPRENEURSHIP: THEORY, PROCESS, PRACTICE, 10e! Presenting the most current thinking in this explosive field, this renowned entrepreneurship text provides a practical, step-by-step approach that makes learning easy. It incorporates up-to-the-minute information about trending topics such as The Lean Startup methodology and design innovation. The accompanying MindTap Learning Suite challenges you to apply what you've learned as you complete a unique set of activities designed to help you sharpen your entrepreneurial skills. You'll tackle activities that challenge you to experience the world of new venture creation or corporate innovation first hand. This book will be your guide to understanding the entrepreneurial challenges of tomorrow, and MindTap will teach you the necessary skills to become a leader in the industry.
Entrepreneurship : the art, science, and process for success by 
Entrepreneurship : theory, process, practice by Entrepreneurship : tools to start your own business by 
Entrepreneurship in Theory and Practice by
Aimed primarily at undergraduate students, this highly successful textbook provides the reader with a broad overview of the entrepreneurship phenomenon. It focuses on the emergence, evaluation, and organizing of entrepreneurial opportunities in various organizational contexts. This thoroughly revised second edition brings the reader up to date with the newest trends in the entrepreneurship field and includes four insightful new chapters, covering: nascent entrepreneurship design thinking public entrepreneurship entrepreneurship policy. New diagrams and figures have been added throughout to clarify key concepts and to clearly illustrate workflow relationships. With real-life international case stories by high profile entrepreneurship scholars, such as William B. Gartner, Saras Sarasvathy, Alain Fayolle, Benson Honig, the book highlights the paradoxes and dilemmas entrepreneurs may encounter on their entrepreneurial journey. Including student involvement, theory, paradoxes, actions, and exercises, all undergraduate students with or without prior entrepreneurship education can enjoy the many benefits, puzzles, and insights the book has to offer.
Exploring Entrepreneurship by
A detailed and critical analysis of the multiple types of entrepreneurship, helping students to understand the practical skills and theoretical concepts needed to create their very own entrepreneurial venture.Split into two parts, the book provides an even balance between theory and practice. Part 1 covers the practical activities involved in new entrepreneurial ventures, and Part 2 uses the latest research to explore entrepreneurship from different perspectives. The second edition features a new author, Catherine Wang, who brings specialist knowledge in entrepreneurial learning, ethnic minority entrepreneurship and international entrepreneurship. There are new chapters on the Varieties of Entrepreneurship, including social entrepreneurship (not-for-profit) and Intrapreneurship (employees within organizations) and Entrepreneurial Learning, which explores how entrepreneurs hone and develop their thinking. There is also a collection of new international case studies, including Dyson, Facebook, Made.com, and examples of entrepreneurship in China and Ghana. The book is complemented by a companion websitefeaturing online resources for instructors and students, including PowerPoint Slides, additional mini case studies, multiple choice questions, video links, and revision tips.Suitable reading for students taking modules in Entrepreneurship or New venture creation at upper undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
Getting Started in Entrepreneurship by
"Jack Kaplan is an entrepreneur's entrepreneur. His book reflects his in-the-trenches experience and provides practical wisdom for anyone launching a company. Read this and get started right!"--Ray Smilor, Vice President, Kauffman Center for Entrepreneurial Leadership "Jack is not only a successful entrepreneur, but also a student and teacher of entrepreneurship. Getting Started in Entrepreneurship is a guidebook of experience and wisdom from the inception of an idea to starting a business. This is an important book about the science of entrepreneurship."--Kevin O' Connor, Chairman, DoubleClick Inc. "If you want to start a business but have no time for an MBA, all you'll need is in this book. It's full of up-to-date, easy-to-understand information that will save you time and money. Don't put it on your shelf. Put it beside your bed for those sleepless nights that are part of the entrepreneurial journey."--Professor Murray Low, Executive Director, Eugene M. Lang Center for Entrepreneurship at Columbia Business School "Jack brings a unique perspective to the world of entrepreneurship; his success in his own business has taught him what needs to be done to build a business; his years as a judge for the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur Of The Year award program have given him a close-up view of how others have succeeded; and his years as a business school professor have taught him how to organize, summarize, and share that knowledge. The road to entrepreneurial success starts here; read this book!"--Ralph A. Subbiondo, Partner, Ernst & Young's Entrepreneurial Services Group
The SAGE Handbook of Small Business and Entrepreneurship by
The SAGE Handbook of Small Business and Entrepreneurship offers state-of-the-art chapters on all aspects of this rapidly-evolving discipline. Original contributions from the best international scholars map the development of Entrepreneurship as an academic field, explore its key current debates and research methods, and also consider its future directions. Part One: The People and the Entrepreneurial Processes Part Two: Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management and Organization Part Three: Entrepreneurial Milieu Part Four: Researching Small Business Entrepreneurship This handbook will be the leading reference book for Entrepreneurship academics and researchers, as well as those from other associated disciplines including business and management, psychology, marketing, sociology and anthropology.
Small business management and entrepreneurship by 
Social Innovation and Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The rapid and formative rise in research on social innovation and entrepreneurship means that theoretical frameworks are still being created, while traditional notions of economic efficiency and social welfare are tested. The field is progressing fastest in the measurement and measuring of social entrepreneurial effectiveness. Social innovators, who draw from philanthropy, as well as capital markets, for financial resources, have adopted the lean start up as a paradigm for their organization logics. This collection showcases the myriad emerging philosophical, methodological, and theoretical approaches, many of which are led by practitioners. It is organized into five sections. The first section reports on theoretical approaches to researching sustainable entrepreneurship that are less familiar. The second section reports on research focusing on the entrepreneurial responses to problems of climate change. The third and fourth sections report on research investigating social entrepreneurial processes, and how opportunities are formed and exploited. The fifth section reports on the ethical dimensions of social innovation. Researchers, scholars, educators and policymakers will find this book a useful reference, with novel ideas for future research and discourse. Contributors include:S.G.S. Abdelgawad, P. Bruner, R. Cortina-Cruz, M. Cortina-Mercado, R. Defiebre-Muller, P.F. Diochon, A.G. Earle, H.D. Fountaine, R. Harrison, R.T. Herko, K. Joensuu, K. Kaesehage, L. Katz, M. Leyshon, S. Lopez-Palau, M. Mäkelä, S.D. Ocampo, T. Onkila, M. Pasquini, B. Rivera-Cruz, M.A. Tietz, Y.W. Turell, D. van der Horst, F.I. Viola, D. Windsor, M. Zhang
The startup checklist : 25 steps to a scalable, high-growth business by
25 Steps to Found and Scale a High-Growth Business The Startup Checklist is the entrepreneur's essential companion. While most entrepreneurship books focus on strategy, this invaluable guide provides the concrete steps that will get your new business off to a strong start. You'll learn the ins and outs of startup execution, management, legal issues, and practical processes throughout the launch and growth phases, and how to avoid the critical missteps that threaten the foundation of your business. Instead of simply referring you to experts, this discussion shows you exactly which experts you need, what exactly you need them to do, and which tools you will use to support them--and you'll gain enough insight to ask smart questions that help you get your money's worth. If you're ready to do big things, this book has you covered from the first business card to the eventual exit. Over two thirds of startups are built on creaky foundations, and over two thirds of startup costs go directly toward cleaning up legal and practical problems caused by an incomplete or improper start. This book helps you sidestep the messy and expensive clean up process by giving you the specific actions you need to take right from the very beginning. Understand the critical intricacies of legally incorporating and running a startup Learn which experts you need, and what exactly you need from them Make more intelligent decisions independent of your advisors Avoid the challenges that threaten to derail great young companies The typical American startup costs over $30,000 and requires working with over two dozen professionals and service providers before it even opens for business--and the process is so complex that few founders do it correctly. Their startups errors often go unnoticed until the founder tries to seek outside capital, at which point they can cost thousands of dollars to fix. . . or even completely derail an investment. The Startup Checklist helps you avoid these problems and lay a strong foundation, so you can focus on building your business.
The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship by
Written by leading scholars, The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship provides a distinctive overview of methodological, theoretical and paradigm changes in the area of entrepreneurship research. It is divided into four parts covering history and theory, individual differences and creativity, organizational aspects of innovation including intrapreneurship, and macroeconomic aspects such as social entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship in developing countries. The result is a must-have resource for seasoned researchers and newcomers alike, as well as practitioners and advanced students of business, entrepreneurship, and social and organizational psychology.
This course deals with the concepts, underlying principles, processes, and implementation of a business plan. The preliminaries of this course include the following: 1) discussion on the relevance of the course; 2) explanation of key concepts of common competencies; 3) explanation of core competencies relative to the course; and 4 exploration of career opportunities.
Building 21st Century Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship develops around the world in accordance to the different cultural, political, economic and social contexts. Governments promote entrepreneurship as a way to improve economic growth. As capitalism changes, entrepreneurship also changes. This book describes some of the new profiles of entrepreneurs that are creating the entrepreneurial economy of the 21st Century. It presents entrepreneurship in a theoretical and pragmatic way in order to help readers to understand what entrepreneurship means today. Illustrated by socio-economic information and case studies of an international scope, two main questions are explicitly studied in this book: who are the new figures of entrepreneurs and how are they creating the companies of the future? The book is based on academic literature and serves as a reference to researchers interested in the evolution of entrepreneurship.
Business Planning and Entrepreneurship by
An organizational strategy and business plan may begin with an engaging product or service concept. It may end with a creative investment funding strategy. But at its heart, its very core, a business plan must address the fundamental operating principles of management accounting from a pragmatic "nuts and bolts" perspective. This book will focus on the fundamental steps of business planning within a managerial accounting framework, those being: (a) the business model, (b) volume and process flow, (c) product and service costing, (d) revenue and pricing, and (e) investment value. It will also use the core principles of risk management to address challenges that inevitably arise whenever situations fail to unfold according to plan.
Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory by
As the breadth and empirical diversity of entrepreneurship research have increased rapidly during the last decade, the quest to find a "one-size-fits-all" general theory of entrepreneurship has given way to a growing appreciation for the importance of contexts. This promises to improve both the practical relevance and the theoretical rigor of research in this field. Entrepreneurship means different things to different people at different times and in different places and both its causes and its consequences likewise vary. For example, for some people entrepreneurship can be a glorious path to emancipation, while for others it can represent the yoke tethering them to the burdens of overwork and drudgery. For some communities it can drive renaissance and vibrancy while for others it allows only bare survival. In this book, we assess and attempt to push forward contemporary conceptualizations of contexts that matter for entrepreneurship, pointing in particular to opportunities generating new insights by attending to contexts in novel or underexplored ways. This book shows that the ongoing contextualization of entrepreneurship research should not simply generate a proliferation of unique theories - one for every context - but can instead result in better theory construction, testing and understanding of boundary conditions, thereby leading us to richer and more profound understanding of entrepreneurship across its many forms. Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory will critically review the current debate and existing literature on contexts and entrepreneurship and use this to synthesize new theoretical and methodological frameworks that point to important directions for future research.
Disciplined Entrepreneurship Workbook by
The essential companion to the book that revolutionized entrepreneurship Disciplined Entrepreneurship Workbook provides a practical manual for working the 24-step framework presented in Disciplined Entrepreneurship. Unlocking key lessons and breaking down the steps, this book helps you delve deeper into the framework to get your business up and running with a greater chance for success. You'll find the tools you need to sharpen your instinct, engage your creativity, work through hardship, and give the people what they want--even if they don't yet know that they want it. Real-world examples illustrate the framework in action, and case studies highlight critical points that can make or break you when your goal is on the line. Exercises and assessments help you nail down your strengths, while pointing out areas that could benefit from reinforcement--because when it comes to your business, "good enough" isn't good enough--better is always better. Disciplined Entrepreneurship transformed the way that professionals think about starting a company, and this book helps you dig into the proven framework to make your business dreams a reality. Delve deeper into the 24 steps to success Innovate, persevere, and create the product people want Internalize lessons learned from real-world entrepreneurs Test your understanding with exercises and case studies The book also includes new material on topics the author has found to be extremely useful in getting the most value out of the framework including Primary Market Research, Windows of Opportunity and Triggers. The book also introduces the Disciplined Entrepreneurship Canvas to track your progress on this journey. Starting a company is a serious undertaking, with plenty of risk and sacrifice to go around--so why not minimize the risk and make the outcome worth the sacrifice? Author Bill Aulet's 24-step framework is proven to build a successful business; the key is in how well you implement it. Disciplined Entrepreneurship Workbook helps you master the skills, tools, and mindset you need to get on your path to success.
Entrepreneurship by
How do you come up with a good idea for a business? What are the unique marketing challenges that you'll face? How do you acquire the necessary financing? Written by one of the biggest names in the field, this book will arm readers with the knowledge to turn inspiration into results. It explores the trials and tribulations of entrepreneurship so that readers will have the necessary tools to start their own businesses. Critical steps are explained in an engaging style that helps make complex issues easy to understand. * Integrates case studies throughout the chapters to show readers how the information is applied in the real world. * Outlines successes as well as failures to paint a realistic picture of the difficulties involved in starting a business. * Discusses how to recognize opportunities and formulate a winning strategy. * Explains how to create a business plan and build pro forma financial statements. * Covers how to acquire equity financing and getting access to funds.
Entrepreneurship and Its Economic Significance, Behavior and Effects by 
Entrepreneurship for Deprived Communities by
This study investigates barriers to developing enterprise in deprived communities, highlights trade-offs local authorities face and offers guidance that contributes to a model for developing a community-centered enterprise culture that is critical for reinvigorating disadvantaged groups. Alex Avramenko and Nikolai Mouraviev focus on deprived communities where entrepreneurship traditionally was extremely difficult to conceive and offer insights on under-researched issues, such as enablers of entrepreneurship by local government's integrated approach that blends opportunity generation with capacity and skill building, complemented by support services. They also focus on the formation of an enterprise culture that should become a foundation of policy, enablers and tools for revitalizing deprived communities.Chapters explore range of issues and examples, including rethinking the dynamics of micro enterprise, rural entrepreneurship, senior entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship in a cosmopolitan city, civic/community-centered entrepreneurship and lifestyle entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurship trends and challenges by
Entrepreneurship is a powerful attitude that, in such a way, in the last few years, has become a discipline increasingly transversal to different areas of knowledge. Many times, we think about the things we want such as a good house, a brand new car, a beautiful relationship, a good friendship, and a good way to be in the world. Is that possible that you convert into an entrepreneur? This book shows some examples of that possibility, from simple people to a big organization. In all cases, if you become an entrepreneur, it will be for your taste and pleasure, a means to survive and enjoy the uncertainty, and rejoice that you have all these in your hands and will. Can you find out the trends and overcome the challenges? We would say yes. It all depends on whether you want to develop and apply this attitude.
Financing Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Markets by
Financing Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Markets offers an original perspective on the links between macro data on innovation, data on micro-entrepreneurial processes and venture capital supply. The authors synthesize two disparate fields of research and thinking--innovation and entrepreneurship and economics--to illuminate how domestic companies compete and the business environment in which entrepreneurial firms operate. Its broad scope and firm linkages between processes at different levels leapfrogs research topics. For those investigating entrepreneurship and innovation in the early stages of economic development, this book demonstrates how micro and macro foundations of productivity, and hence economic growth and development, are inextricably intertwined. Combines macro and micro perspectives on innovation processes Reveals how economic growth and development are inextricably intertwined Uses case studies to portray the entrepreneurial firm and its role in accelerating the speed of innovation and dissemination of new technologies Identifies common flaws undermining public venture programs, including poor design, a lack of understanding for the entrepreneurial process and implementation problems
Getting Started in Entrepreneurship by
"Jack Kaplan is an entrepreneur's entrepreneur. His book reflects his in-the-trenches experience and provides practical wisdom for anyone launching a company. Read this and get started right!"--Ray Smilor, Vice President, Kauffman Center for Entrepreneurial Leadership "Jack is not only a successful entrepreneur, but also a student and teacher of entrepreneurship. Getting Started in Entrepreneurship is a guidebook of experience and wisdom from the inception of an idea to starting a business. This is an important book about the science of entrepreneurship."--Kevin O' Connor, Chairman, DoubleClick Inc. "If you want to start a business but have no time for an MBA, all you'll need is in this book. It's full of up-to-date, easy-to-understand information that will save you time and money. Don't put it on your shelf. Put it beside your bed for those sleepless nights that are part of the entrepreneurial journey."--Professor Murray Low, Executive Director, Eugene M. Lang Center for Entrepreneurship at Columbia Business School "Jack brings a unique perspective to the world of entrepreneurship; his success in his own business has taught him what needs to be done to build a business; his years as a judge for the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur Of The Year award program have given him a close-up view of how others have succeeded; and his years as a business school professor have taught him how to organize, summarize, and share that knowledge. The road to entrepreneurial success starts here; read this book!"--Ralph A. Subbiondo, Partner, Ernst & Young's Entrepreneurial Services Group
Revitalizing Entrepreneurship Education by
Within mainstream scholarship, it's assumed without question that entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship education are desirable and positive economic activities. Drawing on a wide range of theoretical approaches and political-philosophical perspectives, critical entrepreneurship studies has emerged to ask the questions which this assumption obscures. Students of entrepreneurship need to understand why and how entrepreneurship is seen as a moral force which can solve social problems or protect the environment, or even to tackle political problems. It is time to evaluate how such contributions and insights have entered our classrooms. How much - if any - critical discussion and insight enters our classrooms? How do we change when students demand to be taught "how to do it", not to be critical or reflexive? If educators are to bring alternative perspectives into the classroom, it will entail a new way of thinking. There is a need to share ideas and practical approaches, and that is what the contributions to this volume aim to do and to illuminate new ways forward in entrepreneurship education.
The SAGE handbook of small business and entrepreneurship by
The SAGE Handbook of Small Business and Entrepreneurship offers state-of-the-art chapters on all aspects of this rapidly-evolving discipline. Original contributions from the best international scholars map the development of Entrepreneurship as an academic field, explore its key current debates and research methods, and also consider its future directions. PART ONE: THE PEOPLE AND THE ENTREPRENEURIAL PROCESSES PART TWO: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION PART THREE: ENTREPRENEURIAL MILIEU PART FOUR: RESEARCHING SMALL BUSINESS ENTREPRENEURSHIP This handbook will be the leading reference book for Entrepreneurship academics and researchers, as well as those from other associated disciplines including business and management, psychology, marketing, sociology and anthropology.
Start-up Entrepreneurship by
The book is unique because it has both a deep academic point of view and a practical angle. The book differentiates itself by departing from the academic analysis, but it translates the uncertainty challenge into practical problems. This book is about how to manage the risk associated with failure: the failure per se, and also the financial risk associated with it.
The Startup Checklist by
25 Steps to Found and Scale a High-Growth Business The Startup Checklist is the entrepreneur's essential companion. While most entrepreneurship books focus on strategy, this invaluable guide provides the concrete steps that will get your new business off to a strong start. You'll learn the ins and outs of startup execution, management, legal issues, and practical processes throughout the launch and growth phases, and how to avoid the critical missteps that threaten the foundation of your business. Instead of simply referring you to experts, this discussion shows you exactly which experts you need, what exactly you need them to do, and which tools you will use to support them--and you'll gain enough insight to ask smart questions that help you get your money's worth. If you're ready to do big things, this book has you covered from the first business card to the eventual exit. Over two thirds of startups are built on creaky foundations, and over two thirds of startup costs go directly toward cleaning up legal and practical problems caused by an incomplete or improper start. This book helps you sidestep the messy and expensive clean up process by giving you the specific actions you need to take right from the very beginning. Understand the critical intricacies of legally incorporating and running a startup Learn which experts you need, and what exactly you need from them Make more intelligent decisions independent of your advisors Avoid the challenges that threaten to derail great young companies The typical American startup costs over $30,000 and requires working with over two dozen professionals and service providers before it even opens for business--and the process is so complex that few founders do it correctly. Their startups errors often go unnoticed until the founder tries to seek outside capital, at which point they can cost thousands of dollars to fix. . . or even completely derail an investment. The Startup Checklist helps you avoid these problems and lay a strong foundation, so you can focus on building your business.
Supporting Entrepreneurship and Innovation by
Libraries have recently begun doing more to support entrepreneurship and innovation within their communities. Makerspaces and business incubators have become featured attractions in public and academic libraries and provide a unique way to reach out to a user group that can bolster a community in dynamic ways. In this volume of Advances in Library Administration and Organization, we delve beyond examples and case studies to look at how library leaders can develop support for innovation and entrepreneurship within their libraries and within the profession. Chapters include examinations of design thinking and space planning, staffing, mission statements, and makerspaces. The contributors to this volume cover libraries and their activities in North America, Europe and Africa, and also discuss professional development in entrepreneurship topics as well as support of innovation. Libraries are increasing support of entrepreneurship and innovation across the board, and this volume will position administrators and managers of libraries to better understand what's happening, and how to bring it into their own institutions.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
Sustainable Entrepreneurship: How entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunitiespresents new frameworks to illustrate how entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunities and producing benefits for their business, society, and the environment. Employing research and analytical techniques from a wide variety of disciplines, including strategic management, regional studies, and innovation studies, Sustainable Entrepreneurship contributes to existing literature on this subject by delving deeply into the nature of sustainable entrepreneurial opportunities through the analysis of how contemporary wealth creators capitalize on those openings. Francesca Masciarelli and Simona Leonelli argue that entrepreneurship plays a crucial role in resolving ecological challenges through the creation of products, services and production methods that are simultaneously environmentally friendly and competitive on the market. This rigorous work offers unique new insights and represents a step towards the development of a more comprehensive analysis of sustainable entrepreneurship. By drawing on diverse perspectives, it demonstrates that the entrepreneur should consider the main sources of entrepreneurial opportunities and scrutinize the strategies and the local conditions that enable firms to create value.
The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship by
Written by leading scholars, The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship provides a distinctive overview of methodological, theoretical and paradigm changes in the area of entrepreneurship research. It is divided into four parts covering history and theory, individual differences and creativity, organizational aspects of innovation including intrapreneurship, and macroeconomic aspects such as social entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship in developing countries. The result is a must-have resource for seasoned researchers and newcomers alike, as well as practitioners and advanced students of business, entrepreneurship, and social and organizational psychology.
This course deals with the concepts, underlying principles, processes, and implementation of a business plan. The preliminaries of this course include the following: 1) discussion on the relevance of the course; 2) explanation of key concepts of common competencies; 3) explanation of core competencies relative to the course; and 4 exploration of career opportunities.
This course deals with the concepts, underlying principles, processes, and implementation of a business plan. The preliminaries of this course include the following: 1) discussion on the relevance of the course; 2) explanation of key concepts of common competencies; 3) explanation of core competencies relative to the course; and 4 exploration of career opportunities.
General Mathematics is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is mainly about functions and their applications, basic business mathematics, and logic. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course aims to equip students with concepts and life skills to appreciate and solve real-world applications of mathematics and develop their mathematical and logical reasoning. Technology tools are introduced to help students understand the concepts better. The course also utilizes strategies that improve the likelihood of students benefitting fully from the subject.
Basic Math and Pre-Algebra Workbook for Dummies by
Master the fundamentals first for a smoother ride through math Basic Math & Pre-Algebra Workbook For Dummies is your ticket to finally getting a handle on math! Designed to help you strengthen your weak spots and pinpoint problem areas, this book provides hundreds of practice problems to help you get over the hump. Each section includes a brief review of key concepts and full explanations for every practice problem, so you'll always know exactly where you went wrong. The companion website gives you access to quizzes for each chapter, so you can test your understanding and identify your sticking points before moving on to the next topic. You'll brush up on the rules of basic operations, and then learn what to do when the numbers just won't behave--negative numbers, inequalities, algebraic expressions, scientific notation, and other tricky situations will become second nature as you refresh what you know and learn what you missed. Each math class you take builds on the ones that came before; if you got lost somewhere around fractions, you'll have a difficult time keeping up in Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry, and Calculus--so don't fall behind! This book provides plenty of practice and patient guidance to help you slay the math monster once and for all. Make sense of fractions, decimals, and percentages Learn how to handle inequalities, exponents, square roots, and absolute values Simplify expressions and solve simple algebraic equations Find your way around a triangle, circle, trapezoid, and more Once you get comfortable with the rules and operations, math takes on a whole new dimension. Curiosity replaces anxiety, and problems start feeling like puzzles rather than hurdles. All it takes is practice. Basic Math & Pre-Algebra Workbook For Dummies is your ultimate math coach, with hundreds of guided practice practice problems to help you break through the math barrier.
Collins Cambridge International AS and a Level - Cambridge International AS and a Level Mathematics Statistics 1 Student's Book by
This book provides in-depth coverage of Probability & Statistics 1 for Cambridge International AS and A Level Mathematics 9709, for examination from 2020 onwards. With a clear focus on mathematics in life and work, this text builds the key mathematical skills and knowledge that will open up a wide range of careers and further study. Exam Board: Cambridge Assessment International Education First teaching: 2018 First examination: 2020 This student book is part of a series of nine books covering the complete syllabus for Cambridge International AS and A Level Mathematics (9709) and Further Mathematics (9231), for first teaching from September 2018 and examination from 2020. We are working with Cambridge Assessment International Education towards endorsement of this series. Written by expert authors, this Student Book: * covers the complete content of Probability & Statistics 1 with clear references to what you will learn at the start of each chapter, and coverage that clearly and directly matches the Cambridge syllabus * sets mathematics in real-world contexts that emphasise practical applications and career paths, with inspiring case studies and discussion activities that showcase how mathematics is relevant to different roles * develops the key A Level mathematical skills of mathematical modelling, problem-solving and communication through dedicated questions and teaching * helps you master mathematics with varied practice to develop understanding, exam-style questions to test comprehension, and selected Cambridge past paper questions to help prepare for examination * gives you control of your learning with prior knowledge checks to assess readiness and end-of-chapter summaries that test understanding * supports you through the course with detailed explanations, clear worked examples and plenty of graduated practice on each topic with full workings shown for each answer * provides clear progression from IGCSE® Mathematics and develops confident, independent and reflective mathematicians through extension questions and group discussions * supports mathematical communication and literacy with key terms for each topic explained and supported by a comprehensive glossary.
Data Science Foundations by
"Data Science Foundations　is most welcome and, indeed, a piece of literature that the field is very much in need of...quite different from most data analytics texts which largely ignore foundational concepts and simply present a cookbook of methods...a very useful text and I would certainly use it in my teaching." - Mark Girolami, Warwick University Data Science encompasses the traditional disciplines of mathematics, statistics, data analysis, machine learning, and pattern recognition. This book is designed to provide a new framework for Data Science, based on a solid foundation in mathematics and computational science. It is written in an accessible style, for readers who are engaged with the subject but not necessarily experts in all aspects. It includes a wide range of case studies from diverse fields, and seeks to inspire and motivate the reader with respect to data, associated information, and derived knowledge.
Discovering Mathematics by
Aufmann's DISCOVERING MATHEMATICS: A QUANTITATIVE REASONING APPROACH with WebAssign helps you learn mathematics in the context of the world around you. Focusing on topics relevant to your life and developing critical-thinking skills that you can apply beyond the course, this text provides you with exactly what you need for the world around you in an approachable, engaging and streamlined format.
Does Mathematical Study Develop Logical Thinking?: Testing the Theory of Formal Discipline by
For centuries, educational policymakers have believed that studying mathematics is important, in part because it develops general thinking skills that are useful throughout life. This 'Theory of Formal Discipline' (TFD) has been used as a justification for mathematics education globally. Despite this, few empirical studies have directly investigated the issue, and those which have showed mixed results.Does Mathematical Study Develop Logical Thinking? describes a rigorous investigation of the TFD. It reviews the theory's history and prior research on the topic, followed by reports on a series of recent empirical studies. It argues that, contrary to the position held by sceptics, advanced mathematical study does develop certain general thinking skills, however these are much more restricted than those typically claimed by TFD proponents.Perfect for students, researchers and policymakers in education, further education and mathematics, this book provides much needed insight into the theory and practice of the foundations of modern educational policy.
Effective Math Interventions by
Building foundational whole-number knowledge can help put K-5 students on the path to academic success and career readiness. Filling a gap for school practitioners, this book presents step-by-step guidelines for designing and implementing classwide, small-group, and individual interventions for mathematics difficulties. Effective procedures for screening, assessment, intervention selection, and progress monitoring are described and illustrated with detailed case vignettes. In a convenient large-size format, the book includes 20 reproducible handouts and forms. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. This book is in The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series, edited by Sandra M. Chafouleas.
Essential mathematics for the modern world by 
Exploring Mathematics by
Exploring Mathematics gives students experience with doing mathematics - interrogating mathematical claims, exploring definitions, forming conjectures, attempting proofs, and presenting results - and engages them with examples, exercises, and projects that pique their interest. Written with a minimal number of pre-requisites, this text can be used by college students in their first and second years of study, and by independent readers who want an accessible introduction to theoretical mathematics. Core topics include proof techniques, sets, functions, relations, and cardinality, with selected additional topics that provide many possibilities for further exploration. With a problem-based approach to investigating the material, students develop interesting examples and theorems through numerous exercises and projects. In-text exercises, with complete solutions or robust hints included in an appendix, help students explore and master the topics being presented. The end-of-chapter exercises and projects provide students with opportunities to confirm their understanding of core material, learn new concepts, and develop mathematical creativity.
Finite Mathematics for the Managerial, Life, and Social Sciences by
FINITE MATHEMATICS FOR THE MANAGERIAL, LIFE, AND SOCIAL SCIENCES, Twelfth Edition, is a clear, easy-to-follow text that balances contemporary mathematics applications and the latest technology to help give you the key problem-solving skills you need for your life and career in the 21st century. Real-world applications put math concepts in context and cover topics including social media accounts, corporate fraud, criminal justice, cyber privacy, starting a new job, gas prices, smartphone ownership, mobile ad revenues, and more.
Foundations of Algorithms by
Foundations of Algorithms, Fifth Edition offers a well-balanced presentation of algorithm design, complexity analysis of algorithms, and computational complexity. Ideal for any computer science students with a background in college algebra and discrete structures, the text presents mathematical concepts using standard English and simple notation to maximize accessibility and user-friendliness. Concrete examples, appendices reviewing essential mathematical concepts, and a student-focused approach reinforce theoretical explanations and promote learning and retention. C++ and Java pseudocode help students better understand complex algorithms. A chapter on numerical algorithms includes a review of basic number theory, Euclid's Algorithm for finding the greatest common divisor, a review of modular arithmetic, an algorithm for solving modular linear equations, an algorithm for computing modular powers, and the new polynomial-time algorithm for determining whether a number is prime.The revised and updated Fifth Edition features an all-new chapter on genetic algorithms and genetic programming, including approximate solutions to the traveling salesperson problem, an algorithm for an artificial ant that navigates along a trail of food, and an application to financial trading. With fully updated exercises and examples throughout and improved instructor resources including complete solutions, an Instructor's Manual and PowerPoint lecture outlines, Foundations of Algorithms is an essential text for undergraduate and graduate courses in the design and analysis of algorithms. Key features include:* The only text of its kind with a chapter on genetic algorithms* Use of C++ and Java pseudocode to help students better understand complex algorithms* No calculus background required* Numerous clear and student-friendly examples throughout the text* Fully updated exercises and examples throughout* Improved instructor resources, including complete solutions, an Instructor's Manual, and PowerPoint lecture outlines
Helping Children Learn Mathematics by
Helping Children Learn Mathematics 2e is a practical resource for undergraduate students of primary school teaching, rich in ideas, tools and stimulation for lessons during teaching rounds or in the classroom. This second edition provides a clear understanding of how to navigate the Australian curriculum, with detailed coverage on how to effectively use Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in the classroom. The WileyPLUS Learning Space interactive textbook facilitates an engaging learning experience and showcases excellent pedagogy and best e-learning practices.
An Introduction to Data Analysis by
Covering the general process of data analysis to finding, collecting, organizing, and presenting data, this book offers a complete introduction to the fundamentals of data analysis. Using real-world case studies as illustrations, it helps readers understand theories behind and develop techniques for conducting quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods data analysis. With an easy-to-follow organization and clear, jargon-free language, it helps readers not only become proficient data analysts, but also develop the critical thinking skills necessary to assess analyses presented by others in both academic research and the popular media. It includes advice on: - Data analysis frameworks - Validity and credibility of data - Sampling techniques - Data management - The big data phenomenon - Data visualisation - Effective data communication Whether you are new to data analysis or looking for a quick-reference guide to key principles of the process, this book will help you uncover nuances, complexities, patterns, and relationships among all types of data.
An Introduction to Partial Differential Equations with MATLAB by
An Introduction to Partial Differential Equations with MATLAB®, Second Edition illustrates the usefulness of PDEs through numerous applications and helps students appreciate the beauty of the underlying mathematics. Updated throughout, this second edition of a bestseller shows students how PDEs can model diverse problems, including the flow of heat, the propagation of sound waves, the spread of algae along the ocean's surface, the fluctuation in the price of a stock option, and the quantum mechanical behavior of a hydrogen atom. Suitable for a two-semester introduction to PDEs and Fourier series for mathematics, physics, and engineering students, the text teaches the equations based on method of solution. It provides both physical and mathematical motivation as much as possible. The author treats problems in one spatial dimension before dealing with those in higher dimensions. He covers PDEs on bounded domains and then on unbounded domains, introducing students to Fourier series early on in the text. Each chapter's prelude explains what and why material is to be covered and considers the material in a historical setting. The text also contains many exercises, including standard ones and graphical problems using MATLAB. While the book can be used without MATLAB, instructors and students are encouraged to take advantage of MATLAB's excellent graphics capabilities. The MATLAB code used to generate the tables and figures is available in an appendix and on the author's website.
Mathematical Mindsets by
Reverse mathematics trauma and find a universal blueprint for math success In Mathematical Mindsets: Unleashing Students' Potential through Creative Math, Inspiring Messages and Innovative Teaching mathematics education expert and best-selling author Jo Boaler delivers a blueprint to banishing math anxiety and laying a foundation for mathematics success that anyone can build on. Perfect for students who have been convinced they are naturally "bad at math," the author offers a demonstration of how to turn self-doubt into self-confidence by relying on the "mindset" framework. Mathematical Mindsets is based on thousands of hours of in-depth study and research into the most effective--and ineffective--ways to teach math to young people. This new edition also includes: Brand-new research from the last five years that sheds brighter light on how to turn a fear of math into an enthusiastic desire to learn Developed ideas about ways to bring about equitable grouping in classrooms New initiatives to bring 21st century mathematics to K-12 classrooms Mathematical Mindsets is ideal for K-12 math educators. It also belongs on the bookshelves of the parents interested in helping their K-12 children with their math education, as well as school administrators and educators-in-training.
Mathematics and Its Teaching in the Asia-Pacific Region by
This book provides the global mathematics education community with information on the recent and current status of the teaching of mathematics in a group of island nations in the Asia-Pacific region. Sri Lanka, Indonesia, Japan, the Philippines, Australia, Papua New Guinea, New Zealand, and twelve nations in the South Pacific Ocean.It is the third volume in a series conceived by Dr Bruce Vogeli of Columbia University Teachers College and published by WSP, aimed at producing contemporary accounts of mathematics teaching in a world-wide group of nations. Previous volumes have covered Central and South American nations and a selection of Muslim nations respectively.
The Mathematics Coach Handbook by
Many schools throughout the United States are now employing coaches to support teachers in the teaching of mathematics. Very often, these are professionals selected from the current teaching ranks who did not receive any special training to serve as a coach. This book provides the skills, knowledge, and lessons from experience that lead such a mentor to function effectively. Aside from describing the basic duties of an effective math coach, we also provide a plethora of resources to enrich instruction, improve problem-solving direction, and provide teachers with a wide variety of techniques to enhance their teaching effectiveness.
Mathematics for the IB MYP 2 by
Develop your skills to become an inquiring learner; ensure you navigate the MYP framework with confidence using a concept-driven and assessment-focused approach to Mathematics presented in global contexts.- Develop conceptual understanding with key MYP concepts and related concepts at the heart of each chapter.- Learn by asking questions with a statement of inquiry in each chapter. - Prepare for every aspect of assessment using support and tasks designed by experienced educators.- Understand how to extend your learning through research projects and interdisciplinary opportunities.Rita Bateson was, until very recently, the Curriculum Manager for MYP Mathematics and Sciences at the International Baccalaureate® (IB) and continues to be involved in curriculum review. She is an experienced teacher of MYP and DP Mathematics and Sciences, and is Head of Mathematics in her current school. She has taught in many international schools in Europe as well as North America. Her interest include overcoming mathematics anxiety in pupils and STEM education. She is also the author of MYP by Concept 4&5 Mathematics. Irina Amlin has been an MYP Mathematics educator and department head, the Chair and frequent presenter of the island-wide Bermuda Math Educators' Learning Network, and has been involved in IB curriculum development and assessment activities. Her primary area of focus is illustrating the relevance of mathematics in the everyday world around us, and guiding students to experience its applications across many disciplines. She is also the author of Mathematics for the IB MYP 1: by Concept.
Mathematics in Early Years Education by
This fourth edition of the bestselling Mathematics in Early Years Education provides an accessible introduction to the teaching of mathematics in the early years. Covering all areas of mathematics - number and counting, calculation, pattern, shape, measures and data handling - it provides a wide range of practical activities and guidance on how to support young children's mathematical development. There is also guidance on managing the transition to KS1 and a strong emphasis throughout on creating home links and working in partnership with parents. This new edition has been fully updated to incorporate the latest research and thinking in this area and includes: why mathematics is important as a way of making sense of the world how attitudes to mathematics can influence teaching and learning how children learn mathematics and what they are capable of learning how technology can support maths teaching maths phobia and the impact society has on maths teaching material on sorting, matching and handling data the importance of educating about finance in today's world ideas for observation and questioning to assess children's understanding examples of planned activities suggestions for language development assessment criteria. This textbook is ideal for those training to be teachers through an undergraduate or PGCE route, those training for Early Years Professional Status and those studying early childhood on foundation or honours degrees, as well as parents looking to explore how their young children learn mathematics. This will be an essential text for any early years practitioner looking to make mathematics interesting, exciting and engaging in their classroom.
Nature of Mathematics by
Experience mathematics--and develop problem-solving skills that will benefit you throughout your life--with THE NATURE OF MATHEMATICS and its accompanying online learning tools. Karl Smith introduces you to proven problem-solving techniques and shows you how to use these techniques to solve unfamiliar problems. You'll also find coverage of interesting historical topics, and practical applications to settings and situations that you encounter in your day-to-day world, such as finance (amortization, installment buying, annuities) and voting. With this book's guidance, you'll both understand mathematical concepts and master the techniques.
Schaum's Outline of Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Fifth Edition by
Tough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too pricey? Fortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 2,400 fully solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to the revised online Schaum's.com website-- it's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build confidence, skills, and knowledge for the highest score possible. More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. Helpful tables and illustrations increase your understanding of the subject at hand. Schaum's Outline of Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Fifth Edition features: * More than 2,400 formulas and tables * Clear explanations for all mathematical formulas and procedures * Formulas and tables for elementary to advanced topics * A complete index to all topics * Access to revised Schaums.com website
Schaum's Outline of Trigonometry, Sixth Edition by
Tough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too pricey? Fortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 600 fully-solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to 20 detailed videos featuring math instructors who explain how to solve the most commonly tested problems--it's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build confidence, skills, and knowledge for the highest score possible. More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. Helpful tables and illustrations increase your understanding of the subject at hand. Schaum's Outline of Trigonometry, Sixth Edition features: * Updated content to match the latest curriculum * Over 600 problems with step-by-step solutions * An accessible outline format for quick and easy review * Clear explanations for all linear algebra concepts * Access to revised Schaums.com website with access to 20 problem-solving videos, and more
Teaching Children to Love Prob by
remove remove This book was developed with the caring and concerned adult in mind and is a one-stop for anyone who would like to help a child develop problem solving thinking. They will become adept at the use of problem solving strategies over the course of their development from birth. For each age range, this book provides developmental information, relevant mathematical concepts, sample problems with multiple solutions, and finally activities to engage with as a family in order to develop mathematical thinking and problem solving skill.
Teaching Mathematics Creatively by
This new and updated edition of Teaching Mathematics Creatively offers a range of strategies to enable trainee and practising teachers to take an innovative, playful and creative approach to maths teaching. It promotes creativity as a key element of practice and offers ideas to involve your students and develop knowledge, understanding and enjoyment. Exploring fresh approaches, this text explains the role of play in bringing mathematics alive for children and teachers alike. It identifies the power of story-telling in supporting mathematical thinking, examines cross-curricular teaching, and allows you to plan for teaching creatively. Imaginative ideas, underpinned by the latest research and theory, include: Learning maths outdoors - make more noise, make more mess or work on a larger scale Everyday maths - making sense of the numbers, patterns, shapes and measures children see around them Music and maths - the role of rhythm in learning, and music and pattern in maths Giant maths - how much food do you include on a giant shopping list? Stimulating and accessible, with contemporary and cutting-edge practice at the forefront, Teaching Mathematics Creatively includes a wealth of innovative ideas to enthuse teachers and enrich maths teaching. This book is an essential purchase for any professional who wishes to embed creative approaches to teaching in their classroom.
Visible Learning for Mathematics, Grades K-12 by
In this book, John Hattie, Doug Fisher, Nancy Frey, team up with mathematics experts Linda M. Gojak, Sara Delano Moore, and William Mellman to walk teachers through the key research-based moves they should focus on in their mathematics classrooms - those with the highest effect sizes in the phases of surface, deep, and transfer learning. In accessible, every-day language, they offer their best guidance to teachers on what surface, deep, and transfer learning mean, look, and sound like in the mathematics context. How to ensure teacher clarity through setting meaningful learning intentions and success criteria that build on prior learning, and by continually checking for understanding.
General Mathematics is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is mainly about functions and their applications, basic business mathematics, and logic. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course aims to equip students with concepts and life skills to appreciate and solve real-world applications of mathematics and develop their mathematical and logical reasoning. Technology tools are introduced to help students understand the concepts better. The course also utilizes strategies that improve the likelihood of students benefitting fully from the subject.
Advanced Mathematics by
Provides a smooth and pleasant transition from first-year calculus to upper-level mathematics courses in real analysis, abstract algebra and number theory Most universities require students majoring in mathematics to take a "transition to higher math" course that introduces mathematical proofs and more rigorous thinking. Such courses help students be prepared for higher-level mathematics course from their onset. Advanced Mathematics: A Transitional Reference provides a "crash course" in beginning pure mathematics, offering instruction on a blendof inductive and deductive reasoning. By avoiding outdated methods and countless pages of theorems and proofs, this innovative textbook prompts students to think about the ideas presented in an enjoyable, constructive setting. Clear and concise chapters cover all the essential topics students need to transition from the "rote-orientated" courses of calculus to the more rigorous "proof-orientated" advanced mathematics courses. Topics include sentential and predicate calculus, mathematical induction, sets and counting, complex numbers, point-set topology, and symmetries, abstract groups, rings, and fields. Each section contains numerous problems for students of various interests and abilities. Ideally suited for a one-semester course, this book: Introduces students to mathematical proofs and rigorous thinking Provides thoroughly class-tested material from the authors own course in transitioning to higher math Strengthens the mathematical thought process of the reader Includes informative sidebars, historical notes, and plentiful graphics Offers a companion website to access a supplemental solutions manual for instructors Advanced Mathematics: A Transitional Reference is a valuable guide for undergraduate students who have taken courses in calculus, differential equations, or linear algebra, but may not be prepared for the more advanced courses of real analysis, abstract algebra, and number theory that await them. This text is also useful for scientists, engineers, and others seeking to refresh their skills in advanced math.
Algebraic and geometric methods in applied discrete mathematics by Algebraic curves and their applications by
This volume contains a collection of papers on algebraic curves and their applications. While algebraic curves traditionally have provided a path toward modern algebraic geometry, they also provide many applications in number theory, computer security and cryptography, coding theory, differential equations, and more. Papers cover topics such as the rational torsion points of elliptic curves, arithmetic statistics in the moduli space of curves, combinatorial descriptions of semistable hyperelliptic curves over local fields, heights on weighted projective spaces, automorphism groups of curves, h.
Foundations of Mathematics by
This volume contains the proceedings of the Logic at Harvard conference in honor of W. Hugh Woodin's 60th birthday, held March 27-29, 2015, at Harvard University. It presents a collection of papers related to the work of Woodin, who has been one of the leading figures in set theory since the early 1980s. The topics cover many of the areas central to Woodin's work, including large cardinals, determinacy, descriptive set theory and the continuum problem, as well as connections between set theory and Banach spaces, recursion theory, and philosophy, each reflecting a period of Woodin's career. Oth.
Geometry and Discrete Mathematics by
This two-volume set collects and presents many fundamentals of mathematics in an enjoyable and elaborating fashion. The idea behind the two books is to provide substantials for assessing more modern developments in mathematics and to present impressions which indicate that mathematics is a fascinating subject with many ties between the diverse mathematical disciplines. The present volume examines many of the most important basic results in geometry and discrete mathematics, along with their proofs, and also their history. Contents Geometry and geometric ideas Isometries in Euclidean vector spaces and their classification in ℝn The conic sections in the Euclidean plane Special groups of planar isometries Graph theory and platonic solids Linear fractional transformation and planar hyperbolic geometry Combinatorics and combinatorial problems Finite probability theory and Bayesian analysis Boolean lattices, Boolean algebras and Stone's theorem
Guided Math : a Framework for Mathematics Instruction by
This 2nd edition takes an innovative approach to mathematics, using the same teaching philosophies as guided reading. This instructional framework provides an environment for math that fosters mathematical thinking and meets the needs of all students.
Leveled Text-Dependent Question Stems : Mathematics Problem Solving by
Help boost kindergarten through twelfth grade students' critical-thinking and comprehension skills with Leveled Text-Dependent Question Stems: Mathematics. This book includes a variety of high-interest mathematics texts as well as specific text-dependent questions that are provided at four different levels to meet the needs of all students. With this easy-to-use resource, teachers will learn strategies to effectively guide students in analyzing informational text and mathematical problems to build their comprehension skills and use evidence to justify their responses.
Standard grade, general mathematics by 
Tbilisi - Mathematics by
The Special Issues of Tbilisi Mathematical Journal are fully refereed international publications, publishing original research papers in all areas of pure and applied mathematics. The editors are well known experts in the field, particularly from leading universities of USA and Europe. Papers should satisfy high standards and only works of high quality are recommended for publication. They constitute a collection around selected themes related to mathematical sciences, or coming from a specific group of mathematicians or event, or coming from a workshop, symposia and international mathematical conferences. ABSTRACTING & INDEXING TBILISI - MATHEMATICS is covered by the following services: Baidu Scholar EBSCO Discovery Service Google Scholar J-Gate Naviga (Softweco) Primo Central (ExLibris) ReadCube Summon (ProQuest) TDOne (TDNet) WorldCat (OCLC)
Technical Mathematics by
This developmental-level mathematics textbook is intended for career-technical students.
General Mathematics is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is mainly about functions and their applications, basic business mathematics, and logic. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course aims to equip students with concepts and life skills to appreciate and solve real-world applications of mathematics and develop their mathematical and logical reasoning. Technology tools are introduced to help students understand the concepts better. The course also utilizes strategies that improve the likelihood of students benefitting fully from the subject.
Komunikasyon at Pananaliksik sa Wika at Kulturang Pilipino
Ang kurso ay sumasaklaw sa metalinggwistiknapagaaraltungopananaliksikukolsakalikasan, katangian, pag-unlad, gamit at paggamit ng Wikang Filipino samgasitwasyong komunikatibo at cultural sa lipunang Pilipino. Nakatuon din ito sa mabisa at masining na paggamit ng akademikong Filipino na instrumento sa pagpapahayag sa iba’tibang sitwasyon at larangan.
Akademikong Filipino sa komunikasyon : Filipino I (pangkolehiyo) by Ambagan 2013 : mga salita mula sa iba't ibang wika sa Filipinas by
On Philippine languages; papers of a conference.
Borador : isang pagkilala sa layunin ng komunikasyon sa kolehiyo by Filipino 1 : komunikasyon sa akademikong Filipino by Filipino 2 : pagbasa at pagsulat sa masining na pananaliksik by Filipino sa siglo 21 by
Social improvement towards the 21st century in the Philippines.
Komunikasyon at pananaliksik sa wika at kulturang Pilipino : (batayang aklat sa Filipino senior high school) by Komunikasyon at pananaliksik sa wika at kulturang Pilipino : self-learning modules.Mga gramatikang Tagalog/Pilipino, 1893-1977 by Mga piling diskurso sa wika at lipunan by
Influence of Filipino language on Philippines society.
Pagbasa at pagsusuri ng iba't ibang teksto tungo sa pananaliksik by Pagbasa at pagsusuri sa iba't ibang teksto tungo sa pananaliksik : self-learning modules.Pambansang direktoryo ng mga alagad ng wika by Pulitika ng wika by
Materials used for beginners to learn Tagalog language.
Sidhaya 12 : pagbasa at pagsusuri tungo sa pananaliksik : (binagong edisyon ng batayang aklat sa Filipino sa senior high school) by Sining ng pagsasaling-wika sa Filipino mula sa Ingles by Surinaysay : wika, panitikan, malikhaing, pagsulat, feminismo, midya by
Literary criticism of works on language, literature, creative writing, feminism and media.
This course aims for senior high school students to develop an awareness of the developmental stage that they are in. This Senior High School course of DLS-CSB intends to hone the adolescents’ better understanding of the self and the significant people that impact their lives as they make important personal and career decisions. The modules pertain to the critical issues in personal development as the learners explore specific themes in their development through an experiential learning approach. Relevant concepts, theories, and principles in psychology will help articulate personal reflections, sharing, and lectures in this course.
Adolescence by
Featuring a balance of research and applications to the real lives of adolescents, this book includes a chapter on health, coverage of late adolescence, and more than 1200 research citations from the 21st century.
The Art and Science of Personality Development by
Drawing on state-of-the-art personality and developmental research, this book presents a new and broadly integrative theory of how people come to be who they are over the life course. Preeminent researcher Dan P. McAdams traces the development of three distinct layers of personality--the social actor who expresses emotional and behavioral traits, the motivated agent who pursues goals and values, and the autobiographical author who constructs a personal story. Highly readable and accessible to scholars and students at all levels, the book uses rich portraits of the lives of famous people to illustrate theoretical concepts and empirical findings. See also the Handbook of Personality Development, edited by Dan P. McAdams, Rebecca L. Shiner, and Jennifer L. Tackett.
Cognitive Psychology by
Sternberg's text balances accessible writing, practical applications, and research scholarship, interweaving biology throughout the text. Utilizing the theme that human cognition has evolved over time as a means of adapting to our environment, Sternberg explores the basics of cognitive psychology through its coverage of cognitive neuroscience, attention and consciousness, perception, memory, knowledge representation, language, problem solving and creativity, decision making and reasoning, cognitive development, and intelligence. Sternberg provides the most comprehensive coverage of any cognitive psychology text available; a "from lab to life" approach covering theory, lab and field research, and applications to everyday life (like driving while talking on a cell phone and airport security).
Development Across the Life Span by
This chronologically organized book provides readers with a broad overview of the field of human development-from the moment of conception through death-focusing on physical, cognitive, and social and personality development. Appealing to individuals with a myriad of different backgrounds and future goals, this book offers the most current, balanced coverage of theory and research. A wide variety of chapter topics includes gene therapy; brain development, post-partum depression; child care effects; home schooling; cognitive developments, stability of personality; cultural approaches to development, and attitudes toward aging and length of life. For a better understanding of the experiences of life and development of humans.
Development Through Life by
Newman and Newman use a chronological approach to present development across the life span, drawing on the psychosocial theory of Erik Erikson to provide a conceptual framework for the text. The authors address physical, intellectual, social, and emotional growth in all life stages, focusing on the idea that development results from the interdependence of these areas at every stage, and placing special emphasis on optimal development through life.
Disaster and mental health by 
Emotional Intelligence by
Everyone knows that high IQ is no guarantee of success, happiness or virtue. Goleman's fascinating report from the frontiers of psychology and neuroscience offers us startling new insight into our two minds--the rational and the emotional--and how they together shape our destiny.
Experience Human Development by
Helps students experience the human side of development by exposing them to culture and diversity, immersing them in practical application, and helping them study smarter through personalized learning and reporting.
Experience Human Development by
"Experience Human Development helps students experience the human side of development by exposing them to culture and diversity, immersing them in practical application, and helping them study smarter through personalized learning and reporting. Experience Human Development takes a practical approach to research and recognizes that just as people develop in their own way, your students also learn in their own ways"--
Gender and society : the whys of women, their oppressions, and paths to liberation by 
Growing together : personal relationships across the lifespan by
From the moment of birth to the moment of death, peoples' lives are intermingled and survival is determined by personal relationships. Those with strong ties live longer and in better health than people who are lonely or isolated. Yet scholarship has rarely considered personal relationships across the entire life span. This edited volume integrates research on people's relationships from childhood to later adulthood. Chapters look at specific types of relationships as well as at the functions that underlie them such as the way people think about relationships and their emotional reactions as well as their motivation for relationships.
I've been dating-- now what? : a guide for college students and young professionals by 
Introduction to psychology by
"InfoTrac. This textbook includes access to a specialized InfoTrac collection of journal articles and reference materials uniquely matched to accompany this book. Visit http://go.cengage.com/infotrac to learn more."--Page 4 of cover.
Introductory course in group dynamics by Life-span development by
As a master teacher, John Santrock connects current scholarship with real-world applications, helping students see how developmental psychology plays a role in their own lives and future careers. Students report that highlighting the connections among the different aspects of lifespan development helps them to better understand the concepts. The robust research foundation of this text is made accessible to students through an integrated learning goals system, resulting in a comprehensive and chronological approach to lifespan development that helps students gain the insight they need to study smarter, stay focused, and improve performance.
The Ministers Guide to Psychological Disorders and Treatments by
* Continues to be an indispensable text for mental health professionals and pastoral counsellors. * Updated according to the latest empirical research and DSM-V. * Revised chapters significantly cover issues regarding diversity and culture which clergy may struggle with, as well as diagnostic interviewing and cultural humility. * Written in a consistent, easy-to-follow structure in each chapter includes case example, introduction, key indicators, and recommendations * Updated citations and references to psychological disorders throughout, with special emphasis on the family. * helps pastors understand some of the most widely used and evidence based treatments and what to look for when referring to professionals (e.g., licensure, board certification, specialty training and certification, etc.). * highlights the limited role of medication for most mental health difficulties and when its use is indicated. * Members of the clergy are frequently the first person a parishioner seeks out for support, guidance, and assistance when grappling with many of life's challenges and problems. Ensuring that members of the clergy are appropriately trained to serve in this role is of vital importance
Personal development : a worktext for senior high school students by 
Psychology by
For one-semester introductory psychology courses in both two- and four-year colleges. In addition to presenting a comprehensive and truly engaging overview of the diverse field of psychology, Wade and Tavris'Psychology, Seventh Edition goes further. Through a careful and systematic presentation, modeling, and reinforcement of good scientific and critical thinking, Wade and Tavris' aim is to help your students assess and understand matters of direct relevance to their own health, well-being, and happiness. Indeed, helping your students become good scientific and critical thinkers is Wade and Tavris' most passionate concern!
School-Based Family Counseling for Crisis and Disaster by
School-Based Family Counseling for Crisis and Disaster is a practical handbook with a school-based family counseling and interdisciplinary mental health practitioner focus that can be used to mitigate crises and disasters that affect school children. Anchored in the school-based family counseling (SBFC) tradition of integrating family and school mental health interventions, this book introduces interventions according to the five core SBFC metamodel areas: school intervention, school prevention, family intervention, family prevention, and community intervention. The book has an explicit "how to" approach and covers　prevention strategies that build student, school, and family resilience for handling stress and interventions that can be provided　during and immediately after a disaster or crisis has occurred. The chapter authors of this edited volume are all experienced professors and/or practitioners in counseling, psychology, social work,　marriage and family therapy,　teaching, and educational administration. All mental health professionals, especially school-based professionals, will find this book an indispensable resource for crisis planning and developing a trauma-sensitive school.
Social intelligence : the new science of human relationships by
Emotional Intelligence was an international phenomenon, appearing on the New York Times bestseller list for over a year and selling more than five million copies worldwide. Now, once again, Daniel Goleman has written a groundbreaking synthesis of the latest findings in biology and brain science, revealing that we are "wired to connect" and the surprisingly deep impact of our relationships on every aspect of our lives. Far more than we are consciously aware, our daily encounters with parents, spouses, bosses, and even strangers shape our brains and affect cells throughout our bodies--down to the level of our genes--for good or ill. In Social Intelligence, Daniel Goleman explores an emerging new science with startling implications for our interpersonal world. Its most fundamental discovery: we are designed for sociability, constantly engaged in a "neural ballet" that connects us brain to brain with those around us. Our reactions to others, and theirs to us, have a far-reaching biological impact, sending out cascades of hormones that regulate everything from our hearts to our immune systems, making good relationships act like vitamins--and bad relationships like poisons. We can "catch" other people's emotions the way we catch a cold, and the consequences of isolation or relentless social stress can be life-shortening. Goleman explains the surprising accuracy of first impressions, the basis of charisma and emotional power, the complexity of sexual attraction, and how we detect lies. He describes the "dark side" of social intelligence, from narcissism to Machiavellianism and psychopathy. He also reveals our astonishing capacity for "mindsight," as well as the tragedy of those, like autistic children, whose mindsight is impaired. Is there a way to raise our children to be happy? What is the basis of a nourishing marriage? How can business leaders and teachers inspire the best in those they lead and teach? How can groups divided by prejudice and hatred come to live together in peace? The answers to these questions may not be as elusive as we once thought. And Goleman delivers his most heartening news with powerful conviction: we humans have a built-in bias toward empathy, cooperation, and altruism-provided we develop the social intelligence to nurture these capacities in ourselves and others.
Social Psychology by
Adopting a multicultural approach, this text guides readers in the study of social thinking, social influence, and social relations. This edition emphasises social psychology's applications to both work and life, and uses vignettes to emphasise the relevance of social psychology research.
The stress less workbook : simple strategies to relieve pressure, manage commitments, and minimize conflicts by
You may not be able to change the things that are stressing you out, but what if you could respond differently? How would it feel to let go of chronic worry and tension, manage your time more effectively, be less irritable and exhausted, and tackle everyday hassles with confidence? Now you can find out for yourself. Weaving together proven self-help strategies, prominent clinician-researcher Dr. Jonathan Abramowitz helps you accomplish more--and stress less. Easy-to-use worksheets, forms, and numerous examples show you step by step how to create a personalized anti-stress action plan. You'll learn where stress comes from, when it can actually be beneficial, and how it gets out of control. Dr. Abramowitz provides the guidance, specific instructions, and encouragement you need to: *Break free of all-or-nothing thinking and other mental traps. *Get more out of each hour in the day. *Resolve conflicts with your partner or kids. *Cope with work problems and financial strains. *Use meditation to attain a sense of well-being. *Set achievable goals for healthy eating and exercise. *Meet your deadlines--without running yourself into the ground. *Reduce stress-related pain and other health concerns.
Theoretical Models of Counseling and Psychotherapy by
The fourth edition of Theoretical Models of Counseling and Psychotherapy provides a comprehensive overview of a variety of major counseling theories and focuses on the integration of different theoretical models. With new information on multiculturalism and diversity, the book offers a detailed description of the philosophical basis for each theory as well as historical context and biographical information on each theory's founder. Chapters include new case excerpts and clinical examples, and each chapter follows a consistent structure in its exploration of each theory's features, including its approach to and ideas on personality development, human nature, the role of environment, the change process in therapy, and contributions to the mental health field. Theory-specific information on diagnosis, psychopharmacology, spirituality, and gender issues is also discussed, and there is an added emphasis on diversity and social justice issues. The book is accompanied by instructor and student resources where professors and students will find exercises and course material that will further deepen their understanding of counseling theory and allow them to easily bridge classroom study to future practice. Available for free download for each chapter: PowerPoint slides and a testbank of 25 multiple-choice questions.
Wired youth : the social world of adolescence in the information age by
The debate on the social impact of information and communication technologies is particularly important for the study of adolescent life, becausenbsp;through their close association with friends and peers, adolescents develop life expectations, school aspirations, world views, and behaviors. This book presents an up-to-date review of the literature on youth sociability, relationship formation, and online communication, examining the way young people use the internet to construct or maintain their inter-personal relationships. Using a social network perspective, the book systematically explores the various effects of internet access and use on adolescents' involvement in social, leisure and extracurricular activities, evaluating the arguments that suggest the internet is displacing other forms of social ties. The core of the book investigates the motivations for online relationship formation and the use of online communication for relationship maintenance. The final part of the book focuses on the consequences, both positive and negative, of the use of online communication, such as increased social capital and online bullying. Wired Youth isnbsp;ideal for undergraduate and graduate students of adolescent psychology, youth studies, media studies and the psychology and sociology of interpersonal relationships.
This course aims for senior high school students to develop an awareness of the developmental stage that they are in. This Senior High School course of DLS-CSB intends to hone the adolescents’ better understanding of the self and the significant people that impact their lives as they make important personal and career decisions. The modules pertain to the critical issues in personal development as the learners explore specific themes in their development through an experiential learning approach. Relevant concepts, theories, and principles in psychology will help articulate personal reflections, sharing, and lectures in this course.
Cognitive Psychology by
Sternberg's text balances accessible writing, practical applications, and research scholarship, interweaving biology throughout the text. Utilizing the theme that human cognition has evolved over time as a means of adapting to our environment, Sternberg explores the basics of cognitive psychology through its coverage of cognitive neuroscience, attention and consciousness, perception, memory, knowledge representation, language, problem solving and creativity, decision making and reasoning, cognitive development, and intelligence. Sternberg provides the most comprehensive coverage of any cognitive psychology text available; a "from lab to life" approach covering theory, lab and field research, and applications to everyday life (like driving while talking on a cell phone and airport security).
Emotional Intelligence by
Everyone knows that high IQ is no guarantee of success, happiness or virtue. Goleman's fascinating report from the frontiers of psychology and neuroscience offers us startling new insight into our two minds--the rational and the emotional--and how they together shape our destiny.
Emotions, Stress, and Health by
In this volume, Alex Zautra illustrates how experience with difficult or stressful emotional situations can, contrary to popular belief, be beneficial; for example, our ability to adapt to stress can be improved by experiencing difficult moments on emotional intensity. Zautra masterfully integrates research and theory on emotion and stress, identifying a unique and important role for stressful life events. He offers new insights into how stress and emotions can influence health and illness and demonstrates the wide applicability of this perspective across domains of love and marriage, work, aging, and community. By reviewing research on chronic pain, depression, child abuse, and addiction, Zautra also provides new insights into clinical problems.
Growing Together by
From the moment of birth to the moment of death, peoples' lives are intermingled and survival is determined by personal relationships. Those with strong ties live longer and in better health than people who are lonely or isolated. Yet scholarship has rarely considered personal relationships across the entire life span. This edited volume integrates research on people's relationships from childhood to later adulthood. Chapters look at specific types of relationships as well as at the functions that underlie them such as the way people think about relationships and their emotional reactions as well as their motivation for relationships.
Mental Health Promotion by
"This is a well-organised book. The layout is clear, with references at the end of each chapter, and there are activities and questions for reflection, as well as good use of tables. The editors' foreword at the beginning of each chapter provides a useful link from the previous material, and gives a sense of continuity. "It will...be a useful addition to a reading list for public health students and anyone interested in promoting mental health in their clients. It will provide a useful platform for debate, and a summary of mental health needs at different points in the life span." Critical Public Health "This text provides an excellent overview for anyone new to mental health promotion or wanting to refresh their learning. ...the book provides a concise argument that mental health promotion has a strong theory base, evidence base and value base for anyone wishing to learn, advocate for or develop its practice." mentalhealth today "This book is a useful overview for mental health promotion and will stimulate practitioners and researchers to delve more into this important topic" The Internet Journal of Mental Health Mental Health Promotion is the first textbook to provide an accessible guide to applied mental health promotion across all age groups, and demonstrates how both principles and theory can be used to underpin mental health promotion. Cross cutting themes at each stage of the lifespan are addressed, including: reduction of inequalities; theory and evidence based practice and culturally sensitive approaches to practice. Key features of the book include: A recognition of the 'uniqueness' of different age groups in terms of specific mental health issues A lifespan approach; identifying different health promotion interventions for different age groups Illustrations of how to apply health promotion theory and principles to practice Inclusion of up to date evidence based examples of good practice for different age groups Use of international, national and local examples Mental Health Promotion is essential reading for those working in or studying public health, mental health promotion, social work, nursing, youth and community or community care.
Personality, stress, and coping : implications for education by
A volume in Research on Stress and Coping in Education Series Editors Gordon S. Gates, Walter H. Gmelch, and Mimi Wolverton Nearly all chapters in this volume are contemporary original research on personality, stress, and coping in educational contexts. The research spans primary, secondary, and tertiary education. Research participants are students and teachers. The volume brings together contributions from the United States, Australia, Canada, Italy, Scotland, and Hong Kong. Outcomes of interest in the studies include achievement (e.g., grades), cognitive processes such as problem solving, and psychological/ emotional health and well-being. The book is divided into two sections. Part I focuses on personality, stress, and coping in children and young people and Part II addresses personality, stress and coping among adults. Each chapter is introduced by an abstract that summarizes the study. Each chapter makes a unique contribution and can stand alone; interested individuals may benefit from reading any of the chapters without the necessity of reading others. At the same time, there is frequent content overlap among chapters; many authors utilized some of the same measurement devices to assess study variables, and similar or identical variables are studied across chapters utilizing diverse theoretical perspectives or models. In measuring coping, several chapters used the Adolescent Coping Scale (Frydenberg & Lewis, 1993) and a number of others utilized the COPE scale (Carver, Scheier, & Weintraub, 1989). Particular personality models or variables were commonly studied. A few chapters investigated the Big Five, two studied self efficacy and two researched implicit theories of personality.
Psychology by
For one-semester introductory psychology courses in both two- and four-year colleges. In addition to presenting a comprehensive and truly engaging overview of the diverse field of psychology, Wade and Tavris'Psychology, Seventh Edition goes further. Through a careful and systematic presentation, modeling, and reinforcement of good scientific and critical thinking, Wade and Tavris' aim is to help your students assess and understand matters of direct relevance to their own health, well-being, and happiness. Indeed, helping your students become good scientific and critical thinkers is Wade and Tavris' most passionate concern!
This course aims for senior high school students to develop an awareness of the developmental stage that they are in. This Senior High School course of DLS-CSB intends to hone the adolescents’ better understanding of the self and the significant people that impact their lives as they make important personal and career decisions. The modules pertain to the critical issues in personal development as the learners explore specific themes in their development through an experiential learning approach. Relevant concepts, theories, and principles in psychology will help articulate personal reflections, sharing, and lectures in this course.
This course aims for senior high school students to develop an awareness of the developmental stage that they are in. This Senior High School course of DLS-CSB intends to hone the adolescents’ better understanding of the self and the significant people that impact their lives as they make important personal and career decisions. The modules pertain to the critical issues in personal development as the learners explore specific themes in their development through an experiential learning approach. Relevant concepts, theories, and principles in psychology will help articulate personal reflections, sharing, and lectures in this course.
The course focuses on developing reading and writing skills applied to a wide range of materials other than poetry, fiction, and drama.
Academic Writing and Grammar for Students by
Lecturers, why waste time waiting for the post to arrive? Request and receive your e-inspection copy today!′Alex unpacks the complexities of language to provide sound advice on writing for university at all levels. The book ranges from basic grammar to more advanced examples such as the complexities of "hedging". The advice is well supported by examples from a range of disciplines.′ - Dr Sue Tangney, Cardiff Metropolitan University′This exciting new publication helps students understand the requirements of academic writing in today′s world. I have no hesitation in recommending this book to all students.′ - Penelope Hood, Anglia Ruskin UniversityThis handy guide shows you how to quickly get to grips with using academic English grammar and punctuation. Highlighting common grammar mistakes and how to avoid them, the author also shares a wealth of examples and advice from tutors from a range of subjects, enabling you to immediately improve your work at university.Inside, you′ll find practical advice on: common mistakes punctuation conciseness proofreading referencing. All the advice has been tried and tested through workshops that the author runs with students. It is ideal for undergraduates on a wide range of courses, to help promote independent learning as well as practical writing skills.Personal tips and advice from the author onlineFor additional resources and one-to-one advice from Alex ′like′ his Facebook page Academic Writing and Grammar for Students: www.facebook.com/academicwritingandgrammarforstudentsSAGE Study Skills are essential study guides for students of all levels. From how to write great essays and succeeding at university, to writing your undergraduate dissertation and doing postgraduate research, SAGE Study Skills help you get the best from your time at university. Visit the SAGE Study Skills website for tips, quizzes and videos on study success!
Academic Writing Skills by
A three-volume essay writing course for students in American English. Academic Writing Skills 1 takes students through a step-by-step process from writing a paragraph to essays. It is appropriate for students new to academic writing who need general training in essay writing skills.
ACTIVE Skills for Reading Intro by
ACTIVE Skills for Reading is an exciting five-level reading series that develops learners' reading comprehension and vocabulary skills.Written by reading specialist Neil J. Anderson, the new edition of this best-selling series uses an ACTIVE approach to help learners become more confident, independent--and active-readers.ACTIVE ReadingA = Activate Prior KnowledgeC = Cultivate VocabularyT = Think About MeaningI = Increase Reading FluencyV = Verify StrategiesE = Evaluate Progress
Better writing : a step-by-step approach to improving writing skills by
Fully revised with additional content, this full colour new edition of Better Writing builds on the success of the original. It is designed to supplement main coursebooks at the low-intermediate to intermediate level and will benefit students at secondary or tertiary institutions as well as adults on vocational or professional training programmes. The author takes a step-by-step approach to the teaching of writing skills. Each unit begins with activities designed to increase awareness of what writing in English involves and includes practice in: mechanical skills (spelling, capitalization and punctuation) construction and linking (conjunctions and subordination) grammar The new 'Language review' section concludes each unit with additional practice in the main language items featured. Through controlled and guided practice, students are gradually led towards writing accurate, cohesive, appropriate and more interesting paragraphs involving a variety of topics and functions, such as: explaining the functioning of a device describing a process describing an object making comparisons describing tables and graphs explaining cause and effect writing formal and informal letters describing change over time reporting speech and events
College Writing Skills with Readings by
Connect Writing coupled with College Writing Skills with Readings provides the foundation for your grammar study and tools to support the writing process, so you can find the inspiration need to be successful in college, career and life. Students are guided through personalized learning activities and critical reading/writing strategies to so they come more aware of writing with a purpose.
Developing composition skills : academic writing and grammar by
The new edition of this best-selling series combines comprehensive development and practice in the rhetorical modes while integrating instruction in reading, grammar, critical thinking, and vocabulary development. -Developing Composition Skills focuses students on narrating, describing, analyzing, comparing and contrasting, classifying, and evaluating at the paragraph level and offers a complete introduction that bridges the gap between the paragraph and the essay level. -Refining Composition Skills develops essay writing skills needed for success at the college level by thoroughly reviewing and presenting the following rhetorical modes: compare and contrast, example, classification, process analysis, cause and effect, and argument.
Edge : reading writing and language by
Edge is a leveled core reading/language arts program designed for striving readers and ESL students in grades 9-12. Edge is designed to help prepare all students for college and career success with dynamic National Geographic content and authentic and multicultural literature. Edge was built around relevant and motivating content, preparation for success on the new CCSS tests, and systematic and focused teaching materials, all while incorporating and covering the Common Core State Standards. The reading selections in Edge were specifically chosen to engage adolescent striving readers, get students excited about reading, and create a context for discussion and learning. Program authors Alfred Tatum, Michael Smith, and David Moore have conducted decades of research on how to select literature that engages and inspires adolescent striving readers as well as incorporate best, research-based teaching practices to ensure success for all students, increase reading and comprehension levels, and prepare students for success beyond the high school classroom.
The least you should know about English : writing skills by
Quickly master English writing skills with THE LEAST YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT ENGLISH: WRITING SKILLS, Twelfth Edition. Brief and uncomplicated, this text has helped students learn the basics of English writing for more than 30 years with its clear, concise concept explanations and useful, relevant corresponding exercises. Topics include spelling, word choice, sentence structure, punctuation, paragraph, and essay writing-as well as more advanced skills such as argumentation and quotation. Check your work easily with exercise answers located in the back of the book, making it an excellent writing resource even after the course has ended.
The least you should know about English : writing skills by
Master the basics of writing with THE LEAST YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT ENGLISH: WRITING SKILLS. The book's simple approach (embraced by students for decades) gives you the power to strengthen your writing with clear explanations, real-world samples, and practice from over 200 exercises with full answers that provide instant feedback in all areas of writing. First, you'll learn the basics of word use, sentence structure, and punctuation. You'll also find brief, easy-to-follow guidance for writing all types of paragraphs and essays and for strengthening basic skills (from writing summaries to including quotations) that you will use in college and beyond. Exercises on a variety of topics broaden your knowledge of science, art, history, film, literature, social studies, business, and the media while you improve your English skills. When the course ends, the book becomes a valuable "go-to" reference resource for all your future writing needs.
Mindscapes : critical reading skills and strategies by
Developed for students at the 10-12 reading level, MINDSCAPES: CRITICAL READING SKILLS AND STRATEGIES, 2E helps students become stronger readers based on how the brain best processes and learns information. Christine Evans Carter has developed a powerful approach to building reading skills that is based on the latest research in brain-based learning; when students recognize the structure and organization of information, they maximize their learning power. This focus on text structure provides a scaffold onto which developmental-level readers can apply new knowledge. Information is presented in a carefully crafted sequence that serves to build upon prior knowledge and expand understanding of skills and strategies in a recursive manner. In addition, each chapter includes study skills and discipline-specific vocabulary and reading strategies to help students succeed in all of their courses.
Professional Writing by
Offers a comprehensive interdisciplinary introduction to professional writing for different media, synthesising methods and ideas developed in linguistics, journalism, public relations and marketing. This third edition contains new material on public relations writing and social media, as well as additional material on digital sources.
Reading, Writing, and Learning in ESL by
In this comprehensive, accessible guide, pre- and in-service K-12 teachers get a firm understanding of the essential topics of first and second language acquisition along with teaching and assessment strategies for oral language development, vocabulary, writing, reading, and reading and writing across the curriculum. With its strong research base, engaging style, and helpful descriptions of specific teaching strategies, Reading , Writing, and Learning in ESL, 6e explains how contemporary language acquisition theory informs instruction, while providing suggestions and methods for motivating ELs' English language, literacy and content learning. New material in this Sixth Edition includes an in-depth discussion of academic language; an exploration of the demands of Internet reading compared to traditional text reading; a presentation of Response to Intervention (RTI) as applied to ELs; and a wealth of Internet resources throughout the book.
Reading and Study Skills by
By focusing on a wide range of reading and study skills required in the academic world, Reading and Study Skills gives instructors the flexibility to address student needs that might otherwise require several texts. The highly versatile organization divides topics into focused, self-contained modules that can be covered in any order resulting in a text that can be adapted to fit any teaching or learning situation. From its step-by-step, comprehensive coverage of the essential reading and study skills, to its practical, sensible style and tone, this text encourages and motivates students to get the most out of their reading and shows them how to master key study skills in order to have rewarding college experiences.
Ticket to write : writing skills for success by
Ticket to Write, a cutting-edge developmental writing textbook, focuses on contemporary media and issues that stimulate student learning, covers paragraph and essay development simultaneously, and employs a "solutions approach" to grammar.
The writer's workplace : building college writing skills by
THE WRITER'S WORKPLACE: BUILDING COLLEGE WRITING SKILLS has helped more than half a million students like you work their way towards rewarding careers in a variety of fields. Sandra Scarry and John Scarry present writing instruction that is clear and engaging, with step-by-step explanations to help you become a stronger, more confident writer. The result of many years of classroom teaching and research, this comprehensive and time-tested resource reflects the authors' understanding that every student has a unique point of view and voice, which is highlighted by the diverse and current examples and exercises found throughout the text. Begin your journey to becoming a more successful and confident writer today with THE WRITER'S WORKPLACE!
Writing, Reading, and Research by
Broadening the traditional notion of undergraduate research, WRITING, READING, AND RESEARCH thoroughly covers the essential skills for developing a research paper: analytical reading, synthesizing, paraphrasing, and summarizing. Presenting the process of research in a practical sequence, including separate chapters on finding, analyzing, and integrating sources, the authors illustrate each stage of the process with examples of student and professional writing. Using a flexible and goal-oriented approach, the authors have created a text that blends the best features of a theoretically informed rhetoric, an interdisciplinary reading anthology, and a research guide. WRITING, READING, AND RESEARCH, Ninth Edition, provides helpful and engaging exercises, frequent opportunities to write, and many occasions for discussion and critical response.
Writing and Reading Across the Curriculum by
Remaining one of the best-selling interdisciplinary composition texts for over twenty-five years, Writing and Reading Across the Curriculum helps readers learn to write effectively for college.
The course focuses on developing reading and writing skills applied to a wide range of materials other than poetry, fiction, and drama.
Active Reading Skills by
Active Reading Skills focuses on essential skill areas for college-reading success, and improves students' reading through concise instruction, and extensive practice and testing. Each chapter focuses on a specific reading and thinking skill, and contains exercises that get students applying the learned skill to textbooks and ends with a vocabulary enrichment exercise.
ACTIVE Skills for Reading 3 by
ACTIVE Skills for Reading is an exciting five-level reading series that develops learners' reading comprehension and vocabulary skills.Written by reading specialist Neil J. Anderson, the new edition of this best-selling series uses an ACTIVE approach to help learners become more confident, independent--and active--readers.ACTIVE ReadingA = Activate Prior KnowledgeC = Cultivate VocabularyT = Think About MeaningI = Increase Reading FluencyV = Verify StrategiesE = Evaluate Progress
Applied Linguistics and Materials Development by
Focuses for the first time on materials development and applications of current research and theory for the main areas of applied linguistics (e.g. second language acquisition, pragmatics, vocabulary studies). There are many books on applied linguistic theory and research and there are now a number of books on the principled development of materials for language learning, but this book takes a new approach by connecting the two concerns. Each of its chapters first of all presents relevant theories and research conclusions for its area and then considers practical applications for materials development. The chapters achieve these applications by reporting and commenting on current theory and research, by analysing the match between current published materials and current theory and by suggesting and exemplifying applications of current theory to materials development. This will be an essential resource both for those studying or teaching materials development and for those studying or teaching applied linguistics.
Enhancing writing skills by
Enhancing Writing Skills includes conference presentation papers from the Carnegie Writers, Inc. 1st Annual Conference. The anthology provides published and aspiring writers resources for sustaining, enhancing and evaluating their writing skills. The chapter themes focus on genrebased writing, creativity in writing, mechanics of writing, academic writing, and writing as a business. Enhancing writing skills is beneficial to diverse writers as it impacts the community, working, and educational environments.ANTHOLOGY GOALS AND OBJECTIVES: Enable writers to learn from other writers for the development of networking relationships and professional development. Assist writers with techniques on sustaining their writing talents in their chosen genre or various genres. Provide meaningful publishing resources related to nontraditional and traditional publication venues. Enhance writers understanding for marketing strategies in the 21st century.
Essay Writing Skills by
Writing essays is a major part of many further education courses. In coursework assignments, dissertations and exams, a well-written essay can make the difference between a pass and a fail, and these essays provide you with the stepping stones that take you towards the degree, qualification and career that you desire. Nothing will expose your uncertainty or lack of knowledge more than a poorly written essay; what Essay Writing Skills does is let you know what is expected of you and how best to go about your research, thus allowing you to get on top of your workload quickly. Essay Writing Skills offers practical and proven ways to maximise your success in all aspects of essay writing. From planning your first essay to assessing primary and secondary sources, it will help you to write in a systematic way that presents a convincing and academically sound argument. A comprehensive guide, it provides guidance and advice on good research techniques, grammar and accuracy, creating an essay plan and correctly citing your sources. It also includes a range of real life example essays and insider knowledge on how your essays are assessed, Essay Writing Skills is an indispensible source of advice, making the writing process clear and manageable to help you improve the quality of your written work.
Headway academic skills : reading, writing, and study skills by The Least You Should Know about English by
Quickly master English writing skills with THE LEAST YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT ENGLISH: WRITING SKILLS, Twelfth Edition. Brief and uncomplicated, this text has helped students learn the basics of English writing for more than 30 years with its clear, concise concept explanations and useful, relevant corresponding exercises. Topics include spelling, word choice, sentence structure, punctuation, paragraph, and essay writing-as well as more advanced skills such as argumentation and quotation. Check your work easily with exercise answers located in the back of the book, making it an excellent writing resource even after the course has ended.
Q: Skills for Success Reading and Writing 2E Level 5 Student Book by
Q: Skills for Success, Second Edition is a six-level paired skills series that helps students to think critically and succeed academically.With new note-taking skills, an extended writing syllabus and authentic video in every unit, Q Second Edition equips students for academic success better than ever.Q Second Edition helps students to measure their progress, with clearly stated unit objectives that motivate students to achieve their language learning goals.And the online content, seamlessly integrated into the Student Book, allows teachers to truly implement blended learning into the classroom.
Reading and study skills by
By focusing on a wide range of reading and study skills required in the academic world, Reading and Study Skills gives instructors the flexibility to address student needs that might otherwise require several texts.
Reading in Action by
Reading in Action utilizes an active reading approach through progressive exercise sets and a focus on metacognition in order to help students improve their reading skills and develop a stronger reader identity. Gene Wintner recognizes that students' success in college reading courses is largely related to their engagement with the course materials, and answers the call by providing meaningful topics, high-interest reading selections, and a variety of activities to foster student engagement. Wintner carries this student engagement concept further by encouraging students to be aware of his/her own reading processes and establish a positive reader identity. This identify is forged through regular attention to metacognition and reflection of the student's growing identity as a reader.
Reading Skills for College by
The Longman Academic Reading Series is a five-level series that prepares English language learners for academic work. The aim of the series is to make students more effective and confident readers by providing high-interest readings on academic subjects and by teaching them skills and strategies for effective reading, vocabulary building, note-taking, and critical thinking. The series also encourages students to discuss and write about the ideas they discovered in the readings, making them better speakers and writers of English as well. Features Readings based on academic sources -- Every reading in the text focuses on an academic subject and is chosen with the intent of providing different and intriguing perspectives on the theme. Multiple reading genres -- Readings come from a variety of sources or genres, from textbooks to on-line articles, and are written by a variety of experts from widely different fields. Explicit academic skills -- From critical reading to vocabulary building, notetaking and critical thinking, the Longman Academic Reading Series provides students with a holistic approach to effective reading. Corpus-Informed approach to vocabulary (AWL) -- Students build vocabulary and acquire skills that will help them become more confident and successful in preparing for their academic work.
Sharpen Your Essay Writing Skills by
With the recent emphasis on essay writing in many standardized tests and classroom assignments, this book aims to help young writers in this process. A positive, conversational tone, fun illustrations, and helpful examples make this book engaging and easy to use.
Successful College Writing by
Because so many first-year writing students lack the basic skills the course demands, reading specialist McWhorter gives them steady guidance through the challenges they face in academic work. Successful College Writing offers extensive instruction in active and critical reading, practical advice on study and college survival skills, step-by-step strategies for writing and research, detailed coverage of the nine rhetorical patterns of development, and 61 readings that provide strong rhetorical models, as well as an easy-to-use handbook in the complete edition. McWhorter’s unique visual approach to learning uses graphic organizers, revision flowcharts, and other visual tools to help students analyze texts and write their own essays. Her unique attention to varieties of learning styles also helps empower students, allowing them to identify their strengths and learning preferences. Read the preface.
Writing and Reading Across the Curriculum by
This rhetoric and reader guides the reader through the essential college-level writing skills of summary, critique, synthesis, and analysis, and offers a focused opportunity for practicing these skills.
Writing As a Learning Activity by
Writing as a learning activity offers an account of the potentials of writing as a powerful tool for facilitating learning and making it more profound and productive in a variety of disciplines and collaborative contexts at different school levels.
Student Life 1: Orientation and Career Exploration
Student Life 1 is an institutional course that aims to equip Senior High School students with the necessary knowledge, skills, and values that would help you in adapting to the academic community. Through this subject, you will be able to understand Benilde’s identity and values and its roots and at the same time integrate the concepts of inclusion, innovation, and service-learning in your practice. Various learning opportunities through guided activities and strategies are introduced to provide an avenue for you to effectively understand the important concepts and to achieve the set standards and learning competencies. At the end of this subject, you will be able to: 1) apply the lessons from the lives of the Founder and the Patron and the history of DLS-CSB through discussions and activities to adapt to the Benildean-Lasallian community; and 2) integrate the concepts of inclusion, innovation, and service-learning to one’s life through guided activities and strategies to promote Benildean Expressions (BenEx) of the Lasallian Core Values.
Applying Career Development Theory to Counseling by
A must-read for counselors in training, Sharf's APPLYING CAREER DEVELOPMENT THEORY TO COUNSELING, 6th Edition, shows you how to apply the principles of career development to a variety of counseling settings. This book is clearly written, filled with useful case examples, and includes integrated diversity coverage to give you the advantage in your course and your career. You'll find information about websites on internships, education, counseling organizations, and jobs. The book's Companion Website provides case studies, tutorial quizzes, and relevant links. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Career Development and Counseling by
Praise for Career Development and Counseling: Putting Theory and Research to Work, Second Edition "This volume is an essential resource for the library of anyone interested in the field of career development, assessment, and counseling and should also prove invaluable for graduate students interested in immersing themselves in some of the best work being done today in the field of career development and counseling." --Nancy E. Betz, PhD, Professor, Department of Psychology, The Ohio State University "In this second edition, Drs. Brown and Lent continue to shape career development discourse and illustrate the ongoing significance of the fields of career development and counseling in the twenty-first century. This edition will help both researchers and practitioners alike to better understand, investigate, and promote the role of work in people's lives." --Angela Byars-Winston, PhD, Associate Professor of Medicine, School of Medicine and Public Health, University of Wisconsin-Madison Complete coverage of leading career theories and practices Filled with the latest empirical and practical evidence, this new edition features: A new introductory chapter that defines and discusses the importance of career counseling in the twenty-first century, and offers a brief history of the field New chapters on gender, race/ethnicity, social class and poverty, sexual minority identity, disability status, personality, and relational factors Major theories of career development Coverage of the assessment of important career constructs and occupational information systems Interventions for working with career issues across the life span Edited by two of the leaders in the field of career development, and featuring contributions by many of the most well-regarded specialists in the field, Career Development and Counseling, Second Edition is the one book that every career counselor, vocational psychologist, and student of career development and counseling must have.
Career development interventions in the 21st century by 
Career Development Interventions with Mylab Counseling with Pearson EText -- Access Card Package by
NOTE: Before purchasing, check with your instructor to ensure you select the correct ISBN. Several versions of Pearson''s MyLab & Mastering products exist for each title, and registrations are not transferable. To register for and use Pearson''s MyLab & Mastering products, you may also need a Course ID, which your instructor will provide. Used books, rentals, and purchases made outside of Pearson If purchasing or renting from companies other than Pearson, the access codes for Pearson''s MyLab & Mastering products may not be included, may be incorrect, or may be previously redeemed. Check with the seller before completing your purchase. This package includes the bound book and MyCounselingLab® with Pearson eText. This comprehensive, top-selling text presents theories, assessments, planning tools, resources, and technologies relevant to modern career development in a practical approach that shows theory and research in action. With four chapters devoted to career development in educational settings, it analyzes the various aspects of career development interventions for the elementary, middle and high school, higher education, and community audiences, and provides strategies for implementing career counseling techniques and creating and designing career development programs. The new edition of Career Development Interventions features a stronger emphasis on the elementary school level, up-to-date coverage of the use of technology in career guidance/counseling, including the use of social media for job seeking, and the addition of new case studies and practical assignments throughout. Personalize learning with MyCounselingLab® MyCounselingLab® is an online homework, tutorial, and assessment program designed to work with the text to engage students and improve results. Within its structured environment, students see key concepts demonstrated through video clips, practice what they learn, test their understanding, and receive feedback to guide their learning and ensure they master key learning outcomes. 0134055829 / 9780134055824 Career Development Interventions with MyCounselingLab with Pearson eText -- Access Card Package Package consists of: 0134286308 / 9780134286303 Career Development Interventions 0134476468 / 9780134476469 MyCounselingLab with Pearson eText -- Access Card -- for Career Development Interventions
Career Directions: New Paths to Your Ideal Career by
Career Directions will prepare you to enter and succeed in today's workplace. Designed to help you create your distinct personal brand and effectively tell YOUR STORY to prospective employers, distinguish yourself in today's highly competitive employment market in ways that lead you to successful interviews to land and maintain your ideal career. This sixth edition of Career Directions focuses on new paths to your ideal career that include: Social media profiles Online career portfolios Multiple resume versions Maximizing the use of keywords With over thirty years of experience in career development and human resources, author Donna Yena brings a practitioner's perspective to Career Directions. Her experience as Vice President of Career Development and Alumni Relations at Johnson & Wales University, along with her background as a manager, instructor, and curriculum designer, contribute to the advice and techniques found in Career Directions: New Paths to Your Ideal Career and the Career Handbook. More than just a text on job searches and career planning, Career Directions and the Career Handbook are your complete career management reference tools for preparing you to find your first position after graduation or guide you through a career transition. You will find yourself referring back to them at different points in your career to explore new opportunities or affirm the course you are on.
Career Information, Career Counseling, and Career Development by
A comprehensive survey of career development that emphasizes technology, cross-cultural issues, practical application, and the global economy. Written by a leading expert in the field, this text covers all aspects of career counseling and career development in both the private and public sectors. The only book of its kind that emphasizes multicultural considerations and a global perspective, this text offers students the most complete and compelling look at the identification and use of occupational information and appraisal devices -- in an array of environments and for all demographic groups. The newly revised and newly organized edition of Career Information, Career Counseling and Career Development focuses on technology in career development, free and low-cost career development strategies, and the impact of the recent recession on the job market.
Career Leap by
Adapt you career to the shifting paradigm of work, employment and success The word "career" doesn't mean what it used to. People entering the workforce today will have an estimated 17 employers and five careers in their lifetimes -- and already many existing roles are being automated away, with many more to follow. No profession, industry or geography is immune, and employees need to change their idea of what it means to be employed. The rise of freelancing and the gig economy means flexibility and independence, but also less security -- with trends showing it is the way of the future. You cannot future-proof your job, but you can future-proof your career. Career Leap shows you what you need to know, how you need to change and how you can prepare for the inevitable tides of change. This book sheds light on the choices you make, and the steps you can take to reignite, reshape and liberate your career. You'll develop the confidence you need to take decisive action, sharpen your skills and become the agile, adaptive professional we will all need to be. The 10-step Career Reinvention Cycle helps you assess the status quo and determine where you need to go, and then gives you a solid framework for making a move when the time is right. Future-proof your career with the new laws for success Undertake a health check of your career and make deliberate career choices Design, build, and execute your influence and career strategy Be equipped to take control and leap ahead with your career. No matter your role, it is imperative that you make every day in your career count. Make the critical decisions, take clear actions and, above all, stay ahead of the pack. Career Leap gives you the insight, confidence and knowledge you need to move up as you leap forward.
Career Management for Life by
Career Management for Life provides students and employees with an integrative approach to managing their careers on an ongoing basis to achieve a satisfying balance between their work and their family responsibilities, community involvement, and personal interests. The career management model guides individuals through the different phases of their career from figuring out what their first job should be right to navigating the road to retirement. Expert authors Greenhaus, Callanan, and Godshalk bring their wealth of research experience to the book and demonstrate the individual and organizational sides of career management, allowing an appreciation of both. This material is well balanced by a set of practical tools, including self-assessments, case studies, and recommended interviews. The new edition also includes: An emphasis on attaining work-life balance, a topic that is of growing concern to workers at all stages of their careers. An updated focus on today's career contexts and stages. Material on technology and social media, now integrated throughout the book, to reflect the growing importance of these tools in career management and development. A chapter on international careers, helping individuals face a globalized world. Greater emphasis on alternative career paths, reflecting the newest trends and helping individuals understand all the different career options available to them. This rich and engaging book will help individuals understand themselves better, which in turn allows them to understand what they really want out of their career. Those taking (or offering) classes in career management or career development will come to rely on this book for years to follow.
Career Studies by
The articles in this major work have been masterfully selected by the set′s esteemed editors for their exceptional impact and influence, as well as to demonstrate the range of disciplinary perspectives that have been used as different lenses to understand the concept of "career." It includes material on both "vocational" and "organizational" career studies; a true touchstone text for any scholar interested in expanding their knowledge of this far-reaching field. The set is organised around four central themes: Volume One: Foundations of Career Studies: taking a look at historical material on the development of career studies within different disciplines Volume Two: Careers in Context: considering careers in relation to their surrounding social structures Volume Three: Careers as Human Experience: attending to careers at the individual level Volume Four: Careers in Practice; bringing together the practical implications of career studies for all groups of practitioners
Career Theory and Practice by
Unique in the way it links five major career development and choice theories to a fictional case client, this user-friendly text is ideal for counselors engaged in helping clients make wise career choices. Thoroughly updated, the Third Edition of Career Theory and Practice takes a multicultural approach as it blends theory, practical examples, and specific cases, helping readers apply a wide range of career development theories to counseling clients.
Continuing Professional Development by
Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is the means by which the professions across the world ensure that their knowledge and skills remain up to date and relevant to changing needs and environments. CPD significantly contributes to the quality and reputation of the professions and therefore to the quality of national and international social life and economic well being. Starting with a discussion on what CPD is, the author analyzes how professional bodies govern CPD, what support they provide to individual professionals and how they measure or evaluate what individuals do under the provenance of CPD. Continuing Professional Development explains why, up to now, CPD has been a relatively neglected subject in spite of it being carried out by millions. It argues whether a variety of perspectives or visions of CPD has held back wider public appreciation of it and if greater co-ordination by professional bodies, or the introduction of new players to the field, will change this in the future. Providing the first comprehensive study of the subject, this innovative book will be required reading for CPD professionals and researchers and is a fascinating read for all professionals, especially those involved with human resource development and management / leadership development.
A Counselor's Guide to Career Assessment Instruments by
"If you are a practitioner, a trainee, or a counselor educator interested in assessment within career and counseling fields, A Counselors Guide to Career Assessment Instruments (6th ed.) is a great choice considering its ease of use, attention to special topics, comprehensiveness, and enduring utility. Over the past thirty years, the first five editions have gained great attention and success. The newest edition provides counselors, researchers, trainees, and educators an essential guide to career assessment and a comprehensive list of career assessment instruments. The widespread content areas in the book are written by leading experts in the corresponding fields and present information that is relevant and helpful to career practitioners within a variety of settings and at all levels of experience."--NCDA Website.
Handbook of Career Development by
This book is focused on work, occupation and career development: themes that are fundamental to a wide range of human activities and relevant across all cultures. Yet theorizing and model building about this most ubiquitous of human activities from international perspectives have not been vigorous. An examination of the literature pertaining to career development, counseling and guidance that has developed over the last fifty years reveals theorizing and model building have been largely dominated by Western epistemologies, some of the largest workforces in the world are in the developing world. Career guidance is rapidly emerging as a strongly felt need in these contexts. If more relevant models are to be developed, frameworks from other cultures and economies must be recognized as providing constructs that would offer a deeper understanding of career development. This does not mean that existing ideas are to be discarded. Instead, an integrative approach that blends universal principles with particular needs could offer a framework for theorizing, research and practice that has wider relevance. The central objective of this handbook is to draw the wisdom and experiences of different cultures together to consider both universal and specific principles for career guidance and counseling that are socially and economically relevant to contemporary challenges and issues. This book is focused on extending existing concepts to broader contexts as well as introducing new concepts relevant to the discipline of career guidance and counseling.
Investigating Your Career by
Would you like a text that gives you the opportunity to direct your attention toward an area of interest that might develop into a career path and helps you identify educational course offerings related to your career choices? INVESTIGATING YOUR CAREER, 3rd Edition has been revised to include social networking, personal finance, blog activities, math and financial information, and additional coverage on the 16 Career Clusters, making it the perfect solution. This career exploration text uniquely focuses on your individual PATH to success: your Passions, Attitude, Talents, and Heart, as career possibilities are explored. You will learn critical success skills such as how to budget your money, the value and misuse of credit, and how to manage your time.Focusing education on the future, the U.S. Office of Education has grouped careers into 16 clusters based on similar job characteristics. Every chapter in INVESTIGATING YOUR CAREER, 3E includes detailed information on a career cluster allowing you to learn about the various career options available. The career cluster approach makes it easier to understand the relevance of your required courses.
Lifestorming : creating meaning and achievement in your career and life by
Revamp your life to grow, evolve, and become who you want to be Lifestorming is the indispensably practical handbook for becoming the person you want to be. Redesign your life, friends, behaviors, and beliefs to move closer to your goals every single day, guided by expert insight and deep introspection. Written by a veteran author team behind almost 100 books on human behavior, this guide helps you learn why you do things the way you do them, and how to do them better. The Lifestorming Test allows you to assess your current state in concrete terms, and assess your ability to change and adapt -- from there, it's about identifying people, actions, habits, and beliefs that either support your personal and professional growth or hold you back. You'll learn the six building blocks of character, challenge your belief system, develop a leadership mindset, and overcome the fear and guilt of success. You'll map out an action plan, and learn how to continually move forward at work, at home, and in everyday life. We often don't realize how much of our natural default is established by others. Whose goals are you working toward? Are you measuring your progress with the correct yardstick? This book shows you how to take a step back and compare your life today with the future you want -- and build a plan for changing track toward constant evolution and growth. Assess your current state and your capacity for change Develop the right goals and the right metrics to create the future you want Learn how character evolves, and why it's essential to growth Change your habits and behaviors to consistently grow and evolve We all carry around old baggage, obsolete "friendships", and counterproductive beliefs -- and every day, they pull us a little further away from what we really want. Lifestorming is your real-world guide to shedding the stagnation, and allowing yourself to grow into the person you want to become.
Marketing your value : 9 steps to navigate your career by
"This book is an excellent read for college students, recent graduates and mid-career professionals as they navigate their careers and prepare for the next step towards their professional goals." Pareena Lawrence, PhD, Provost and Dean of the College, Professor of Economics, Augustana College, Rock Island, Illinois "In the tradition of 'What Color is Your Parachute' and 'What Should I Do With My Life?', 'Marketing Your Value: 9 Steps to Navigate Your Career' is likely to be invaluable to anyone who is entering the job market, considering a change of direction, or advising those who are." William Pannapacker, PhD, Professor of English, Director of the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation Scholars Program in the Arts and Humanities, Faculty Director of the Great Lakes Colleges Association's Digital Liberal Arts Initiative, Hope College. Navigating the chaos in today's global marketing place, including global unemployment and underemployment, the digital revolution, and technological advancements, requires a sophisticated strategy that is built upon the paradigm that professional development is directly linked to personal growth. To grow as a professional, therefore, one must increase their self-awareness, build a compelling brand, and then communicate their message in a clear and consistent fashion. This book explains how professionals can market their value to navigate their career and live a life of purpose. Divided into three sections, this publication offers you an opportunity to assess your personal and professional skills, challenges you to create a compelling personal brand, and helps you develop the communication materials necessary to navigate your career.
Resilience at Work by
Shortlisted for the 2019 Business Book Awards in the International Business Book category. Finalist in The Australian Career Book Awards 2019, supported by the Royal Society of Arts Australia and New Zealand The world of work is in a constant state of flux. Resilience at Work: Practical Tools for Career Success is an essential guide to maintaining resilience in this ever-changing environment, whether you are working in a turbulent field, navigating the job market or simply trying to realise your career ambitions. Based on the author's own experience of working under extreme circumstances in post-earthquake Christchurch, New Zealand and enhanced by collaboration with leading resilience experts from around the world, this book is packed with stories, resources and personal coaching to support you to: learn about the importance of emotional honesty as a foundation for true resilience explore how your levels of self-care influence your ability to re-energise and stay strong consider how having the right sort of connections play a part in your ability to flourish reflect on how you have been learning (and changing) along your journey to resilience This is an invaluable resource for organisations looking to support employees by giving them the tools for self-managed resilience at work. It is also ideal for career coaches, counsellors and other professionals who are working with clients facing their own crisis of resilience, whether they are starting out or well-advanced on their career journey. Kathryn Jackson's unique coaching style enables readers to truly personalise the approach they choose to take, using the stories, the frameworks and the research to create a unique voyage towards building Resilience at Work.
The start-up of you : adapt to the future, invest in yourself, and transform your career by
From the co-founder and chairman of LinkedIn and author Ben Casnocha comes a revolutionary new book on how to apply the strategies of successful entrepreneurship to your career: in other words, how to run the 'start-up of you'. In a world where wages are virtually stagnant, creative disruption is rocking every industry, global competition for jobs is fierce, and job security is a thing of the past, we're all on our own when it comes to our careers. In the face of such uncertainty, the key to success is to think and act like an entrepreneur: to be nimble and self-reliant, to be innovative, and to know how to network and stand out from the crowd. And this is precisely what Hoffman and Casnocha show you how to do in a book that is both inspirational and supremely practical.
Take Charge of Your Career! by
Happiness and success at work and in life depend on equal parts skills and attitudes, and Karin Ireland shares what she's learned the hard way so others can get there faster. Taking charge of your career -- and your life -- has never been more important or more doable. TAKE CHARGE OF YOUR CAREER! 365 TIPS, TRICKS, AND TECHNIQUES TO ACHIEVE HAPPINESS AT WORK AND IN LIFE offers practical solutions to challenging situations. This book shows workers of all ages in all types of careers, whether already employed or looking, the secrets of getting the job and getting ahead; working well with challenging bosses and coworkers; accomplishing more in less time with less stress; finding and honoring boundaries between work and the rest of their lives; and following their own path even when others say they can't. Keep this book with you at all times. You never know when you'll need a little inspiration and motivation to survive -- and thrive -- in the workplace and in life.
Student Life 1: Orientation and Career Exploration
Student Life 1 is an institutional course that aims to equip Senior High School students with the necessary knowledge, skills, and values that would help you in adapting to the academic community. Through this subject, you will be able to understand Benilde’s identity and values and its roots and at the same time integrate the concepts of inclusion, innovation, and service-learning in your practice. Various learning opportunities through guided activities and strategies are introduced to provide an avenue for you to effectively understand the important concepts and to achieve the set standards and learning competencies. At the end of this subject, you will be able to: 1) apply the lessons from the lives of the Founder and the Patron and the history of DLS-CSB through discussions and activities to adapt to the Benildean-Lasallian community; and 2) integrate the concepts of inclusion, innovation, and service-learning to one’s life through guided activities and strategies to promote Benildean Expressions (BenEx) of the Lasallian Core Values.
The career catapult : shake-up the status quo and boost your professional trajectory by
We live in an evolving economic environment, one in which job security and career certainty are distant memories. The old rules for navigating the turbulent waters of employment just don't apply anymore. In the face of these ongoing changes, it's easy to become fearful and discouraged. In The Career Catapult, innovative career consultant Roopa Unnikrishnan shows you how to gaze into this uncertain future and shape it to your advantage--regardless of your current position in the job hierarchy. Leaping into a revised career trajectory requires quick and purposeful movement. In The Career Catapult, Roopa offers five essential disciplines that will catapult you along the fast track: Dig Deep to Soar: Examine your skills and resources to accurately assess your marketplace value. Stalk Innovations and Trends: Explore the context in which you can offer your value. Jolt Your Network: Use your assets, including networks that can drive significant value. Prototype Possibilities: Free yourself to imagine. Visualize the full array of possibilities and test-drive them. Find ways to don the mantle of the new role Go Extreme: Is your desired future achievable? Yes! Take that confident leap into your future.
Career counseling interventions by
Note to Readers: Publisher does not guarantee quality or access to any included digital components if book is purchased through a third-party seller. Goes beyond traditional "job hunt strategies" to provide innovative solutions targeted to specific populations This graduate text for courses in career counseling is distinguished by its emphasis on creative interventions tailored to the unique needs of diverse populations. With a focus on career as a cornerstone of personal identity, the book explores the specific meaning of careers within different cultures and examines the challenges faced by—and potential solutions for--individuals with diverse backgrounds and needs. It describes unique interventions that allow counseling students to visualize and actualize career counseling with a wide range of clients and demonstrates techniques targeted to each population that can be put into practice immediately. The text provides demographic information regarding specific job-seeking groups including such "traditional" populations as college graduates and working parents, as well as groups that encounter special challenges such as stay-at-home parents returning to work, formerly incarcerated individuals, people with disabilities, teen mothers, African American, Hispanic and Asian males and females, older adults, LGBT individuals, and many others. Over fifty creative, innovative interventions that have been successfully applied help counselors to provide effective career development strategies with each population. Chapters include a vignette representing each population, group demographics, a history of career paths and obstacles, unique needs of the group, supports already in place, and specific career counseling assessment and interventions. The book also provides abundant resources for additional study. In addition to its value to career counselors, the text will also be useful to personal counselors who often deal with their client’s career issues during treatment. Key Features: Provides in-depth exploration of underserved populations who hold unique career development needs Includes innovative career counseling interventions that move beyond standard "job hunt strategies" or "resume preparation tips" Explores life stage concerns related to career development across multiple diverse identities Gives readers step-by-step details on implementing over 40 innovative career counseling techniques Presents case studies that provide clear examples of the application of relevant interventions.
Career Development by
This book provides a critical reflection on career development theory and practice and addresses pressing 21st century issues related to globalisation. Career development theory and practice has been described as eurocentric in its focus. In a global world of cultural diversity, complex work and employment issues and, more recently, global recession, such issues warrant careful thought in order to strategically position career development as a relevant discipline in the 21st century. At a more fundamental level, the issue of terminology in relation to work and career needs greater elaboration in a global world.
Career Development All-In-One for Dummies by
Take control of your career today Want to get ahead in the workplace? Learn new skills and increase your visibility as a leader in your company with the help of this practical, hands-on guide to professional development. You'll find new techniques for being a better leader, tips for writing better emails, rules for running more effective meetings, and much more. Plus, you'll discover how to give presentations that will keep your audience engaged and learn to be a more mindful person. Combined from seven of the best For Dummies books on career development topics, Career Development All-in-One For Dummies is your one-stop guide to taking control of your career and improving your professional life. Perfect on its own or as part of a formal development program, it gives you everything you need to advance your career. Become a better leader Manage your time wisely Write effective business communications Manage projects more effectively Success is an individual responsibility--so put your professional future in your own hands with this guide!
Career Development and Counseling by
Praise for Career Development and Counseling: Putting Theory and Research to Work, Second Edition "This volume is an essential resource for the library of anyone interested in the field of career development, assessment, and counseling and should also prove invaluable for graduate students interested in immersing themselves in some of the best work being done today in the field of career development and counseling." --Nancy E. Betz, PhD, Professor, Department of Psychology, The Ohio State University "In this second edition, Drs. Brown and Lent continue to shape career development discourse and illustrate the ongoing significance of the fields of career development and counseling in the twenty-first century. This edition will help both researchers and practitioners alike to better understand, investigate, and promote the role of work in people's lives." --Angela Byars-Winston, PhD, Associate Professor of Medicine, School of Medicine and Public Health, University of Wisconsin-Madison Complete coverage of leading career theories and practices Filled with the latest empirical and practical evidence, this new edition features: A new introductory chapter that defines and discusses the importance of career counseling in the twenty-first century, and offers a brief history of the field New chapters on gender, race/ethnicity, social class and poverty, sexual minority identity, disability status, personality, and relational factors Major theories of career development Coverage of the assessment of important career constructs and occupational information systems Interventions for working with career issues across the life span Edited by two of the leaders in the field of career development, and featuring contributions by many of the most well-regarded specialists in the field, Career Development and Counseling, Second Edition is the one book that every career counselor, vocational psychologist, and student of career development and counseling must have.
Career development and counseling by
Career Development and Counseling: Theory and Practice in a Multicultural World provides a comprehensive overview of career development theories with a unique multicultural framework. Aligned with the latest standards set forth by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP), the text focuses on applications across a variety of settings and populations. Each chapter contains numerous case illustrations and learning activities designed to help readers understand the complexities of multicultural aspects of individual career development. Counseling students in training, in addition to working counseling professionals, will find this book as a useful resource for today's diverse world. Career Development and Counseling is part of SAGE's Counseling and Professional Identity Series. To learn more about each text in the series, please visit sagepub.com/cpiseries
The career playbook : essential advice for today's aspiring young professional by
"The Career Playbook offers actionable advice for not just launching a career but excelling in it. From practical tips on getting introductions, nailing interviews, and negotiating compensation to strategic advice on the arc of a career, cultivating a mentor, and know when to change jobs or industries, Citrin provides an invaluable guide to the most urgent questions in every person's career decisions. Packed with first-person advice from graduated and young professionals, as well as perspectives of seasoned CEOs, entrepreneurs, leaders, and experts - from Virgin's Sir Richard Branson to Facebook's Sheryl Sandberg - The Career Playbook is an essential resource for landing, launching, and thriving in your career"--COVER.
Handbook of Career Development by
This book is focused on work, occupation and career development: themes that are fundamental to a wide range of human activities and relevant across all cultures. Yet theorizing and model building about this most ubiquitous of human activities from international perspectives have not been vigorous. An examination of the literature pertaining to career development, counseling and guidance that has developed over the last fifty years reveals theorizing and model building have been largely dominated by Western epistemologies, some of the largest workforces in the world are in the developing world. Career guidance is rapidly emerging as a strongly felt need in these contexts. If more relevant models are to be developed, frameworks from other cultures and economies must be recognized as providing constructs that would offer a deeper understanding of career development. This does not mean that existing ideas are to be discarded. Instead, an integrative approach that blends universal principles with particular needs could offer a framework for theorizing, research and practice that has wider relevance. The central objective of this handbook is to draw the wisdom and experiences of different cultures together to consider both universal and specific principles for career guidance and counseling that are socially and economically relevant to contemporary challenges and issues. This book is focused on extending existing concepts to broader contexts as well as introducing new concepts relevant to the discipline of career guidance and counseling.
Reboot Your Career by
Do you want more exciting career opportunities? Are you a boss who wants to find your company's next superstar? Do you want to stand out and be recognized for your talens by your peers and management? Peter Fogel will show you how to reinvent yourself and unleash our "Inner Entrepreneur" so you can quickly attract challenges that are more meaningful, be in demand, and yes--make more money at your job! Using "The Reinvention Guy's" step-by-step system you will discover how to rejuvenate your passion, repackage yourself, take control of your financial future, leap over your competition... all without leaving your present employment! In addition, bosses and workers will gain new insight on how to syergistically work together so as to create more profits for their business. In this volume, you will learn 27 proven career-building techniques to: CREATING a powerful Contribution Statement that'll keep you on track to reaching all your important goals; BRANDING yourself into the hearts and minds of your compan's decision makes so you become their go-to person. DEVELOPING your Unique Selling Proposition that makes you indispensible to your boss and supervisors.
Trajectory : 7 career strategies to take you from where you are to where you want to be by
Career success has never happened overnight. Whether the economy is blossoming and filled with hope and potential or fragile and inducing worldwide trepidation, you can still be confident in your big-picture path to success. Trust the trajectory that has been laid out just for you!Too often, people focus on the short term-mere survival--because they remain caught between a fear of failure and a desire for instant success, which results in their not only limiting the risks they take but also limiting their opportunities. Because as much as they want to get ahead, they simply can't see how to get there. They don't see how their current position is not merely a dead-end trap but actually a springboard to their next position--or even the one after that.Business author David Van Rooy wants readers to know that the key is to have faith in your trajectory. He says that each and every person has their own career path--and this timely and refreshingly practical book presents seven strategies designed to help anyone create and manage theirs. Readers of Trajectory will discover how to: * Make the most of feedback * Avoid stagnation and break through plateaus * Achieve growth through failure * Move to the front of the pack through persistence * Continuously develop both "soft" and "hard" professional skills * And much moreYou don't need to start over! Just discover where you currently are on your career trajectory. From building relationships with mentors, to positioning (and repositioning) yourself for promotion, this essential guide provides the tools you need for a lifetime of advancement.
Attractions and Theme Parks Operations with Ecotourism 1
The course provides an introductory overview of the Tourism industry – the characteristics of the tourism product, the complementary relationship between tourism supply and demand, and an understanding of traveler motivations and their buying behavior. Said concepts are tackled in the context of being able to understand and critique the integral role of destinations and the variety of attractions to be found therein, with a brief primer on how best to manage various impacts – economic, socio-cultural, and environmental.
Economics of Sustainable Tourism by
Tourism is one of the world's largest industries and one of its fastest growing economic sectors helping to generate income and employment for local people. At the same time, it has many negative outsourced effects on the environment and local culture. Achieving a more sustainable pattern of tourism development is high on the global agenda aiming to meet human needs while preserving the environment now and for the future. The Economics of Sustainable Tourism aims to critically explore how tourism economic development can move closer to a sustainable ideal from a firm economic analytic anchor. Grounded in economic theory and application it analyzes tourist's satisfaction and impacts of tourism on the host community, investigates the productivity of the industry and identify factors which could increase economic and sustainable development such as trade relationships. It offers further insight into how destinations sustainability can be measured, economic benefits of a more sustainable destination and sets the agenda for future research. The book includes a range of theoretical and empirical perspectives and includes cutting edge research from international scholars. This significant volume provides a new perspective on the sustainable tourism debate and will be a valuable read for students, researchers, academics of Tourism and Economics.
Ecotourism by
Ecotourism continues to be embraced as the antithesis of mass tourism because of its promise of achieving sustainability through conservation mindedness, community development, education and learning, and the promotion of nature based activities that were sensitive to both ecological and social systems. The extent to which this promise has been realised is open to debate. Focusing on an array of economic, social and ecological inconsistencies that continue to plague ecotourism in theory and practice, the volume examines ecotourism in reference to other related forms of tourism, impacts, conservation, sustainability, education and interpretation, policy and governance, and the ethical imperative of ecotourism as these apply to the world's greenest form of tourism. Ecotourism is a growing field attracting increasing attention from students and academics. Fennell provides an authoritative and comprehensive review of the most important issues that continue to both plague ecotourism and make it one of the most dynamic sectors in the tourism industry. It covers a comprehensive range of themes and geographical regions. Building on the success of prior editions, Ecotourism has been revised throughout to incorporate recent research and benefits from the introduction of real-life case studies and summaries of recent literature. An essential reference for those interested in Ecotourism, the book is accessible to students but retains the depth required for use by researchers and practitioners in the field. New chapters on the theory and application of animal ethics; community development in sustainable tourism; and education and learning in the field have added further value to an already very comprehensive volume. This book will be of interest to students across a range of disciplines including geography, economics, business, ethics, biology, and environmental studies.
Ecotourism by
Since the first edition of the title, ecotourism has become a major phenomenon in tourism and society in many countries and regions throughout the world. The profusion of experiences has generated a variety of means of theorizing, analysing and marketing ecotourism, all that have yet to be encompassed in one book. Ecotourism fills the gap by synthesising the changes in thinking and society over the last decade. This third edition has been fully revised and updated to include: updated chapters addressing modern thought and discourse, including neoliberalism, consumer culture and quality management in the ecotourism industry; critical analysis drawn from a range of theoretical frameworks, which models and advances the thinking in ecotourism towards a socio-geographical analysis; new and international case studies from emerging markets such as China and Brazil. Providing a critical introduction to the analysis of tourism from a sociological and geographical perspective, the title is essential reading for higher-level and graduate students and researchers in tourism, sociology and geography. It will also be of interest to environmental groups and practitioners.
The Ecotourism-Extraction Nexus by
Ecotourism and natural resource extraction may be seen as contradictory pursuits, yet in reality they often take place side by side, sometimes even supported by the same institutions. Existing academic and policy literatures generally overlook the phenomenon of ecotourism in areas concurrently affected by extraction industries, but such a scenario is in fact increasingly common in resource-rich developing nations. This edited volume conceptualises and empirically analyses the 'ecotourism-extraction nexus' within the context of broader rural and livelihood changes in the places where these activities occur. The volume's central premise is that these seemingly contradictory activities are empirically and conceptually more alike than often imagined, and that they share common ground in ethnographic lived experiences in rural settings and broader political economic structures of power and control. The book offers theoretical reflections on why ecotourism and natural resource extraction are systematically decoupled, and epistemologically and analytically re-links them through ethnographic case studies drawing on research from around the world. It should be of interest to students and professionals engaged in the disciplines of geography, anthropology and development studies.
Ecotourism : inquiry-based learning approach by 
Green Events and Green Tourism by
As the appetite for leisure travel and events continues to grow at an exponential rate, the impact on the environment and local communities is becoming an increasing concern, not least by the users of the services. Green approaches to tourism and events are growing in popularity and present an opportunity to both identify solutions to significant environmental and societal problems and new approaches to business. Green Events and Green Tourismlooks at key frameworks, guidelines, principles and benchmarks that support the application of sustainability in practice. The five sections of the book cover themes of governance, accreditation, certification, innovation, priorities, trends, ambitions and consumer behaviour, and the chapters include examples of best practice in the organisation of music and arts festivals, special interest tourism, the green management of outdoor sites and the management of sports events. Readers will benefit from insightful case studies from around the globe.
An Introduction to Sustainable Tourism by
An Introduction to Sustainable Tourism provides a comprehensive, pragmatic, and realistic look at integrating sustainability into tourism. It adopts a systems-perspective, looking at the whole tourism supply chain to provide an integrated viewpoint of sustainability in the tourism industry and asks:* How does policy encourage or discourage sustainability? * How do intermediaries influence the sale of sustainable tourism? * What are the operator's concerns, how do tourists themselves respond to it? * What are the values of sustainability in tourism and what are the impacts 'trade-offs' to the tourist experience? Using first-hand research projects and packed with international case studies, it combines theoretical and applied knowledge with a scaffolded learning approach and takes a comprehensive look at practical management tools, certifications and innovation as part of the process of operationalising and implementing sustainable tourism.Complete with online resources and accompanied by video materials An Introduction to Sustainable Tourism is an essential text for tourism students across all levels, undergraduate and postgraduate studies.
Rainforest Tourism, Conservation and Management by
Globally rainforests are under threat on numerous fronts, including clearing for agriculture, harvesting for timber and urban expansion. Yet they have a crucial role in biodiversity conservation, climate change mitigation and providing other ecosystem services. As the term is used in this book, rainforests include both temperate and tropical, although the emphasis is on tropical rainforests. Rainforests are also attractive tourist spaces and where they have been used as a tourism resource have generated significant income for local communities. However not all use of rainforests as a tourism resource has been sustainable. This book argues that sustainability must be the foundation on which tourism use of this complex but ultimately fragile ecosystem must be built upon. It provides a multi-disciplinary perspective, incorporating rainforest science, management and tourism issues. The book is organized into four sections commencing with Rainforest Ecology and Management followed by People and Rainforests, Opportunities for Rainforest Tourism Development and finally Threats to Rainforests. Each major rainforest region is covered, including the Amazon, Central America, Africa, Australia and south-east Asia, in the context of a specific issue. For example rainforests in Papua New Guinea are examined in the context of community-based ecotourism development, while the rainforests in Borneo are discussed in an examination of wildlife issues. Other issues covered in this manner include governance, empowerment issues for rainforest peoples and climate change.
Reputation and Image Recovery for the Tourism Industry by
Crises and disasters that directly impact tourism can have extensive reputational implications for the organisations and destinations involved. It is critical that DMOs and CEOs communicate the right message in such circumstances to reassure the public that they have their best interests at heart. Often this is not done well. Every crisis and disaster is different, and knowledge is required to understand how different crises and disasters, whether they be at a destination or an organisational level, affect members of the public. Such insight will provide managers with a clearer understanding of the most effective messaging and communication strategies post event. 'Reputation and Image Recovery for the Tourism Industry' uses real life cases studies to contextualise the relevant theories on tourism, marketing and communication, and unpacks examples of best practice to illustrate how carefully managed response strategies can ensure the organisation's future survival. Packed with international case studies, and with contributions from experts, this edited book is divided into three sections that cover: * Natural Disasters: including cyclones/hurricanes; flooding; earthquakes, volcanos and tsunamis; bush/forest fires and other severe natural events. * Man Made Crises and Organisational Crises: including specific case studies that focus on how destinations restore their reputation following a random act of crime or terror; managing the threat of terrorism- a destination image perspective; managing destination image in the midst of political turmoil and reputation recovery for destinations with long term image issues. * Organisational Crises in the Tourism and Hospitality Industry: including reputation recovery for various tourism organisations including airlines, hotels and theme parks; managing the media in times of organisational crises; best practice public relations strategies for tourism organisations and the role of social media in organisational reputation recovery. Essential reading for students, researchers and industry managers, and the 'go to' text for those wishing to learn about specific strategies and best practice techniques proven to assist with the reputational management of destinations and organisations affected by crises and disasters.
Resilient Destinations and Tourism by
Sustainability is one of the most important issues currently facing the tourism sector. Recently, the role of resilience thinking has been highlighted in sustainable development discussions as an alternative perspective. This book approaches these concepts as interwoven processes and looks at change through a socioecological lens. Instead of seeing resilience and sustainability as alternative approaches, Resilient Destinations and Tourism argues that resilience should be understood as a fundamental part of sustainable tourism thinking for destination systems, and calls for better governance in implementation and management. Improving governance is the key issue in sustainable tourism development. The chapters in this edited collection focus on resilient destinations from a governance perspective, in which tourism resilience is contextualized as an integral part of pathway creation in the process of moving towards sustainable tourism. The contributions to the book represent a range of theoretical and empirical approaches with a wide international scope. Resilient Destinations and Tourism calls for rethinking the meaning of sustainable development in tourism and looks at how sustainability and resilience could be integrated. This book will appeal to a wide range of research disciplines and students whose modules focus on the relationship between tourism and sustainability planning, governance, the environment, and hazards and disasters.
Sustainable Island Tourism by
Tourism continues to grow, and as the industry develops, it is important for researchers and practitioners to fully understand and examine issues such as sustainability, competiveness, and stakeholder quality of life in tourism centres around the world. Focusing on the unique perspective of island tourism destinations, this book outlines impacts on, and potential strategies for protecting, the natural environment, local economy, and local culture. Presenting an interdisciplinary integrated approach, this important collection of new research: - Is the first book to provide coverage on sustainable tourism best practice in island destinations; - Focuses on the unique perspective of islands as destinations, exploring the interplays of competitiveness and quality of life; - Includes a portfolio of conceptual, empirical, and case-based studies written by international experts to give a balanced and comprehensive view. A timely and important read for researchers, students and practitioners of tourism, this book also provides a valuable resource for researchers of sustainability and environmental science.
Tourism, Health, Wellbeing and Protected Areas by
Around the world, there is mounting evidence that parks and protected areas contribute to a healthy civil society, thus increasing the economic importance of cultural and nature-based tourism. Operating at the intersection of business and the environment, tourism can improve human health and wellbeing as well as serve as a catalyst for increasing appreciation and stewardship of the natural world. While the revenues from nature-based activities help to make the case for investing in park and protected area management; the impacts they have need to be carefully managed, so that visitors do not destroy the natural wonders that attracted them to a destination in the first place. This book features contributions from tourism and recreation researchers and practitioners exploring the relationship between tourism, hospitality, protected areas, livelihoods and both physical and emotional human wellbeing. The book includes sections focused on theory, policy and practice, and case studies, to inform and guide industry decisions to address real-world problems and proactively plan for a sustainable and healthy future. Key features: Case studies discussing best practices for park and protected area tourism development Multi-disciplinary approach to the study of nature-based tourism Innovative approaches including SME within protected destinations
Tourism, Tourists and Society by
Tourism, Tourists and Society provides a broad introduction to the inter-relationship between tourism and society, making complex sociological concepts and themes accessible to readers from a non-sociological academic background. It provides a thorough exploration of how society influences or shapes the behaviours, motivations, attitudes and consumption of tourists, as well as the tourism impacts on destination societies. The fifth edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect recent data, concepts and academic debates: * New content on: mobilities paradigm and the emotional dimension of tourist experiences. * New chapter: Tourism and the Digital Revolution, looking at the ways in which the Internet and mobile technology transform both tourist behaviour and the tourist experience. * New end-of-chapter further reading and discussion topics. Accessible yet critical in style, this book offers students an invaluable introduction to tourism, tourists and society.
Tourism : principles, practices, philosophies by
The 12th Edition of Tourism: Principles, Practices, Philosophies explores major concepts in tourism, what makes tourism possible, and how tourism can become an important factor in the wealth of any nation. Written in global terms, it provides an overview of the principles, practices, and philosophies that affect the cultural, social, economic, psychological, and marketing aspects of human travel and the tourism industry. Among the topics given expanded coverage in this edition are: B&Bs, time shares, meetings and conventions, sustainable tourism, climate change, social media, and mobile marketing.
Tourism and Environment by
The contributions contained in this volume deal with two perspectives of 'tourism and environment'; the 'role of the environment in tourism' and 'environmental tourism'. The same message would be expected in both cases. The environment comprises the set of biophysical and cultural events surrounding us and influences the activities developed depending on time and site. Among the environmental characteristics of a region, climate is usually the most relevant and conditions almost all other components. Climate defines much of the natural, as well as the urban cultural landscape and the countryside of an area. The papers included in this volume address important issues related to tourism and the environment and offer a better understanding of some of the current challenges.
Tourism and Everyday Life in the Contemporary City by
This book explores the phenomena of the urban everyday and new urban tourism. It provides a systematic framework and draws on a mix of theoretical and empirical work to look at the increasing intermingling of 'tourists' and 'residents'. Tourism and urban everyday life are deeply connected in a mutually constitutive way. Tourism has become a key momentum of urban development and affects cities beyond its economic dimension. Urban everyday life itself can turn into a matter of tourist interest for people searching for experiences off the beaten track. Even living in a city as a resident involves moments, activities and practices which could be labelled as 'touristic'. These observations demonstrate some of the various layers in which urban tourism and everyday city life are intertwined. This book gathers multiple interdisciplinary approaches, a diversity of topics and methodological variety to examine this complex relationship. It presents a systematic framework for the dynamic research field of new urban tourismalong three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane, encounters and contact zones, and urban co-production. This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies, Urban Studies, Leisure Studies, Tourism Geography, and Tourism Sociology. k for the dynamic research field of new urban tourismalong three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane, encounters and contact zones, and urban co-production. This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies, Urban Studies, Leisure Studies, Tourism Geography, and Tourism Sociology.
Tourism and Natural Protected Areas by
Yellowstone National Park spans the states of Montana, Wyoming and Idaho in the USA. It is famous worldwide. Since their creation in 1872, most 'protected natural areas' have been considered as probably the greatest achievement of nature conservation. Many countries have such spaces within their territories and many visitors, native or foreign, use some of their free time to get to know them. In this sense these spaces undertake to conserve nature and educate society and give us a kind of cultural tourism that has grown considerably in recent decades. Cultural tourism today specifically includes, along with cities, museums, monuments and rural traditions, the aim of 'getting to know nature'. Protected natural areas are ideal for this. The tourism industry has realised this and so the value of the landscape and natural resources is becoming increasingly recognised. This is a welcome development and represents a challenge for tourism management, for environmental education and for dissemination of nature and conservation. This volume of the series Tourism Today considers the evolving relationship between tourism and protected natural areas.
Tourism and the Creative Industries by
This book focuses on the theoretical, policy and practice linkages and disjunctures between tourism and the creative industries. There are clear and strong intersections between the sectors, for example in the development and application of new and emerging media in tourism; festivals and cultural events showcasing the creative identity of place; tours and place identities associated with film, TV, music and arts tourism; as well as particular destinations being promoted on the basis of their 'creative' endowments such as theatre breaks, art exhibitions and fashion shows. Tourism and the Creative Industries explores a variety of relationships in one volume and offers innovative and critical insights into how creative industries and tourism together contribute to place identity, tourist experience, destination marketing and management. The book is aligned with the sectors that have been demarcated by the UK Government Department of Culture, Media and Sport as comprising the creative industries: advertising and marketing; architecture; design and designer fashion; film, TV, video, radio and photography; IT, software and computer services; publishing and music; performing and visual arts. The title of this volume demonstrates how the exclusion of tourism from the creative industries is arguably perverse, given that much of the work by destination managers and of private sector tourism is characterised by creativity and innovation. Interdisciplinary research and international context bring a broader perspective on how the creative industries operate in varying cultural and policy contexts in relation to tourism. This book brings together the parallel and disparate inter-disciplinary fields of tourism and the creative industries and will be of interest to students, academics and researchers interested in tourism, creative industries, marketing and management.
Tourism Events in Asia by
The roles and impacts of planned events within tourism are of increasing importance for destination competitiveness. Tourism Events in Asiais a unique contribution to the understanding of the impacts of events in the development planning, promotion and marketing of destinations in the rapidly growing tourism market of Asia. Balancing theory and practical examples, the book analyses the tools and techniques of branding, marketing and media involvement as well as visitor motivations for successful tourism events in Asia. It reviews a range of different event types from dark tourism festivals, film tourism festivals, cultural heritage tourism festivals, food tourism festivals, business events, sports events; and meeting, incentives, conferences and exhibitions (MICE) and much more. Written by an international team of authors, this book is essential reading for anyone interested in the Asian tourism events market and will be a valuable resource for students and researchers of events, tourism, marketing and branding.
Tourism Impacts, Planning and Management by
Tourism Impacts, Planning and Management is a unique text, which links these three crucial areas of tourism - impacts, planning and management. Tourism impacts are multi-faceted and therefore are difficult to plan for and manage. This title looks at all the key players involved - be they tourists, host communities or industry members - and considers a number of approaches and techniques for managing tourism impacts successfully. Now in a third edition, this bestselling text has been fully revised to include: New material on: terrorism, sustainability, climate change, sex tourism, heritage tourism, theories of tourism planning and GIS. New chapter on Destination Planning and Management Updated tourism data and statistics Case studies on urban tourism, pro-poor tourism, cruise ship tourism, coral reef tourism, historic monuments, eco-labels, codes of conduct and sustainable tourism from both developed and developing regions, including Australia, Iceland, Spain, the UK, Namibia, the Arctic and Antarctica. A companion website including PPTs, video and web links. The text is written in an accessible style and includes a plethora of features that engage and aid understanding. This accessible yet academically rigorous introduction to tourism impacts, planning and management is essential reading for all tourism students.
Tourism in Changing Natural Environments by
Natural environments, and the human interactions that occur within, are continuously changing and evolving. This comprehensive volume explores how the impacts of climate change, natural and man-made disasters, economic instability, and other macro-environmental factors can have profound implications for local and global economies, fragile ecosystems, and human cultures and livelihoods. The authors examine the numerous ways in which changes in the natural environment impact tourism, and how the tourism industry is responding and adapting to such changes, in both developed and developing regions. Through the various case studies that examine human interaction within what are often fragile ecosystems, this book makes it clear that, while adaptation can be passive in nature, it can and should be much more proactive, with individuals and organizations seeking improved knowledge and learning. Such actions will contribute to greater resilience within the tourism industry, whether in response to climate change and its subsequent impacts, or an increasing scarcity of the natural resources upon which tourism relies. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Tourism Geographies.
Tourism Management by
One of the leading texts in the field, Tourism Management is the ideal introduction to the fundamentals of tourism as you study for a degree, diploma or single module in the subject with a global focus. It is written in an engaging style that assumes no prior knowledge of tourism and builds up your understanding as you progress through this wide-ranging global review of the principles of managing tourism. It traces the evolution and future development of tourism and the challenges facing tourism managers in this fast-growing sector of the world economy. This book is highly illustrated with diagrams and colour images, and contains short case studies of contemporary themes of interest, as well as new data, statistics, weblinks to key reports and industry studies. This 6th edition has been revised and updated to include: new content on: sports, festivals and event tourism, including the impact of the Olympic Games, social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses, such as disruptive technology, the rise of Airbnb, the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety, and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth, including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalized transport operators, and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behaviour an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links. ng the impact of the Olympic Games, social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses, such as disruptive technology, the rise of Airbnb, the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety, and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth, including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalized transport operators, and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behaviour an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links. mp;lt;P> an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links.
Tourism Management by
An introductory text that gives its reader a strong understanding of the dimensions of tourism, the industries of which it is comprised, the issues that affect its success, and the management of its impact on destination economies, environments and communities. Now in a full colour design, the new edition features a clear focus on the issues affecting 21st century tourism, providing students with extensive coverage on the effects of globalisation and global conflict; sustainability and climate chan≥ developments in digital technology and the rise of the sharing economy. International case-studies and snapshots (mini-case studies) are used throughout and have been taken from around the globe, including the US, China, Russia, Gambia, Bhutan, Cuba, Singapore, New Zealand, Australia, Caribbean, Canada and the UK, and from companies including TUI, Airbnb and Marriot. The accompanying Online Resources include PowerPoint slides and an Instructor′s Manual for lecturers and additional case studies, useful video links, and web links for students. Suitable for students new to tourism studies.
Tourism Management in Warm-Water Island Destinations by
Warm-water islands are a cohesive group of islands distinguished by their geography and remoteness, history as former colonial territories, and dependence on external stakeholders for their economic and social development. Warm-water island destinations also have a year-round tourism industry. These island tourism destinations are facing unprecedented adjustment challenges in the wake of increasing globalization and susceptibility to external shocks, and are in search of appropriate policy responses to that globalization. It is critical for small islands to understand how these challenges affect tourism performance and how they impact their residents. Tourism Management in Warm-water Island Destinations unearths the critical aspects that contribute to tourism development and growth in islands. Particular emphasis is placed on destinations such as the Caribbean, with lessons learned that are applicable to other island tourism contexts in the Mediterranean, Indian Ocean and the Pacific. · Presents emerging research themes and methodology; · Provides insight into factors that result in successful and unsuccessful cases; · Features a focus on Cuba and its reintroduction to the tourism landscape. This book provides a platform for emerging systemic perspectives of the various aspects of island tourism, with the view that strategies for the management and development of tourism in island environments can be improved and will be of interest to those studying and researching within destination management.
Tourism Planning by
It has long been recognized that tourism unhindered and unrestricted can have extremely negative social, cultural, environmental, and economic consequences. As a result, new approaches to tourism development have emerged in recent decades to mitigate the worst of these effects. Tourism planning, based on sound principles of sustainable development, has the potential to improve the outcomes of tourism by empowering destination residents, preserving the cultural and ecological integrity of destinations, and engaging indigenous knowledge. As work in tourism planning continues to flourish, this new title from Routledge's Critical Concepts in Tourism series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a vast and dispersed body of literature. Edited by Dallen J. Timothy, Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Heritage Tourism, Tourism Planning is a four-volume collection of classic and contemporary contributions. It brings together material drawn from a plethora of journals, as well as pieces from key books and difficult-to-find sources. With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context, Tourism Planning is an essential work of reference and is sure to be welcomed by scholars, students, and practitioners as a vital one-stop resource.
Attractions and Theme Parks Operations with Ecotourism 1
The course provides an introductory overview of the Tourism industry – the characteristics of the tourism product, the complementary relationship between tourism supply and demand, and an understanding of traveler motivations and their buying behavior. Said concepts are tackled in the context of being able to understand and critique the integral role of destinations and the variety of attractions to be found therein, with a brief primer on how best to manage various impacts – economic, socio-cultural, and environmental.
Cultural and Heritage Tourism and Management by
The tourism industry continues to evolve as people's interests have changed. There has been a shift in the type of experiences sought when people travel. One of the reasons behind this is the desire for travelers to be more engaged as they travel and get to know a community through their culture and heritage. Tourists are craving authenticity. In an environment of chain restaurants, hotels, and stores people are seeking the differences of what communities offer. This book will be a guide to how a community can sustainably develop their cultural and tourism resources in order to attract and retain the sought-after cultural and heritage tourist.
Economics of Sustainable Tourism by
Tourism is one of the world's largest industries and one of its fastest growing economic sectors helping to generate income and employment for local people. At the same time, it has many negative outsourced effects on the environment and local culture. Achieving a more sustainable pattern of tourism development is high on the global agenda aiming to meet human needs while preserving the environment now and for the future. The Economics of Sustainable Tourism aims to critically explore how tourism economic development can move closer to a sustainable ideal from a firm economic analytic anchor. Grounded in economic theory and application it analyzes tourist's satisfaction and impacts of tourism on the host community, investigates the productivity of the industry and identify factors which could increase economic and sustainable development such as trade relationships. It offers further insight into how destinations sustainability can be measured, economic benefits of a more sustainable destination and sets the agenda for future research. The book includes a range of theoretical and empirical perspectives and includes cutting edge research from international scholars. This significant volume provides a new perspective on the sustainable tourism debate and will be a valuable read for students, researchers, academics of Tourism and Economics.
Ecotourism, Nature Conservation and Development by
Ecotourism is a major source for financing ecological environmental development. The fundamental challenge of this globally persued approach is how to unite the conflicting goals of ecotourism and nature conservation. The World Bank has co-financed a model project in Jordan. Landscape architecture took a leading role in the masterplanning. This book documents the results and gives an account of the lessons to be learnt.
Ecotourism and Biodiversity Conservation by
Tourism is the most important non-farm activity in the mountainous region. In mountain belts the aesthetic value of the land is by itself one of the critical assets for the otherwise impoverished communities. The growth of population and the increasing demand at the individual level of various non-farm items have expanded the demand of goods beyond the traditional technological practices of mountain community and their cultural sensitivities. These initiatives of the government have only mirrored Western models of tourism development rather than developing appropriate, need-based strategies for harnessing the economic potential. This book examines ecotourism and biodiversity conservation.
Ecotourism and Environmental Sustainability by
This book offers conceptual and practical insights into the complex interactions between ecotourism and the natural environment, with consideration given to government policy, marketing by suppliers, consumer behaviour and visitor/environmental management. Illustrated by international case studies the roles of and interplay between tour operators, their clients, resource managers and local communities are examined. This creates a comprehensive and insightful overview of the factors that work for and against the achievement of environmental sustainability in and through ecotourism. The result is a critical examination of ecotourism and environmental sustainability that highlights ideas for best practice and proposes new directions for future research
Ecotourism Development in Costa Rica by
Ecotourism Development in Costa Rica: The Search for Oro Verde, by Andrew P. Miller, examines the use of ecotourism as a development strategy in Costa Rica and its applicability to other Central American states. Ecotourism provides an important environmental check on industry, giving the environment a voice by making its preservation an economic necessity due to the number of people who derive their income from it. The move away from agriculture to ecotourism is a natural fit because many of those who are engaged in agriculture have extensive knowledge of plants and animals that can be utilized by the ecotourism industry. The use of ecotourism as a development strategy is distinctive. For ecotourism to succeed, it must preserve the natural environment, but it must do so in a way that does not preclude growth in other sectors of the economy. Miller shows how the successful pursuit of foreign direct investment coupled with Costa Rica's immense biodiversity and its attractiveness to tourists is key to understanding the success of the Costa Rican economy. Many of the preferences that ecotourists have for a vacation destination also help create an amenable atmosphere for business. These factors include: political and social stability, high quality of life, low levels of corruption, economic freedom, high levels of education, and a suitable infrastructure. The most important part of this research is its development of strategies based upon the Costa Rican model that would be useful for other states in the region. When looking at whether states can replicate the development strategy of Costa Rica, environmental sustainability is an important concern. Ecotourism Development in Costa Rica is an essential text for students and scholars interested in Latin American politics and history, development studies, and environmental sustainability.
Footprints in paradise : ecotourism, local knowledge, and nature therapies in Okinawa by
The economic imperative of sustainable tourism development frequently shapes life on small subtropical islands. In Okinawa, ecotourism promises to provide employment for a dwindling population of rural youth while preserving the natural environment and bolstering regional pride. Footprints in Paradise explores the transformation in community and sense of place as Okinawans come to view themselves through the lens of the visiting tourist consumer, and as their language, landscapes, and wildlife are reconstituted as treasured and vulnerable resources. The rediscovery and revaluing of local ecological knowledge strengthens Okinawan or Uchinaa cultural heritage, despite the controversial presence of US military bases amidst a hegemonic Japanese state.
Locating imagination in popular culture : place, tourism and belonging by
Locating Imagination in Popular Culture offers a multi-disciplinary account of the ways in which popular culture, tourism and notions of place intertwine in an environment characterized by ongoing processes of globalization, digitization and an increasingly ubiquitous nature of multi-media. Centred around the concept of imagination, the authors demonstrate how popular culture and media are becoming increasingly important in the ways in which places and localities are imagined, and how they also subsequently stimulate a desire to visit the actual places in which people's favourite stories are set. With examples drawn from around the globe, the book offers a unique study of the role of narratives conveyed through media in stimulating and reflecting desire in tourism. This book will have appeal in a wide variety of academic disciplines, ranging from media and cultural studies to fan- and tourism studies, cultural geography, literary studies and cultural sociology.
The SAGE handbook of tourism management by
The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management is a critical, state-of-the-art and authoritative review of tourism management, written by leading international thinkers and academics in the field. With a strong focus on applications of theories and concepts to tourism, the chapters in this volume are framed as critical synoptic pieces covering key developments, current issues and debates, and emerging trends and future considerations for the field. Part One: Approaching Tourism Part Two: Destination Applications Part Three: Marketing Applications Part Four: Tourism Product Markets Part Five: Technological Applications Part Six: Environmental Applications This handbook offers a fresh, contemporary and definitive look at tourism management, making it an essential resource for academics, researchers and students.
The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism by
Taking a global and multidisciplinary approach, The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism brings together a team of international scholars to examine the travel and tourism industry, which is expected to grow at an annual rate of four percent for the next decade. In more than 500 entries spanning four comprehensive volumes, the Encyclopedia examines the business of tourism around the world paying particular attention to the social, economic, environmental, and policy issues at play. The book examines global, regional, national, and local issues including transportation, infrastructure, the environment, and business promotion. By looking at travel trends and countries large and small, the Encyclopedia analyses a wide variety of challenges and opportunities facing the industry. In taking a comprehensive and global approach, the Encyclopedia approaches the field of travel and tourism through the numerous disciplines it reaches, including the traditional tourism administration curriculum within schools of business and management, economics, public policy, as well as social science disciplines such as the anthropology and sociology. Key features include: More than 500 entries authored and signed by key academics in the field Entries on individual countries that details the health of the tourism industry, policy and planning approaches, promotion efforts, and primary tourism draws. Additional entries look at major cities and popular destinations Coverage of travel trends such as culinary tourism, wine tourism, agritourism, ecotourism, geotourism, slow tourism, heritage and cultural-based tourism, sustainable tourism, and recreation-based tourism Cross-references and further readings A Reader's Guide grouping articles by disciplinary areas and broad themes
Touring, trekking, and traveling green : careers in ecotourism by
Touring, Trekking, and Traveling Green explores the many careers open to people in the fast-growing field of ecotourism. From being an ecotour leader or naturalist to managing a wildlife eco-lodge, working as a travel agent certified in ecotourism, or teaching on-the-ground tour guides and college students interested in making a living helping others enjoy nature, the opportunities for people seeking work in ecotourism are many--and growing fast.
Tourism by
The 12th Edition of Tourism: Principles, Practices, Philosophies explores major concepts in tourism, what makes tourism possible, and how tourism can become an important factor in the wealth of any nation. Written in global terms, it provides an overview of the principles, practices, and philosophies that affect the cultural, social, economic, psychological, and marketing aspects of human travel and the tourism industry. Among the topics given expanded coverage in this edition are: B&Bs, time shares, meetings and conventions, sustainable tourism, climate change, social media, and mobile marketing.
Tourism and Trails : cultural, ecological and management issues by
Trails and routes have been indispensable to travel and tourism over the centuries, helping to form the basis of mobility patterns of the past and the present. This book is the first to comprehensively examine these tourism trails from a tourism and recreation perspective. This cutting-edge volume is global in scope and discusses a wide range of natural, cultural and developed linear resources for tourism and recreation. The book is suitable for both researchers and students who are interested in cultural heritage-based tourism, recreation and leisure studies, landscape and change, human mobility, geography, environmental management, and broader interests in destination planning, development and management.
Tourism Destination Management by
This book collected studies focused on the management of tourist destinations. Destinations are complex and adaptive systems, where the different elements that make them up have to be oriented towards achieving a common objective that improves the competitiveness of the destination. Five main lines of research on tourist destinations can be established: 1) the management, planning, and marketing of destinations, with special attention to the tourism supply chain, communication, and integral management; 2) the sustainability of resources and capabilities; 3) the renewal of destinations in order to update their offer and main resources to maintain competitiveness; 4) online reputation and communication through social media in order to create and enhance a strong brand image and customer loyalty; and 5) the application of new technologies in order to develop smart destinations. The book is made up of five research studies that focus on analyzing the transition towards a more circular tourist activity in hotels, image as a competitive factor of destinations, the value of cultural creativity, the coherence of online reputation, and the relationship between hotel prices and online reputation in different tourist destinations.
Tourism in National Parks and Protected Areas by
This book describes the state-of-the-art of tourism planning and management in national parks and protected areas. It also provides guidelines for best practice in tourism operations.
Tourism Management by
Tourism Management: managing for change is a complete synthesis of tourism, from its beginnings through to the major impacts it has on today's global community, the environment and economy. Provocative and stimulating, it challenges the conventional thinking and generates reflection, thought and debate. This bestselling book is now in its third edition and has been fully revised and updated to include complete set of brand new case studies, a new four colour page design to enhance learning and improved online companion resources packed with must have information to assist in learning and teaching. Tourism Management covers the fundamentals of tourism, introducing the following key concepts: * The development of tourism * Tourism supply and demand * Sectors involved: transport, accommodation, government * The future of tourism: including forecasting and future issues affecting the global nature of tourism In a user-friendly, handbook style, each chapter covers the material required for at least one lecture within a degree level course. Written in a jargon-free and engaging style, this is the ultimate student-friendly text, and a vital introduction to this exciting, ever-changing area of study. The text is also accompanied by a companion website packed with extra resources for both students and lecturers, including learning outcomes for each chapter, multiple choice questions, links to sample chapters of related titles and journal articles for further reading, as well as downloadable PowerPoint materials ad illustrations from the text. Accredited lecturers can request access to download additional material by going to http://textbooks.elsevier.com to request access.
Tourist Destination Governance by
Managing and co-ordinating tourism in a destination requires the organisation and co-operation of a large number of sectors, businesses, local authorities and individuals. Since tourism is an important driver in many economies, destination governance in tourist destinations needs to be done well, to achieve economic aims and maintain sufficient infrastructure. This book provides a guide to the theoretical and methodological understanding of how to implement best practice governance procedures, with case studies illustrating good performance. It is suitable for researchers and students in tourism and leisure studies.
Worldwide Destinations by
Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is a unique text that explores the demand, supply, organisational aspects and resources of every tourism destination in the world. This fifth edition is brought up to date with key features such as: an exploration of current issues such as climate change, economic capacity, "grey" tourism and social impacts new full colour interior, packed iwth helpful pedagogic features, including discussion points and assignements to encourage greater student involvement a companion website is now available at www.routledge.com/cw/boniface and includes interactive, multiple-choice questions for students to test their own learning The book provides thematic chapters at the beginning which detail the geographical knowledge and principles required to understand how to approach the analysis of destinations. The further division of the book into thematic and regional chapters enables the student to carry out a systematic analysis of a particular destination. Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is an invaluable resource for studying every destination in the world as well as the demand, resources and future of the geography of tourism. This thorough guide is a must-have for any tourism student.
Attractions and Theme Parks Operations with Ecotourism 1
The course provides an introductory overview of the Tourism industry – the characteristics of the tourism product, the complementary relationship between tourism supply and demand, and an understanding of traveler motivations and their buying behavior. Said concepts are tackled in the context of being able to understand and critique the integral role of destinations and the variety of attractions to be found therein, with a brief primer on how best to manage various impacts – economic, socio-cultural, and environmental.
Attractions and Theme Parks Operations with Ecotourism 1
The course provides an introductory overview of the Tourism industry – the characteristics of the tourism product, the complementary relationship between tourism supply and demand, and an understanding of traveler motivations and their buying behavior. Said concepts are tackled in the context of being able to understand and critique the integral role of destinations and the variety of attractions to be found therein, with a brief primer on how best to manage various impacts – economic, socio-cultural, and environmental.
Attractions and Theme Parks Operations with Ecotourism 2
The COVID19 pandemic has challenged tourism stakeholders to a re-think of the tourism product, one that is grounded on sustainability. This course provides an opportunity to view tourism from the lens of one who is mindful of preserving the environment and the heritage that accompanies it for future generations.
After Heritage by
Drawing upon international case studies, and building upon Iain J.M. Robertson?'s work on ?'heritage from below?', After Heritagesheds critical light on heritage-making and heritagescapes that are, more frequently than not, located in virtual, less conspicuous and more everyday spaces. The book considers the highly personal, often ephemeral, individual ?-vis-à-vis collective -? experiences of (in)formal ways the past has been folded into contemporary societies. In doing so, it unravels the merits of examining more intimate materializations of heritage not only as a check against, but also complementary to, what Laurajanne Smith refers to as ?'Authorized Heritage Discourses?'. It also argues against the tendency to romanticize the fleeting and largely obscured means through which alternative forms of heritage-making are produced, performed and patronized. Ultimately, this book provides a clarion call to reinsert the individual and the transient into collective heritage processes. Researchers in human and cultural geography, heritage studies and tourism studies will find this strong contribution to the developing field of Critical Heritage Studies an insightful read. Policy makers and heritage practitioners will also develop a deeper understanding of how heritage practices may benefit from the '?heritage from below?' approach. Contributors include:A. Aceska, R. Carter-White, M. Cook, D. Drozdzewski, J. Gillen, C. Minca, H. Muzaini, M. Ormond, A.E. Potter, I.J.M. Robertson, J. Tyner
Cosmopolitanism and Tourism by
Within tourism studies, the cosmopolitan potentials of tourism have often been situated within a broader conversation about globalization, an approach that implies that cosmopolitanism is a predictable by-product of globalization and becoming more cosmopolitan should be the goal of travel. And yet a fundamental value of a cosmopolitan outlook--namely, to not only to be "at home in the world" but also to experience the world in an authentic sense--depends on the culturally embedded, parochial, and particular world views which it rejects. In Cosmopolitanism and Tourism: Rethinking Theory and Practice, contributors take this as a starting point. What does a "worldly" consciousness mean to people situated in different cultural landscapes and to what extent might these intersect with cosmopolitan values? How is cosmopolitanism marketed in tourism and tourist-related industries such as service learning and study abroad? And finally, what roles do social and economic class, educational background, gender, and other factors have in cosmopolitan claims? The contributors to this edited collection address these questions in a series of case studies that range from Guatemala, Bolivia, and Ireland to China, India, and Dubai.
Creating Heritage for Tourism by
What does ¿heritage¿ mean in the twenty-first century? Traditional ideas of heritage involve places where objects, landscapes, people and ideas are venerated and reproduced over time as an inheritance for future generations. To speak of heritage is to speak of a relationship between the past, the present and the future. However, it is a past recreated for economic gain, hence sectors such as culinary tourism, ecotourism, cultural tourism and film tourism have employed the heritage label to attract visitors. This interdisciplinary book furthers understanding on how heritage is socially constructed, interpreted and experienced within different geographic and cultural contexts, in both Western and non-Western settings. Subjects discussed include Welsh linguistic heritage, tango, mushroom tourism, Turkish coffee, literary tourism and the techniques employed to construct tourist accommodation. By focusing upon heritage creation in the context of tourism, the book moves beyond traditional debates about ¿authentic heritage¿ to focus on how something becomes heritage for use in the present. This timely volume will be of interest to students and researchers in tourism, heritage studies, geography, museum studies and cultural studies.
Cultural Heritage Tourism by
Every place has a story to tell, often found in historic sites or cultural traditions of the people who settled or currently live in a community, city, region or state. When these stories and places are shared with visitors, this activity becomes what is known as cultural heritage tourism. Success and sustainability in this growing industry segment requires careful planning and adequate resources. Cultural Heritage Tourism: Five Steps for Success and Sustainability provides detailed instruction through a proven five-step process to help planners, managers and community leaders attract visitors and their spending to your cultural heritage site, attraction, event or destination. Learn how to assess, plan for, develop, market, fund, manage, and measure cultural heritage for growth and sustainability. Refer to the best practices and case studies from across the country as examples for replication and reference. Use the sample documents and resource lists to jumpstart your cultural heritage tourism program, and monitor and measure the efforts. This book walks you through every step, from inception to evaluation.
Cultural Tourism by
Cultural tourism (or culture tourism) is the subset of tourism concerned with a country or region's culture, specifically the lifestyle of the people in those geographical areas, the history of those people, their art, architecture, religion(s), and other elements that helped shape their way of life. Cultural tourism includes tourism in urban areas, particularly historic or large cities and their cultural facilities such as museums and theatres. It can also include tourism in rural areas showcasing the traditions of indigenous cultural communities (i.e. festivals, rituals), and their values and lifestyle, as well as niches like industrial tourism and creative tourism. It is generally agreed that cultural tourists spend substantially more than standard tourists do. This form of tourism is also becoming generally more popular throughout the world. An important feature of cultural tourism is the assumption that visiting cultural and historical sites and events, related to cultural heritage is not necessarily the main motive for the trip. In this context cultural-historical tourism is rarely implemented in a clean look and most often is combined with other traditional and specialized types of tourism. This substantial feature reveals opportunities to improve the effectiveness of national and regional tourism through the development of cultural-historical tourism - through absorption and integration of cultural-historical resources in the regional tourism product and development on this basis of a regional tourism brand. Cultural tourism is an instrument for economic development that achieves economic growth by attracting visitors outside the community-host who are motivated generally or partially by an interest in the historical, artistic, scientific or related to lifestyle and traditions reality and facts of a community, region, group or institution. Such a travel is focused on the feeling of the cultural environment, including landscapes, visual and performing arts, lifestyles, values, traditions and events. The aim of this book, Cultural Tourism, is to systematically present the role and positions of cultural tourism, as one of modern tourism industrys most dynamically developing branch, in todays global tourism market both from the theoretical and the practical point of view.
Culture and Cultures in Tourism by
According to the World Tourism Organization (UNWTO), international tourists engaging in cultural activities accounted for more than 500 million of international tourist numbers in 2017. City tourism relies on culture as a major product, providing benefits not only for interested visitors, but also for the local resident population. New trends in tourism include "experiential tourism", where the interactions between tourists and residents become a key part of the tourism experience and overall customer satisfaction. New technologies and IT applications allow tourists to design their own trip, given the presence of global companies like Trip Advisor, Booking.com and AirBnB. This comprehensive volume explores new trends in cultural tourism, demonstrating how and why culture has become a central factor in tourism. The authors analyse a wide range of relevant issues, including: how heritage-based and cultural tourism could contribute to the sustainability of destinations; the increase of religious travels to and within Arab countries; and how cultural tourism fosters understanding among people and cultures, and could even potentially help to consolidate peace at a regional level. The book also analyses interactions between hosts (the local residents) and guests (the cultural visitors), revisiting the pioneer hippy travelling experiences in Turkey of the 1960s and how they shaped youth culture. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers of cultural tourism. The chapters were originally published in the journal Anatolia.
Culture Trails 1 by
Hemingway's Paris, Finnish saunas, Renaissance Florence: from art and music to literature and cinema, there's something for everyone in this follow-up to Wine Trailsand Food Trails. We present ideas and itineraries for 52 weekends of culture heaven, packed with expert recommendations, maps and advice on how to get there and where to stay. We've searched the globe to find 52 cultural enclaves where the arts have had a profound, lasting impact and local culture is being protected and nurtured; where old customs hold true and new ones are being forged; and where the past is melding with the future in fascinating ways. Highlights include: Aboriginal art in Australia's Northern Territory On a classical high in Vienna Confronting Soviet ghosts in Bulgaria Exploring a Latin American literary legacy Myths & legends of old Hong Kong Discovering Havana's music scene Copenhagen's design and urban environment Oxford's storytellers Ancient religion of Ethiopia Finnish sauna culture Picasso on the Riviera Walking in the footsteps of Vikings Rajasthan's open-air art galleries Medici Florence Bob Marley reggae trail Taiwanese folklore reimagined Vintage Hollywood Deep South blues trail About Lonely Planet: Lonely Planet is a leading travel media company and the world's number one travel guidebook brand, providing both inspiring and trustworthy information for every kind of traveller since 1973. Over the past four decades, we've printed over 145 million guidebooks and grown a dedicated, passionate global community of travellers. You'll also find our content online, on mobile, video and in 14 languages, 12 international magazines, armchair and lifestyle books, ebooks, and more. 'Lonely Planet guides are, quite simply, like no other.' - New York Times 'Lonely Planet. It's on everyone's bookshelves, it's in every traveller's hands. It's on mobile phones. It's on the Internet. It's everywhere, and it's telling entire generations of people how to travel the world.' - Fairfax Media (Australia)
Economics of Sustainable Tourism by
Tourism is one of the world's largest industries and one of its fastest growing economic sectors helping to generate income and employment for local people. At the same time, it has many negative outsourced effects on the environment and local culture. Achieving a more sustainable pattern of tourism development is high on the global agenda aiming to meet human needs while preserving the environment now and for the future. The Economics of Sustainable Tourism aims to critically explore how tourism economic development can move closer to a sustainable ideal from a firm economic analytic anchor. Grounded in economic theory and application it analyzes tourist's satisfaction and impacts of tourism on the host community, investigates the productivity of the industry and identify factors which could increase economic and sustainable development such as trade relationships. It offers further insight into how destinations sustainability can be measured, economic benefits of a more sustainable destination and sets the agenda for future research. The book includes a range of theoretical and empirical perspectives and includes cutting edge research from international scholars. This significant volume provides a new perspective on the sustainable tourism debate and will be a valuable read for students, researchers, academics of Tourism and Economics.
Ecotourism by
Ecotourism continues to be embraced as the antithesis of mass tourism because of its promise of achieving sustainability through conservation mindedness, community development, education and learning, and the promotion of nature based activities that were sensitive to both ecological and social systems. The extent to which this promise has been realised is open to debate. Focusing on an array of economic, social and ecological inconsistencies that continue to plague ecotourism in theory and practice, the volume examines ecotourism in reference to other related forms of tourism, impacts, conservation, sustainability, education and interpretation, policy and governance, and the ethical imperative of ecotourism as these apply to the world's greenest form of tourism. Ecotourism is a growing field attracting increasing attention from students and academics. Fennell provides an authoritative and comprehensive review of the most important issues that continue to both plague ecotourism and make it one of the most dynamic sectors in the tourism industry. It covers a comprehensive range of themes and geographical regions. Building on the success of prior editions, Ecotourism has been revised throughout to incorporate recent research and benefits from the introduction of real-life case studies and summaries of recent literature. An essential reference for those interested in Ecotourism, the book is accessible to students but retains the depth required for use by researchers and practitioners in the field. New chapters on the theory and application of animal ethics; community development in sustainable tourism; and education and learning in the field have added further value to an already very comprehensive volume. This book will be of interest to students across a range of disciplines including geography, economics, business, ethics, biology, and environmental studies.
The Ecotourism-Extraction Nexus by
Ecotourism and natural resource extraction may be seen as contradictory pursuits, yet in reality they often take place side by side, sometimes even supported by the same institutions. Existing academic and policy literatures generally overlook the phenomenon of ecotourism in areas concurrently affected by extraction industries, but such a scenario is in fact increasingly common in resource-rich developing nations. This edited volume conceptualises and empirically analyses the 'ecotourism-extraction nexus' within the context of broader rural and livelihood changes in the places where these activities occur. The volume's central premise is that these seemingly contradictory activities are empirically and conceptually more alike than often imagined, and that they share common ground in ethnographic lived experiences in rural settings and broader political economic structures of power and control. The book offers theoretical reflections on why ecotourism and natural resource extraction are systematically decoupled, and epistemologically and analytically re-links them through ethnographic case studies drawing on research from around the world. It should be of interest to students and professionals engaged in the disciplines of geography, anthropology and development studies.
Ecotourism : inquiry-based learning approach by Ecotourism : transitioning to the 22nd century by
Since the first edition of the title, ecotourism has become a major phenomenon in tourism and society in many countries and regions throughout the world. The profusion of experiences has generated a variety of means of theorizing, analysing and marketing ecotourism, all that have yet to be encompassed in one book. Ecotourism fills the gap by synthesising the changes in thinking and society over the last decade. This third edition has been fully revised and updated to include: updated chapters addressing modern thought and discourse, including neoliberalism, consumer culture and quality management in the ecotourism industry; critical analysis drawn from a range of theoretical frameworks, which models and advances the thinking in ecotourism towards a socio-geographical analysis; new and international case studies from emerging markets such as China and Brazil. Providing a critical introduction to the analysis of tourism from a sociological and geographical perspective, the title is essential reading for higher-level and graduate students and researchers in tourism, sociology and geography. It will also be of interest to environmental groups and practitioners.
Heritage and tourism : place, encounter, engagement by
The complex relationship between heritage places and people, in the broadest sense, can be considered dialogic, a communicative act that has implications for both sides of the 'conversation'. This is the starting point for Heritage and Tourism . However, the 'dialogue' between visitors and heritage sites is complex. 'Visitors' have, for many decades, become synonymous with 'tourists' and the tourism industry and so the dialogic relationship between heritage place and tourists has produced a powerful critique of this often contested relationship. Further, at the heart of the dialogic relationship between heritage places and people is the individual experience of heritage where generalities give way to particularities of geography, place and culture, where anxieties about the past and the future mark heritage places as sites of contestation, sites of silences, sites rendered political and ideological, sites powerfully intertwined with representation, sites of the imaginary and the imagined. Under the aegis of the term 'dialogues' the heritage/tourism interaction is reconsidered in ways that encourage reflection about the various communicative acts between heritage places and their visitors and the ways these are currently theorized, so as to either step beyond - where possible - the ontological distinctions between heritage places and tourists or to re-imagine the dialogue or both. Heritage and Tourism is thus an important contribution to understanding the complex relationship between heritage and tourism.
Heritage Tourism by
Heritage tourism has become an increasingly significant component of the global tourism industry, particularly in countries striving to diversify away from sea, sand and sun. This growth has had profound influences on the presentation and representation of both tangible and intangible heritage within tourism context. The concept of heritage continues to evolve with its fast-changing political, economic and socio-cultural surroundings. Therefore it is essential that heritage tourism engages with the new form of globalised communities and societies, which have become more assimilated to each other but yet strive to sustain their own distinctive locality. This book aims to offer a thorough critical examination and systematic evaluation of the unique dynamics of heritage and tourism development from both social sciences and management perspectives. It incorporates both global and local perspectives in theorising and managing heritage tourism. While focusing on reviewing and analysing key academic concepts and debates including authenticity, commodification, globalisation and heritage interpretation, this book also discusses and evaluates topical issues such as sustainable development, marketing strategies and digital technologies including social media. It theoretically locates heritage discourses in the analysis of heritage tourism development and management drawing on various perspectives, from tourism, heritage studies, sociology, anthropology, politics and geography to management and marketing studies. Including case studies of topical concerns, controversies and challenges it will encourage readers to develop a new and insightful understanding of the dialectical relationship between heritage and tourism development. This book is essential reading for students studying tourism, heritage studies, cultural studies as well as related disciplines.
International Handbook on Ecotourism by
Roy and Jan have assembled a timely snapshot of our current understanding of ecotourism, both as a concept worthy of scientific inquiry and as an increasingly significant segment of global commerce and industry. A terrific piece of work!' - Sam Ham, University of Idaho, US 'In the 30 or so year since it became established in the tourism literature and in tourism practice, 'ecotourism' has attracted as many proponents as opponents. ThisHandbook now brings together some of the leading scholars worldwide in this field, to explore the current position of this form of tourism. In doing so, it offers serious critiques, it explores meanings and paradoxes, it offers best practices and it looks to the future. It is theHandbook for one of tourism's fastest growing and controversial sectors.' - David Airey, University of Surrey, UK 'This is a most welcome and needed book. With a very strong editorial team and contributing authors, theHandbook covers all the key issues of ecotourism. It cuts through the confusion surrounding the much-misunderstood concept of ecotourism, clearly dealing with definitions, concepts and research issues. TheHandbook is particularly welcome for its focus on the visitor experience, a strength of the editors, and for clearly linking the theory of ecotourism with practice in the field.' - Christopher Cooper, Oxford Brookes University, UK This Handbookbrings together contributions from over forty international experts in the field of ecotourism. It provides a critical review and discussion of current issues and concepts - it challenges readers to consider the boundaries of what ecotourism is, and could be. The Handbookprovides practical information regarding the business of ecotourism; insights into ecotourist behavior and visitor experiences; and reflections on the practice of ecotourism in a range of different contexts. The Handbookis designed to be a valuable reference book for tourism scholars and researchers. Contributors: T. Baird, R. Ballantyne, T. Baum, P. Benckendorff, A. Bien, D. Biggs, R. Black, E. Brymer, R. Buckley, J. Butcher, J. Buultjens, S. Curtin, S. Dolnicar, R. Dowling, L. Dwyer, D. Edwards, J.H. Falk, D.A. Fennell, D. Getz, A. Grajal, C.M. Hall, E. Hawkins, K. Hughes, M. Hughes, E. Juvan, A.-M. Lacaze, J. Mann, E.W. Manning, G. Moscardo, D. Newsome, J. Packer, P.L. Pearce, S. Reid, B.W. Ritchie, K. Rodger, A. Shoebridge, A. Spenceley, N.L. Staus, L.A. Sutherland, C. Tisdell, C.L. Vernon, K. Walker, B. Weiler, N.E. White, V. Yanamandram
The Planning and Management of Responsible Urban Heritage Destinations in Asia by
This new and timely book looks at the issue that Heritage in general, and in particular urban heritage in Asia, is at the centre of a perfect storm. Populations are increasing rapidly in cities as urbanization grows and there are ever larger numbers of tourists placing significant pressure on urban heritage resources. It does not ignore the fact however that many heritage sites were urban sites historically, with architecture and infrastructure all squeezed into a small space. This means the issues of managing large numbers of tourists in small spaces not designed for this use at Angkor/Bagan are really no different than Bangkok or Yangon. The core issues that need to be confronted for the future of these cities are clearly analyzed and the authors address-* Cities that are above their 'carrying capacity' and the physical, social, psychological, ritual issues that follow alongside the poor handling of visitor management issues damaging both tangible and intangible heritage assets* The need for a management process very different from simply "hardening" of heritage to accommodate greater numbers* The need to move to stewardship rather than visitor management as the approach for the future* The ethical, social and regulatory issues surrounding the expropriation of heritageIt will be essential reading for faculty, students, planners, urban policymakers and a range of tourism professionals concerned with the future of the heritage tourism industry.
Rainforest Tourism, Conservation and Management by
Globally rainforests are under threat on numerous fronts, including clearing for agriculture, harvesting for timber and urban expansion. Yet they have a crucial role in biodiversity conservation, climate change mitigation and providing other ecosystem services. As the term is used in this book, rainforests include both temperate and tropical, although the emphasis is on tropical rainforests. Rainforests are also attractive tourist spaces and where they have been used as a tourism resource have generated significant income for local communities. However not all use of rainforests as a tourism resource has been sustainable. This book argues that sustainability must be the foundation on which tourism use of this complex but ultimately fragile ecosystem must be built upon. It provides a multi-disciplinary perspective, incorporating rainforest science, management and tourism issues. The book is organized into four sections commencing with Rainforest Ecology and Management followed by People and Rainforests, Opportunities for Rainforest Tourism Development and finally Threats to Rainforests. Each major rainforest region is covered, including the Amazon, Central America, Africa, Australia and south-east Asia, in the context of a specific issue. For example rainforests in Papua New Guinea are examined in the context of community-based ecotourism development, while the rainforests in Borneo are discussed in an examination of wildlife issues. Other issues covered in this manner include governance, empowerment issues for rainforest peoples and climate change.
The Routledge Handbook of Popular Culture and Tourism by
This handbook provides a comprehensive overview and holistic analysis of the intersection between tourism and popular culture. It examines current debates, questions and controversies of tourism in the wake of popular culture phenomena and explores the relationships between popular culture, globalization, tourism and mobility. In addition, it offers a cross-disciplinary, cutting edge review of the character of popular cultural production and consumption trends, analyzing their consequences for tourism, spatial strategies and destination competitiveness. The scope of the volume encompasses various expressions of popular culture such as cinema, TV shows, music, literature, sports and heritage. Featuring a mix of theoretical and empirical chapters, the handbook problematizes and conceptualizes the ties and clusters of popular cultural actors, thereby positioning tourism within the wider context of creative economies, cultural planning and multimodal technologies. Written by an international team of academics with expertise in a range of disciplines, this timely book will be of interest to researchers from a variety of subjects including tourism, events, geography, cultural studies, fandom research, political economy, business, media studies and technology.
Tourism, health, wellbeing and protected areas by
Around the world, there is mounting evidence that parks and protected areas contribute to a healthy civil society, thus increasing the economic importance of cultural and nature-based tourism. Operating at the intersection of business and the environment, tourism can improve human health and wellbeing as well as serve as a catalyst for increasing appreciation and stewardship of the natural world. While the revenues from nature-based activities help to make the case for investing in park and protected area management; the impacts they have need to be carefully managed, so that visitors do not destroy the natural wonders that attracted them to a destination in the first place. This book features contributions from tourism and recreation researchers and practitioners exploring the relationship between tourism, hospitality, protected areas, livelihoods and both physical and emotional human wellbeing. The book includes sections focused on theory, policy and practice, and case studies, to inform and guide industry decisions to address real-world problems and proactively plan for a sustainable and healthy future. Key features:Case studies discussing best practices for park and protected area tourism development; Multi-disciplinary approach to the study of nature-based tourism; nnovative approaches including SME within protected destinations - publishers website.
Tourism and Environment by
The contributions contained in this volume deal with two perspectives of 'tourism and environment'; the 'role of the environment in tourism' and 'environmental tourism'. The same message would be expected in both cases. The environment comprises the set of biophysical and cultural events surrounding us and influences the activities developed depending on time and site. Among the environmental characteristics of a region, climate is usually the most relevant and conditions almost all other components. Climate defines much of the natural, as well as the urban cultural landscape and the countryside of an area. The papers included in this volume address important issues related to tourism and the environment and offer a better understanding of some of the current challenges.
Tourism and Ethnodevelopment by
Ethnodevelopment is a well-established concept in the field of development studies. Despite its relevance to tourism initiatives and processes in the Global South, it continues to be an underutilised concept in the field. This book bridges this gap, presenting an original conceptual framework to study the relationship between tourism and ethnodevelopment. It focuses on the processes of inclusion, empowerment, self-expression and self-determination to explore the effects of tourism initiatives on the identities, cultural resilience, livelihoods and economic opportunities of ethnic minority communities. Chapters explore a range of concepts and issues such as gender, authenticity, indigenous knowledge, tradition, the commodification of culture, community-based tourism, local entrepreneurship, cultural heritage, and tourism and the environment. Drawing on rich primary research conducted across South East Asia and South and Central America the book offers detailed evaluations of the successes and failures of various tourism policies and practices. This book makes a valuable contribution for students, scholars, practitioners and policy-makers alike interested in tourism, development studies, geography and anthropology.
Tourism and Natural Protected Areas by
Yellowstone National Park spans the states of Montana, Wyoming and Idaho in the USA. It is famous worldwide. Since their creation in 1872, most 'protected natural areas' have been considered as probably the greatest achievement of nature conservation. Many countries have such spaces within their territories and many visitors, native or foreign, use some of their free time to get to know them. In this sense these spaces undertake to conserve nature and educate society and give us a kind of cultural tourism that has grown considerably in recent decades. Cultural tourism today specifically includes, along with cities, museums, monuments and rural traditions, the aim of 'getting to know nature'. Protected natural areas are ideal for this. The tourism industry has realised this and so the value of the landscape and natural resources is becoming increasingly recognised. This is a welcome development and represents a challenge for tourism management, for environmental education and for dissemination of nature and conservation. This volume of the series Tourism Today considers the evolving relationship between tourism and protected natural areas.
Tourism and the Creative Industries by
This book focuses on the theoretical, policy and practice linkages and disjunctures between tourism and the creative industries. There are clear and strong intersections between the sectors, for example in the development and application of new and emerging media in tourism; festivals and cultural events showcasing the creative identity of place; tours and place identities associated with film, TV, music and arts tourism; as well as particular destinations being promoted on the basis of their 'creative' endowments such as theatre breaks, art exhibitions and fashion shows. Tourism and the Creative Industries explores a variety of relationships in one volume and offers innovative and critical insights into how creative industries and tourism together contribute to place identity, tourist experience, destination marketing and management. The book is aligned with the sectors that have been demarcated by the UK Government Department of Culture, Media and Sport as comprising the creative industries: advertising and marketing; architecture; design and designer fashion; film, TV, video, radio and photography; IT, software and computer services; publishing and music; performing and visual arts. The title of this volume demonstrates how the exclusion of tourism from the creative industries is arguably perverse, given that much of the work by destination managers and of private sector tourism is characterised by creativity and innovation. Interdisciplinary research and international context bring a broader perspective on how the creative industries operate in varying cultural and policy contexts in relation to tourism. This book brings together the parallel and disparate inter-disciplinary fields of tourism and the creative industries and will be of interest to students, academics and researchers interested in tourism, creative industries, marketing and management.
Tourism Management by
In 2013 the World Tourism Organization reported that more than one billion international overnight tourist trips occurred globally during the previous year. Aside from the impressive number, the achievement was even more remarkable given the lingering effects of the global financial crisis. It is proof indeed of the tourism sector's great resilience, as well as the continuing explosive growth of mass tourism markets in China and other parts of Asia. In 2013 the World Tourism Organization reported that more than one billion international overnight tourist trips occurred globally during the previous year. Aside from the impressive number, the achievement was even more remarkable given the lingering effects of the global financial crisis. It is proof indeed of the tourism sector's great resilience, as well as the continuing explosive growth of mass tourism markets in China and other parts of Asia. Tourism Management, 5th Edition explains why sophisticated and adaptive management is required to realise the tourism sector's full potential as a positive and sustainable economic, ecological, social and cultural force. This new 5th Edition continues to equip aspiring managers and planners with the broad cutting-edge knowledge and mindset conducive to resilience and innovation in the tourism sector. It emphasises the paramount importance of sustainability in terms of the 'triple bottom line' by concurrently acknowledging the legitimacy of economic, environmental and sociocultural viability. Such holistic thinking needs to be deeply embedded in the deliberations of all tourism planners and managers. Special features in each chapter also continue to highlight how innovative technologies can be utilised in the interests of resilient and sustainable tourism. Social media, for example, has attained a degree of importance as a democratic marketing vehicle that could not have been foreseen even a few short years ago. Tourism Management, 5th Edition builds on its long-held reputation for providing students with a strong pedagogical application of the economic, sociocultural and environment impacts of tourism. The title's twelve chapters constitute a logical introduction to the tourism sector aligning with a typical university semester. It prepares students with exposure to the latest industry and research developments, in turn building their capacity as the successful tourism managers of the future.
World Heritage Sites and Tourism by
Not all World Heritage Sites have people living within or close by their boundaries, but many do. The designation of World Heritage status brings a new dimension to the functioning of local communities and particularly through tourism. Too many tourists accentuated by the World Heritage label, or in some cases not enough tourists, despite anticipation of increased numbers, can act to disrupt and disturb relations within a community and between communities. Either way, tourism can be seen as a form of activity that can generate interest and concern as it is played out within World Heritage Sites. But the relationships that World Heritage Sites and their consequent tourism share with communities are not just a function of the number of tourists. The relationships are complex and ever changing as the communities themselves change and are built upon long-standing and wider contextual factors that stretch beyond tourism. This volume, drawing upon a wide range of international cases relating to some 33 World Heritage Sites, reveals the multiple dimensions of the relations that exist between the sites and local communities. The designation of the sites can create, obscure and heighten the power relations between different parts of a community, between different communities and between the tourism and the heritage sector. Increasingly, the management of World Heritage is not only about the management of buildings and landscapes but about managing the communities that live and work in or near them.
Attractions and Theme Parks Operations with Ecotourism 2
The COVID19 pandemic has challenged tourism stakeholders to a re-think of the tourism product, one that is grounded on sustainability. This course provides an opportunity to view tourism from the lens of one who is mindful of preserving the environment and the heritage that accompanies it for future generations.
Cultural and Heritage Tourism and Management by
The tourism industry continues to evolve as people's interests have changed. There has been a shift in the type of experiences sought when people travel. One of the reasons behind this is the desire for travelers to be more engaged as they travel and get to know a community through their culture and heritage. Tourists are craving authenticity. In an environment of chain restaurants, hotels, and stores people are seeking the differences of what communities offer. This book will be a guide to how a community can sustainably develop their cultural and tourism resources in order to attract and retain the sought-after cultural and heritage tourist.
Cultural Heritage, Sustainable Tourism and Urban Regeneration by
The World Bank Group (WBG) has long recognized that the restoration and preservationof cultural heritage, urban regeneration, and sustainable tourism can play a vital role in developing countries’ efforts to promote local economic development, accelerate social integration, and alleviate poverty. Against this backdrop, this research report sheds light on lessons learned from the development experience of Kyoto City, the imperial capital of Japan for more than a thousand years and home to 14 well conserved UNESCO World Heritage sites and many historic districts.
Developing Heritage – Developing Countries by
The history of development has paid only little attention to cultural projects. This book looks at the development politics that shaped the UNESCO World Heritage programme, with a case study of Ethiopian World Heritage sites from the 1960s to the 1980s. In a large-scale conservation and tourism planning project, selected sites were set up and promoted as images of the Ethiopian nation. This story serves to illustrate UNESCO’s role in constructing a “useful past” in many African countries engaged in the process of nation-building. UNESCO experts and Ethiopian elites had a shared interest in producing a portfolio of antiquities and national parks to underwrite Ethiopia’s imperial claims to regional hegemony with ancient history. The key findings of this book highlight a continuity in Ethiopian history, despite the political ruptures caused by the 1974 revolution and UNESCO’s transformation from knowledge producer to actual provider of development policies. The particular focus on the bureaucratic and political practices of heritage, bridges a gap between cultural heritage studies and the history of international organisations. The result is a first study of the global discourse on heritage as it emerged in the 1960s development decade.
The discourse of tourism and national heritage by
The Discourse of Tourism and National Heritage: A Contrastive Study from a Cultural Perspective presents an in-depth research study in the field of online tourism promotion. It focuses on the national online promotion of UNESCO World Heritage Sites, on two different types of websites - institutional and commercial - from three countries, Romania, Spain and Great Britain. The book analyses the way in which each country combines various modes to create a virtual brochure with a promotional message from both institutional and commercial positions. In doing this, it studies the organization of the.
Ecotourism, Nature Conservation and Development by
Ecotourism is a major source for financing ecological environmental development. The fundamental challenge of this globally persued approach is how to unite the conflicting goals of ecotourism and nature conservation. The World Bank has co-financed a model project in Jordan. Landscape architecture took a leading role in the masterplanning. This book documents the results and gives an account of the lessons to be learnt.
Ecotourism and Environmental Sustainability by
This book offers conceptual and practical insights into the complex interactions between ecotourism and the natural environment, with consideration given to government policy, marketing by suppliers, consumer behaviour and visitor/environmental management. Illustrated by international case studies the roles of and interplay between tour operators, their clients, resource managers and local communities are examined. This creates a comprehensive and insightful overview of the factors that work for and against the achievement of environmental sustainability in and through ecotourism. The result is a critical examination of ecotourism and environmental sustainability that highlights ideas for best practice and proposes new directions for future research
Footprints in Paradise by
The economic imperative of sustainable tourism development frequently shapes life on small subtropical islands. In Okinawa, ecotourism promises to provide employment for a dwindling population of rural youth while preserving the natural environment and bolstering regional pride. Footprints in Paradise explores the transformation in community and sense of place as Okinawans come to view themselves through the lens of the visiting tourist consumer, and as their language, landscapes, and wildlife are reconstituted as treasured and vulnerable resources. The rediscovery and revaluing of local ecological knowledge strengthens Okinawan or Uchinaa cultural heritage, despite the controversial presence of US military bases amidst a hegemonic Japanese state.
Heritage and Tourism by
Heritage and tourism mutually reinforce each other, with the presentation of heritage at physical sites mirrored by the ways heritage ispresented on the internet. This interdisciplinary book uses humanities and social sciences to analyse the ways that heritage is brandedand commodified, how stakeholders organise place brands, and how digital strategies shape how visitors appreciate heritage sites. The book covers a wide geographic diversity, offering the reader the chance to find cross-cutting themes and area-specific features of the field.
Heritage and Tourism : Place, Encounter, Engagement by
The complex relationship between heritage places and people, in the broadest sense, can be considered dialogic, a communicative act that has implications for both sides of the 'conversation'. This is the starting point for Heritage and Tourism . However, the 'dialogue' between visitors and heritage sites is complex. 'Visitors' have, for many decades, become synonymous with 'tourists' and the tourism industry and so the dialogic relationship between heritage place and tourists has produced a powerful critique of this often contested relationship. Further, at the heart of the dialogic relationship between heritage places and people is the individual experience of heritage where generalities give way to particularities of geography, place and culture, where anxieties about the past and the future mark heritage places as sites of contestation, sites of silences, sites rendered political and ideological, sites powerfully intertwined with representation, sites of the imaginary and the imagined. Under the aegis of the term 'dialogues' the heritage/tourism interaction is reconsidered in ways that encourage reflection about the various communicative acts between heritage places and their visitors and the ways these are currently theorized, so as to either step beyond - where possible - the ontological distinctions between heritage places and tourists or to re-imagine the dialogue or both. Heritage and Tourism is thus an important contribution to understanding the complex relationship between heritage and tourism.
Heritage That Hurts : Tourists in the Memoryscapes of September 11 by
Memorial sites, sites of OC dark tourism, OCO are vernacular spaces that are continuously negotiated, constructed, and reconstructed into meaningful places. Using the locale of the 9/11 tragedy, Joy Sather-Wagstaffa explores thea constructive role played by tourists in understanding social, political, and emotional impacts of a violent event that has ramifications far beyond the local population. Through in-depth interviews, photographs, graffiti, even souvenirs, she compares the 9/11 memorial with other hurtful sitesOCothe Oklahoma City National Memorial, Vietnam VeteranOCOs Memorial, and othersOCoto show how tourists construct and disperse knowledge through performative activities, which make painful places salient and meaningful both individually and collectively.
Heritage tourism destinations by
Heritage tourism is tied to myth making and stories; creative content that can be shared, stored, combined and manipulated, but that depends on a unique cultural or natural history. A significant section of the wider phenomenon that is cultural tourism, heritage tourism is a demand-driven industry that continues to be a subject of heated debate in academic circles.Beginning with an overview of the subject, this book considers the conservation and revitalization of heritage destinations, as well as the role local communities have in supporting an attraction. It then discusses product development and communication around the world, using new techniques such as social media and examples from food tourism and sporting events, before a final section reviews the planning and institutionalisation of heritage spaces. A timely conclusion subsequently considers the implications of developments such as globalisation, technological improvement and climate change upon these unique destinations. A valuable addition to the literature, this book is the first to bridge the gap between theory and practice, including the latest research and international case studies for researchers and practitioners in tourism and destination management.
Locating Imagination in Popular Culture by
Locating Imagination in Popular Culture offers a multi-disciplinary account of the ways in which popular culture, tourism and notions of place intertwine in an environment characterized by ongoing processes of globalization, digitization and an increasingly ubiquitous nature of multi-media. Centred around the concept of imagination, the authors demonstrate how popular culture and media are becoming increasingly important in the ways in which places and localities are imagined, and how they also subsequently stimulate a desire to visit the actual places in which people's favourite stories are set. With examples drawn from around the globe, the book offers a unique study of the role of narratives conveyed through media in stimulating and reflecting desire in tourism. This book will have appeal in a wide variety of academic disciplines, ranging from media and cultural studies to fan- and tourism studies, cultural geography, literary studies and cultural sociology.
Mythic frontiers : remembering, forgetting, and profiting with cultural heritage tourism by
The history of the Wild West has long been fictionalized in novels, films, and television shows. Catering to these popular representations, towns across America have created tourist sites connecting such tales with historical monuments. Yet these attractions stray from known histories in favor of the embellished past visitors expect to see. In Mythic Frontiers, Daniel Maher illustrates how aggrandized versions of the past have been used to turn a profit. Examining the imagined frontier town of Fort Smith, Arkansas, Maher warns that disconnecting cultural heritage tourism from history minimizes the devastating consequences of imperialism, racism, and sexism and relegitimizes the privilege bestowed upon white men.
A Naturalist's Guide to the Texas Hill Country by
In this guide, biologist Mark Gustafson introduces residents and visitors to the history, geology, water resources, plants, and animals found in the nineteen counties occupying the eastern part of the Edwards Plateau, the heart of the Hill Country. He profiles three hundred of the most common and unique species from all of the major groups of plants and animals: trees, shrubs, wildflowers, cacti, vines, grasses, ferns, fungi, lichens, birds, mammals, reptiles, amphibians, fishes, and invertebrates. Color photographs are included for each species along with a brief description. He closes with a chapter on significant state parks and natural areas in the region as an invitation to visit and explore the Texas Hill Country. As large metropolitan areas continue to encroach on the Hill Country, newcomers are moving in and more people are flocking to its many attractions. This guidebook will enrich the appreciation of the region's rich and unique biodiversity and encourage conservation of the natural world encountered.
Tourism and Gastronomy by
In recent years, a growing emphasis has been placed on tourism experiences and attractions related to food. In many cases eating out while on holiday includes the 'consumption' of a local heritage, comparable to what is experienced when visiting historical sites and museums. Despite this increasing attention, however, systematic research on the subject has been nearly absent. Tourism and Gastronomy addresses this by drawing together a group of international experts in order to develop a better understanding of the role, development and future of gastronomy and culinary heritage in tourism. Students and researchers in the areas of tourism, heritage, hospitality, hotel management and catering will find this book an extremely valuable source of information.
Tourism Enterprises and the Sustainability Agenda Across Europe by
With the emphasis on small enterprises, this book provides a comprehensive analysis of what is happening across Europe in terms of sustainable development objectives and sustainability in the context of tourism supply. Each contribution in this edited collection addresses specific aspects of tourism enterprise activity within the overall context of policy and practice aimed at improving environmental performance. A series of broader issues are examined such as EU environmental policy and initiatives as they relate to tourism, social issues such as equity and employment, and transport, followed by detailed examples of specific case studies. Well-informed and based on current research this book is informative and invaluable to any one studying tourism and hospitality today, particularly those involved directly or indirectly in the fields of policy, planning and development.
Tourists in Historic Towns by
Tourists in Historic Towns examines the relationship of culture, heritage, conservation and tourism development in historic towns and urban centres, debating the impacts of tourism on historic towns and the role tourism plays in conservation and urban continuity. The main focus of the book is medium sized historic towns and historic quarters which are attractive to the tourist market, but historic quarters in large cities and smaller rural settlements are not excluded. Alongside over a hundred examples of historic towns, five historic towns are discussed as case studies: Granada, Spain; York, England; Mdina, Malta; Antalya, Turkey and Quedlingburg, Germany.
War Tourism : Second World War France from Defeat and Occupation to the Creation of Heritage by
As France moved from wartime to a postwar era of reconciliation and European Union, memory tourism has held strong and exerts significant influence across the country.
Wildlife of Southeast Asia by
This handy photographic guide offers a stunning look at the wildlife of Southeast Asia, which includes Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, West Malaysia, and Singapore. Accessible text and more than 500 color photographs help readers to learn about and identify the most common species found in the region, particularly the mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, and insects that visitors will most likely encounter. Detailed photos are accompanied on facing pages by succinct species accounts highlighting key identification features, status, and distribution. The book's brief introduction offers readers useful information on major wildlife sites as well as practical advice on making the most of a wildlife-watching trip. Wildlife of Southeast Asia is the essential resource for visitors and residents interested in the fauna of this fascinating area of the world. A photographic guide to the wildlife of Southeast Asia, including Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, West Malaysia, and Singapore More than 500 stunning color photographs Accessible species accounts highlight key identification features, status, and distribution A brief introduction discusses wildlife locations and practical travel know-how
World Heritage, Tourism and Identity by
The remarkable success of the 1972 UNESCO Convention Concerning the Protection of World Cultural and Natural Heritage is borne out by the fact that nearly 1,000 properties have now been designated as possessing Outstanding Universal Value and recognition given to the imperative for their protection. However, the remarkable success of the Convention is not without its challenges and a key issue for many Sites relates to the touristic legacies of inscription. For many sites inscription on the World Heritage List acts as a promotional device and the management challenge is one of protection, conservation and dealing with increased numbers of tourists. For other sites, designation has not brought anticipated expansion in tourist numbers and associated investments. What is clear is that tourism is now a central concern to the wide array of stakeholders involved with World Heritage Sites.
Attractions and Theme Parks Operations with Ecotourism 2
The COVID19 pandemic has challenged tourism stakeholders to a re-think of the tourism product, one that is grounded on sustainability. This course provides an opportunity to view tourism from the lens of one who is mindful of preserving the environment and the heritage that accompanies it for future generations.
Oral Communication is a core subject for all senior high school students. It aims to develop listening and speaking skills and strategies for effective communication in various situations.
100 Things Every Presenter Needs to Know about People by
Every day around the world millions of presentations are given, with millions of decisions hanging in the balance as a result. Do you know the science behind giving a powerful and persuasive presentation? This book reveals what you need to know about how people listen, how people decide, and how people react so that you can learn to create more engaging presentations. No matter what your current skill level, whether beginner or polished, this book will guide you to the next level, teaching you how to improve your delivery, stance, eye contact, voice, materials, media, message, and call to action. Learn to increase the effectiveness of your own presentations by finding the answers to questions like these: What grabs and holds attention during a presentation? How do you choose the best media to use? What makes the content of a presentation stick? How do people react to your voice, posture, and gestures? How do people respond to the flow of your message? How do you motivate people to take action? These are just a few of the questions that the book answers in its deep-dive exploration of what you need to know about people to create a compelling presentation.
The Art of Public Speaking by
The Art of Public Speaking 11e continues to define the art of being the best by helping today's students become capable, responsible speakers and thinkers. With a strong focus on the practical skills of public speaking and grounded in classical and contemporary theories of rhetoric, The Art of Public Speaking offers full coverage of all major aspects of speech preparation and presentation. Utilizing the full suite of resources, students learn to internalize the principles of public speaking, build confidence through speech practice, and prepare for success in the classroom and beyond. With the new Enhanced Speech Capture in Connect Lucas, instructors now have the ability to evaluate live speeches using a customizable rubric in the classroom. Instructors may also upload speech videos on students' behalf to create and manage true peer review assignments. With its ground-breaking adaptive learning system, Connect Lucas(tm) also helps students "know what they know," while guiding them to experience and learn important concepts that they need to know to succeed. With McGraw-Hill Create(tm), instructors can now customize their Lucas 11e textbook to the section level, selecting and arranging only the sections covered in the course. The new Create system will automatically repaginate and re-number chapters, sections, graphs, and illustrations, based on how the instructor chooses to arrange them. This deep level of customization guarantees that students pay only for the content covered in the course.
The Art of Speeches and Presentations by
Be memorable. Whether you like it or loathe it, public speaking is something many of us have to do. Be it presentations to colleagues or speeches to a room full of near strangers, we all want to shine...or at least get through it with our dignity intact. Luckily Philip Collins, former Chief Speech Writer to Tony Blair, knows exactly what's needed to give a storming speech. The secret, according to Philip, is content. Too many of us focus on how we're presenting, and don't spend enough time thinking about what we're presenting. The secret to memorable, polished speeches is to think more about the material you're sharing - to pay attention to detail and choose your works carefully. Speech writing is and art - and art we can all learn. When the content's right, the confidence will follow. In The Art of Speeches and Presentations Philip Collins provides you with a concise set of tools, preparing you for any speaking occasion. Ranging from the ancient history of rhetoric to what makes Barack Obama such a good speaker, it's packed with practical examples and tips to teach you the craft of speaking well and making people remember what to say. "Does Phil Collins know what he is talking about? Here's the answer - he isn't just good, he is the best. It's as simple as that. I spent years writing speeches for major politicians and I now speak publicly myself all the time, and yet there is so much that I can pick up from him and anyone who re4ads this book will too."--Daniel Finkelstein, Executive Editor, The Times and former speech writer to William Hague
Be your own English teacher! : oral communication by 
The challenge of effective speaking by 
College English and Business Communication by 
College Oral Communication 1 by
The Oral Communication strand is dedicated to meeting the academic needs of students by teaching them how to comprehend the spoken English used by instructors and students in college classrooms. These texts provide engaging activities for students to practice academic listening and academic speaking.
Communicate with Confidence, Revised and Expanded Edition: How to Say It Right the First Time and Every Time by
The classic business communication guide--updated for smart phones, social media, and other digital platforms Communicate clearly, tactfully, and confidently in any situation, including: Being persuasive Running productive meetings Asking the right questions Coaching Negotiating Resolving conflicts Responding to insults Offering praise Delegating responsibilities Crossing cultural divides Networking at events "Communicate with Confidence! is . . . the clearest, most comprehensive, and most credible guide to persuasive and authentic communication available today. Dianna Booher is the master of her message and her medium. . . . After you've read it once, I'm confident you'll be consulting it frequently. Do not hesitate. Read it today, and put it to use immediately." --Jim Kouzes, coauthor of The Leadership Challenge and Credibility, and The Dean's Executive Fellow of Leadership, Leavey School of Business, Santa Clara University "Communicate with Confidence! is the best communication book I have seen." --Ken Blanchard, coauthor of The One Minute Manager® and Full Steam Ahead! "Fully 85 percent of your success in life is contained in your ability to communicate effectively with other people. Communicate with Confidence! is full of proven, practical ways to get your point across quickly and stand out in every conversation. This book should be read and re-read over and over again!" --Brian Tracy, bestselling author of How the Best Leaders Lead, Goals!, and Eat That Frog "Dianna Booher produced a tremendous resource with the first edition of this book--but I'm confident this new version will be a classic. Well-organized, practical, comprehensive advice." --Harvey Mackay, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Swim with the Sharks without Being Eaten Alive
Communicating Across Cultures by
This highly regarded text--now revised and expanded with 50% new material--helps students and professionals build their knowledge and competencies for effective intercultural communication in any setting. The authors' comprehensive, updated theoretical framework (integrative identity negotiation theory) reveals how both verbal and nonverbal communication are affected by multilayered facets of identity. Written in a candid, conversational style, the book is rich with engaging examples illustrating cultural conflicts and misunderstandings that arise in workplace, educational, interpersonal, and community contexts. Readers learn how to transform polarized conversations into successful intercultural engagements by combining knowledge about culture with mindful listening and communication skills. New to This Edition *Extensively revised to reflect the ongoing development of integrative identity negotiation theory, nearly 20 years of research advances, the growing diversity of the United States, and global trends. *Chapter providing a mindfulness lens on intercultural and intergroup communication competence. *Chapter on culture shock in sojourners (international students, global businesspeople, and others). *Chapter on immigrants' acculturation processes. *Lively chapter-opening case examples, including compelling personal stories. *End-of-chapter summaries, "Mindful Guidelines" to put into practice, and critical thinking questions. *New and expanded discussions of hot topics: cross-cultural workplaces, community building, peace building, romantic relationships, prejudice and discrimination, microaggressions, and ethical issues.
Communicating for Success by
Communicating for Success, third edition, is a core textbook for Introduction to Communication courses and gives students an overview of the subfields of Communication Studies and how these areas provide practical, fun, and immediate applications to students pursuing a wide variety of career paths, as well as practical instruction in public speaking for success on today's social media platforms. This fully updated third edition focuses on the key communication competencies recommended by the National Communication Association, including verbal and nonverbal communication, listening, interpersonal communication and conflict resolution, group and organizational communication, public speaking, leadership, and the roles of social media, technology, culture, gender, and ethics in communication. With a vibrant and engaging design, this volume is packed with applied features including practical scenarios and examples, key terms, discussion questions, sample activities, learning objectives, and more. A concentrated focus on the influence of communication on careers in business, education, and healthcare is highlighted in a two-page career spread at the end of each chapter and takes lessons beyond the classroom. New features in this edition include a greater focus on public speaking in the workplace; emphasis on demographic and behavioral factors in audience analysis; and increased discussion of issues of social justice and equity. Online resources for instructors include PowerPoint slides and an Instructor's Manual with guidance on how to use the book's activities in both in-person and online courses.
Communication in Our Lives by
Wood/Hains' COMMUNICATION IN OUR LIVES, 9th Edition, provides everything you need to become a more confident and effective communicator -- both personally and professionally. Renowned teachers Julia T. Wood and Rebecca C. Hains combine the latest research, theory and best practices with hands-on skills development. Extremely student friendly, the text features an engaging, personal tone, while frequent Student Voice sections highlight how past learners have experienced key communication concepts. In addition to its signature focus on social and cultural diversity, equity and inclusion, the ninth edition includes expanded coverage of digital media and health communication. An early introduction to public speaking includes plenty of sample speeches, and the importance of effective communication to today's careers is emphasized. Also available: MindTap digital learning solution.
Competence in oral communication and public speaking by Contextualizing oral communication by Creative oral communication for Filipino students : a practical application by 
Dialogue gap : why communication isn't enough and what we can do about it, fast by
The book that bridges the chasm between communication and understanding in negotiations For years Peter Nixon worked with people from all walks of life, teaching them the art of negotiation. But it soon became apparent that the issue was not negotiation itself, but dialogue between parties. We have become experts at sending information--via email, text message, Internet, TV, and other forms of media, communicating, but not engaging, in an active dialogue defined by collaborative thinking. In Dialogue Gap, Nixon explores this growing disconnect and its significance in an increasingly globalized world where the ability to engage with others--in order to address issues like climate change, cultural differences, etc.--has become essential. Helps the reader differentiate communication and dialogue Explores the make-up and causes of the "Dialogue Gap" and what constitutes "good" dialogue (the right people talking about the right issues in the right way at the right time and in the right place) Identifies the most common reasons people don't dialogue effectively and provides helpful tips on how to engage in more effective, productive dialogues Effective dialogue is essential for general success, ensuring that all key stakeholders--in business, politics, or elsewhere--get what they want in the most efficient and productive way possible. Looking at successful and failed dialogues the author has experienced first-hand in Asia, Europe, North America, the Caribbean, and the Middle East in both the public and private sector from across industries, Dialogue Gap provides essential information for making the most of your interactions with others.
The Handbook of Speech Production by
The Handbook of Speech Production is the first reference work to provide an overview of this burgeoning area of study. Twenty-four chapters written by an international team of authors examine issues in speech planning, motor control, the physical aspects of speech production, and external factors that impact speech production. Contributions bring together behavioral, clinical, computational, developmental, and neuropsychological perspectives on speech production to create a rich and truly interdisciplinary resource Offers a novel and timely contribution to the literature and showcases a broad spectrum of research in speech production, methodological advances, and modeling Coverage of planning, motor control, articulatory coordination, the speech mechanism, and the effect of language on production processes
Invitation to Public Speaking by
INVITATION TO PUBLIC SPEAKING was designed to provide you with solid public speaking skills that will serve you well in the classroom and far beyond. This text shows you the power and importance of public speaking in your life as well as in the community. The author, who is a public speaking professor, takes time to teach you the "how" of speaking skills while also explaining "why" certain things must be done in a speech--and "why" you would want to speak publicly. Speech-building help and real-life examples in every chapter help you understand the basic concepts so that you learn to give successful speeches inside and outside the classroom.
Language, Media and Society by
An ideal introduction to the analysis of language as a central element of everyday interactions and media, helping students reflect critically on the ways individuals and the creators of media use language to reflect and construct social identities Why do we encounter different types of language in different places, from different people, and in different types of media? What assumptions do we make about each other when we interact, and what assumptions do media creators make about us when they design the media we see and hear? When does the language used in society and by media lead to social change and when does it serve to reinforce existing power structures and class divisions? In Language, Media and Society, students learn how to notice the features of the language used in the interactions they have and the media they encounter everyday and to understand the relationships between language, media, and the wider world around them. Assuming no prior knowledge of sociolinguistic analysis, this student-friendly textbook is a perfect introduction to the intersections between language and its social contexts. Written in a student-friendly, conversational tone, Language, Media and Society first answers some fundamental questions about what we mean when we talk about language, about media, and about society in the contexts of applied linguistics. The book then addresses the many different ways that language and media construct and reflect aspects of identity such as age, gender, sexuality, class, and disability. Students will find useful examples throughout from the types of interactions they have every day and from the media they encounter every day and will be invited to begin their own investigations into the functions of language in everyday life and in media of all types. This valuable textbook: Is suitable for use in courses on language and media, sociolinguistics, applied linguistics, communications, media studies, and sociology Encourages students to reflect upon the language that is used in everyday life and in the media they see and hear and to consider how this language influences and is influenced by society Features in-chapter tasks, end-of-chapter review questions, guided reflections, and resources for students and instructors Employs an engaging, conversational tone and makes underlying theory accessible Language, Media and Society is an ideal introductory textbook for undergraduate courses on sociolinguistics, language and media, sociology and communication, and media studies.
Language : an introduction to the study of speech by
Among the most influential figures in the development of modern linguistics, the American scholar Edward Sapir (1884-1939) notably promoted the connection between anthropology and the study of language. His name is also associated with that of his student in the Sapir-Whorf principle of linguistic relativity, the hypothesis that the structure of a language affects how its speakers conceptualise the world. In this seminal work, first published in 1921, Sapir lucidly introduces his ideas about language and explores topics that remain fundamental to linguistics today, such as the relationship between language and culture, the elements of speech, grammatical processes and concepts, historical language development, and the question of how languages influence one another. Especially significant in the history of structural linguistics and ethnolinguistics, this clearly written text remains relevant and accessible to students and scholars across the social sciences.
Mindful Communication by
Skilful communication and warm connection are needed today more than ever before. This book explores the potential of mindfulness skills, and how they can be applied to communication in a range of settings. Experienced mindfulness teachers and trainers Frits Koster, Jetty Heynekamp and Victoria Norton provide an outline of the mechanisms underlying mindful communication while a selection of experts presents a concise overview of six communication programs that are becoming well-known in the mindfulness world. They describe the background and structure of each course and offer tasters in the form of short exercises and online audio downloads. Each chapter is followed up by further resources, reading lists and web addresses. Mindful Communication will be of interest to professionals in mental health, social care, education and to anyone who wishes to listen and speak with more wisdom and compassion.
Oral Communication by
This text features expanded coverage of cultural diversity and ethics, including new information technology and the uses of electronic technology in speech making, examining the role of culture as it relates to communication models, ethics, feedback, language and listening. Tenth revised edition.
Oral communication : a content-based and learning-centered text manual in speech communication by Oral communication in context for senior high school by 
Oral Discourse and Education by
This work examines spoken language as a field of study, looking at the various ways in which we can both theorize the place of talk in education, and examine the way talk is actually done in educational settings. It brings quite different and important perspectives to the study of education. It is relevant to teachers at primary, secondary and tertiary levels and for researchers interested in spoken language in educational contexts.
Principles of public speaking by Talk it up! : oral communication for the real world by Oral Communication is a core subject for all senior high school students. It aims to develop listening and speaking skills and strategies for effective communication in various situations.
100 Things Every Presenter Needs to Know about People by
Every day around the world millions of presentations are given, with millions of decisions hanging in the balance as a result. Do you know the science behind giving a powerful and persuasive presentation? This book reveals what you need to know about how people listen, how people decide, and how people react so that you can learn to create more engaging presentations. No matter what your current skill level, whether beginner or polished, this book will guide you to the next level, teaching you how to improve your delivery, stance, eye contact, voice, materials, media, message, and call to action. Learn to increase the effectiveness of your own presentations by finding the answers to questions like these: What grabs and holds attention during a presentation? How do you choose the best media to use? What makes the content of a presentation stick? How do people react to your voice, posture, and gestures? How do people respond to the flow of your message? How do you motivate people to take action? These are just a few of the questions that the book answers in its deep-dive exploration of what you need to know about people to create a compelling presentation.
The Art of Public Speaking by
The Art of Public Speaking 11e continues to define the art of being the best by helping today's students become capable, responsible speakers and thinkers. With a strong focus on the practical skills of public speaking and grounded in classical and contemporary theories of rhetoric, The Art of Public Speaking offers full coverage of all major aspects of speech preparation and presentation. Utilizing the full suite of resources, students learn to internalize the principles of public speaking, build confidence through speech practice, and prepare for success in the classroom and beyond. With the new Enhanced Speech Capture in Connect Lucas, instructors now have the ability to evaluate live speeches using a customizable rubric in the classroom. Instructors may also upload speech videos on students' behalf to create and manage true peer review assignments. With its ground-breaking adaptive learning system, Connect Lucas(tm) also helps students "know what they know," while guiding them to experience and learn important concepts that they need to know to succeed. With McGraw-Hill Create(tm), instructors can now customize their Lucas 11e textbook to the section level, selecting and arranging only the sections covered in the course. The new Create system will automatically repaginate and re-number chapters, sections, graphs, and illustrations, based on how the instructor chooses to arrange them. This deep level of customization guarantees that students pay only for the content covered in the course.
The Art of Speeches and Presentations by
Be memorable. Whether you like it or loathe it, public speaking is something many of us have to do. Be it presentations to colleagues or speeches to a room full of near strangers, we all want to shine...or at least get through it with our dignity intact. Luckily Philip Collins, former Chief Speech Writer to Tony Blair, knows exactly what's needed to give a storming speech. The secret, according to Philip, is content. Too many of us focus on how we're presenting, and don't spend enough time thinking about what we're presenting. The secret to memorable, polished speeches is to think more about the material you're sharing - to pay attention to detail and choose your works carefully. Speech writing is and art - and art we can all learn. When the content's right, the confidence will follow. In The Art of Speeches and Presentations Philip Collins provides you with a concise set of tools, preparing you for any speaking occasion. Ranging from the ancient history of rhetoric to what makes Barack Obama such a good speaker, it's packed with practical examples and tips to teach you the craft of speaking well and making people remember what to say. "Does Phil Collins know what he is talking about? Here's the answer - he isn't just good, he is the best. It's as simple as that. I spent years writing speeches for major politicians and I now speak publicly myself all the time, and yet there is so much that I can pick up from him and anyone who re4ads this book will too."--Daniel Finkelstein, Executive Editor, The Times and former speech writer to William Hague
The Communication Centers and Oral Communication Programs in Higher Education by
Communication Centers and Oral Communication Programs in Higher Education, edited by Eunkyong L. Yook and Wendy Atkins-Sayre, is a collection that examines the centers that support communication departments or across-the-curriculum programs as higher education focuses more attention on the communication field. The authors in this text address theoretical issues covering topics such as the importance of communication centers to higher education, the effects of communication centers on retention, critical thinking in the center, ethics, and more. These essays also explore ideas about center's set-up and use of space, staff training, technology applications, and campus advertising and outreach. Communication Centers organizes cutting-edge knowledge of the theory and empirical research so as to serve practical use to peer tutors and directors, those who are new to the study of communication centers and to those who are seasoned experts. Furthermore, this collection introduces administrators and those interested in higher education to the potential value of communication centers to higher education.
Compose design advocate : a rhetoric for integrating written, visual, and oral communication by
Compose, Design, Advocate is an innovative genre-based writing guide that teaches how to use both words and images, in writing and in speaking. To be truly successful communicators in today's world, people need to be fluent in multiple modes of communication: written, visual, and oral. Providing instruction in, and samples from, diverse genres of writing, Compose, Design, Advocate also has an advocacy focus that encourages the writer to use written, visual, and oral communication to effect change in their lives and communities. With compelling reading selections, in-depth "Thinking through Production" writing assignments, and excellent coverage of research, Compose, Design, Advocate is a highly teachable text that will challenge and engage the reader.
Dialogue Gap : Why Communication IsnÂt Enough and What We Can Do about It, Fast by
The book that bridges the chasm between communication and understanding in negotiations For years Peter Nixon worked with people from all walks of life, teaching them the art of negotiation. But it soon became apparent that the issue was not negotiation itself, but dialogue between parties. We have become experts at sending information--via email, text message, Internet, TV, and other forms of media, communicating, but not engaging, in an active dialogue defined by collaborative thinking. In Dialogue Gap, Nixon explores this growing disconnect and its significance in an increasingly globalized world where the ability to engage with others--in order to address issues like climate change, cultural differences, etc.--has become essential. Helps the reader differentiate communication and dialogue Explores the make-up and causes of the "Dialogue Gap" and what constitutes "good" dialogue (the right people talking about the right issues in the right way at the right time and in the right place) Identifies the most common reasons people don't dialogue effectively and provides helpful tips on how to engage in more effective, productive dialogues Effective dialogue is essential for general success, ensuring that all key stakeholders--in business, politics, or elsewhere--get what they want in the most efficient and productive way possible. Looking at successful and failed dialogues the author has experienced first-hand in Asia, Europe, North America, the Caribbean, and the Middle East in both the public and private sector from across industries, Dialogue Gap provides essential information for making the most of your interactions with others.
The Handbook of Speech Production by
The Handbook of Speech Production is the first reference work to provide an overview of this burgeoning area of study. Twenty-four chapters written by an international team of authors examine issues in speech planning, motor control, the physical aspects of speech production, and external factors that impact speech production. Contributions bring together behavioral, clinical, computational, developmental, and neuropsychological perspectives on speech production to create a rich and truly interdisciplinary resource Offers a novel and timely contribution to the literature and showcases a broad spectrum of research in speech production, methodological advances, and modeling Coverage of planning, motor control, articulatory coordination, the speech mechanism, and the effect of language on production processes
Invitation to Public Speaking by
INVITATION TO PUBLIC SPEAKING was designed to provide you with solid public speaking skills that will serve you well in the classroom and far beyond. This text shows you the power and importance of public speaking in your life as well as in the community. The author, who is a public speaking professor, takes time to teach you the "how" of speaking skills while also explaining "why" certain things must be done in a speech--and "why" you would want to speak publicly. Speech-building help and real-life examples in every chapter help you understand the basic concepts so that you learn to give successful speeches inside and outside the classroom.
Oral Communication by
This text features expanded coverage of cultural diversity and ethics, including new information technology and the uses of electronic technology in speech making, examining the role of culture as it relates to communication models, ethics, feedback, language and listening. Tenth revised edition.
Oral Discourse and Education by
This work examines spoken language as a field of study, looking at the various ways in which we can both theorize the place of talk in education, and examine the way talk is actually done in educational settings. It brings quite different and important perspectives to the study of education. It is relevant to teachers at primary, secondary and tertiary levels and for researchers interested in spoken language in educational contexts.
Speak Like a CEO: Secrets for Commanding Attention and Getting Results by
An award-winning news anchor presents methods for better communication in any business environment During her 20 years in broadcasting, award-winning news anchor Suzanne Bates conducted more than 10,000 interviews, during which she witnessed business leaders, politicians, and celebrities at their best and worst. Now a top CEO communication coach, Bates is renowned for her uncanny ability to transform even the shyest oratorical mouse into a public-speaking lion. In Speak Like a CEO, Bates: Reveals the secrets for communicating in any situation Describes simple techniques for acing speeches, presentations, media interviews, Q&A sessions, business meetings, and more Outlines self-improvement plans that can easily be customized to your needs Shares secrets from top leaders, including Mario Cuomo's technique for overcoming stage fright and Colin Powell's secret for projecting authenticity
Verbal Communication by
Common sense tells us that verbal communication should be a central concern both for the study of communication and for the study of language. Language is the most pervasive means of communication in human societies, especially if we consider the huge gamut of communication phenomena where spoken and written language combines with other modalities, such as gestures or pictures. Most communication researchers have to deal with issues of language use in their work. Classic methods in communication research - from content analysis to interviews and questionnaires, not to mention the obvious cases of rhetorical analysis and discourse analysis - presuppose the understanding of the meaning of spontaneous or elicited verbal productions. Despite its pervasiveness, verbal communication does not currently define one cohesive and distinct subfield within the communication discipline. The Handbook of Verbal Communication seeks to address this gap. In doing so, it draws not only on the communication discipline, but also on the rich interdisciplinary research on language and communication that developed over the last fifty years as linguistics interacted with the social sciences and the cognitive sciences. The interaction of linguistic research with the social sciences has produced a plethora of approaches to the study of meanings in social context - from conversation analysis to critical discourse analysis, while cognitive research on verbal communication, carried out in cognitive pragmatics as well as in cognitive linguistics, has offered insights into the interaction between language, inference and persuasion and into cognitive processes such as framing or metaphorical mapping. The Handbook of Verbal Communication volume takes into account these two traditions selecting those issues and themes that are most relevant for communication scholars. It addresses background matters such as the evolution of human verbal communication and the relationship between verbal and non-verbal means of communication and offers a an extensive discussion of the explicit and implicit meanings of verbal messages, with a focus on emotive and figurative meanings. Conversation and fundamental types of discourse, such as argument and narrative, are presented in-depth, as is the key notion of discourse genre. The nature of writing systems as well as the interaction of spoken or written language with non-verbal modalities are devoted ample attention. Different contexts of language use are considered, from the mass media and the new media to the organizational contexts. Cultural and linguistic diversity is addressed, with a focus on phenomena such as multilingual communication and translation. A key feature of the volume is the coverage of verbal communication quality. Quality is examined both from a cognitive and from a social perspective. It covers topics that range from to the cognitive processes underlying deceptive communication to the methods that can be used to assess the quality of texts in an organizational context.
Voice and Speaking Skills for Dummies by
Find your voice, and communicate with confidence Ever wondered why nobody hears you in meetings, or wished people would take you more seriously? Or maybe you're unhappy with your accent, or you feel insecure about your high-pitched or monotonous voice? Voice and Speaking Skills For Dummies will help you to discover the power of your voice, understand how it works, and use your voice like a professional whether in meetings, addressing an audience, or standing in front of a classroom. Take a deep breath, relax those vocal cords, and make your speech sparkle! We're not all planning to become politicians, or likely to address large audiences on a regular basis, but we all need to be able to communicate well to achieve success. Certain professions require a high level of vocal confidence, notably teachers and business leaders. As well as using body language effectively, we also rely on our voice to convey passion, exude enthusiasm, and command attention--and that's before we've considered the content of our words! A clear understanding of how your voice works, how to maximize its effectiveness, and ways to overcome voice 'gremlins' such as speaking too fast, stuttering, or sounding childish, is pivotal to enabling you to succeed, whatever the situation. Highlights the importance of your voice, explains how to use it effectively Gives you confidence in public speaking Helps you use your voice to make a great first impression in all aspects of your life Includes a CD with vocal exercises to help you communicate with confidence. Whether you're looking to improve your speaking skills for work or personal gain--or both--Voice and Speaking Skills For Dummies gives you everything you need to find your voice and communicate with confidence. Note: CD and other supplementary materials are not included as part of the e-book file, but are available for download after purchase.
Oral Communication is a core subject for all senior high school students. It aims to develop listening and speaking skills and strategies for effective communication in various situations.
Pagbasa at Pagsusuri ng Iba't-Ibang Teksto Tungo sa Pananaliksik
Ang kurso ay sumasaklaw sa pag-aaral sa praktikal na pagpapalawak at pagpapalalim sa kasanayan sa proseso ng pagbasa. Nakatuon din ito sa pagsusuri ng iba’t ibang anyo at uri ng teksto na nakatutulong sa makabuluhang pagbuo at pagsulat ng sistematikong pananaliksik sa wikang Filipino. Saklaw rin ng kursong ito ang paglinang sa kasanayang pagsasalita, partikular sa nabuong presentasyon at ang pagkakaroon ng kakayahang makapagsuri ng masining batay sa piling konsepto at/o konteksto ng napiling kagamitan sa pagkatuto.
Fiilipino : pagbasa at pagsulat sa piling larangan (sining) : batayang aklat sa Filipino sa senior high school by Filipino 2 : pagbasa at pagsulat sa masining na pananaliksik by Filipino 2 : pagbasa at pagsulat sa masining na pananaliksik sa antas tersaryo by Kritikal na pagbasa at lohikal na pagsulat tungo sa pananaliksik by Pagbasa at pagsulat tungo sa pananaliksik by Pananaliksik sa Filipino : mula pagbasa at pagsulat by Retorika, wikang Filipino at sulating pananaliksikSaliksik : gabay sa pananaliksik sa agham panlipunan, panitikan, at Sining by Physical Education and Health 1
Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The knowledge, skills, and understanding that include physical and health literacy competencies support them in accessing, synthesizing, and evaluating information, making informed decisions, enhancing and advocating their own and others’ fitness and health. This course on exercise for fitness enables the learner to set goals, monitor one’s participation in aerobic and muscle- and bone-strengthening activities, and constantly evaluate how well one has integrated this into one’s lifestyle. It consists of an array of offerings that learners can choose from.
Essentials of human anatomy & physiology by
With her clear and friendly writing style and meaningful analogies, Elaine Marieb emphasizes the relevance of anatomy & physiology to students' lives and future careers. New clinical photos in the homeostatic imbalance feature help students visualize diseases and disorders, and new integrated Concept Links help students make connections across topics and body systems.
Exercise and Fitness by
Today's high-tech world is truly awesome, but it comes with a price. Children now spend more than seven and a half hours a day in front of a screen, be it a tablet, P.C., smart phone, or television. If we are supposed to exercise one hour a day to keep up with health standards, that isn't happening. Young readers need to know that exercise really can keep them healthy, help them age well, and help them avoid many diseases. This collection of essays will inspire readers to take an interest in their own health, and to develop intelligent, balanced opinions on exercise and fitness. Readers will learn about the actions that can be taken by families, schools, and communities to improve fitness levels and nutrition and to reduce obesity.
Fitness and Health by
The completely revised seventh edition of Fitness & Health offers a comprehensive understanding of the exercise-health relationship and provides a framework for attaining health and fitness goals. This one-stop handbook for students and fitness professionals explores the physiology and benefits of fitness while also providing information and tools for improving health and wellness. Authors Brian J. Sharkey and Steven E. Gaskill have 60 years of combined experience in the field, as evidenced in the depth of content and accessible style of writing. The book aims not only to educate but also to inspire the audience to put the suggested methods into practice and have a positive effect on their quality of life. Fitness & Health, Seventh Edition, includes fresh, new content and has been restructured to enhance the educational experience: * An entirely new chapter detailing behavior change, helping readers better understand the psychology of activity and how to modify individual behaviors using documented strategies * A revised chapter on the physiology of fitness to help readers grasp the science behind aerobic and muscular fitness * Proven methods for achieving aerobic and muscular fitness, plus strategies for exercising in high heat and humidity, extreme cold, high altitude, and environments with low air quality * New information on physical activity and brain health that shows how an active life improves learning, higher-order brain processes, and academic achievement * A detailed explanation of the Exercise is Medicine movement that highlights the benefits of regular physical activity in terms of improving quality of life and reducing health risks Students will excel with chapter summaries of content for easier review and tables and figures that organize information for quick reference. The seventh edition also includes special elements to highlight interesting content on health and fitness, including important health behaviors, testing procedures, and proven fitness programs. In addition, instructors benefit from the inclusion of new ancillaries containing an instructor guide complete with lab activities, a test package, and a presentation package plus image bank. With Fitness & Health, students learn the body's response to exercise and acquire strategies for motivating themselves or others to commit to an active and healthy life. The book explains how the body responds to physical activity; why physical activity is beneficial to health; and how physical activity can help people increase aerobic and muscular fitness, achieve and maintain a healthy weight, enhance performance in work and sport, and improve vitality.
Fitness and Wellness by
Create your own personal fitness and wellness success stories with Hoeger and Hoeger's FITNESS AND WELLNESS. This text helps you take control of your personal fitness and wellness by providing current, practical information and tips that you can incorporate to start living a healthier life. This succinct nine-chapter text offers balanced coverage on health-related physical fitness components with valuable information on wellness. The authors emphasize motivation and behavior modification to help you make a constant and deliberate effort to stay fit and realize your highest potential for good health. Use the interactive study tools to extend your learning beyond the text. FITNESS AND WELLNESS offers you the most current coverage and practical guidelines to take charge of your health.
Fit to be well : essential concepts by
The fifth edition of Fit to Be Well: Essential Concepts provides students with the tools they need to reach the goal of good health and fitness by delving into exercise, proper nutrition, and stress management. Its content is organized in a succinct, easy-to-navigate manner that allows students to become more aware of each aspect of a physically fit lifestyle. Using a wealth of special features and online learning tools, the text encourages students to improve their eating habits by incorporating healthier foods into their diet, increasing their level of physical activity, keeping their body composition and weight at a healthy level, increasing their self-esteem, and reducing stress. An integrated lab manual, found at the end of the text, helps students build and implement a fitness program that will work with their individual needs and schedules. New and Key Features of the Fifth Edition:- Updated with Healthy People 2020's new physical activity objectives- Emphasis on positive and negative factors associated with adult physical activity- Provides the latest research showing additional health benefits of regular physical activity -- including treating dementia and lowering the risk of heart disease and some cancers- Includes several new "Medical News You Can Use" features describing the latest research on physical activity and nutrition- Updated nutrition information to meet the new Dietary Guidelines for Americans 2015-2020-Includes information on the new food label redesign
JC's total body transformation : the very best workouts for strength, fitness, and function by
If you're ready to transform your body and perfect your athletic skills, then this is the book for you. Based on solid exercise science principles and tested with thousands of clients, JC's Total Body Transformation gives you over 110 workouts that can be plugged into any training plan right now to transform your body, improve your athletic performance, build strength and endurance, and produce the results you want. This text also addresses recovery technique and nutritional interventions that will support your transformation journey. Author JC Santana has spent over 30 years working with professional and collegiate athletes, weekend warriors, and serious strength and fitness clients, and he's developed hundreds of workouts that are proven to work. You won't get a lot of fluff here: You'll get an introduction on how to use these workouts, an explanation of why JC's training philosophy works, instructions on how to coach the workouts, and his simple philosophy on assessment and progressions--and then the rest is all workouts. Check out what's packed inside these pages: * More than 110 ready-to-use workouts for body transformation, strength, and endurance * Nutrition tips to help torch fat and build muscle * Suggestions for faster recovery * Bonus workouts from industry giants in athletic performance, bodybuilding, and physique competition * Tips on using multiple pieces of equipment--including barbells, dumbbells, and medicine balls--to target different muscles and add variety * Equipment suggestions and reviews The best part is that you can use these workouts with any current training plans, so you have plenty of options to customize your training. These workouts take into account the unique needs of men and women, and there is even guidance on how to sequence workouts sequentially or successively to create daily, monthly, and yearly programs. Make every exercise count and avoid boredom with the same old routine. JC's Total Body Transformation is your instant guide to transforming your body, optimizing performance, and maximizing function.
Lifestyle Wellness Coaching by
Lifestyles have changed dramatically over the past quarter century. Along with these changes come exciting opportunities, including new career paths in the professional domain of health and wellness coaching. Centered on an evidence-based process for guiding change, Lifestyle Wellness Coaching, Third Edition With Web Resource, offers a systematic approach to helping clients achieve enduring changes in their personal health and wellness behaviors through a supportive and forward-moving coaching relationship. Lifestyle Wellness Coaching has been thoroughly revised and updated to keep pace with the rapidly evolving field of wellness coaching. It is complemented by discussions, case studies, reflective opportunities, and practical aids and engages readers through multiple approaches to learning: * The reader is encouraged to gauge comprehension and application of the content by reflecting on personal experiences within the context of coaching. * Sample dialogues offer real-world examples of coaching situations and strategies. * The International Coach Federation's 11 core competencies are thoroughly examined to prepare readers for certification in the profession of coaching. * A new web resource houses easy-to-use forms, plans, and assessments that professionals can use immediately with clients. Lifestyle Wellness Coaching examines real coaching conversations to assess key considerations, such as the types of questions to ask, how to provide feedback effectively, and how to facilitate action planning. The text presents communication strategies to motivate, guide, inform, and support clients' processes toward personal change with a holistic approach. It addresses boundaries of care and advice appropriate to coaching relationships. Other issues explored include developing a trusting relationship, creating goals that are aligned with coaching processes, unblocking clients' energy and discovering resources for change, and generating forward movement through the skillful use of the International Coach Federation's 11 core competencies. Lifestyle Wellness Coaching introduces readers to models that clearly identify clients' progress through the stages of change. First, the text explores the popular transtheoretical model (TTM) of health-related behavior change and its delineation of six stages of clients' readiness to change. The discussion of TTM includes strategies appropriate to clients in various stages of readiness to change. The text also presents the learning-through-change model (LCM), revealing the deep layers beneath each phase of client movement toward change. Readers are offered a map for coaching clients toward goal achievement. The authors' unique flow model of coaching illustrates how professional coaches can help clients navigate the sometimes turbulent events of a person's life in order to change habitual patterns of behavior. The companion web resource offers a complete kit of assessment tools to help establish a strong framework for successful coaching. A welcome packet, coaching readiness index, introductory session form, and between-sessions questionnaire benefit both the professional and client in laying the groundwork. Other supplemental resources, such as a social and emotional intelligence assessment and a goal setting form, support the journey. Lifestyle Wellness Coaching, Third Edition, is the definitive resource for those seeking to embrace wellness coaching and propel clients to healthy, effective change.
Nutrition for Sport and Exercise by
Teaching you how to interpret and apply scientific data, Dunford/Doyle's NUTRITION FOR SPORT AND EXERCISE, 4th Edition, emphasizes the scientific basis for sports nutrition recommendations and highlights current research studies of trained athletes. The text helps you translate current nutrition recommendations and guidelines into specific plans for the appropriate amount and type of foods, beverages and/or supplements to support training, performance and recovery--for a variety of sports. Detailed explanations of the connection between exercise and nutrition help you reach the ultimate goals--optimal performance and health. Giving you in-depth insight, entire chapters are devoted to diet planning, disordered eating and exercise patterns in athletes and lifelong fitness and health. In addition, MindTap Nutrition offers a wealth of digital resources to help maximize your study time.
Periodization : theory and methodology of training by
Learn how to maximize training gains with Tudor O. Bompa, the pioneer of periodization training, and Carlo A. Buzzichelli, one of the world's foremost experts on training methods, in the sixth edition of Periodization: Theory and Methodology of Training. Guided by the authors' expertise, the sixth edition offers information central to understanding the latest research and practices related to training theory while providing scientific support for the fundamental principles of periodization. The sixth edition of this definitive text presents a comprehensive discussion of periodization based on the philosophy of Tudor Bompa. It features the following: * A review of the history, terms, and theories related to periodization * Discussion of the importance of designing a sport-specific and competition-level annual plan and discarding any one-size-fits-all approach * An expanded chapter on the integration of biomotor abilities within the training process * Comprehensive updates to the information on training sessions, microcycles, and macrocycles * An expanded chapter on the methods for developing muscle strength, including manipulation of loading variables and the conversion to specific strength * A more detailed explanation of speed and agility training, differentiating between individual and team sports In addition to applying periodization models to resistance training, Periodization also discusses sport-specific endurance. You'll be introduced to different methods of testing and developing endurance, including the physiological basis for each method. Instructors will also find a newly added image bank, allowing access to tables and figures in the text for use when creating lecture materials. Periodization: Theory and Methodology of Training presents the latest refinements to Bompa's theories on periodization to help you create training programs that enhance sport skills and ensure peak performance.
The Routledge International Handbook of Walking by
Walking is an essentially human activity. From a basic means of transport and opportunity for leisure through to being a religious act, walking has served as a significant philosophical, literary and historical subject. Thoreau's 1851 lecture on Walking or the Romantic walks of the Wordsworths at Grasmere in the early 19th Century, for example, helped create a philosophical foundation for the importance of the act of walking as an act of engagement with nature. Similarly, and sometimes inseparable from secular appreciation, pilgrimage trails provide opportunities for finding self and others in the travails of the walk. More recently, walking has been embraced as a means of encouraging greater health and well-being, community improvement and more sustainable means of travel. Yet despite the significance of the subject of walking there is as yet no integrated treatment of the subject in the social science literature. 　 This handbook therefore brings together a number of the main themes on the study of walking from different disciplines and literatures into a single volume that can be accessed from across the social sciences. It is divided into five main sections: culture, society and historical context; social practices, perceptions and behaviours; hiking trails and pilgrimage routes; health, well-being and psychology; and method, planning and design. Each of these highlights current approaches and major themes in research on walking in a range of different environments. This handbook carves out a unique niche in the study of walking. The international and cross-disciplinary nature of the contributions of the book are expected to be of interest to numerous academic fields in the social and health sciences, as well as to urban and regional planners and those in charge of the management of outdoor recreation and tourism globally.
Smarter workouts : the science of exercise made simple by
What are the biggest obstacles to sticking to a workout plan? You don't have enough time? It costs too much? You don't have enough equipment? You don't know how to get the results you want? Now you can set those excuses aside. Smarter Workouts: The Science of Exercise Made Simple gives you the solution you need with efficient and effective workout programs that use only one piece of equipment. You can work out in a short period of time without spending a lot of money on expensive equipment or gym memberships--all while targeting your personal goals. Exercise doesn't have to be difficult to figure out. In Smarter Workouts, fitness expert Pete McCall explains the effects of exercise on your body so you can identify what will work best for you. He gives you access to fat-burning workouts that help you work smarter to produce real results. First, choose your target: improving mobility for better balance and coordination, strengthening your core for better functional movement, or amping up your metabolism with sweat-inducing conditioning work. Then select one of seven equipment options to perform your workout: Bodyweight Dumbbell Kettlebell Medicine ball Stability ball Sandbag Resistance band Armed with a variety of exercises and organized plans, you'll flow quickly through your workouts, saving precious time and experiencing real results. Put an end to your frustration and let Smarter Workouts be your go-to guide for smart, effective workouts. CE exam available! For certified professionals, a companion continuing education exam can be completed after reading this book. The Smarter Workouts Online CE Exam may be purchased separately or as part of Smarter Workouts With CE Exam, a package that includes both the book and the exam.
The warm-up : maximize performance and improve long-term athletic development by
Athletes do not all train the same way, but it is rare to see any athlete--at any level--exercise or compete without warming up. Although the warm-up can take many forms, smart coaches and athletes know that the warm-up should be a part of any training session. The Warm-Up is the first book to describe the science of the warm-up and provide guidelines to maximize its effectiveness through the process of constructing effective RAMP-based warm-ups. The RAMP system--Raise, Activate, Mobilize, and Potentiate--looks at the warm-up not only as preparation for the upcoming session, but also as tool for athletic development that can cultivate the skills and movement capacities needed to excel in sport. RAMP has become a standard warm-up system recommended by the United Kingdom Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA) and is included in professional resources developed by the National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA). The Warm-Up provides a library of activities that can be used to maximize the effectiveness of warm-ups within the structure of the RAMP system. Coaches and athletes can incorporate activities to develop warm-ups that directly contribute to performance, or they can use one of five sample RAMP warm-up programs, which are appropriate for a variety of sports and athlete training levels. More than 160 diagrams and photos enhance the text and provide direction for the drills and exercises, and 17 video clips demonstrate movement patterns of the Raise phase. Plus, exercise and drill finders make it easy to find the exercises best suited for specific needs. It's time to make the warm-up part of the long-term athlete development plan. The Warm-Up will help coaches and athletes use the RAMP system to make warm-ups a more effective part of training that contributes to better performance. CE exam available! For certified professionals, a companion continuing education exam can be completed after reading this book. The Warm-Up Online CE Exam may be purchased separately or as part of The Warm-Up With CE Exam package that includes both the book and the exam.
Physical Education and Health 1
Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The knowledge, skills, and understanding that include physical and health literacy competencies support them in accessing, synthesizing, and evaluating information, making informed decisions, enhancing and advocating their own and others’ fitness and health. This course on exercise for fitness enables the learner to set goals, monitor one’s participation in aerobic and muscle- and bone-strengthening activities, and constantly evaluate how well one has integrated this into one’s lifestyle. It consists of an array of offerings that learners can choose from.
Contemporary Uses of Technology in K-12 Physical Education Policy, Practice, and Advocacy by
What do teachers, principals, school administrators, superintendents, state policy makers, and parents need to know about the growing trend to use technology in physical activity environments? How can technology be used to increase not only fitness levels but academic learning in today’s youth? How can kids benefit from increased use of technology in physical education? These questions and others are answered in this volume of the series Educational Policy in the 21st Century: Opportunities, Challenges, and Solutions.An entire generation is growing up without the benefits of daily physical activity. The daily experiences of our children are centered on the use of technology driven, mostly sedentary, activities. Technology should be considered a viable tool that can increase physical activity levels when implemented effectively. The lack of contemporary programs and strategies that motivate participants to want to participate daily in physical activity has created a culture of inactivity and obesity and is having a profound effect on the physical health and academic learning potential of today’s youth.In this volume the authors suggest current trends and explore the enormous potential of technology in motivating youth to commit to daily physical activity. Authors detail contemporary programs, teaching strategies and contemporary technologies beginning to be used in schools across the country, and suggest policies, directions, and cost considerations for implementing technology based learning in physical activity and physical education settings.
Fitness for everyone 50 exercises for every type of body by
"No matter who you are, you can perform every exercise in this book. You want to get into shape but feel limited by your weight, age, or ability. You want to exercise but think everything seems too difficult. You want to develop a fitness routine but don't want to be forced into something. You want simple, flexible, and effective. This book offers these features: 50 exercises that have modifications for every body type, 10 fitness routines for specific physical and mental benefits, and expert fitness advice on how to incorporate fitness into your everyday life. If you thought you couldn't do a pushup or a jumping jack or a burpee, this book has the right modification for you to allow you to do these exercises and dozens others"--adapted from publisher website.
The Gale encyclopedia of fitness by
Covers a variety of topics on physiology and fitness, including sports, body systems, the body’s reaction to physical fitness, exercise activities, diseases and conditions, treatments, fitness tests, and other health-related issues.
Health and wellness by
This book guides readers in making healthy choices about hygiene, diet, exercise, and medical care. They present easy-to-understand information about health-care coverage options and offer overviews of the types of available medical care, from general practitioners to alternative medicine and mental health providers.
An Introduction to Primary Physical Education by
Physical Education is a core component of the primary school curriculum. The primary years are perhaps the most significant period for motor development in children, a time during which basic movement competencies are developed and which offers the first opportunity for embedding physical activity as part of a healthy lifestyle. This is the first comprehensive introduction to the teaching of PE in the primary school to be written exclusively by primary PE specialists, with primary school teaching experience. The book highlights the importance of PE in the primary curriculum and the key issues facing primary teachers today, such as inclusion, training needs and the development of creativity. Central to the book are core chapters that examine each functional area common to many primary PE syllabi - including games, dance, gymnastics, athletics and outdoor learning - and give clear, practical guidance on how to teach each topic. Rooted throughout in sound theory and the latest evidence and research, this book is essential reading for all students, trainee teachers and qualified teachers looking to understand and develop their professional practice in primary Physical Education.
Physical education by
College English professor and sometime amateur sleuth Alison Bergeron would've been thrilled to hear that her husband, NYPD Detective Bobby Crawford, was leaving Homicide if that were the whole story, but it turns out that Bobby's next assignment is even worse--undercover. As if worrying about his involvement in a case he won't talk about at all wasn't bad enough, Alison is forced to take over the women's basketball team at St. Thomas after the coach dies of a heart attack during a game. She may not know much about basketball, but she's no stranger to sleuthing, and it isn't long before she suspects that the coach's death may be more than unexpected but premeditated as well.
Physical Education by
As academic thinking about and around physical education continues to flourish and develop, this new title in the Routledge series, Major Themes in Education, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject's vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by David Kirk of the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research at the University of Bedfordshire, this Routledge Major Work set is a four-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions that cover all of the major themes in physical education. With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Physical Education is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by specialists in physical education and scholars working in related areas--as well as by educational policy-makers and professionals--as a vital one-stop research tool.
Physical Education, Exercise and Sport Science in a Changing Society by
Written for the introductory or foundation course, the Eighth Edition of Physical Education, Exercise and Sport Science in a Changing Society provides a modern, comprehensive, and balanced introduction to the fields of physical education, exercise science and sport science. The eighth edition details the latest data and technologies, and outlines the varied elements, origins, and developments of these related disciplines. It identifies the conflicts existing in the field, along with discussions related to what the degree should be called, as well as the names of the departments. The text also examines the history, the current state, as well as the expected future issues and trends in physical education. The text is organized in an easy-to-follow format, first defining the profession of exercise sciences and sports, followed by an overview of the disciplines that study the cultural, social, and scientific foundations of this field. In later chapters, it builds upon that foundation and examines career development and job opportunities, looking at the traditional fields of teaching and coaching, the expanding career options of sport management, and the new world of the technological workplace.
Teaching Primary Physical Education by
'Trainee teachers will welcome the concise and reader-friendly format this book offers. Julia Lawrence has taken great care to provide a balanced and relevant overview of the major topics trainee teachers often lack confidence in, when planning and delivering lessons. A particularly useful and welcome feature for trainee teachers is the book's companion website with helpful links to teaching resources. This book provides essential reading for all trainee primary teachers.' Nigel Clarke, Senior Lecturer in Physical Education, University of Cumbria. Physical Education is an important part of the primary curriculum and one that provides unique challenges for those involved with its teaching. Teaching Primary Physical Education provides a concise overview of the knowledge, skills and understanding required for the confident teaching of physical education in primary schools. This book offers a balanced and comprehensive overview of the subject, covering issues such as safe practice in PE, inclusion, subject leadership and cross-curricular approaches to physical education supported by an accessible theory-informed approach. Teaching Primary Physical Education is supported by a companion website www.sagepub.co.uk/lawrence, which includes further practical examples of applications, links to relevant literature and teaching resources, offering further student-friendly material for use across different physical disciplines. This is essential reading for all students studying primary physical education on primary initial teacher education courses including undergraduate (BEd, BA with QTS), postgraduate (PGCE, SCITT), and employment-based routes into teaching, and also for those on Sports Studies courses with a Primary PE component. Dr Julia Lawrence is Subject Leader of Physical Education at Leeds Metropolitan University.
Total Fitness and Wellness by
T otal Fitness and Wellness gives you a solid foundation in fitness & lifetime wellness, while teaching and coaching you how to make healthy behavioral changes and lifestyle choices. The new edition combines the latest research and statistics in exercise science while coaching you through the best way to put better fitness into action. Unique to Total Fitness and Wellness, a new chapter on planning Fitness & Wellness programs (Chapter 7) guides you on building your complete programs for enhanced fitness & wellness. Furthermore, the coaching features and revised sample programs throughout the text offer you easy-to-follow, strategic guides to reaching all your fitness & wellness goals. QR codes in the book link to actual exercise videos, so you can quickly and easily see proper form and technique videos prior to your own workouts. For a focused presentation on fitness, the Brief Edition consists of Chapters 1--11 from the big book so students receive the basics on fitness, nutrition, cardiovascular disease, and stress management. Note: If you are purchasing the standalone text or electronic version, MasteringHealth does not come automatically packaged with the text. To purchase MasteringHealth please visit www.masteringhealthandnutrition.com or you can purchase a package of the physical text + MasteringHealth by searching for 032198272X/ 9780321982728. MasteringHealth is not a self-paced technology and should only be purchased when required by an instructor.
Women's health and wellness across the lifespan by
Women's Health and Wellness Across the Lifespan offers the innovative approach to care that today's patients often demand, combining traditional medicine and alternative approaches. It covers women's wellness care and specific issues during puberty through young adulthood, midlife, and old age. In addition, it provides information essential to enabling your patients to achieve their full health potential, covering wellness for special populations, physical activity and nutrition, oral health, herbal medicine and pharmacologic approaches, methods to promote healing, healthy sleep, and peaceful dying.
Physical Education and Health 1
Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The knowledge, skills, and understanding that include physical and health literacy competencies support them in accessing, synthesizing, and evaluating information, making informed decisions, enhancing and advocating their own and others’ fitness and health. This course on exercise for fitness enables the learner to set goals, monitor one’s participation in aerobic and muscle- and bone-strengthening activities, and constantly evaluate how well one has integrated this into one’s lifestyle. It consists of an array of offerings that learners can choose from.
Statistics and Probability is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is mainly about probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, and correlation analysis. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course aims to provide the students a fundamentally sound understanding of the concepts and tools for data collection, analysis, and interpretation. In addition, it will allow them later to engage in practical research activities in their respective academic and professional practice.
A Basic Course in Measure and Probability by
Originating from the authors' own graduate course at the University of North Carolina, this material has been thoroughly tried and tested over many years, making the book perfect for a two-term course or for self-study. It provides a concise introduction that covers all of the measure theory and probability most useful for statisticians, including Lebesgue integration, limit theorems in probability, martingales, and some theory of stochastic processes. Readers can test their understanding of the material through the 300 exercises provided. The book is especially useful for graduate students in statistics and related fields of application (biostatistics, econometrics, finance, meteorology, machine learning, and so on) who want to shore up their mathematical foundation. The authors establish common ground for students of varied interests which will serve as a firm 'take-off point' for them as they specialize in areas that exploit mathematical machinery.
The Cambridge Dictionary of Probability and Its Applications by
Probability comes of age with this, the first dictionary of probability and its applications in English, which supplies a guide to the concepts and vocabulary of this rapidly expanding field. Besides the basic theory of probability and random processes, applications covered here include financial and insurance mathematics, operations research (including queueing, reliability, and inventories), decision and game theory, optimization, time series, networks, and communication theory, as well as classic problems and paradoxes. The dictionary is reliable, stable, concise, and cohesive. Each entry provides a rigorous definition, a sketch of the context, and a reference pointing the reader to the wider literature. Judicious use of figures makes complex concepts easier to follow without oversimplifying. As the only dictionary on the market, this will be a guiding reference for all those working in, or learning, probability together with its applications.
Confidence, likelihood, probability : statistical inference with confidence distributions by
This lively book lays out a methodology of confidence distributions and puts them through their paces. Among other merits, they lead to optimal combinations of confidence from different sources of information, and they can make complex models amenable to objective and indeed prior-free analysis for less subjectively inclined statisticians. The generous mixture of theory, illustrations, applications and exercises is suitable for statisticians at all levels of experience, as well as for data-oriented scientists. Some confidence distributions are less dispersed than their competitors. This concept leads to a theory of risk functions and comparisons for distributions of confidence. Neyman-Pearson type theorems leading to optimal confidence are developed and richly illustrated. Exact and optimal confidence distribution is the gold standard for inferred epistemic distributions. Confidence distributions and likelihood functions are intertwined, allowing prior distributions to be made part of the likelihood. Meta-analysis in likelihood terms is developed and taken beyond traditional methods, suiting it in particular to combining information across diverse data sources.
Everyday Probability and Statistics by
Probability and statistics impinge on the life of the average person in a variety of ways — as is suggested by the title of this book. Very often information is provided that is factually accurate but intended to give a biased view. This book presents the important results of probability and statistics without making heavy mathematical demands on the reader. It should enable an intelligent reader to properly assess statistical information and to understand that the same information can be presented in different ways.In this second edition the author presents a new chapter exploring science and society including the way that scientists communicate with the public on current topics, such as global warming. the book also investigates pensions and pension policy, and how they are influenced by changing actuarial tables.
Introduction to Probability by
An essential guide to the concepts of probability theory that puts the focus on models and applications Introduction to Probability offers an authoritative text that presents the main ideas and concepts, as well as the theoretical background, models, and applications of probability. The authors--noted experts in the field--include a review of problems where probabilistic models naturally arise, and discuss the methodology to tackle these problems. A wide-range of topics are covered that include the concepts of probability and conditional probability, univariate discrete distributions, univariate continuous distributions, along with a detailed presentation of the most important probability distributions used in practice, with their main properties and applications. Designed as a useful guide, the text contains theory of probability, de finitions, charts, examples with solutions, illustrations, self-assessment exercises, computational exercises, problems and a glossary. This important text: * Includes classroom-tested problems and solutions to probability exercises * Highlights real-world exercises designed to make clear the concepts presented * Uses Mathematica software to illustrate the text's computer exercises * Features applications representing worldwide situations and processes * Offers two types of self-assessment exercises at the end of each chapter, so that students may review the material in that chapter and monitor their progress. Written for students majoring in statistics, engineering, operations research, computer science, physics, and mathematics, Introduction to Probability: Models and Applications is an accessible text that explores the basic concepts of probability and includes detailed information on models and applications.
Introduction to Probability by
Developed from celebrated Harvard statistics lectures,Introduction to Probability provides essential language and toolsfor understanding statistics, randomness, and uncertainty. The book explores a wide variety of applications and examples, ranging from coincidences and paradoxes to Google PageRank and Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC). Additional application areas explored include genetics, medicine, computer science, and information theory. The print book version includes a code that provides free access to an eBook version. The authors present the material in an accessible style and motivate concepts using real-world examples. Throughout, they use storiesto uncover connections between the fundamental distributions in statistics and conditioningto reduce complicated problems to manageable pieces. The book includes many intuitive explanations, diagrams, and practice problems. Each chapter ends with a section showing how to perform relevant simulations and calculations in R, a free statistical software environment.
Introduction to probability and statistics by
While retaining the straightforward presentation and traditional outline for descriptive and inferential statistics, this 14th edition incorporates learning aids to ensure that students learn and understand the relevance of the material.
An Introduction to Probability and Statistics by
A well-balanced introduction to probability theory and mathematical statistics Featuring updated material, An Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Third Edition remains a solid overview to probability theory and mathematical statistics. Divided intothree parts, the Third Edition begins by presenting the fundamentals and foundationsof probability. The second part addresses statistical inference, and the remainingchapters focus on special topics. An Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Third Edition includes: A new section on regression analysis to include multiple regression, logistic regression, and Poisson regression A reorganized chapter on large sample theory to emphasize the growing role of asymptotic statistics Additional topical coverage on bootstrapping, estimation procedures, and resampling Discussions on invariance, ancillary statistics, conjugate prior distributions, and invariant confidence intervals Over 550 problems and answers to most problems, as well as 350 worked out examples and 200 remarks Numerous figures to further illustrate examples and proofs throughout An Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Third Edition is an ideal reference and resource for scientists and engineers in the fields of statistics, mathematics, physics, industrial management, and engineering. The book is also an excellent text for upper-undergraduate and graduate-level students majoring in probability and statistics.
Nelson Probability and Statistics 2 for Cambridge International a Level by
Tailored to the needs of A & AS level students of the latest 9709 syllabus, this series has been developed by experienced examiners and international authors to provide comprehensive and effective preparation for this syllabus and the Cambridge exams.
Probability, Random Variables, Statistics, and Random Processes by
Probability, Random Variables, Statistics, and Random Processes: Fundamentals & Applications is a comprehensive undergraduate-level textbook. With its excellent topical coverage, the focus of this book is on the basic principles and practical applications of the fundamental concepts that are extensively used in various Engineering disciplines as well as in a variety of programs in Life and Social Sciences. The text provides students with the requisite building blocks of knowledge they require to understand and progress in their areas of interest. With a simple, clear-cut style of writing, the intuitive explanations, insightful examples, and practical applications are the hallmarks of this book. The text consists of twelve chapters divided into four parts. Part-I, Probability (Chapters 1 - 3), lays a solid groundwork for probability theory, and introduces applications in counting, gambling, reliability, and security. Part-II, Random Variables (Chapters 4 - 7), discusses in detail multiple random variables, along with a multitude of frequently-encountered probability distributions. Part-III, Statistics (Chapters 8 - 10), highlights estimation and hypothesis testing. Part-IV, Random Processes (Chapters 11 - 12), delves into the characterization and processing of random processes. Other notable features include: Most of the text assumes no knowledge of subject matter past first year calculus and linear algebra With its independent chapter structure and rich choice of topics, a variety of syllabi for different courses at the junior, senior, and graduate levels can be supported A supplemental website includes solutions to about 250 practice problems, lecture slides, and figures and tables from the text Given its engaging tone, grounded approach, methodically-paced flow, thorough coverage, and flexible structure, Probability, Random Variables, Statistics, and Random Processes: Fundamentals & Applications clearly serves as a must textbook for courses not only in Electrical Engineering, but also in Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, and Computer Science.
Probability, Statistics, and Stochastic Processes by
Praise for the First Edition ". . . an excellent textbook . . . well organized and neatly written." --Mathematical Reviews ". . . amazingly interesting . . ." --Technometrics Thoroughly updated to showcase the interrelationships between probability, statistics, and stochastic processes, Probability, Statistics, and Stochastic Processes, Second Edition prepares readers to collect, analyze, and characterize data in their chosen fields. Beginning with three chapters that develop probability theory and introduce the axioms of probability, random variables, and joint distributions, the book goes on to present limit theorems and simulation. The authors combine a rigorous, calculus-based development of theory with an intuitive approach that appeals to readers' sense of reason and logic. Including more than 400 examples that help illustrate concepts and theory, the Second Edition features new material on statistical inference and a wealth of newly added topics, including: Consistency of point estimators Large sample theory Bootstrap simulation Multiple hypothesis testing Fisher's exact test and Kolmogorov-Smirnov test Martingales, renewal processes, and Brownian motion One-way analysis of variance and the general linear model Extensively class-tested to ensure an accessible presentation, Probability, Statistics, and Stochastic Processes, Second Edition is an excellent book for courses on probability and statistics at the upper-undergraduate level. The book is also an ideal resource for scientists and engineers in the fields of statistics, mathematics, industrial management, and engineering.
Probability and Statistical Inference by
For a one/two-term, undergraduate course in Mathematics of Probability and Statistics. This accessible introduction to the mathematics of probability and statistics for students with a background in calculus uses numerous applications to help explain and motivate the concepts. *NEW- Probability models - Introduced in Ch. 1. Enables students to recognize from the beginning that the characteristics of the empirical distributions are estimates of those of probability distributions. Spurs their interest in checking to see if a probability model is appropriate for the situation under consideration throughout the text. *NEW - Simplified presentation of concepts in probability and basic distributions - (Chs. 2-4). Introduces a few of the easiest distributions through examples; eliminates the probability generating function, and notes that the moment-generating function can serve in that capacity. *NEW - Earlier introduction of multivariate distributions - But only the first section of the chapter is needed for the chapters that follow on techniques used in statistical inference. *NEW - More emphasis on model checking. *NEW - Greater emphasis on confidence intervals *NEW - A section on res
Probability and Statistical Inference by
BOOK DESCRIPTION: Written by two leading statisticians, this applied introduction to the mathematics of probability and statistics emphasizes the existence of variation in almost every process, and how the study of probability and statistics helps us understand this variation. Designed for students with a background in calculus, this book continues to reinforce basic mathematical concepts with numerous real-world examples and applications to illustrate the relevance of key concepts. NEW TO THIS EDITION: The included CD-ROM contains all of the data sets in a variety of formats for use with most statistical software packages. This disc also includes several applications of Minitab® and Maple(tm). Historical vignettes at the end of each chapter outline the origin of the greatest accomplishments in the field of statistics, adding enrichment to the course. Content updates The first five chapters have been reorganized to cover a standard probability course with more real examples and exercises. These chapters are important for students wishing to pass the first actuarial exam, and cover the necessary material needed for students taking this course at the junior level. Chapters 6 and 7 on estimation and tests of statistical hypotheses tie together confidence intervals and tests, including one-sided ones. There are separate chapters on nonparametric methods, Bayesian methods, and Quality Improvement. Chapters 4 and 5 include a strong discussion on conditional distributions and functions of random variables, including Jacobians of transformations and the moment-generating technique. Approximations of distributions like the binomial and the Poisson with the normal can be found using the central limit theorem. Chapter 8 (Nonparametric Methods) includes most of the standards tests such as those by Wilcoxon and also the use of order statistics in some distribution-free inferences. Chapter 9 (Bayesian Methods) explains the use of the "Dutch book" to prove certain probability theorems. Chapter 11 (Quality Improvement) stresses how important W. Edwards Deming's ideas are in understanding variation and how they apply to everyday life. TABLE OF CONTENTS: Preface Prologue 1. Probability 1.1 Basic Concepts 1.2 Properties of Probability 1.3 Methods of Enumeration 1.4 Conditional Probability 1.5 Independent Events 1.6 Bayes's Theorem 2. Discrete Distributions 2.1 Random Variables of the Discrete Type 2.2 Mathematical Expectation 2.3 The Mean, Variance, and Standard Deviation 2.4 Bernoulli Trials and the Binomial Distribution 2.5 The Moment-Generating Function 2.6 The Poisson Distribution 3. Continuous Distributions 3.1 Continuous-Type Data 3.2 Exploratory Data Analysis 3.3 Random Variables of the Continuous Type 3.4 The Uniform and Exponential Distributions 3.5 The Gamma and Chi-Square Distributions 3.6 The Normal Distribution 3.7 Additional Models 4. Bivariate Distributions 4.1 Distributions of Two Random Variables 4.2 The Correlation Coefficient 4.3 Conditional Distributions 4.4 The Bivariate Normal Distribution 5. Distributions of Functions of Random Variables 5.1 Functions of One Random Variable 5.2 Transformations of Two Random Variables 5.3 Several Independent Random Variables 5.4 The Moment-Generating Function Technique 5.5 Random Functions Associated with Normal Distributions 5.6 The Central Limit Theorem 5.7 Approximations for Discrete Distributions 6. Estimation 6.1 Point Estimation 6.2 Confidence Intervals for Means 6.3 Confidence Intervals for Difference of Two Means 6.4 Confidence Intervals for Variances 6.5 Confidence Intervals for Proportions 6.6 Sample Size. 6.7 A Simple Regression Problem 6.8 More Regression 7. Tests of Statistical Hypotheses 7.1 Tests about Proportions 7.2 Tests about One Mean 7.3 Tests of the Equality of Two Means 7.4 Tests for Variances 7.5 One-Factor Analysis of Variance 7.6 Two-Factor Analysis of Variance 7.7 Tests Concerning Regression and Correlation 8. Nonparametric Methods 8.1 Chi-Square Goodness of Fit Tests 8.2 Contingency Tables 8.3 Order Statistics 8.4 Distribution-Free Confidence Intervals for Percentiles 8.5 The Wilcoxon Tests 8.6 Run Test and Test for Randomness 8.7 Kolmogorov-Smirnov Goodness of Fit Test 8.8 Resampling Methods 9. Bayesian Methods 9.1 Subjective Probability 9.2 Bayesian Estimation 9.3 More Bayesian Concepts 10. Some Theory 10.1 Sufficient Statistics 10.2 Power of a Statistical Test 10.3 Best Critical Regions 10.4 Likelihood Ratio Tests 10.5 Chebyshev's Inequality and Convergence in Probability 10.6 Limiting Moment-Generating Functions 10.7 Asymptotic Distributions of Maximum Likelihood Estimators 11. Quality Improvement Through Statistical Methods 11.1 Time Sequences 11.2 Statistical Quality Control 11.3 General Factorial and 2k Factorial Designs 11.4 Understanding Variation A. Review of Selected Mathematical Techniques A.1 Algebra of Sets A.2 Mathematical Tools for the Hypergeometric Distribution A.3 Limits A.4 Infinite Series A.5 Integration A.6 Multivariate Calculus B. References C. Tables D. Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises
Probability and Statistical Inference by
Now updated in a valuable new edition--this user-friendly book focuses on understanding the "why" of mathematical statistics Probability and Statistical Inference, Second Edition introduces key probability and statis-tical concepts through non-trivial, real-world examples and promotes the developmentof intuition rather than simple application. With its coverage of the recent advancements in computer-intensive methods, this update successfully provides the comp-rehensive tools needed to develop a broad understanding of the theory of statisticsand its probabilistic foundations. This outstanding new edition continues to encouragereaders to recognize and fully understand the why, not just the how, behind the concepts,theorems, and methods of statistics. Clear explanations are presented and appliedto various examples that help to impart a deeper understanding of theorems and methods--from fundamental statistical concepts to computational details. Additional features of this Second Edition include: A new chapter on random samples Coverage of computer-intensive techniques in statistical inference featuring Monte Carlo and resampling methods, such as bootstrap and permutation tests, bootstrap confidence intervals with supporting R codes, and additional examples available via the book's FTP site Treatment of survival and hazard function, methods of obtaining estimators, and Bayes estimating Real-world examples that illuminate presented concepts Exercises at the end of each section Providing a straightforward, contemporary approach to modern-day statistical applications, Probability and Statistical Inference, Second Edition is an ideal text for advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level courses in probability and statistical inference. It also serves as a valuable reference for practitioners in any discipline who wish to gain further insight into the latest statistical tools.
R All-In-One for Dummies by
A deep dive into the programming language of choice for statistics and data With R All-in-One For Dummies, you get five mini-books in one, offering a complete and thorough resource on the R programming language and a road map for making sense of the sea of data we're all swimming in. Maybe you're pursuing a career in data science, maybe you're looking to infuse a little statistics know-how into your existing career, or maybe you're just R-curious. This book has your back. Along with providing an overview of coding in R and how to work with the language, this book delves into the types of projects and applications R programmers tend to tackle the most. You'll find coverage of statistical analysis, machine learning, and data management with R. Grasp the basics of the R programming language and write your first lines of code Understand how R programmers use code to analyze data and perform statistical analysis Use R to create data visualizations and machine learning programs Work through sample projects to hone your R coding skill This is an excellent all-in-one resource for beginning coders who'd like to move into the data space by knowing more about R.
Schaum's Outline of Introduction to Probability and Statistics by
The ideal review for your intro to probability course More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's Outlines for their expert knowledge and helpful solved problems. Written by renowned experts in their respective fields, Schaum's Outlines cover everything from math to science, nursing to language. The main feature for all these books is the solved problems. Step-by-step, authors walk readers through coming up with solutions to exercises in their topic of choice. 387 solved problems Covers all probability fundamentals No calculus needed Supports and supplements the leading probability and statistics textbooks Appropriate for the following courses: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Probability, Statistics, Introduction to Statistics Detailed explanations and practice problems in probability and statistics Comprehensive review of specialized topics in probability and statistics
Statistical Analysis of Contingency Tables by
Statistical Analysis of Contingency Tables is an invaluable tool for statistical inference in contingency tables. It covers effect size estimation, confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests for the binomial and the multinomial distributions, unpaired and paired 2x2 tables, rxc tables, ordered rx2 and 2xc tables, paired cxc tables, and stratified tables. For each type of table, key concepts are introduced, and a wide range of intervals and tests, including recent and unpublished methods and developments, are presented and evaluated. Topics such as diagnostic accuracy, inter-rater reliability, and missing data are also covered. The presentation is concise and easily accessible for readers with diverse professional backgrounds, with the mathematical details kept to a minimum. For more information, including a sample chapter and software, please visit the authors' website.
Statistical Theory by
Designed for a one-semester advanced undergraduate or graduate course, Statistical Theory: A Concise Introduction clearly explains the underlying ideas and principles of major statistical concepts, including parameter estimation, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, asymptotic analysis, Bayesian inference, and elements of decision theory. It introduces these topics on a clear intuitive level using illustrative examples in addition to the formal definitions, theorems, and proofs. Based on the authors' lecture notes, this student-oriented, self-contained book maintains a proper balance between the clarity and rigor of exposition. In a few cases, the authors present a "sketched" version of a proof, explaining its main ideas rather than giving detailed technical mathematical and probabilistic arguments. Chapters and sections marked by asterisks contain more advanced topics and may be omitted. A special chapter on linear models shows how the main theoretical concepts can be applied to the well-known and frequently used statistical tool of linear regression. Requiring no heavy calculus, simple questions throughout the text help students check their understanding of the material. Each chapter also includes a set of exercises that range in level of difficulty.
Statistics by
Learn how to think like a statistician with Peck/Case's STATISTICS: LEARNING FROM DATA, 3rd Edition. This updated edition addresses common obstacles to learning based on the latest research for mastering statistics and probability. The authors use proven methods to carefully explain areas where you are most likely to struggle -- probability, hypothesis testing and selecting an appropriate method of analysis. You strengthen your conceptual understanding, procedural fluency and ability to put knowledge into practice with this edition's learning objectives, real-data examples, updated exercises and technology notes. WebAssign digital resources and Cengage's Statistical Analysis and Learning Tool (SALT) are also available to guide you in thinking statistically. SALT is an easy-to-use data analysis tool that allows you to manipulate data sets in order to visualize statistics and gain a deeper conceptual understanding about the meaning behind the data.
Statistics & probability for senior high school by Statistics and probability : K to 12 basic education curriculum senior high school by 
Statistics with R by
Statistics is made simple with this award-winning guide to using R and applied statistical methods. With real-world examples and a step-by-step approach, this book provides the practical skills students need to use statistical methods in their research. Hands-on exercises and online resources created by the author allow students to practice their skills using the data sets and R scripts from the book with detailed screencasts that accompany each script.
Understanding Advanced Statistical Methods by
Providing a much-needed bridge between elementary statistics courses and advanced research methods courses, Understanding Advanced Statistical Methods helps students grasp the fundamental assumptions and machinery behind sophisticated statistical topics, such as logistic regression, maximum likelihood, bootstrapping, nonparametrics, and Bayesian methods. The book teaches students how to properly model, think critically, and design their own studies to avoid common errors. It leads them to think differently not only about math and statistics but also about general research and the scientific method. With a focus on statistical models as producers of data, the book enables students to more easily understand the machinery of advanced statistics. It also downplays the "population" interpretation of statistical models and presents Bayesian methods before frequentist ones. Requiring no prior calculus experience, the text employs a "just-in-time" approach that introduces mathematical topics, including calculus, where needed. Formulas throughout the text are used to explain why calculus and probability are essential in statistical modeling. The authors also intuitively explain the theory and logic behind real data analysis, incorporating a range of application examples from the social, economic, biological, medical, physical, and engineering sciences. Enabling your students to answer the why behind statistical methods, this text teaches them how to successfully draw conclusions when the premises are flawed. It empowers them to use advanced statistical methods with confidence and develop their own statistical recipes. Ancillary materials are available on the book's website.
Statistics and Probability is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is mainly about probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, and correlation analysis. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course aims to provide the students a fundamentally sound understanding of the concepts and tools for data collection, analysis, and interpretation. In addition, it will allow them later to engage in practical research activities in their respective academic and professional practice.
Handbook of Probability by
THE COMPLETE COLLECTION NECESSARY FOR A CONCRETE UNDERSTANDING OF PROBABILITY Written in a clear, accessible, and comprehensive manner, the Handbook of Probability presents the fundamentals of probability with an emphasis on the balance of theory, application, and methodology. Utilizing basic examples throughout, the handbook expertly transitions between concepts and practice to allow readers an inclusive introduction to the field of probability. The book provides a useful format with self-contained chapters, allowing the reader easy and quick reference. Each chapter includes an introduction, historical background, theory and applications, algorithms, and exercises. The Handbook of Probability offers coverage of: Probability Space Probability Measure Random Variables Random Vectors in Rn Characteristic Function Moment Generating Function Gaussian Random Vectors Convergence Types Limit Theorems The Handbook of Probability is an ideal resource for researchers and practitioners in numerous fields, such as mathematics, statistics, operations research, engineering, medicine, and finance, as well as a useful text for graduate students.
Introduction to Probability by
Developed from celebrated Harvard statistics lectures, Introduction to Probability provides essential language and tools for understanding statistics, randomness, and uncertainty. The book explores a wide variety of applications and examples, ranging from coincidences and paradoxes to Google PageRank and Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC). Additional
An Introduction to Probability and Statistical Inference by
An Introduction to Probability and Statistical Inference, Second Edition, guides you through probability models and statistical methods and helps you to think critically about various concepts. Written by award-winning author George Roussas, this book introduces readers with no prior knowledge in probability or statistics to a thinking process to help them obtain the best solution to a posed question or situation. It provides a plethora of examples for each topic discussed, giving the reader more experience in applying statistical methods to different situations. This text contains an enhanced number of exercises and graphical illustrations where appropriate to motivate the reader and demonstrate the applicability of probability and statistical inference in a great variety of human activities. Reorganized material is included in the statistical portion of the book to ensure continuity and enhance understanding. Each section includes relevant proofs where appropriate, followed by exercises with useful clues to their solutions. Furthermore, there are brief answers to even-numbered exercises at the back of the book and detailed solutions to all exercises are available to instructors in an Answers Manual. This text will appeal to advanced undergraduate and graduate students, as well as researchers and practitioners in engineering, business, social sciences or agriculture. Content, examples, an enhanced number of exercises, and graphical illustrations where appropriate to motivate the reader and demonstrate the applicability of probability and statistical inference in a great variety of human activities Reorganized material in the statistical portion of the book to ensure continuity and enhance understanding A relatively rigorous, yet accessible and always within the prescribed prerequisites, mathematical discussion of probability theory and statistical inference important to students in a broad variety of disciplines Relevant proofs where appropriate in each section, followed by exercises with useful clues to their solutions Brief answers to even-numbered exercises at the back of the book and detailed solutions to all exercises available to instructors in an Answers Manual
An Introduction to Probability and Statistics by
A well-balanced introduction to probability theory and mathematical statistics Featuring updated material, An Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Third Edition remains a solid overview to probability theory and mathematical statistics. Divided intothree parts, the Third Edition begins by presenting the fundamentals and foundationsof probability. The second part addresses statistical inference, and the remainingchapters focus on special topics. An Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Third Edition includes: A new section on regression analysis to include multiple regression, logistic regression, and Poisson regression A reorganized chapter on large sample theory to emphasize the growing role of asymptotic statistics Additional topical coverage on bootstrapping, estimation procedures, and resampling Discussions on invariance, ancillary statistics, conjugate prior distributions, and invariant confidence intervals Over 550 problems and answers to most problems, as well as 350 worked out examples and 200 remarks Numerous figures to further illustrate examples and proofs throughout An Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Third Edition is an ideal reference and resource for scientists and engineers in the fields of statistics, mathematics, physics, industrial management, and engineering. The book is also an excellent text for upper-undergraduate and graduate-level students majoring in probability and statistics.
Probability, Random Variables, and Random Processes by
Probability, Random Variables, and Random Processes is a comprehensive textbook on probability theory for engineers that provides a more rigorous mathematical framework than is usually encountered in undergraduate courses. It is intended for first-year graduate students who have some familiarity with probability and random variables, though not necessarily of random processes and systems that operate on random signals. It is also appropriate for advanced undergraduate students who have a strong mathematical background. The book has the following features: Several appendices include related material on integration, important inequalities and identities, frequency-domain transforms, and linear algebra. These topics have been included so that the book is relatively self-contained. One appendix contains an extensive summary of 33 random variables and their properties such as moments, characteristic functions, and entropy. Unlike most books on probability, numerous figures have been included to clarify and expand upon important points. Over 600 illustrations and MATLAB plots have been designed to reinforce the material and illustrate the various characterizations and properties of random quantities. Sufficient statistics are covered in detail, as is their connection to parameter estimation techniques. These include classical Bayesian estimation and several optimality criteria: mean-square error, mean-absolute error, maximum likelihood, method of moments, and least squares. The last four chapters provide an introduction to several topics usually studied in subsequent engineering courses: communication systems and information theory; optimal filtering (Wiener and Kalman); adaptive filtering (FIR and IIR); and antenna beamforming, channel equalization, and direction finding. This material is available electronically at the companion website. Probability, Random Variables, and Random Processes is the only textbook on probability for engineers that includes relevant background material, provides extensive summaries of key results, and extends various statistical techniques to a range of applications in signal processing.
Probability and Random Processes by
The second edition enhanced with new chapters, figures, and appendices to cover the new developments in applied mathematical functions This book examines the topics of applied mathematical functions to problems that engineers and researchers solve daily in the course of their work. The text covers set theory, combinatorics, random variables, discrete and continuous probability, distribution functions, convergence of random variables, computer generation of random variates, random processes and stationarity concepts with associated autocovariance and cross covariance functions, estimation theory and Wiener and Kalman filtering ending with two applications of probabilistic methods. Probability tables with nine decimal place accuracy and graphical Fourier transform tables are included for quick reference. The author facilitates understanding of probability concepts for both students and practitioners by presenting over 450 carefully detailed figures and illustrations, and over 350 examples with every step explained clearly and some with multiple solutions. Additional features of the second edition of Probability and Random Processes are: Updated chapters with new sections on Newton-Pepys' problem; Pearson, Spearman, and Kendal correlation coefficients; adaptive estimation techniques; birth and death processes; and renewal processes with generalizations A new chapter on Probability Modeling in Teletraffic Engineering written by Kavitha Chandra An eighth appendix examining the computation of the roots of discrete probability-generating functions With new material on theory and applications of probability, Probability and Random Processes, Second Edition is a thorough and comprehensive reference for commonly occurring problems in probabilistic methods and their applications.
Probability and Statistics by
This book offers an introduction to concepts of probability theory, probability distributions relevant in the applied sciences, as well as basics of sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing. As a companion for classes for engineers and scientists, the book also covers applied topics such as model building and experiment design. Contents Random phenomena Probability Random variables Expected values Commonly used discrete distributions Commonly used density functions Joint distributions Some multivariate distributions Collection of random variables Sampling distributions Estimation Interval estimation Tests of statistical hypotheses Model building and regression Design of experiments and analysis of variance Questions and answers
Probability and Stochastic Processes by
A comprehensive and accessible presentation of probability and stochastic processes with emphasis on key theoretical concepts and real-world applications With a sophisticated approach, Probability and Stochastic Processes successfully balances theory and applications in a pedagogical and accessible format. The book's primary focus is on key theoretical notions in probability to provide a foundation for understanding concepts and examples related to stochastic processes. Organized into two main sections, the book begins by developing probability theory with topical coverage on probability measure; random variables; integration theory; product spaces, conditional distribution, and conditional expectations; and limit theorems. The second part explores stochastic processes and related concepts including the Poisson process, renewal processes, Markov chains, semi-Markov processes, martingales, and Brownian motion. Featuring a logical combination of traditional and complex theories as well as practices, Probability and Stochastic Processes also includes: Multiple examples from disciplines such as business, mathematical finance, and engineering Chapter-by-chapter exercises and examples to allow readers to test their comprehension of the presented material A rigorous treatment of all probability and stochastic processes concepts An appropriate textbook for probability and stochastic processes courses at the upper-undergraduate and graduate level in mathematics, business, and electrical engineering, Probability and Stochastic Processes is also an ideal reference for researchers and practitioners in the fields of mathematics, engineering, and finance.
Probability Theory and Statistical Applications by
This accessible and easy-to-read book provides many examples to illustrate diverse topics in probability and statistics, from initial concepts up to advanced calculations. Special attention is devoted e.g. to independency of events, inequalities in probability and functions of random variables. The book is directed to students of mathematics, statistics, engineering, and other quantitative sciences, in particular to readers who need or want to learn by self-study. The author is convinced that sophisticated examples are more useful for the student than a lengthy formalism treating the greatest possible generality. Contents: Mathematics revision Introduction to probability Finite sample spaces Conditional probability and independence One-dimensional random variables Functions of random variables Bi-dimensional random variables Characteristics of random variables Discrete probability models Continuous probability models Generating functions in probability Sums of many random variables Samples and sampling distributions Estimation of parameters Hypothesis tests
Probably not : future prediction using probability and statistical inference by
A revised edition that explores random numbers, probability, and statistical inference at an introductory mathematical level Written in an engaging and entertaining manner, the revised and updated second edition of Probably Not continues to offer an informative guide to probability and prediction. The expanded second edition contains problem and solution sets. In addition, the book's illustrative examples reveal how we are living in a statistical world, what we can expect, what we really know based upon the information at hand and explains when we only think we know something. The author introduces the principles of probability and explains probability distribution functions. The book covers combined and conditional probabilities and contains a new section on Bayes Theorem and Bayesian Statistics, which features some simple examples including the Presecutor's Paradox, and Bayesian vs. Frequentist thinking about statistics. New to this edition is a chapter on Benford's Law that explores measuring the compliance and financial fraud detection using Benford's Law. This book: Contains relevant mathematics and examples that demonstrate how to use the concepts presented Features a new chapter on Benford's Law that explains why we find Benford's law upheld in so many, but not all, natural situations Presents updated Life insurance tables Contains updates on the Gantt Chart example that further develops the discussion of random events Offers a companion site featuring solutions to the problem sets within the book Written for mathematics and statistics students and professionals, the updated edition of Probably Not: Future Prediction Using Probability and Statistical Inference, Second Edition combines the mathematics of probability with real-world examples. LAWRENCE N. DWORSKY, PhD, is a retired Vice President of the Technical Staff and Director of Motorola's Components Research Laboratory in Schaumburg, Illinois, USA. He is the author of Introduction to Numerical Electrostatics Using MATLAB from Wiley.
Statistical Inference by
A concise, easily accessible introduction to descriptive and inferential techniques Statistical Inference: A Short Course offers a concise presentation of the essentials of basic statistics for readers seeking to acquire a working knowledge of statistical concepts, measures, and procedures. The author conducts tests on the assumption of randomness and normality, provides nonparametric methods when parametric approaches might not work. The book also explores how to determine a confidence interval for a population median while also providing coverage of ratio estimation, randomness, and causality. To ensure a thorough understanding of all key concepts, Statistical Inference provides numerous examples and solutions along with complete and precise answers to many fundamental questions, including: How do we determine that a given dataset is actually a random sample? With what level of precision and reliability can a population sample be estimated? How are probabilities determined and are they the same thing as odds? How can we predict the level of one variable from that of another? What is the strength of the relationship between two variables? The book is organized to present fundamental statistical concepts first, with later chapters exploring more advanced topics and additional statistical tests such as Distributional Hypotheses, Multinomial Chi-Square Statistics, and the Chi-Square Distribution. Each chapter includes appendices and exercises, allowing readers to test their comprehension of the presented material. Statistical Inference: A Short Course is an excellent book for courses on probability, mathematical statistics, and statistical inference at the upper-undergraduate and graduate levels. The book also serves as a valuable reference for researchers and practitioners who would like to develop further insights into essential statistical tools.
Statistical Techniques for Forensic Accounting by
Master powerful statistical techniques for uncovering fraud or misrepresentation in complex financial data. The discipline of statistics has developed sophisticated, well-accepted approaches for identifying financial fraud and demonstrating that it is deliberate. Statistical Techniques for Forensic Accounting is the first comprehensive guide to these tools and techniques. Leading expert Dr. Saurav Dutta explains their mathematical underpinnings, shows how to use them properly, and guides you in communicating your findings to other interested and knowledgeable parties, or assessing others' analyses. Dutta is singularly well-qualified to write this book: he has been engaged as an expert in many of the world's highest-profile financial fraud cases, including Worldcom, Global Crossing, Cendant, and HealthSouth. Here, he covers everything professionals need to know to construct and conduct valid and defensible statistical tests, perform analyses, and interpret others' analyses. Coverage includes: exploratory data analysis to identify the "Fraud Triangle" and other red flags… data mining tools, usage, and limitations… statistical terms and methods applicable to forensic accounting… relevant uncertainty and probability concepts… Bayesian analysis and networks… statistical inference, sampling, sample size, estimation, regression, correlation, classification, prediction, and much more. For all forensic accountants, auditors, investigators, and litigators involved with corporate financial reporting; and for all students interested in forensic accounting and related fields.
Theory and Methods of Statistics by
Theory and Methods of Statistics covers essential topics for advanced graduate students and professional research statisticians. This comprehensive resource covers many important areas in one manageable volume, including core subjects such as probability theory, mathematical statistics, and linear models, and various special topics, including nonparametrics, curve estimation, multivariate analysis, time series, and resampling. The book presents subjects such as "maximum likelihood and sufficiency," and is written with an intuitive, heuristic approach to build reader comprehension. It also includes many probability inequalities that are not only useful in the context of this text, but also as a resource for investigating convergence of statistical procedures. Codifies foundational information in many core areas of statistics into a comprehensive and definitive resource Serves as an excellent text for select master's and PhD programs, as well as a professional reference Integrates numerous examples to illustrate advanced concepts Includes many probability inequalities useful for investigating convergence of statistical procedures
Theory and Statistical Applications of Stochastic Processes by
This book is concerned with the theory of stochastic processes and the theoretical aspects of statistics for stochastic processes. It combines classic topics such as construction of stochastic processes, associated filtrations, processes with independent increments, Gaussian processes, martingales, Markov properties, continuity and related properties of trajectories with contemporary subjects: integration with respect to Gaussian processes, Itȏ integration, stochastic analysis, stochastic differential equations, fractional Brownian motion and parameter estimation in diffusion models.
The Theory of Probability by
From classical foundations to advanced modern theory, this self-contained and comprehensive guide to probability weaves together mathematical proofs, historical context and richly detailed illustrative applications. A theorem discovery approach is used throughout, setting each proof within its historical setting and is accompanied by a consistent emphasis on elementary methods of proof. Each topic is presented in a modular framework, combining fundamental concepts with worked examples, problems and digressions which, although mathematically rigorous, require no specialised or advanced mathematical background. Augmenting this core material are over 80 richly embellished practical applications of probability theory, drawn from a broad spectrum of areas both classical and modern, each tailor-made to illustrate the magnificent scope of the formal results. Providing a solid grounding in practical probability, without sacrificing mathematical rigour or historical richness, this insightful book is a fascinating reference and essential resource, for all engineers, computer scientists and mathematicians.
Theory of Probability by
First issued in translation as a two-volume work in 1975, this classic book provides the first complete development of the theory of probability from a subjectivist viewpoint. It proceeds from a detailed discussion of the philosophical mathematical aspects to a detailed mathematical treatment of probability and statistics. De Finetti's theory of probability is one of the foundations of Bayesian theory. De Finetti stated that probability is nothing but a subjective analysis of the likelihood that something will happen and that that probability does not exist outside the mind. It is the rate at which a person is willing to bet on something happening. This view is directly opposed to the classicist/ frequentist view of the likelihood of a particular outcome of an event, which assumes that the same event could be identically repeated many times over, and the 'probability' of a particular outcome has to do with the fraction of the time that outcome results from the repeated trials.
Christian Formation is an institutional course that introduces you, young Benildeans, to the fundamental reality of our RELATIONSHIP with God. It is a kind of relationship that primarily establishes Connection, founded on Knowledge, assures Presence; consistent with Action, and forever longing for Communion. This course will bring you to a deeper understanding and appreciation of Faith rooted in Life and Life anchored on Faith.
30-second religion by
30-Second Religion demystifies the key beliefs of the world's major religions, denominations and less widespread sects, and explains them to the general reader in half a minute, using nothing more than two pages, 300 words and one picture. Whether you want to understand the key differences between Lutheranism and Calvinism or take in a brief overview of Buddhist philosophy, this book is the quickest way to walk the paths and recognize the key signposts of the world's diverse and fascinating faiths.
Beyond the Greek New Testament by
Many New Testament Greek students have laid the groundwork necessary to read other ancient Greek texts, and yet they shy away from it. In this book, an expert in Greek teaches those students to read beyond the New Testament, showing both how to do it and why it matters. This helpful Greek language resource equips students to read and enjoy the vast corpus of ancient Greek literature. It covers a variety of relevant texts from the Septuagint and the Apostolic Fathers to Homer and Ignatius, making it a perfect supplemental text for courses on Greek or New Testament backgrounds. The book also considers the specific challenges students face when they seek to read complex Hellenistic and classical texts. Each reading includes a brief introduction to the text, suggested readings, and extensive footnotes that provide key points of grammar, vocabulary help, and cross-references to major Greek grammars. Students will acquire a greater capacity to read larger portions of Greek text and the confidence that no text or author is beyond their reach.
Catholicism All-In-One for Dummies by
Let there be light -- illuminating info about today's Catholic church Catholicism All-in-One For Dummies, 2nd Edition offers a path toward understanding the beliefs of the Catholic church and how the church operates. Fully updated with information on newly canonized saints, updated teachings from Pope Francis, and how Catholic beliefs intersect with the modern world, this edition gets you up to date with the last 2,000-or-so years of Catholic history. With five minibooks in one, this friendly Dummies guide will answer your pressing questions, such as: What do Catholics believe? What happens in Mass? Who are the saints? What is the role of the Pope? -- and other cool stuff you've been wanting to know about this Christian denomination with over 1 billion members worldwide. With Catholicism All-in-One For Dummies, 2nd Edition, you will: Discover the core tenets of the Catholic religion Learn all about the papacy and get to know Pope Francis Get a primer on the Catholic saints, including those newly canonized Walk through the traditions of Mass and the seven sacraments This is an excellent resource for anyone who needs a clear guide to the practices and rules of the Catholic faith and wants a fascinating look into a prominent world religion.
A Dictionary of Philosophy of Religion by
A Dictionary of Philosophy of Religion is an indispensable resource for students and scholars. Covering historical and contemporary figures, arguments, and terms, it offers an overview of the vital themes that make philosophy of religion the growing, vigorous field that it is today. It covers world religions and sources from east and west. Entries have been crafted for clarity, succinctness, and engagement. This second edition includes new entries, extended coverage of non-Christian topics, as well as revisions and updates throughout. The first edition was named a Choice Outstanding Academic Title of the Year.
God the Creator by
This volume captures the Old Testament's celebration of God the Creator and the Creator's relentless efforts to bring the world into harmony with God's intentions.
Origins of New Testament Christology by
The early followers of Jesus drew from Jewish and Greco-Roman traditions and titles to help them understand and articulate who Jesus was. This book opens a window into the Christology of the first century by helping readers understand the 11 most significant titles for Jesus in the New Testament: Lord, Son of Man, Messiah, Prophet, Suffering Servant, Son of God, Last Adam, Passover Lamb, Savior, Word, and High Priest. The authors trace the history of each title in the Old Testament, Second Temple literature, and Greco-Roman literature and look at the context in which the New Testament writers retrieved these traditions to communicate their understanding of Christ. The result is a robust portrait that is closely tied to the sacred traditions of Israel and beyond that took on new significance in light of Jesus Christ. This accessible and up-to-date exegetical study defends an early "high" Christology and argues that the titles of Jesus invariably point to an understanding of Jesus as God. In the process, it will help readers appreciate the biblical witness to the person of Jesus.
Religion by
Religion: An Anthropological Perspective provides a critical view of religion focusing upon important but overlooked topics such as religion, cognition, and prehistory; science, rationality, and religion; altered states of consciousness, entheogens and religious experience; religion and the paranormal; magic and divination; religion and ecology; fundamentalism; and religion and violence. In addition, this book offers a unique and concise coverage of traditional topics of the anthropology of religion such as shamanism and witchcraft (past and present), ritual, myth, religious symbols, and revitalization movements. A vast range of findings from ethnography, ethnology, cultural anthropology, archaeology, prehistory, history, and cognitive science are brought to bear on the subject. Written in clear jargon-free prose, this book provides an accessible and comprehensive yet critical view of the anthropology of religion both for graduate and undergraduate students and general audiences. Its scope and critical scientific orientation sets Religion: An Anthropological Perspective apart from all other treatments of the subject.
Religion, pilgrimage, and tourism : critical concepts in religious studies by
For as long as human beings have existed they have been interested in travel. Their homelands and cultural norms have always been constructed with reference to, or contrasted with, the lands and habits of 'the Other'. Implicit in this statement is the notion that some places are more special (perhaps sacred) than others, and this is the core of the intimate relationship between human beings, place and travel, and religion.
Religion and Atheism by
Arguments between those who hold religious beliefs and those who do not have been at fever pitch. They have also reached an impasse, with equally entrenched views held by believer and atheist - and even agnostic - alike. This collection is one of the first books to move beyond this deadlock. Specially commissioned chapters address major areas that cut across the debate between the two sides: the origin of knowledge, objectivity and meaning; moral values and the nature of the human person and the good life; and the challenge of how to promote honest and fruitful dialogue in the light of the wide diversity of beliefs, religious and otherwise. Under these broad headings leading figures in the field examine and reflect upon: Secular and religious humanism The idea of the sacred The vexed issue of science in both religious and secular accounts of knowledge Spirituality for the godless Non-western perspectives on the atheism/theism debate. A key feature of the collection is a dialogue between Raymond Tallis and Rowan Williams, former Archbishop of Canterbury. Religion and Atheism: Beyond the Divide will interest anyone who is concerned about the clash between the religious and the secular and how to move beyond it, as well as students of ethics, philosophy of religion and religious studies.
Religion and Contemporary Art by
Brings together scholars, critics, and artists who are exploring the rich place of the sacred and the transcendent in contemporary art and visual culture. Sets the theoretical frameworks and interpretive strategies for exploring the reemergence of religion in the making, exhibiting, and discussion of contemporary art. Includes a breadth of case studies, covering themes such as ritual, abstraction, mythology, the body, popular culture, science, liturgy, and social justice, among others.
Religion and the Global City by
This is the first book to explore how religious movements and actors shape and are shaped by aspects of global city dynamics. Theoretically grounded and empirically informed, Religion and the Global City advances discussions in the field of urban religion, and establishes future research directions. David Garbin and Anna Strhan bring together a wealth of ethnographically rich and vivid case studies in a diversity of urban settings, in both Global North and Global South contexts. These case studies are drawn from both 'classical' global cities such as London and Paris, and also from large cosmopolitan metropolises - such as Bangalore, Rio de Janeiro, Lagos, Singapore and Hong Kong - which all constitute, in their own terms, powerful sites within the informational, cultural and moral networked economies of contemporary globalization. The chapters explore some of the most pressing issues of our times: globalization and the role of global neo-liberal regimes; urban change and in particular the dramatic urbanization of Global South countries; and religious politics and religious revivalism associated, for instance, with transnational Islam or global Pentecostal/Charismatic Christianity.
Religion in Personality Theory by
Religion in Personality Theory makes clear the link between theory and research and personality and religion. Presently, most personality texts have a limited discussion of religion and reference few theorists other than Freud and Maslow in relation to the subject. This book reviews the theory and the empirical literature on the writings of 14 theorists. Every chapter concludes with a summation of the current research on the theorist's proposals. Reviews: "Frederick Walborn has written an excellent text that explores the degree to which classical personality theorists were personally influenced by and focused upon religion in developing their personality theories. Each theorist is presented in sufficient detail so that their personal views of religion are seen to influence the theories they developed. In addition, the current status of the empirical evidence in the psychology of religion is explored in the context of the theorist and theory to which the data is most relevant. Current and up to date, this text is appropriate for either a course in Personality or as an introduction to the Psychology of Religion. The author's own comprehensive theory of religion and spirituality creatively integrates the positive contributions of the classical personality theorist to the contemporary psychology of religion." -Ralph W. Hood Jr., Professor of Psychology, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga "In this interesting and accessible book, Frederick Walborn thoughtfully probes the place of religion and spirituality in the writings of a broad range of classical psychological thinkers and offers an insightful critique of current empirical research on the complex relation of religion and spirituality to individual well-being." -Michele Dillon, Ph.D., Professor and Chair, Department of Sociology, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire
Religion in Schools by
Education of America′s school children always has been and always will be a hot-button issue. From what should be taught to how to pay for education to how to keep kids safe in schools, impassioned debates emerge and mushroom, both within the scholarly community and among the general public. This volume in the pointunterpoint Debating Issues in American Education reference series tackles the topic of religion in schools. Chapters explore such varied issues as prayer and religious activity, curricular issues, the pledge of allegiance, religious clothing and dress, and more. Each chapter opens with an introductory essay by the volume editor, followed by pointunterpoint articles written and signed by invited experts, and concludes with Further Readings and Resources, thus providing readers with views on multiple sides of religion and school issues and pointing them toward more in-depth resources for further exploration.
Religion in the Classroom by
Dilemmas surrounding the role for religious beliefs and experiences permeate the school lives of teachers and teacher educators. Inspired by the need for teachers and students to more fully understand such dilemmas, this book examines the relationship between religion and teaching/learning in a democratic society. Written for pre-service and in-service teachers, it will engage readers in thinking about how their own religious backgrounds affect their teaching; how students' religious backgrounds influence their learning; how common experiences of school and classroom life privilege some religions at the expense of others; and how students can better understand diverse religious beliefs and interact with people from other backgrounds. The focus is specifically on classroom issues related to religious understandings and experiences of teachers and students, and the implications of those for developing democratic citizens. Grounded in both research and personal experience, each chapter provides thought-provoking evidence related to the role of religion in schools and society and asks readers to consider the consequences of varied ways of responding to the dilemmas posed.
Religion in the Primary School by
Religion and its relationship to schooling is an issue that has become more and more topical in recent years. In many countries, developments such as the diversification of state school sectors, concerns about social cohesion between ethnic and religious groups, and debates about national identity and values have raised old and new questions about the role of religion in education. Whilst the significance of this issue has been reflected in renewed interest from the academic community, much of this work has continued to be based around theoretical or pedagogical debates and stances, rather than evidence-based empirical research. This book aims to address this gap by exploring the social and political role of religion in the context of the primary school. Drawing on original ethnographic research with a child-centred orientation, comparisons are drawn between Community and Roman Catholic primary schools situated within a multi-faith urban area in the UK. In doing so, the study explores a number of ways in which religion has the potential to contribute to everyday school life, including through school ethos and values, inter-pupil relations, community cohesion and social identity and difference. At the centre of the analysis are two key sociological debates about the significance of religion in late modern societies. The first is concerned with the place of religion in public life and the influence of secularisation and post-secularism on the relationship between religion and schooling. The second relates to the increasingly multi-faith nature of many national populations and the implications for religious citizenship in educational settings. Religion in the Primary School will be a useful resource for academics, researchers and students as a key addition to existing knowledge in the disciplines of education, sociology and human geography. It will also be of value to both policy-makers and educationalists interested in the role of religion in schools and the implications for the wider community and society in a range of national contexts.
Religion in Today's World by
Religion is a major force in contemporary society. It is also one of the least understood social and political influences on individuals and communities. In this innovative collection of original essays and classic readings, experts explore the significance of contemporary religiosity: as a source of meaning and motivation, how it unites and divides us, and how it is used politically and culturally. Readers will be introduced to the broad debates in ways that will equip them to analyze, discuss, and make their own judgments about religion and society. This book should be read by anyone interested in understanding religion as a central source of meaning and politics, and is ideally suited for undergraduate teaching on religion and social issues and from a global perspective.
The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Philosophy of Religion by
Philosophy of religion has experienced a renaissance in recent times, paralleling the resurgence in public debate about the place and value of religion in contemporary Western societies. The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Philosophy of Religion is an outstanding reference source to the key topics, problems and debates in this exciting subject. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors, the Handbook is divided into seven parts: theoretical orientations conceptions of divinity epistemology of religious belief metaphysics and religious language religion and politics religion and ethics religion and scientific scrutiny. Within these sections central issues, debates and problems are examined, including: religious experience, religion and superstition, realism and anti-realism, scientific interpretation of religious texts, feminist approaches to religion, religion in the public square, tolerance, religion and meta-ethics, religion and cognitive science, and the meaning of life. Together, they offer readers an informed understanding of the current state of play in the liveliest areas of contemporary philosophy of religion. The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Philosophy of Religion is essential reading for students and researchers of philosophy of religion from across the Humanities and Social Sciences.
What Is Philosophy of Religion? by
An important part of philosophy is concerned with religious questions. What is the meaning of life, and how might religious faith or doubt impact such meaning? What is the evidence for the existence of God? Is evidence essential for religious faith? What is the relationship between science and religion? What is the relationship between religions? How can or should one assess virtues and vices, right and wrong, from a religious versus a secular point of view? In this beginner's guide, Charles Taliaferro addresses these and other important questions involved in philosophy of religion. He challenges the negative, often complacent attitudes towards religion as being dangerous or merely superstitious, arguing instead for a healthy pluralism and respect between persons of faith and secular inquirers. What is Philosophy of Religion? takes a practical, question-based approach to the subject, inviting the reader to engage with this exciting area of philosophy in a down-to-earth way.
Why Study Religion? by
Why Studying Religion Matters in a Pluralistic Context This brief primer explains why Christian students should study religion, how they should go about it, and why it is important in our contemporary, pluralistic context. Senior religion scholar Terry Muck introduces the discipline and explains how it can be approached by Christian students. He explores the contemporary significance of studying religion in a complex, multicultural world and concludes by addressing the skills students must bring to the study of religion in the twenty-first century. Written in accessible prose suitable for undergraduates, this introduction can be used to supplement any standard religion textbook.
Christian Formation is an institutional course that introduces you, young Benildeans, to the fundamental reality of our RELATIONSHIP with God. It is a kind of relationship that primarily establishes Connection, founded on Knowledge, assures Presence; consistent with Action, and forever longing for Communion. This course will bring you to a deeper understanding and appreciation of Faith rooted in Life and Life anchored on Faith.
History and Religion by
History is one of the most important cultural tools to make sense of one's situation, to establish identity, define otherness, and explain change. This is the first systematic scholarly study that analyses the complex relationship between history and religion, taking into account religious groups both as producers of historical narratives as well as distinct topics of historiography. Coming from different disciplines, the authors of this volume ask under which conditions and with what consequences religions are historicised. How do religious groups employ historical narratives in the construction of their identities? What are the biases and elisions of current analytical and descriptive frames in the History of Religion? The volume aims at initiating a comparative historiography of religion and combines disciplinary competences of Religious Studies and the History of Religion, Confessional Theologies, History, History of Science, and Literary Studies. By applying literary comparison and historical contextualization to those texts that have been used as central documents for histories of individual religions, their historiographic themes, tools and strategies are analysed. The comparative approach addresses circum-Mediterranean and European as well as Asian religious traditions from the first millennium BCE to the present and deals with topics such as the origins of religious historiography, the practices of writing and the transformation of narratives.
Issues in Religion and Education by
Issues in Religion and Education, Whose Religion? is a contribution to the dynamic and evolving global debates about the role of religion in public education. It provides a cross-section of the debates over religion.
Religion by
[Text is in German] Obwohl der Expressionismus zum Bruch mit den Traditionen der Elterngeneration aufruft, greifen die expressionistischen Kuenstler_innen in ihren Sujets sehr haeufig auf religioese Motive zurueck. Dies ist vor allem mit Blick auf die bildende Kunst und die Literatur aufgefallen und diskutiert worden. Das dritte Heft von Expressionismus moechte sich diesem Phaenomen systematisch widmen und auch ueber die bisherigen Ansaetze hinaus fragen, welche Rolle Religion fuer andere Formen expressionistischer Kunst (z. B. Musik oder Architektur) spielt. Einerseits sind dabei die konkreten Themen und Motive zu ermitteln, die hier aufgegriffen werden. Sicher bildet die christlich-juedische Tradition einen der wichtigsten Referenzpunkte, doch muss auch Bezugnahmen auf andere Religionen nachgegangen werden. Welche werden gewaehlt und warum? Andererseits stellt sich das Problem der Gruende fuer diese religioese Schwerpunktsetzung. Sie steht zwar in einem gewissen Spannungsverhaeltnis zum Neuerungsanspruch des Expressionismus; gleichzeitig hat das expressionistische Pathos und das Beschwoeren eines 'Neuen Zeitalters' messianische Zuege, die gerade den Rekurs auf christliche Motivik plausibel machen. Antworten auf die Frage nach den Gruenden lassen sich darueber hinaus in der philosophischen Diskussion der Zeit finden oder auch im biographischen Hintergrund der jeweiligen Akteure.
Religion: Social Religion by
This book introduces the study of religion through the lens of social science, covering psychology of religion, sociology of religion, anthropology of religion, and the historical method.
Religion and Family Life by
There has been increased interest among scholars in recent decades focused on the intersection of family and religion. Yet, there is still much that is not well-understood in this area. This aim of this special issue is to further explore the influence of religion on family life. In particular, this issue includes a collection of studies from leading scholars on religion and family life that focus on ways in which religion and spirituality may influence various aspects of family life including family processes, family structure, family formation, family dissolution, parenting, and family relationships. The studies included incorporate both qualitative and quantitative analyses, incorporate a number of different religious traditions, focus on religiosity among both adults and youth, and explore a number of important issues such as depression, intimacy, sexual behavior, lying, divorce, and faith transmission.
Religion and the Individual by
This Special Issue is both experimental and comparative. It appropriates diverse disciplinary idioms from the distinctive fields our authors inhabit to focus on the ever-recurrent theme of the individual and the study of religion. Here the familiar topics of "belief", "practice" and "identity" come into conversation with each other from scholars in anthropology, sociology, African-American history, Asian religions, philosophy, religious studies, critical theory, and ancient history. This unashamedly eclectic venture demonstrates both the remarkable diversity enacted by the signifier, "religious", and the dynamic potential of conversation between interesting scholars working on remarkably interesting topics.
Religion and the Modern World by
This book is a volume in the Penn Press Anniversary Collection. To mark its 125th anniversary in 2015, the University of Pennsylvania Press rereleased more than 1,100 titles from Penn Press's distinguished backlist from 1899-1999 that had fallen out of print. Spanning an entire century, the Anniversary Collection offers peer-reviewed scholarship in a wide range of subject areas.
Religion and the University by
During the 1964 winter term distinguished scholars presented the Frank Gerstein Lectures for 1964, the third series of Invitation Lectures to be delivered at York University. The theme "Religion and the University" was selected, states President Murray Ross in his Introduction, because of a desire to raise some important and highly relevant questions concerning the place and nature of religion in the university. Jaroslav Jan Pelikan, defending research in religious studies at the secular university, maintains that the university atmosphere helps contribute to excellence in theological and biblical scholarship, and in the education of the clergy, and that the housing of such studies in the university is valuable, too, in facilitating exchanges of methods and materials with other academic disciplines. He insists that any religious faith must be able to stand up to objective research. William G. Pollard believes that the scientific age has imprisoned the mind and spirit of man. He challenges the university to seek actively the recovery of the capacity, lost by modern man, to respond to and know a whole range of reality external to himself, which Western man, in earlier centuries, quite naturally possessed. Maurice N. Eisendrath urges that now, as in biblical times, there is a need for angry men -- with anger defined as "righteous wrath"--To speak out against social injustices. He feels that the expression of this anger is the responsibility of the university as well as the church. Charles Moeller, discussing the importance of the humanistic approach in religion, maintains that there is no conflict between religious studies and the liberty of scientific research. He begins by stating contemporary criticisms of the Roman Catholic church, including the objections of the Marxists and the Existentialists, and of the modern man who thinks religion has nothing to offer as a solution to contemporary problems. He believes that such criticisms are the reverse side of a "process of purification" of both the Roman Catholic Church and religion in general. He goes on to show how the university is an ideal place for the critical study of contemporary irreligion. Finally, Alexander Wittenberg, in his discussion of the relationship between religion and the educational function of the university, states that while religion is the private concern of the individual, it has a legitimate role in extracurricular university life, where its function is an enrichment of the student's inner experience and vision of life, and a broadening and deepening of his capacity for empathy. To accomplish this he must be prepared to understand living with a religious faith, with a different faith, and without a faith, and it is the duty of the university to make possible this experience and this understanding.
Religion is raced : understanding American religion in the twenty-first century by
Religion Is Raced makes the case that religion in America has generally been understood in ways that center white Christian experiences of religion, and argues that all religion must be acknowledged as a raced phenomenon. When we overlook the role race plays in religious belief and action, and how religion in turn spurs public and political action, we lose sight of a key way in which race influences religiously-based claims-making in the public sphere.
Religion Within Reason by
Why and how religion should be freed from a reliance on supernaturalism.
Writing Religion by
In 2002, the University of Alabama's Department of Religious Studies established the annual Aronov Lecture Series to showcase the works of nationally recognized scholars of religion capable of reflecting on issues of wide relevance to scholars from across the humanities and social sciences. Writing Religion: The Case for the Critical Study of Religion is an edited collection of essays that highlights critical contributions from the first ten Aronov lecturers. Section one of the volume, "Writing Discourses," features essays by Jonathan Z. Smith, Bruce Lincoln, and Ann Pellegrini that illustrate how critical study enables the analysis of discourses in society and history. Section two, "Riting Social Formations," includes pieces by Arjun Appadurai, Judith Plaskow, and Nathan Katz that reference both the power of rites to construct society and the act of riting as a form of disciplining that both prescribes and proscribes. The writings of Tomoko Masuzawa, Amy-Jill Levine, Aaron W. Hughes, and Martin S. Jaffee appear in section three, "Righting the Discipline." They emphasize the correction of movements within the academic study of religion. Steven W. Ramey frames the collection with a thoughtful introduction that explores the genesis, development, and diversity of critical analysis in the study of religion. An afterword by Russell McCutcheon reflects on the critical study of religion at the University of Alabama and rounds out this superb collection. The mission of the Department of Religious Studies is to "avoid every tendency toward confusing the study of religion with the practice of religion." Instruction about--rather than in--religion is foundational to the department's larger goal of producing knowledge of the world and its many practices and systems of beliefs. Infused with this spirit, these fascinating essays, which read like good conversations with learned friends, offer significant examples of each scholar's work. Writing Religion will be of value to graduate students, advanced undergraduates, and scholars interested in the study of religion from a critical perspective.
Media and Information Literacy
The course introduces the learners to the fundamental understanding of media and information as communication channels and tools for developing individuals and societies. It also aims to develop students to be creative and critical thinkers and responsible users, and competent producers of media and information.
All data are local : thinking critically in a data-driven society by
How to analyze data settings rather than data sets, acknowledging the meaning-making power of the local.In our data-driven society, it is too easy to assume the transparency of data. Instead, Yanni Loukissas argues in All Data Are Local, we should approach data sets with an awareness that data are created by humans and their dutiful machines, at a time, in a place, with the instruments at hand, for audiences that are conditioned to receive them. The term data set implies something discrete, complete, and portable, but it is none of those things. Examining a series of data sources important for understanding the state of public life in the United States-Harvard's Arnold Arboretum, the Digital Public Library of America, UCLA's Television News Archive, and the real estate marketplace Zillow-Loukissas shows us how to analyze data settings rather than data sets.Loukissas sets out six principles- all data are local; data have complex attachments to place; data are collected from heterogeneous sources; data and algorithms are inextricably entangled; interfaces recontextualize data; and data are indexes to local knowledge. He then provides a set of practical guidelines to follow. To make his argument, Loukissas employs a combination of qualitative research on data cultures and exploratory data visualizations. Rebutting the "myth of digital universalism," Loukissas reminds us of the meaning-making power of the local.
Digital Literacy Unpacked by
Digital literacy is a powerful subject, which supports inclusivity, social mobility and digital citizenship globally. This book brings together thought-leaders and experts in the field, providing a blend of research and practice across sectors, and provides a valuable and timely insight into digital literacy and learning. Digital Literacy Unpacked not only offers a snapshot of innovative approaches to digital literacy, but also intends to provoke discussion, encourage collaboration and inspire - whatever the role or context. The editors open up the whole area of digital literacy in all its kaleidoscopic richness, and provide diverse perspectives, content and ideas to inform thinking and practice. The cross-sectoral and global significance of digital literacy is a key theme of the book. Digital literacy is relevant to higher education, further education, schools, children, and the workplace - but crucially at its heart it is a citizenship and inclusion issue, necessary for the full participation and achievement of all in society. Content covered includes: a discussion of terminology, institutional approaches, and existing frameworks digital literacy in learning and teaching copyright literacy teaching the use of digital tools and curriculum design critical approaches to literacy combatting social exclusion using digital skills. The book will be useful reading for library and information professionals across the sector (higher education, schools, business/corporate, special, public), institutional leaders and managers, and LIS students. It will also be useful reading for educational technologists, learning and teaching professionals.
Discovering Media Literacy by
"Many professional books talk about digital and media literacy, but this text addresses the complete continuum--from television to technology--and guides teachers to think deeply about their own preferences and beliefs, as well as those of their students to develop knowledgeable, informed media users and consumers for the 21st Century." --Kristin Ziemke Fastabend, First Grade Teacher Chicago Public Schools Give digital kids a voice! Today′s kids are digital natives, but what′s the best way to help them become empowered, creative and responsible communicators across different media? Discover insights and strategies specific to children ages 5-12 in this guide from an acclaimed media literacy program: Powerful Voices for Kids. Readers will find Thought-provoking lesson plans that reach students of all backgrounds and abilities Use of a wide range of technology tools, including the Internet, video, and mobile apps, combined with an emphasis on online safety and development of essential critical thinking skills Materials for teacher professional development This innovative book is equally valuable as a resource for lesson planning or for developing a full media literacy program.
The Educator's Guide to Producing New Media and Open Educational Resources by
Digital video, audio, and text have never been more popular, and educators need to know how to make new media work in all types of learning environments. The Educator's Guide to Producing New Media and Open Educational Resources provides practical advice on how to produce and use open access resources to support student learning. This realistic "how-to" guide is written for education professionals in any discipline seeking to transform their instruction with technology.
From language skills to literacy : broadening the scope of English language education through media literacy by
The narrowing of English language education curriculum in many contexts has negatively impacted classroom teaching and learning. High-stakes standardized testing, scripted curricula, and the commodification of English have converged to challenge socially meaningful classroom literacy instruction that promotes holistic development. Although in different ways, these factors have shaped the teaching of English as both first and second language. How can English educators respond? This book argues that the first step is to take account of the broader policy, political and cultural landscape and to identify the key constraints affecting teachers, students and parents. These will set the broad parameters for developing local pedagogic approaches, while still recognizing the constraints that actively push against them. Using Singapore English language teaching as a case study, this book illustrates how this process can unfold, and how media literacy principles were vernacularized to design English classroom pedagogies that stretched the bounds of what is acceptable and possible in the local context.
Information literacy in the workplace by
"Explains how information literacy (IL) is essential to the contemporary workplace and is fundamental to competent, ethical and evidence-based practice. In today's information-driven workplace, information professionals must know when research evidence or relevant legal, business, personal or other information is required, how to find it, how to critique it and how to integrate it into their knowledge base. To fail to do so may result in defective and unethical practice which could have devastating consequences for clients or employers. There is an ethical requirement for information professionals to meet best practice standards to achieve the best outcome possible for the client. This demands highly focused and complex information searching, assessment and critiquing skills. Using a range of new perspectives, Information Literacy in the Workplace demonstrates several aspects of IL's presence and role in the contemporary workplace, including IL's role in assuring competent practice, its value to employers as a return on investment, and its function as an ethical safeguard in the duty and responsibilities professionals have to clients, students and employers." -- Provided by publisher.
Information Services and Digital Literacy by
Despite new technologies, people do not always find information with ease. Do people still need help in finding the information they need, and if so, why? What can be made easier with new tools and techniques? Information Services and Digital Literacy is about the role of information services and digital literacies in the age of the social web. This title provides an alternative perspective for understanding information services and digital literacy, and argues that a central problem in the age of the social web and the culture of participation is that we do not know the premises of how we know, and how ways of interacting with information affect our actions and their outcomes. Information seeking is always a question of crossing and expanding boundaries between our earlier experiences and the unknown. We may not yet be well enough acquainted with the landscape of digital information to understand how we know, where the boundaries to our knowledge lie, how to cross them, and what consequences our actions may have.
The International Encyclopedia of Media Literacy, 2 Volume Set by
The definitive international reference on a topic of major and enduring importance Dynamic, multidisciplinary, and global in scope, media literacy is one of today's fastest growing fields of applied communications. Media literacy encompasses a truly vast range of issues, including participatory culture, digital learning, civic engagement, the impact of media on children, the sociocultural and political dimensions of literacy education, the role of media in shaping social identity, activism, digital teaching and learning, the role of media in shaping health behavior, the impact of news on society, and adolescent development, to name just a few. The first of its kind in ambition and scope, The International Encyclopedia of Media Literacy provides global coverage of this dynamic and swiftly moving topic. As wide ranging and inclusive as the subject it treats, this two-volume encyclopedia offers a perspective on the past, present and future of media literacy around the world. Defines the vocabulary and key concepts that engendered the field and have shaped its trajectory over the past half-century Co-edited by the foremost names in Media Literacy and features contributions from leading international scholars and practitioners in the field Organized around the major subject areas of media literacy history and theoretical foundations; community, democracy, and policy; identity and health; the news; media effects, children, family, and youth; literacy, technology, and education; digital media and learning Part of The Wiley Blackwell-ICA International Encyclopedias of Communication series, published in conjunction with the International Communication Association. Online version available at www.wileyicaencyclopedia.com The International Encyclopedia of Media Literacy is an indispensable reference for students, teachers, scholars and practitioners of media literacy from a wide range of backgrounds and life experiences. It will also be of value to people in a wide array of professions and academic disciplines, including sociology, media studies, cultural studies, journalism, social media, educational and developmental psychology, and more.
Introduction to Information Literacy for Students by
Introduction to Information Literacy for Students presents a concise, practical guide to navigating information in the digital age. Features a unique step-by-step method that can be applied to any research project Includes research insights from professionals, along with review exercises, insiders' tips and tools, search screen images utilized by students, and more Encourages active inquiry-based learning through the inclusion of various study questions and exercises Provides students with effective research strategies to serve them through their academic years and professional careers Ensures accessibility and a strong instructional approach due to authorship by a librarian and award-winning English professor
The Law of Public Communication by
-A field leading comprehensive textbook for communication law and media law courses in the US, appealing to students in communication, mass media, journalism, and PR career paths -Frequent new editions allow for current coverage of key laws, decisions, and cases regarding social media, libel, obscenity, political and commercial speech, and privacy -Text addresses itself to students without a lot of legal knowledge, providing accessible text, clear definitions, and concise summaries of key points -Breakout boxes apply principles to everyday life and professional situations, providing advice and sample cases -Online resources include test bank and PowerPoint slides
Literacy, media, technology : past, present and future by
Literacy, Media, Technology considers the continued significance of popular culture forms such as postcards, film, television, games, virtual worlds and social media for educators. Following multiple pathways through technological innovation, the contributors reflect on the way in which digital and portable devices lead to new and emerging forms of reading, participating and creating. Rejecting linear conceptualisations of progression, they explore how time is not linear as technological advances are experienced in multiple ways linked to different personal, social, political and economic trajectories. The contributors describe a range of practices from formal and informal education spaces and interrogate some of the continuities and discontinuities associated with literacy, media and technology at a time when rapidly evolving communicative practices often meet intransigence in educational systems. The chapters adopt diverse forms: historical perspectives, personal story and reflection, project reports, document analysis, critical reviews of resources, ethnographic accounts, and analyses of meaning-making within and beyond educational institutions. Together, they provide multiple insights into the diverse and fluid relationships between literacy, media, technology, and everyday life, and the many ways in which these relationships are significant to educational research and practice.
Literacy : helping students construct meaning by
A leading resource for K-8 literacy programs, this extremely popular reading methods text has a simple goal: to provide aspiring teachers (including you) with the tools to help every student learn to read and write. LITERACY: HELPING STUDENTS CONSTRUCT MEANING, 10th Edition has been completely reorganized to better meet the needs of its readers; for instance, with early coverage of assessment in recognition of its foundational nature. Distinguished in the field by its use of practical literacy lessons and authentic examples that clearly demonstrate how to teach reading and writing, the text continues to provide pre-service and in-service teachers with the information, strategies, and techniques they need to assist their students in becoming literate. The Common Core State Standards are fully integrated throughout the text, and full-color children's stories (in excerpts or in their entirety) model extended literacy lessons.
Media & information literacy : being a B.E.S.T. digital citizen for senior high school by 
Media and Information Literacy in Higher Education by
Media and Information Literacy in Higher Education: Educating the Educators is written for librarians and educators working in universities and university colleges, providing them with the information they need to teach media and information literacy to students at levels ranging from bachelor to doctoral studies. In order to do so, they need to be familiar with students' strengths and weaknesses regarding MIL. This book investigates what university and college students need to know about searching for, and evaluating, information, and how teaching and learning can be planned and carried out to improve MIL skills. The discussions focus on the use of process-based inquiry approaches for developing media and information literacy competence, involving students in active learning and open-ended investigations and emphasizing their personal learning process. It embraces face-to-face teaching, and newer forms of online education.
Media now : understanding media, culture, and technology by
Providing a thorough explanation of how media technologies develop, operate, converge, and affect society, MEDIA NOW: UNDERSTANDING MEDIA, CULTURE, AND TECHNOLOGY, 9e empowers you to think critically about the media and its effects on culture. It provides a comprehensive introduction to today's global media environment and the ongoing developments in technology, culture, and critical theory that continue to transform this rapidly evolving industry?and affect your everyday life. With its cutting-edge coverage of the essential history, theories, concepts, and technical knowledge, MEDIA NOW helps you sharpen your media literacy skills?preparing you for work in the expanding fields of the Internet, interactive media, and traditional media industries. It includes the latest developments and trends in social media, e-publishing, policy changes for Internet governance, online privacy protection, online ad exchanges, the changing video game industry, and much more.
Metaliteracy : reinventing information literacy to empower learners by
"All over the world people are exploring what information literacy means in the 21st century. The authors provide a review of trends and theories, and suggest a model that "allows lifelong learners to create meaning through an interactive and participatory social network. Today's learners communicate, create, and share information using a range of information technologies such as social media, blogs, microblogs, wikis, mobile devices and apps, virtual worlds, and MOOCs. In this book the authors present a comprehensive structure for information literacy theory that builds on decades of practice while recognizing the knowledge required for an expansive and interactive information environment. The concept of metaliteracy expands the scope of traditional information skills (determine, access, locate, understand, produce, and use information) to include the collaborative production and sharing of information in participatory digital environments (collaborate, produce, and share) prevalent in today's world. Combining theory and case studies, the authors: Show why media literacy, visual literacy, digital literacy, and a host of other specific literacies are critical for informed citizens in the twenty-first century ; Offer a framework for engaging in today's information environments as active, self-reflective, and critical contributors to these collaborative spaces ; Connect metaliteracy to such topics as metadata, the Semantic Web, metacognition, open education, distance learning, and digital storytelling. This approach to information literacy helps students grasp an understanding of the critical thinking and reflection required to engage in technology spaces as savvy producers, collaborators, and sharers."-- From publisher's website.
Pursuing Information Literacy by
The primary purpose of Pursuing Information Literacy is to inspire individual thinking and application. The book reviews important information literacy and its social significance and the application of information literacy in a number of different sectors. The future of information literacy is explored in concluding chapters.
The Routledge Companion to News and Journalism by
The Routledge Companion to News and Journalism brings together scholars committed to the conceptual and methodological development of news and journalism studies from around the world. Across 50 chapters, organized thematically over seven sections, contributions examine a range of pressing challenges for news reporting - including digital convergence, mobile platforms, web analytics and datafication, social media polarization, and the use of drones. Journalism's mediation of social issues is also explored, such as those pertaining to human rights, civic engagement, gender inequalities, the environmental crisis, and the Black Lives Matter movement. Each section raises important questions for academic research, generating fresh insights into journalistic forms, practices, and epistemologies. The Companion furthers our understanding of why we have ended up with the kind of news reporting we have today - its remarkable strengths, the difficulties it faces, and how we might improve upon it for tomorrow. Completely revised and updated for its second edition, this volume is ideal for advanced undergraduates, postgraduates, researchers, and academics in the fields of news, media, and journalism studies.
Teaching Information Literacy in Higher Education by
Why do we teach information literacy? This book argues that the main purpose of information literacy teaching in higher education is to enhance student learning. With the impact of new technologies, a proliferation of information sources and a change in the student demography, information literacy has become increasingly important in academia. Also, students that know how to learn have a better chance of adapting their learning strategies to the demands of higher education, and thus completing their degree. The authors discuss the various aspects of how academic integrity and information literacy are linked to learning, and provide examples on how our theories can be put into practice. The book also provides insight on the normative side of higher education, namely academic formation and the personal development process of students. The cognitive aspects of the transition to higher education, including learning strategies and critical thinking, are explored; and finally the book asks how information literacy teaching in higher education might be improved to help students meet contemporary challenges.
Technology and Digital Media in the Early Years by
A Co-Publication of Routledge and NAEYC Technology and Digital Media in the Early Years offers early childhood teacher educators, professional development providers, and early childhood educators in pre-service, in-service, and continuing education settings a thought-provoking guide to effective, appropriate, and intentional use of technology with young children. This book provides strategies, theoretical frameworks, links to research evidence, descriptions of best practice, and resources to develop essential digital literacy knowledge, skills and experiences for early childhood educators in the digital age. Technology and Digital Media in the Early Years puts educators right at the intersections of child development, early learning, developmentally appropriate practice, early childhood teaching practices, children's media research, teacher education, and professional development practices. The book is based on current research, promising programs and practices, and a set of best practices for teaching with technology in early childhood education that are based on the NAEYC/FRC Position Statement on Technology and Interactive Media and the Fred Rogers Center Framework for Quality in Children's Digital Media. Pedagogical principles, classroom practices, and teaching strategies are presented in a practical, straightforward way informed by child development theory, developmentally appropriate practice, and research on effective, appropriate, and intentional use of technology in early childhood settings. A companion website (http://teccenter.erikson.edu/tech-in-the-early-years/) provides additional resources and links to further illustrate principles and best practices for teaching and learning in the digital age.
Understanding media and mass communication by 
Using Authentic Assessment in Information Literacy Programs by
Assessment of student learning continues to be an urgent topic in higher education. For librarians who provide information literacy instruction, creating and implementing authentic assessment instruments asking students to "analyze, synthesize and apply" what they learn is especially challenging, since most librarians have little more than an hour in which to teach students and assess their learning. Using Authentic Assessment in Information Literacy Programs: Tools, Techniques, and Strategies offers teaching librarians practical resources and approaches that will help them to implement authentic assessment in any instructional setting. Sections include: oWhat is "authentic" assessment? oAuthentic assessment tools and techniques across teaching modes oHow to adapt authentic assessment to individual library needs oUsing authentic assessment to inform teaching strategies and instructional design Whether you provide one-shot instruction sessions or for-credit courses, in person or online, this book will help you to develop and implement authentic assessment of student learning.
Media and Information Literacy
The course introduces the learners to the fundamental understanding of media and information as communication channels and tools for developing individuals and societies. It also aims to develop students to be creative and critical thinkers and responsible users, and competent producers of media and information.
Deeper Learning, Dialogic Learning, and Critical Thinking by
Deeper learning, dialogic learning, and critical thinking are essential capabilities in the 21st-century environments we now operate. Apart from being important in themselves, they are also crucial in enabling the acquisition of many other 21st-century skills/capabilities such as problem solving, collaborative learning, innovation, information and media literacy, and so on. However, the majority of teachers in schools and instructors in higher education are inadequately prepared for the task of promoting deeper learning, dialogic learning, and critical thinking in their students. This is despite the fact that there are educational researchers who are developing and evaluating strategies for such promotion. The problem is bridging the gap between the educational researchers' work and what gets conveyed to teachers and instructors as evidence-based, usable strategies. This book addresses that gap: in it, leading scholars from around the world describe strategies they have developed for successfully cultivating students' capabilities for deeper learning and transfer of what they learn, dialogic learning and effective communication, and critical thought. They explore connections in the promotion of these capabilities, and they provide, in accessible form, research evidence demonstrating the efficacy of the strategies. They also discuss answers to the questions of how and why the strategies work. A seminal resource, this book creates tangible links between innovative educational research and classroom teaching practices to address the all-important question of how we can realize our ideals for education in the 21st century. It is a must read for pre-service and in-service teachers, teacher educators and professional developers, and educational researchers who truly care that we deliver education that will prepare and serve students for life.
Discovering Media Literacy by
"Many professional books talk about digital and media literacy, but this text addresses the complete continuum--from television to technology--and guides teachers to think deeply about their own preferences and beliefs, as well as those of their students to develop knowledgeable, informed media users and consumers for the 21st Century." --Kristin Ziemke Fastabend, First Grade Teacher Chicago Public Schools Give digital kids a voice! Today's kids are digital natives, but what's the best way to help them become empowered, creative and responsible communicators across different media? Discover insights and strategies specific to children ages 5-12 in this guide from an acclaimed media literacy program: Powerful Voices for Kids. Readers will find Thought-provoking lesson plans that reach students of all backgrounds and abilities Use of a wide range of technology tools, including the Internet, video, and mobile apps, combined with an emphasis on online safety and development of essential critical thinking skills Materials for teacher professional development This innovative book is equally valuable as a resource for lesson planning or for developing a full media literacy program.
Diversifying digital learning : online literacy and educational opportunity by
How does the digital divide affect the teaching and learning of historically underrepresented students? Many schools and programs in low-income neighborhoods lack access to the technological resources, including equipment and Internet service, that those in middle- and upper-income neighborhoods have at their fingertips. This inequity creates a persistent digital divide--not a simple divide in access to technology per se, but a divide in both formal and informal digital literacy that further marginalizes youths from low-income, minoritized, and first-generation communities. Diversifying Digital Learning outlines the pervasive problems that exist with ensuring digital equity and identifies successful strategies to tackle the issue. Bringing together top scholars to discuss how digital equity in education might become a key goal in American education, this book is structured to provide a framework for understanding how historically underrepresented students most effectively engage with technology--and how institutions may help or hinder students' ability to develop and capitalize on digital literacies. This book will appeal to readers who are well versed in the diverse uses of social media and technologies, as well as less technologically savvy educators and policy analysts in educational organizations such as schools, afterschool programs, colleges, and universities. Addressing the intersection of digital media, race/ethnicity, and socioeconomic class in a frank manner, the lessons within this compelling work will help educators enable students in grades K-12, as well as in postsecondary institutions, to participate in a rapidly changing world framed by shifting new media technologies. Contributors: Young Whan Choi, Zoë B. Corwin, Christina Evans, Julie Flapan, Joanna Goode, Erica Hodgin, Joseph Kahne, Suneal Kolluri, Lynette Kvasny, David J. Leonard, Jane Margolis, Crystle Martin, Safiya Umoja Noble, Amanda Ochsner, Fay Cobb Payton, Antar A. Tichavakunda, William G. Tierney, S. Craig Watkins
Fake news and alternative facts : information literacy in a post-truth era by
Listen to a podcast with the author now! Talk of so-called fake news, what it is and what it isn't, is front and center across the media landscape, with new calls for the public to acquire appropriate research and evaluation skills and become more information savvy. But none of this is new for librarians and information professionals, particularly for those who teach information literacy. Cooke, a Library Journal Mover & Shaker, believes that the current situation represents a golden opportunity for librarians to impart these important skills to patrons, regardless of their age or experience. In this Special Report, she demonstrates how. Readers will learn more about the rise of fake news, particularly those information behaviors that have perpetuated its spread; discover techniques to identify fake news, especially online; and explore methods to help library patrons of all ages think critically about information, teaching them ways to separate fact from fiction. Information literacy is a key skill for all news consumers, and this Special Report shows how librarians can make a difference by helping patrons identify misinformation.
Information Literacy by
"Bringing together scholarship and pedagogy from a multiple of perspectives and disciplines to provide a broader and more complex understanding of information literacy and suggests ways that teaching and library faculty can work together to respond to the rapidly changing and dynamic information landscape"--Provided by publisher.
Information Literacy : Separating Fact from Fiction by
People today live in a world of information overload. Each day, information is shared from countless sources through numerous devices. Learning how to handle this onslaught of information has become a vital task for everyone. By the time they reach upper elementary school, most students are using smart phones, tablets and computers to access social media, video websites, online forums, wikis, blogs, and interactive digital games. Students need guidance on how to analyze online information sources, critically think about the content, and apply it to their decision-making. This essential professional resource includes everything that teachers need to help students achieve digital literacy, and includes activities and easy-to-use templates to support teachers as they teach the key skills of analyzing and understanding online information. This book consists of three sections: Finding Information, Analyzing Information, and Using Information. The topics covered include: an introduction to information literacy; search techniques and strategies; asking and answering good questions; thinking visually; organizing information; online civic reasoning; analyzing online sources; using technology to teach; project-based learning with technology. With the amount of online information sources increasing exponentially, this book will equip teachers with the tools they need to help their students become global citizens and 21st century thinkers.
Information Services and Digital Literacy by
Despite new technologies, people do not always find information with ease. Do people still need help in finding the information they need, and if so, why? What can be made easier with new tools and techniques? Information Services and Digital Literacy is about the role of information services and digital literacies in the age of the social web. This title provides an alternative perspective for understanding information services and digital literacy, and argues that a central problem in the age of the social web and the culture of participation is that we do not know the premises of how we know, and how ways of interacting with information affect our actions and their outcomes. Information seeking is always a question of crossing and expanding boundaries between our earlier experiences and the unknown. We may not yet be well enough acquainted with the landscape of digital information to understand how we know, where the boundaries to our knowledge lie, how to cross them, and what consequences our actions may have. Presents a new approach for understanding how information services help and hinder people in becoming informed Provides an overview of how to conceptualize information services and digital literacy Provides a model for developing new types of library and information service
Learning about media literacy by
"Introduces readers to media, who creates it, and why. Straightforward text and clear photographs gives readers the tools needed to evaluate and understand all types of media. Includes a hands-on activity related to media literacy"-- Provided by publisher.
Media and information literacy : an integrated approach for the 21st Century by
Media and Information Literacy: An Integrated Approach for the 21st Century provides a novel rationale for the integration of media and information literacy and gives direction to contemporary media and information literacy education. The book takes a synthetic approach to these two areas, presenting critical histories of both. The book explores the influence of political forces and educational practice on media literacy and the contemporary media environment, focusing on computing and mobile technology as a platform for existing and non-computational media. The final section considers a new rationale for the adjustment of content and activities into a combined project, building on a range of skills from contemporary media, reconsidering the mission of media literacy, and advocating that media and information literacy be expanded out of the classroom and positioned as a 'public pedagogy'. Proposes a new route direction for media and information literacy Combines critical histories of media literacy and information literacy Integrates an account of technological development as a key driver to educational activities while retaining core progressive intents International in scope with recognition of international agencies, such as UNESCO and the UN
Media and Information Literacy in Higher Education by
Media and Information Literacy in Higher Education: Educating the Educators is written for librarians and educators working in universities and university colleges, providing them with the information they need to teach media and information literacy to students at levels ranging from bachelor to doctoral studies. In order to do so, they need to be familiar with students' strengths and weaknesses regarding MIL. This book investigates what university and college students need to know about searching for, and evaluating, information, and how teaching and learning can be planned and carried out to improve MIL skills. The discussions focus on the use of process-based inquiry approaches for developing media and information literacy competence, involving students in active learning and open-ended investigations and emphasizing their personal learning process. It embraces face-to-face teaching, and newer forms of online education.
Media Literacies by
Media Literacies: A Critical Introduction traces the history of media literacy and grapples with the fresh challenges posed by the convergent media of the 21st century. The book provides a much-needed guide to what it means to be literate in today's media-saturated environment. Updates traditional models of media literacy by examining how digital media is utilized in today's convergent culture Explores the history and emergence of media education, the digitally mediated lives of today's youth, digital literacy, and critical citizenship Complete with sidebar commentary written by leading media researchers and educators spotlighting new research in the field and an annotated bibliography of key texts and resources
Media Literacy Education in Action by
Media Literacy Education in Action brings together the field's leading scholars and advocates to present a snapshot of the theoretical and conceptual development of media literacy education--what has influenced it, current trends, and ideas about its future. Featuring a mix of perspectives, it explores the divergent ways in which media literacy is connected to educational communities and academic areas in both local and global contexts. The volume is structured around seven themes: * Media Literacy: Past and Present * Digital Media and Learning * Global Perspectives * Public Spaces * Civic Activism * Policy and Digital Citizenship * Future Connections Compelling, well-organized, and authoritative, this one-stop resource for understanding more about media literacy education across disciplines, cultures, and divides offers the fresh outlook that is needed at this point in time. Globally, as more and more states and countries call for media literacy education more explicitly in their curriculum guidelines, educators are being required to teach media literacy in both elementary and secondary education contexts.
New Media in the Classroom : Rethinking Primary Literacy by
Drawing on research exploring new media practices, this book explains and encourages classroom activity that makes purposeful and appropriate use of new media and is underpinned by a set of guiding principles for teaching literacy in contemporary times.
The Praeger Handbook of Media Literacy by
This groundbreaking two-volume set provides readers with the information they need to grasp new developments in the swiftly evolving field of media literacy. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) proclaimed media literacy a "fundamental human right." How fitting that there is finally a definitive handbook to help students and the general public alike become better informed, more critical consumers of mass media. In these A-Z volumes, readers can learn about methodologies and assessment strategies; get information about sectors, such as community media and media activism; and explore areas of study, such as journalism, advertising, and political communications. The rapid evolution of media systems, particularly digital media, is emphasized, and writings by notable media literacy scholars are included. In addition to providing a wide range of qualitative approaches to media literacy analysis, the handbook also offers a wealth of media literacy resources. These include lists of media literacy organizations and national media literacy programs, plus relevant books, websites, videos, and articles.
Profiles of Best Practices in Teaching Information Literacy Online by
The 76-page study profiles the efforts of four higher education institutions to teach information literacy online: the University of Missouri, Columbia; Indiana University, Bloomington; the University of Washington, and the Phoenix Biomedical Campus, which jointly serves the University of Arizona and Northern Arizona University. The report was written by Emilee Mathews who became interested in online learning after developing and teaching an online course through Indiana University's Information and Library Science Department in 2018 and is now engaged in transforming this course into an open educational resource. Mathews is currently the Fine Arts Library Supervisor at the University of Arkansas, Fayetteville.
Teaching Information Literacy in Higher Education by
Why do we teach information literacy? This book argues that the main purpose of information literacy teaching in higher education is to enhance student learning. With the impact of new technologies, a proliferation of information sources and a change in the student demography, information literacy has become increasingly important in academia. Also, students that know how to learn have a better chance of adapting their learning strategies to the demands of higher education, and thus completing their degree. The authors discuss the various aspects of how academic integrity and information literacy are linked to learning, and provide examples on how our theories can be put into practice. The book also provides insight on the normative side of higher education, namely academic formation and the personal development process of students. The cognitive aspects of the transition to higher education, including learning strategies and critical thinking, are explored; and finally the book asks how information literacy teaching in higher education might be improved to help students meet contemporary challenges. Presents critical thinking and learning strategies as a basic foundation for information literacy Covers information literacy as a way into deep learning/higher order thinking Provides self-regulation, motivation, and self-respect as tools in learning Emphasizes the interdependence of learning, academic integrity, critical thinking, and information literacy A practical guide to teaching information literacy based on an increased focus on the learning process, an essential for Information literacy graduate students and higher education teaching staff in relevant fields
Teaching Media by
Nowadays, media determine the daily routine of schools. But what are media? How has media been fought about over the centuries? This volume offers the foundations for a qualified confrontation with questions of media reflection and the use of media in school praxis. A historical overview shows the structures of the debates around the possibilities and dangers of the use of media, and thus serves to make the debate more objective. The comprehensible and competent representation of the central concepts, developments and discoveries of media theory make this book essential reading for students in education and student teachers from diverse subject areas.
Teaching Media Literacy by
Though media literacy and information literacy are intertwined, there are important differences; and there has never been a more urgent need for an incisive examination of the crucial role librarians and other educators can play in teaching the skills necessary to access, analyze, evaluate, and create media. Media literate youth and adults are better able to understand the complex messages emanating from television, movies, radio, the internet, news outlets, magazines, books, billboards, video games, music, and all other forms of media. In this book, international expert De Abreu melds advice from a diverse array of practitioners and subject experts with her own research findings to examine how consuming media and technology impacts the learning of K-12 students, tackling such paramount issues as fake news/alternative facts; critical thinking digital literacy and digital citizenship; social inclusion and equity; global interconnectivity; and social justice and advocacy. Inside, readers will find a wealth of intelligently crafted, ready-to-use lesson plans and activities designed to help promote critical thinking skills for K-12 students, making this a perfect teaching resource for school and public librarians, educators, and literacy instructors. Each group of lesson plans is prefaced by a well-informed and insightful discussion of the concept at hand along with guidance on how to best use the lesson plans, which can be freely adapted to any setting.
Physical Education and Health 2
This course focuses on providing learners experience in having an active lifestyle and learning a lifelong holistic approach to fitness and health. Physical Education and Health are designed to give students the skills, understanding, and knowledge about fitness and health in general. This will provide the learners with competencies in accessing, producing, and evaluating information about their health, making well-versed decisions, and improving and promoting their fitness and health to others. The course will enable students to exercise for their wellness with set goals, monitor their health and skill-related components of fitness, and evaluate their improvement from a wide range of progressive exercises, sports, dance, and other recreational activities for a healthier lifestyle.
Adapted Physical Education and Sport by
The field of adapted physical education and sport has undergone numerous changes in recent years. This new edition of Adapted Physical Education and Sport will help you stay on top of those changes and, in doing so, provide the highest-quality physical education and sport opportunities for students with disabilities. NEW MATERIAL The sixth edition of this well-loved text builds on its successful previous editions and is replete with changes that are current with today''s trends and practices in the field: * As the inclusion movement continues to expand, the authors have revised several chapters to detail relevant inclusion practices and applications in both physical education and sport, helping to integrate students with disabilities into regular class and sport settings with guidelines for modifying activities. * The chapter on adapted sport is further developed to communicate and reflect on progress in the field and includes a Sport Framework for Individuals with Disabilities model to help develop and implement sport programs. * The book gives attention to the revised Brockport Physical Fitness Test, and the accompanying web resource offers video clips that explain and demonstrate the criterion-referenced health-related tests that are applicable to many students with disabilities. * Advances and applications pertaining to behavior management and wheelchair sport performance are covered in various chapters. * The authors address the use of new technology as it relates to teaching and administration for adapted physical education and explore stand-alone apps that can be used in conjunction with the book that are useful in behavior management, fitness development, communication, social interaction, and physical education activities. * The authors give increased attention to the problem of obesity, particularly relevant to students with disabilities. * Many new authors and a coeditor have been brought on board, bringing fresh perspectives to the book and adding to the depth of experience provided by the returning authors and editor. These additions help Adapted Physical Education and Sport maintain its reputation as a comprehensive, user-friendly text that helps teachers provide top-quality services to people with unique physical education needs. Greatly influenced by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, this book helps in identifying the unique needs of students and developing physical education programs, including individualized education programs (IEPs) for students with disabilities, that are consistent with current federal legislation. STRONG ANCILLARIES The text is augmented by its ancillaries, which include an instructor guide, test package, presentation package, and web resource with video. The instructor guide offers chapter objectives, additional resources, and learning and enrichment activities that will help students master the content and extend their knowledge. The test package helps in building custom tests using hundreds of test questions and answers. You will find hundreds of PowerPoint slides that reinforce the text''s key points in the presentation package, and the web resource includes 26 videos of the new Brockport Physical Fitness Test in action as well as several reproducibles from the book. DEEPENED UNDERSTANDING The authors, renowned authorities in their fields, use real-life scenarios to introduce chapter concepts and then show how to apply the concepts in solving issues. The text will help deepen understanding of the implications of disabilities for people through age 21 (though much of the book is relevant in the entire life span). It grounds readers in the foundational topics for adapted physical education and sport, explores the developmental considerations involved, and outlines activities for developing programs for people with unique physical education needs. The book offers a four-color design to draw attention to important elements and provides separate author and subject indexes as well as resources with each chapter and on the web resource for further exploration. Adapted Physical Education and Sport supplies all that is needed for enriching the lives of students with disabilities by providing them with the high-quality programs they deserve.
Advanced Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription by
Advanced Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription, Eighth Edition With Online Video, provides a comprehensive approach to physical fitness appraisal and customized exercise prescription. The text synthesizes research and practice with concepts and theories from exercise physiology, kinesiology, measurement, psychology, and nutrition to clearly convey how assessments from physical fitness testing inform the design of individualized exercise programs. The eighth edition of Advanced Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription reflects the latest exercise testing and prescription guidelines from the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) as well as physical activity recommendations from the U.S. government and American Heart Association. It also takes into account recent ACSM guidelines for medical exam and exercise testing requirements to consider before beginning exercise programs. Additional updates to the eighth edition include the following: * Significant expansion of the online video clips, which now demonstrate nearly 75 fitness tests, including functional movement assessment and push-up and pull-up testing * New protocols and assessments for each of the five fitness components, from self-paced treadmill protocols for cardiorespiratory fitness to the Balance Error Scoring System (BESS) for assessment of balance * Updated blood pressure standards for hypertension * Expanded information on the use of technology to monitor physical activity, including wearable activity trackers and mobile apps * Updated information on the use of workspace design to promote physical activity and exercise * Extensive updates to the supporting research for the assessment and testing protocols Advanced Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription, Eighth Edition, is structured around five physical fitness components: cardiorespiratory endurance, muscular fitness (strength, endurance, and power), body composition, flexibility, and balance. The text begins with an overview of physical activity, health, and chronic disease, including a discussion of preliminary health screening and risk classification. It then leads into field and laboratory assessment and testing protocols, followed by prescription guidelines for designing exercise programs to improve each fitness component. Readers will find the latest information on maximal and submaximal graded exercise testing in healthy populations, as well as muscular fitness testing protocols and norms for children and adults. Each chapter begins with key questions to help readers focus on essential information. Sidebars lend practical insight to the content. Key points, review questions, and key terms reinforce concepts and summarize chapter content for better retention. An instructor guide, test package, chapter quizzes, and presentation package plus image bank provide tools for instructors to use for lecture preparation, creative content delivery, and class assessment. The online video clips, newly revised for the eighth edition, further aid student comprehension of the material and provide instructors an additional tool for classroom demonstration. Advanced Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription, Eighth Edition, truly bridges the gap between research and practice. Its unique scope, depth of coverage, andd clearly outlined approach make it an invaluable resource for students and exercise science professionals who want to increase their knowledge, skill, and competence in assessing clients' fitness and designing individualized exercise programs.
Fitness and Health by
The completely revised seventh edition of Fitness & Health offers a comprehensive understanding of the exercise-health relationship and provides a framework for attaining health and fitness goals. This one-stop handbook for students and fitness professionals explores the physiology and benefits of fitness while also providing information and tools for improving health and wellness. Authors Brian J. Sharkey and Steven E. Gaskill have 60 years of combined experience in the field, as evidenced in the depth of content and accessible style of writing. The book aims not only to educate but also to inspire the audience to put the suggested methods into practice and have a positive effect on their quality of life. Fitness & Health, Seventh Edition, includes fresh, new content and has been restructured to enhance the educational experience: * An entirely new chapter detailing behavior change, helping readers better understand the psychology of activity and how to modify individual behaviors using documented strategies * A revised chapter on the physiology of fitness to help readers grasp the science behind aerobic and muscular fitness * Proven methods for achieving aerobic and muscular fitness, plus strategies for exercising in high heat and humidity, extreme cold, high altitude, and environments with low air quality * New information on physical activity and brain health that shows how an active life improves learning, higher-order brain processes, and academic achievement * A detailed explanation of the Exercise is Medicine movement that highlights the benefits of regular physical activity in terms of improving quality of life and reducing health risks Students will excel with chapter summaries of content for easier review and tables and figures that organize information for quick reference. The seventh edition also includes special elements to highlight interesting content on health and fitness, including important health behaviors, testing procedures, and proven fitness programs. In addition, instructors benefit from the inclusion of new ancillaries containing an instructor guide complete with lab activities, a test package, and a presentation package plus image bank. With Fitness & Health, students learn the body's response to exercise and acquire strategies for motivating themselves or others to commit to an active and healthy life. The book explains how the body responds to physical activity; why physical activity is beneficial to health; and how physical activity can help people increase aerobic and muscular fitness, achieve and maintain a healthy weight, enhance performance in work and sport, and improve vitality.
Fitness and Wellness by
Create your own personal fitness and wellness success stories with Hoeger and Hoeger's FITNESS AND WELLNESS. This text helps you take control of your personal fitness and wellness by providing current, practical information and tips that you can incorporate to start living a healthier life. This succinct nine-chapter text offers balanced coverage on health-related physical fitness components with valuable information on wellness. The authors emphasize motivation and behavior modification to help you make a constant and deliberate effort to stay fit and realize your highest potential for good health. Use the interactive study tools in CengageNOW to extend your learning beyond the text. FITNESS AND WELLNESS offers you the most current coverage and practical guidelines to take charge of your health.
Fitness and Wellness by
Create your own personal fitness and wellness success stories with Hoeger and Hoeger's FITNESS AND WELLNESS. This text helps you take control of your personal fitness and wellness by providing current, practical information and tips that you can incorporate to start living a healthier life. This succinct nine-chapter text offers balanced coverage on health-related physical fitness components with valuable information on wellness. The authors emphasize motivation and behavior modification to help you make a constant and deliberate effort to stay fit and realize your highest potential for good health. Use the interactive study tools online to extend your learning beyond the text. FITNESS AND WELLNESS offers you the most current coverage and practical guidelines to take charge of your health.
Fitness and Wellness by
Create your own personal fitness and wellness success stories with Hoeger and Hoeger�s FITNESS AND WELLNESS. This text helps you take control of your personal fitness and wellness by providing current, practical information and tips that you can incorporate to start living a healthier life. This succinct nine-chapter text offers balanced coverage on health-related physical fitness components with valuable information on wellness. The authors emphasize motivation and behavior modification to help you make a constant and deliberate effort to stay fit and realize your highest potential for good health. Use the interactive study tools to extend your learning beyond the text. FITNESS AND WELLNESS offers you the most current coverage and practical guidelines to take charge of your health.
The fitness book by
Whether you want to fit into your skinny jeans, brave a swimming costume in six weeks or squeeze in some exercise during your lunch break, 'The Fitness Book' will help you find a workout that fits perfectly into your busy lifestyle.
Fitness for life : health-optimizing physical education for senior high school by 
Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport by
Integrating the traditional presentation of the nature, scope, philosophy, and history of physical education and sport with the growing career opportunities available within this dynamic field, this text addresses the challenges and the future of the discipline. It emphasizes preparation for a diversity of careers, addressing areas such as teaching, coaching, exercise leadership, athletic and personal training, sport management, and sport media.
Gale Encyclopedia of Fitness by
"The Gale Encyclopedia Of Fitness covers 300 topics on physiology and fitness, including coverage of Healthy People 2010 / 2020, the nationwide initiative sponsored by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to improve the nation's health, as well as topics on diseases and conditions related to fitness. It will round out our coverage of body systems and provide end users with information on preventative health topics. "
Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness and Sport by
Authored by two leading experts in the field, the new eighth edition of Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness and Sport introduces readers to the history and philosophies underlying today’s professions while focusing on current trends and issues facing school Physical Education, fitness and sport. Specifically, the authors introduce readers to the professions’ key concepts, programming approaches, standards and expectations, as well as the problems and issues. As the United States seeks to reverse trends in overweight and obesity, readers will learn how these three professions have a central responsibility in creating an environment that supports, encourages and promotes physical activity for all people.
Just move! : a new approach to fitness after 50 by
This step-by-step guide, written by a best-selling author and former Wall Street titan, provides all the information--and inspiration--you need to feel better, reduce aches and pains, and push back against aging with a personalized fitness program that's right for you. Whatever your fitness goals or preferences, this book is designed to help you pursue the health program that works for you. An inspirational speaker, author, and former Wall Street rainmaker, Jim Owen was 70 when he decided he had to get fit. Years of a chair-bound lifestyle were taking their toll. Realizing that the old bodybuilding approach was no way to tackle the stiffness, weakness, and aches and pains that come with age, he set off on a journey of discovery and transformation. With help from the experts, he developed a common-sense, step-by-step program that can be tailored to any level of physical ability. Along the way he learned why cardio machines aren't enough, what it takes to be "functionally fit" for daily life, and how to stay motivated. Today, Owen is in better shape than he was at 25, and he is a passionate evangelist for fitness as a way of life. He has proved that you don't have to be powerless in the face of advancing years: if you make a commitment to "just move," you can take charge of the aging process and make your coming years the best they can be. The book is divided into two sections, with the first providing fascinating information and the second showing step-by-step details of how to put the best fitness principles into practice.
Nutrition for health, fitness, & sport by
"Nutrition for Health, Fitness & Sport, now in its tenth edition, provides the reader with thorough coverage of the role nutrition plays in enhancing one's health, fitness, and sport performance. Current research and practical activities are incorporated throughout ... Major changes in the tenth edition include incorporation of the new Dietary Guidelines for Americans and the associated MyPlate model that has replaced the MyPyramid model. The new MyPlate model, which was designed to be more user-friendly for the American population, is discussed in several chapters. New information from authoritative position statements dealing with exercise and nutrition issues has been incorporated in various chapters where relevant. More than 300 new references, including clinical studies, reviews, and meta-analyses, have also been added to the text."--Back cover.
Organization and Administration of Physical Education by
If you want to know how to be the best, you learn from the best. Two SHAPE America Physical Education Administrators of the Year share what it takes to be an outstanding administrator in Organization and Administration of Physical Education: Theory and Practice. Jayne Greenberg and Judy LoBianco, veteran leaders in the field with decades of successful administration experience, head a sterling list of contributors who have taught at the elementary, middle school, high school, and college levels in urban, suburban, and rural settings. Together, these contributors expound on the roles and responsibilities of physical education administrators through both theoretical and practical lenses. The result is a book that will be highly useful to undergraduate students looking to enter the field, as well as a resource for administrators in physical education leadership positions who are looking to acquire new skills and innovative ideas in each of the five areas of responsibility covered in the book. Part I covers leadership, organization, and planning. It explores leadership and management styles and presents practical theories of motivation, development, and planning. It also looks at how to plan for the essential components of an effective, quality physical education program. In part II, readers examine various curriculum and instruction models and navigate through curriculum theory and mapping. This section also offers guidance on planning events, including special programs and fundraising projects, and how to build a team and secure community connections for those special events. Part III helps administrators plan and design new school sites or renovate existing ones, and it presents contemporary concepts in universal design and sustainable environmental design. It also offers ideas on how to incorporate technology to meet the needs of 21st-century learners, including the use of social media and robotics in delivering instruction and communication. Part IV explores written, verbal, and electronic communication issues, as well as legal and human resource issues. Administrators learn how to lobby and advocate for physical education, how the legal system affects schools, and how to examine personnel issues, bullying, and harassment. Part V explains the fiscal responsibilities inherent in administrative positions, including budgeting, bidding, and purchasing. It also shows how administrators can secure funding independent of district or local funding, offering many examples of grants and fundraising opportunities with sample grant applications. Throughout the text, special features--Advice From the Field and Leadership in Action--share tips, nuggets of wisdom, and examples of administrators excelling in their various responsibilities. The book also comes with many practical examples of forms that are useful in carrying out responsibilities, and each chapter offers objectives, a list of key concepts, and review questions to facilitate the learning. In addition, the text comes with a web resource of supportive materials and documents. Organization and Administration of Physical Education: Theory and Practice, published with SHAPE America, offers the solid foundational theory that administrators need and shows how to put that theory into daily practice.
Positive Behavior Management in Physical Activity Settings by
It''s never been more challenging to manage behavior and motivate students in a physical activity setting. There are more at-risk children and students with disabilities to manage. Physical activity professionals also face the unique challenge of providing instruction to large groups with limited resources and distractions galore. If not handled correctly, these challenges can quickly add up to chaos, ineffective instruction, and frustrated, burnt-out physical activity professionals. That''s where the third edition of Positive Behavior Management in Physical Activity Settings, Third Edition comes in. This resource will help you not only overcome those and other discipline challenges, but also use tried-and-true, positive techniques to develop appropriate and responsible behaviors and good character among all learners. This new edition incorporates principles, methods, and instructional practices from psychology, special education, pedagogy, recreation, athletics, and coaching. It shows teachers, coaches, and recreation leaders how to apply the principles that have proven effective in schools, youth sport programs, and recreation sites. Positive Behavior Management in Physical Activity Settings offers this new material: * A new chapter on bullying, providing up-to-date information to help you recognize and manage such behavior within your group * A new chapter on children with special needs, including autism spectrum disorder, attention deficit disorder, learning disabilities, intellectual disabilities, traumatic brain injury, and behavioral/emotional disabilities * A new chapter on behavior management ethics and professionalism, to help those who are preparing to be physical activity professionals at the pre-service and in-service levels * New sections on motivating children who are overweight or obese, using the latest research to help you to encourage them to participate Also new to this edition are an instructor guide and a web resource. The instructor guide offers different sample syllabi, showing various ways to teach the course; sample assignments; answers to chapter review questions; suggested further readings; and useful websites and apps. The web resource supplies behavior management scenarios, sample forms (checklists, rubrics, certificates, worksheets) from the chapters, instructions for designing an Applied Behavior Analysis graph and a trifold display, useful websites and apps, and a glossary by chapter. This text provides you with evidence-based strategies in managing special needs populations, including designing a positive behavioral support (PBS) model and a behavioral intervention plan (BIP), as well as information on response to intervention (RTI). The authors have added a fourth section to this new edition. Part I details the challenges that professionals face in developing a positive learning environment, and shows readers how to be proactive in doing so. Part II outlines the interventions that physical activity professionals have successfully used in a variety of settings. This part includes chapters that discuss behavioral, humanistic, and biophysical approaches. The final chapter in this section addresses how to evaluate the behavior intervention. Part III explores behavior management with various populations, and offers the new chapters on bullying and on special needs children. In part IV, the authors discuss ethical and professional behavior of physical activity professionals relative to the application of behavior management techniques used with children and youth with a focus on professionalism. The final chapter will synthesize the information presented in this text and assist the reader to take the appropriate steps needed to develop a working, teaching, and behavior management portfolio. GUIDANCE TO MOTIVATE CHILDREN Positive Behavior Management in Physical Activity offers current and future K-12 physical educators, coaches, recreation specialists, and adapted physical education specialists guidance in motivating young people. You will learn how to manage behavior and create a physical activity environment that is conducive to performance and learning--and that is designed to empower children rather than control their behavior.
Principles and Labs for Fitness and Wellness by
Exercise, eat right, and thrive! PRINCIPLES AND LABS FOR FITNESS AND WELLNESS, 13th Edition challenges you to meet your personal fitness and wellness goals, and perhaps teach others to do the same. Fully updated by fitness experts Hoeger and Hoeger, this text emphasizes behavior modification through sensible approaches and provides a strong focus on the practical ways you can incorporate changes into in your daily life. Student friendly chapters include supporting features such as "My Profile," "Behavior Modification Planning," and �FAQs,� all designed to highlight important practices. PRINCIPLES AND LABS FOR FITNESS AND WELLNESS, 13th Edition also offers interactive learning tools such as exercise videos, online labs, and self-assessments that bring topics to life and help you maintain your new healthy lifestyle. Available with InfoTrac Student Collections at http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Sports for life : health-optimizing physical education for senior high school by 
Ultimate Plank Fitness by
Ultimate Plank Fitness features step-by-step instructions for 100 different variations of planks that can be used to customize a workout.
Physical Education and Health 2
This course focuses on providing learners experience in having an active lifestyle and learning a lifelong holistic approach to fitness and health. Physical Education and Health are designed to give students the skills, understanding, and knowledge about fitness and health in general. This will provide the learners with competencies in accessing, producing, and evaluating information about their health, making well-versed decisions, and improving and promoting their fitness and health to others. The course will enable students to exercise for their wellness with set goals, monitor their health and skill-related components of fitness, and evaluate their improvement from a wide range of progressive exercises, sports, dance, and other recreational activities for a healthier lifestyle.
Contemporary Uses of Technology in K-12 Physical Education Policy, Practice, and Advocacy by
What do teachers, principals, school administrators, superintendents, state policy makers, and parents need to know about the growing trend to use technology in physical activity environments? How can technology be used to increase not only fitness levels but academic learning in today’s youth? How can kids benefit from increased use of technology in physical education? These questions and others are answered in this volume of the series Educational Policy in the 21st Century: Opportunities, Challenges, and Solutions.An entire generation is growing up without the benefits of daily physical activity. The daily experiences of our children are centered on the use of technology driven, mostly sedentary, activities. Technology should be considered a viable tool that can increase physical activity levels when implemented effectively. The lack of contemporary programs and strategies that motivate participants to want to participate daily in physical activity has created a culture of inactivity and obesity and is having a profound effect on the physical health and academic learning potential of today’s youth.In this volume the authors suggest current trends and explore the enormous potential of technology in motivating youth to commit to daily physical activity. Authors detail contemporary programs, teaching strategies and contemporary technologies beginning to be used in schools across the country, and suggest policies, directions, and cost considerations for implementing technology based learning in physical activity and physical education settings.
Educating the student body : taking physical activity and physical education to school by
Physical inactivity is a key determinant of health across the lifespan. A lack of activity increases the risk of heart disease, colon and breast cancer, diabetes mellitus, hypertension, osteoporosis, anxiety and depression and others diseases. Emerging literature has suggested that in terms of mortality, the global population health burden of physical inactivity approaches that of cigarette smoking. The prevalence and substantial disease risk associated with physical inactivity has been described as a pandemic. The prevalence, health impact, and evidence of changeability all have resulted in calls for action to increase physical activity across the lifespan. In response to the need to find ways to make physical activity a health priority for youth, the Institute of Medicine's Committee on Physical Activity and Physical Education in the School Environment was formed. Its purpose was to review the current status of physical activity and physical education in the school environment, including before, during, and after school, and examine the influences of physical activity and physical education on the short and long term physical, cognitive and brain, and psychosocial health and development of children and adolescents. Educating the Student Body makes recommendations about approaches for strengthening and improving programs and policies for physical activity and physical education in the school environment. This report lays out a set of guiding principles to guide its work on these tasks. These included: recognizing the benefits of instilling life-long physical activity habits in children; the value of using systems thinking in improving physical activity and physical education in the school environment; the recognition of current disparities in opportunities and the need to achieve equity in physical activity and physical education; the importance of considering all types of school environments; the need to take into consideration the diversity of students as recommendations are developed. This report will be of interest to local and national policymakers, school officials, teachers, and the education community, researchers, professional organizations, and parents interested in physical activity, physical education, and health for school-aged children and adolescents.
Equity and Inclusion in Physical Education and Sport by
An essential component of good practice in physical education is ensuring inclusivity for all pupils, regardless of need, ability or background. Now in a fully revised and updated new edition, Equity and Inclusion in Physical Education fully explores the theoretical and practical issues faced by physical education teachers today. The book amalgamates areas of critical debate within the world of physical education and is structured around the key topics of ability, special educational needs, gender, sexuality, social class, race and ethnicity. These issues are discussed in relation to principles of equity, equality of opportunity, pedagogy, differentiation, curriculum planning and cultural awareness. Other chapters explore contemporary themes such as healthism and obesity and values in physical education and policy, whilst a chapter new to this edition demonstrates the importance of reflexivity and critical self-reflection in good inclusive practice. As well as being a perfect introductory text for any course on inclusion or inclusive practice in physical education, the book offers invaluable, practical advice for established professionals, newly qualified teachers and trainees about how to meet equity and inclusion requirements. Examples of good practice are included throughout, as well as guidance on how to implement an inclusive PE curriculum within the school.
Fitness for Geeks by
If you're interested in how things work, this guide will help you experiment with one crucial system you usually ignore--your body and its health. Long hours focusing on code or circuits tends to stifle notions of nutrition, but with this educational and highly useful book you can approach fitness through science, whether it's investigating your ancestral health or using the latest self-tracking apps and gear. Tune into components of your health through discussions on food, exercise, sleep, hormesis, and other issues--as well as interviews with various scientists and athletes--and discover healthy ways to tinker with your lifestyle. Learn to live in the modern digital world and still be physically vibrant Examine apps and widgets for self-tracking various fitness issues Zero in on carbs, fats, proteins, vitamins, minerals, and phytochemicals Find and choose food, and learn when to eat and when to fast Reboot your system through movement in the outside world Select from more than a dozen techniques for your gym workout Fuel fitness by focusing on the science of nutrition and supplements Apply lifestyle hacks, such as high-intensity exercise and good stress
Fitness Measures and Health Outcomes in Youth by
Physical fitness affects our ability to function and be active. At poor levels, it is associated with such health outcomes as diabetes and cardiovascular disease. Physical fitness testing in American youth was established on a large scale in the 1950s with an early focus on performance-related fitness that gradually gave way to an emphasis on health-related fitness. Using appropriately selected measures to collected fitness data in youth will advance our understanding of how fitness among youth translates into better health. In Fitness Measures and Health Outcomes in Youth, the IOM assesses the relationship between youth fitness test items and health outcomes, recommends the best fitness test items, provides guidance for interpreting fitness scores, and provides an agenda for needed research. The report concludes that selected cardiorespiratory endurance, musculoskeletal fitness, and body composition measures should be in fitness surveys and in schools. Collecting fitness data nationally and in schools helps with setting and achieving fitness goals and priorities for public health at an individual and national level.
Global Perspectives on Physical Education and after-School Sport Programs by
This book examines public policy in physical education and sport and provides insights into practices of school curriculum and after-school sport programs from a global context. The authors reflect on the continuously shifting understanding of the field of physical education, articulate issues that face physical education and sport programs in the context of historical and contemporary dilemmas, and suggest a new direction for the profession in the twenty-first century.
Health and wellness by
This book guides readers in making healthy choices about hygiene, diet, exercise, and medical care. They present easy-to-understand information about health-care coverage options and offer overviews of the types of available medical care, from general practitioners to alternative medicine and mental health providers.
Physical Education and Health 2
This course focuses on providing learners experience in having an active lifestyle and learning a lifelong holistic approach to fitness and health. Physical Education and Health are designed to give students the skills, understanding, and knowledge about fitness and health in general. This will provide the learners with competencies in accessing, producing, and evaluating information about their health, making well-versed decisions, and improving and promoting their fitness and health to others. The course will enable students to exercise for their wellness with set goals, monitor their health and skill-related components of fitness, and evaluate their improvement from a wide range of progressive exercises, sports, dance, and other recreational activities for a healthier lifestyle.
This course develops critical thinking and problem-solving skills through qualitative research.
Cheating academic integrity : lessons from 30 years of research by
Practical and insightful solutions to the growing problem of academic dishonesty In Cheating Academic Integrity: Lessons from 30 Years of Research, a team of renowned academic integrity experts delivers revealing and practicing insights into the causes of--and solutions to--academic cheating by students. This edited volume combines leading research from an interdisciplinary group of scholars, offering readers an overview of the most important topics and trends in academic integrity research. The book focuses on teaching, classrooms, and faculty behavior and offers a glimpse into the future of this rapidly developing field. Readers will also find: Discussions of the newest forms of cheating, including online "contract cheating" and "paper mills" and the methods used to combat them Explorations of the prevalence of cheating and plagiarism between 1990 and 2020 Psychological perspectives on the student motivations underlying academic integrity violations Teaching and learning approaches to reduce academic misconduct in both online and in-person courses A must-read resource for administrators, leaders, and policymakers involved with higher education, Cheating Academic Integrity also belongs on the bookshelves of school administrators-in-training and others preparing for a career in education.
Designing Qualitative Research by
This concise introduction to qualitative research design will help you to think through the questions you need to ask when embarking on your research. Uwe Flick discusses each stage of the process of designing qualitative research,from turning an idea into a research question, selecting a sample, choosing an appropriate strategy, developing a conceptual framework and data source, and preparing for data collecting and analysis. This book can be used alongside other titles in the SAGE Qualitative Research Kit but can equally be used on its own. It is an invaluable companion to students and scholars embarking on research in in the social sciences, health, business and education.
Doing Qualitative Research by
Accessible, practical, and packed with indispensable advice, this bestselling textbook is the perfect hands-on guide for any student embarking on their own research. With expert advice from the author and real-life experiences from students, this book shows you how to go from the ideas of research to the practicalities of designing, conducting, and writing about your research yourself. What's new in this edition: · Fully interactive digital field guide including video tutorials and real data to practice with · An improved structure that takes you step-by-step form start to finish · An overview and practical guidance on mixed methods and working with different kinds of data The free digital field guide secures its place as the 'take this everywhere' textbook that supports students both in the classroom and in the field providing access via tablet/phone/laptop for easy access to: - A readymade bibliography of qualitative research contained in SAGE journal articles curated by the author, to enrich reading and offer top research articles to cite; - Definitions to explain key concepts and methods to deepen understanding of what is discussed in the text; - David′s quick, practical video tips and instructional guidance for when students are in the field (or preparing to go into it). David steps in as an instant supervisor to give encouragement and avoid common pitfalls; - A treasure chest of online resources and weblinks chosen by David offering expert guidance on how to do research and do it better. These include research websites and resources as well as insider guides from trusted experts, links to organizations/software, online text/articles; - Datasets provide students with research data on which to practice organizing, analysing, and drawing conclusions; -′Cheat sheets′ and reflective trackers students can use to monitor their progress and plan and manage projects. *Interactivity only available through Vitalsource eBook included as part of paperback product (ISBN 9781526441614). Access not guaranteed on second-hand copies (as access code may have previously been redeemed).
Doing Qualitative Research Online by
New to online research? This book will give you the foundation you need to confidently design and conduct a project using internet methods. First providing an overview of online qualitative research, it then provides how-to guidance for studying the ways we use diverse technologies to communicate with words and images. It covers a well-established methods, from document research to online interviews, as well as introducing new turns in qualitative research, such as big data. This second edition: Equips you with the skills to make good decisions about methodologies, methods and technologies at every stage of your project. Dedicates three chapters to being an ethical online researcher, covering vital aspects such as respecting partners in research and researcher positionality. Includes over 30 'Research Cameo' examples showing you how to put theory into practice. Written by a scholar-practitioner in e-learning and online academia with 20 years' experience, this book will help students and researchers across the social sciences looking to do qualitative research online. Accompanied by online resources including templates, exercises and further reading, this book will develop your digital literacy and enable you to take advantage of the possibilities of Internet research.
Doing research in fashion and dress : an introduction to qualitative methods by
Whether you're investigating fashion as a material object, an abstract idea, a social phenomenon, or a commercial system, qualitative techniques can further your understanding of almost any research topic. Doing Research in Fashion and Dress begins by guiding you through a brief history of fashion studies, and the debates surrounding it, before introducing key qualitative methodological approaches, including ethnography, semiology, and object-based research. Detailed case studies demonstrate how each methodology is used in practice. These case studies include Japanese subcultures, fashion photography blogs and semiotic studies of fashion magazine shoots and advertisements. This second edition also features a new chapter on internet sources and online ethnography, reflecting the adoption of social media tools not only by industry practitioners but also by academics. By contextualizing history, theory and practice Doing Research in Fashion and Dress offers: -A systematic examination of qualitative research methods in fashion studies in social sciences. -A practical guide for anyone wishing to conduct fashion research in academia or in the business world. -An accessible grounding in contemporary fashion studies literature.
Educational research : quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches by
Assuming no prior knowledge,Educational Researchby R. Burke Johnson and Larry Christensen offers a comprehensive, easily digestible introductory research methods text for undergraduate and graduate students. Readers will develop an understanding of the multiple research methods and strategies used in education and related fields; how to read and critically evaluate published research; and the ability to write a proposal, construct a questionnaire, and conduct an empirical research study on their own. Students rave about the clarity of this best seller and its usefulness for their studies, enabling them to become critical consumers and users of research.
Evaluating Qualitative Research by
Qualitative researchers read journal articles, serve on masters' and doctoral committees, make careful decisions on whether conference proposals, manuscripts, or large-scale grant applications should be accepted or rejected; yet, best practices on how to do this work thoroughly and efficiently have gained little attention over the last few decades.Evaluating Qualitative Research provides expert insight and advice on how to evaluate the merit of qualitative research in the academic community. As one of the first works of literature to address this gap in the exploration of theory, practice, and reflection that comes with the evaluation of qualitative research, author Jeasik Cho constructs a typology of evaluation by examining actual information collected from a variety of websites and relevant journals. By analyzing a host of journals' established review guidelines and assessment apparatuses, Cho presents readers with the core criteria that stands out amongst these tools. As a result, readers will be able to confidently agree upon the standards for how to best evaluate qualitative research not only for their work but for the community at large.
Foundations of Educational Research by
Foundations of Educational Research will give you a solid grounding in education as a discipline, introducing the key concepts, theorists, and terms which underpin educational research from Dewey and Piaget, to ethics, ontology and bias. The book sets the scene for education as a field which emerges from psychology, sociology, anthropology, economics and history, and explores the difficulties and opportunities this creates for new educational researchers. You will be introduced to the many approaches within educational research, from applied linguistics to pedagogy, from child development to higher education, to comparative education and ed-tech. The key debates in the field are clearly explained, including the tensions between theory and method, and quantitative vs. qualitative approaches. The book introduces all the key referents you will need as a new student of education, whether undergraduate or graduate level, as you begin your journey into educational research.
A Handbook of Media and Communication Research by
A Handbook of Media and Communication Research presents qualitative as well as quantitative approaches to the study of media and communication, integrating perspectives from both the social sciences and the humanities. Taking methodology as a strategic level of analysis that joins practical concerns with theoretical issues, the Handbook offers a comprehensive and in-depth review of the field and a set of guidelines for how to think about, plan, and carry out media and communication studies in different social and cultural contexts. The second edition has been thoroughly updated with reference to the development of the internet, mobile, and other digital media. Each chapter addresses shifting configurations of established media organizations, media discourses, and media users in networked practices of communication. The introduction and one further chapter probe changing conceptions on mass and interpersonal, online and offline communication - in research as in everyday life. Three new chapters have been added to exemplify different forms of research employing multiple methods to study multiple media in multiple contexts. List of contributors: Klaus Bruhn Jensen, Barrie Gunter, Rasmus Helles, Annette Hill, Stig Hjarvard, Peter Larsen, Amanda Lotz, Graham Murdock, Horace Newcomb, Paddy Scannell, Lynn Schofield Clark, Kim Christian Schrøder
The How to of Qualitative Research by
This book will support you through each milestone of your research project with step-by-step instructions to doing qualitative research. Whatever type of data or data collection method you use, it will help you to navigate the nuts and bolts of qualitative research, from forming your research question to effectively writing up. Your roadmap and toolbox all in one, it helps you choose the best research tools for your project while managing any challenges you might encounter along the way. It includes: · Guidance on putting different research designs into practice, including using technology for interviews, data management, and unobtrusive research · Practical mapping tools, including checklists and quick tips · Online case studies and further reading to deepen your knowledge and expand your bibliography · Advice from experts on how to design and implement excellent qualitative research, including considerations of ethical issues. This book is the perfect companion for social sciences students carrying out their first qualitative research project.
Introducing qualitative research in psychology by
"Introducing Qualitative Research in Psychology is a vital resource for students new to qualitative psychology. It explains when each qualitative research method should be used, the procedures and techniques involved, and any limitations associated with such research. Throughout the new edition, material has been re-organized and updated to reflect developments in the field, while Carla Willig's style of writing, popular with students and lecturers alike, remains unchanged. Key features of the new edition include: Two new chapters, one on metasynthesis and one on pluralism in qualitative research ; A broadening the Visual Methodologies chapter to include other non-linguistic methods of data collection that engage with the physical environment, such as the walking interview and object elicitation ; Information and analysis on innovative dissemination methods such as performances and exhibitions ; Expanded coverage of the core question, "What makes qualitative research 'research'?", including clear explanations of the key tenets of the scientific method ; 'But it's not as simple as all that' boxes at the end of each chapter, where more complex issues, theoretical critiques and conceptual challenges are raised. This title is supported by an Online Learning Centre, which includes an array of extra resources for both students and instructors."-- Publisher's description.
Introducing researching English for specific purposes by 
Introduction to Intersectional Qualitative Research by
Recipient of a 2022 Most Promising New Textbook Award from the Textbook & Academic Authors Association (TAA) Introduction to Intersectional Qualitative Research, by Jennifer Esposito and Venus Evans-Winters, introduces students and new researchers to the basic aspects of qualitative research including research design, data collection, and analysis, in a way that allows intersectional concerns to be infused throughout the research process. Esposito and Evans-Winters infuse their combined forty years of experience conducting and teaching intersectional qualitative research in this landmark book, the first of its kind to address intersectionality and qualitative research jointly for audiences new to both. The book's premise is that race and gender matter, and that racism and sexism are institutionalized in all aspects of life, including research. Each chapter opens with a vignette about a struggling researcher emphasizing that reflecting on your mistakes is an important part of learning. Discussion questions at the end of each chapter help instructors generate dialogue in class or in groups. Introduction to Intersectional Qualitative Research makes those identities and structures central to the task of qualitative study.
An Introduction to Qualitative Research by
The definitive guide to the full qualitative research process, from design to dissemination, this is everything you need to understand how good quality research is produced, and how to use and enrich your own work with it. New to this edition: - A new structure follows the research process step-by-step - Brand new chapter on digital methods and social media data explores cutting-edge research - Multi-disciplinary case studies give you real research examples whatever your subject - Focused reading exercises help you explore the literature and build a better bibliography - Integrated online resources, to master the key concepts, discover real research and track your progress An Introduction to Qualitative Research has everything a social science student needs to understand and explore the richness of qualitative research.
Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods by
Over the two decades since the publication of the first edition of Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods, qualitative research has risen from a novel and controversial approach to the study of social issues to a widely practiced method for understanding how people view themselves and the world around them. New journals, university courses, handbooks, and encyclopedias are now devoted to the study and practice of qualitative research, but there is still only one comprehensive, practical guide to the collection and presentation of qualitative data. Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods, Third Edition is a completely up-to-date guide to qualitative study design, data collection, analysis, and reporting. The first part of the book surveys a range of methods for collecting qualitative data, focusing on how these techniques are applied when conducting an actual study. Separate chapters are devoted to participant observation (both pre-fieldwork and in the field), in-depth interviewing, creative new approaches such as postmodern ethnography and personal document analysis, and data analysis. The second half of the book, which covers the writing and publication of qualitative studies, clearly demonstrates how qualitative methods are used in actual practice. Comprehensive and jargon-free, Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods, Third Edition: Reviews current theoretical developments in feminist research and postmodernism Includes examples of studies conducted in educational, human services, disability services, and health care settings Surveys the full range of qualitative methods and reviews the research process from design through data collection, analysis, and writing Provides an extensive bibliography and an appendix containing participant observation field notes. Comprehensive, practical, and brimming with new material, Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods, Third Edition is an ideal text for graduate and upper-level undergraduate courses across a broad range of social science disciplines. It is also an excellent guidebook and resource for practicing social scientists. Praise for Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods: A Guidebook and Resource -- Third Edition. "This book has long been my favorite text in qualitative methods. With a bit of theory, a lot of practical advice, and some wonderful examples of field notes and published research, the authors educate beginners in qualitative research and provide a useful reference for experienced researchers. This Third Edition adds clear and straightforward coverage of new developments in the field, including feminism, postmodernism, and the recent emphasis on writing issues in qualitative research." --Marjorie L. DeVault, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Sociology Syracuse University. "A valuable resource. Once again, Steven Taylor and Robert Bogdan have made an important contribution to the literature on qualitative research. The book is written with the same insight, clarity, and commitment to reaching their readers that has characterized their earlier collaborations." --J. David Smith, Ed.D. Dean of the School of Education and Human Services Longwood College. "Taylor and Bogdan''s updating of their classic text will be incredibly valuable to students. It is a great choice for qualitative methods courses in the social sciences." --David Goode, Ph.D. Professor of Sociology and Coordinator Program in Developmental Disabilities College of Staten Island/CUNY Author of A World Without Words 1995 winner of the John Horton Cooley Award. "The broad spectrum of methodological possibilities, the discussion of the history of methods, and the many instructive examples make this exciting new edition an excellent text for the beginning qualitative methodologist." -- Carol Rambo Ronai, Ph.D. Professor of Sociology University of Memphis. "An engaging, highly readable, and instructive guide to established and emerging methodological conventions. This impressively straightforward and balanced guide is also the most comprehensive and usable resource for publishing qualitative research that I have seen." -- Tom Skrtic, Ph.D. Professor of Special Education University of Kansas.
Media and Communication Research Methods by
Employing his signature style--a practical focus, the use of numerous illuminating examples, an easy to follow step-by-step approach, and engaging humor that makes the material approachable--Arthur Asa Berger updates and enhances his best-selling introductory text, Media and Communication Research Methods: An Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches, Third Edition.The new edition combines insightful discussions of qualitative and quantitative media and communication research methods as it covers each topic thoroughly in a fun-to-read style. Ideal for beginning research students at both the graduate and undergraduate level, this proven book is clear, concise, and accompanied by just the right number of detailed examples, useful applications, and valuable exercises that are sure to get your students to want to understand, and master, media and communication research.
Methods in behavioral research by
Methods in Behavioral Research featuring updates from the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.) guides students toward success by helping them study smarter and more efficiently. Supported by SmartBook®, McGraw-Hill Education's adaptive and personalized reading experience, Cozby and Bates provide helpful pedagogy, rich examples, and clear voice in their approach to methodological decision making.
Philosophies of Qualitative Research by
In Philosophies of Qualitative Research, Svend Brinkmann explores the different philosophical paradigms and ideas that influence qualitative research today. Adopting a historical perspective, the book shows readers exactly how philosophical ideas have evolved and influenced qualitative research in both the past and present. Today, qualitative researchers tend to report on their philosophical commitments in an altogether separate section of their research papers. However, as Philosophies of Qualitative Research asserts, the researcher's philosophical ideas influence everything from the conception of the topic to the final reporting of its results. Therefore, philosophy should not be thought of as a purely abstract discipline, disconnected from the practicalities of research, but rather as a concrete and pervasive aspect of all qualitative research practices. In this book, Brinkmann offers readers an important introduction and discussion of the philosophical issues that are relevant today, regardless of the specific methods employed by qualitative researchers in the field.
Qualitative Dissertation Methodology by
Students and researchers across the social sciences
Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design by
In this Third Edition of his bestselling text John W. Creswell explores the philosophical underpinnings, history, and key elements of each of five qualitative inquiry traditions: narrative research, phenomenology, grounded theory, ethnography, and case study. In his signature accessible writing style, the author relates research designs to each of the traditions of inquiry. He compares theoretical frameworks, ways to employ standards of quality, and strategies for writing introductions to studies, collecting data, analyzing data, writing a narrative, and verifying results.
Qualitative Research for Quantitative Researchers by
Approaching qualitative research for the first time and unsure how to get started? This book captures what you need to know to jump into effective qualitative or mixed methods research. The book gets you up to speed on the specifics of qualitative research, while showing how it complements quantitative research and how to draw on and hone your existing skills to conduct impactful research. It covers the whole research process, from explaining what theories are for and planning your research design, through gathering and working with your data, to developing good practice in research reporting and dissemination. The book also: * Showcases the value of qualitative research, helping you understand its relevance, credibility and validity. * Grapples with how to decolonise your approach, do research in an ethical and inclusive way, and debias your thinking. * Challenges you to rethink how you conduct research and choose the most appropriate methods for your project. Giving you a fuller understanding of methods and methodologies to benefit your work regardless of the approach you choose, this book encourages you to discover the joy of qualitative research.
Qualitative Researching by
The third edition of this best-selling text guides students and researchers through the process of doing qualitative research, clearly explaining how different theoretical approaches inform what you do in practice. The text bridges the gap between 'cookbook' and more abstract approaches to qualitative research, by posing 'difficult questions′ that researchers should be asking themselves . The book invites researchers to engage in a creative and critical practice in how they draw insights, interpret a range of types of data and craft knowledge from qualitative research.Fully revised and updated, with three new chapters, this edition: · Covers the full research process, with new material on analysing and interpreting data and research ethics · Engages with exciting new developments in the field through challenging qualitative researchers to be creative with how they research and with what they find. · Examines the potential of qualitatively-led approaches to mixed methods, and their implications for research design, research practice and the production of convincing arguments. A theoretically engaged, grounded approach to qualitative researching, this remains the ideal text to guide students to become thoughtful, creative and effective qualitative researchers.
Qualitative Research in Practice by
A practical introduction to qualitative research across fields and disciplines Qualitative Research in Practice offers a hands-on introduction to qualitative research design, methods, data, and analysis. Designed as a companion text for any course involving qualitative research, this book explores the different types of qualitative studies with relevant examples and analysis by the researchers themselves. The workbook format makes it easy to use in the classroom or the field, and the depth of information makes it a valuable resource for students of social work, psychology, counseling, management, education, health care, or any field in which qualitative research is conducted. While quantitative research is primarily concerned with numerical data, qualitative research methods are more flexible, responsive, and open to contextual information. To a qualitative researcher, a situation is defined by the participants' perspectives, making it the primary method of inquiry for understanding social phenomena through the lens of experience. This book introduces the essentials of qualitative research, bolstered by expert analysis and discussion that provides deeper insight than a traditional textbook format would allow. Understand the fundamental nature of qualitative research Learn how to accurately assess and evaluate qualitative research Explore qualitative research's many forms and applications Gain insight on qualitative research in a variety of fields and disciplines How does one codify an experience? Is it possible to measure emotion in units? Qualitative research fills the void where numbers cannot reach. It is the best tool we have for studying the unquantifiable aspects of the human experience, and it is an essential tool in a wide variety of fields. Qualitative Research in Practice provides translatable skills in a practical format to quicken your transition from "learning" to "using."
Qualitative Research Methods by
QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS THE DEFINITIVE STEP-BY-STEP RESOURCE FOR QUALITATIVE AND ETHNOGRAPHIC RESEARCH Qualitative Research Methods: Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact is a comprehensive guide on both the theoretical foundations and practical application of qualitative methodology. Adopting a phronetic-iterative approach, this foundational book leads readers through the chronological progression of a qualitative research project, from designing a study and collecting and analyzing data to developing theories and effectively communicating the results-allowing readers to employ qualitative methods in their projects as they follow each chapter. Coverage of topics such as qualitative theories, ethics, sampling, interview techniques, qualitative quality, and advice on practical fieldwork provides clear and concise guidance on how to design and conduct sound research projects. Easy-to-follow instructions on iterative qualitative data analysis explain how to organize, code, interpret, make claims, and build theory. Throughout, the author offers her own backstage stories about fieldwork, analysis, drafting, writing, and publishing, revealing the emotional and humorous aspects of practicing qualitative methods. Now in its second edition, this thorough and informative text includes new and expanded material covering post-qualitative research, phenomenology, textual analysis and cultural studies, gaining access to elite and difficult to access populations, persuasive writing, novel interviewing approaches, and more. Numerous examples, case studies, activities, and discussion questions have been updated to reflect current research and ensure contemporary relevance. Written in an engaging and accessible narrative style by an acclaimed scholar and researcher Offers new and updated examples of coding and qualitative analysis, full-color photos and illustrations, and a companion instructor website Synthesizes the most up-to-date multidisciplinary literature on qualitative research methods including seven main approaches to qualitative inquiry: grounded theory, case study, ethnography and ethnography of communication, phenomenology, narrative inquiry and autoethnography, participatory action research, and creative, performative, and arts-based research Presents innovative qualitative data collection methods and modern representation strategies, such as virtual ethnography, photovoice, and mobile interviewing Qualitative Research Methods: Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact is an ideal resource for undergraduate and graduate students, instructors, and faculty across multiple disciplines including the social sciences, healthcare, education, management, and the humanities, and for practitioners seeking expert guidance on practical qualitative methods.
Qualitative Research Methods for Media Studies by
This book introduces the essential qualitative methods used in media research, with an emphasis on integrating theory with practice. Each method is introduced through step-by-step instruction on conducting research and interpreting research findings, alongside in-depth discussions of the historical, cultural, and theoretical context of the particular method and case studies drawn from published scholarship. This text is a comprehensive and accessible introduction to qualitative methods, ideal for media and mass communication research courses.
Research design : qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches by
This best-selling text pioneered the comparison of qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods research design. For all three approaches, John W. Creswell and new co-author J. David Creswell include a preliminary consideration of philosophical assumptions, key elements of the research process, a review of the literature, an assessment of the use of theory in research applications, and reflections about the importance of writing and ethics in scholarly inquiry. The Fifth Edition includes more coverage of: epistemological and ontological positioning in relation to the research question and chosen methodology; case study, PAR, visual and online methods in qualitative research; qualitative and quantitative data analysis software; and in quantitative methods more on power analysis to determine sample size, and more coverage of experimental and survey designs; and updated with the latest thinking and research in mixed methods. SHARE this Comparison of Research Approaches poster with your students to help them navigate the distinction between the three approaches to research.
Research design : quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research approaches by
This user-friendly book provides a step-by-step guide to using the five major approaches to research design: quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research. Chapters on each approach follow a unique format--they present a template for a research proposal and explain in detail how to conceptualize and fill in every section. Terminology commonly used within each approach is identified, and key moments of ethical decision making are flagged. Interdisciplinary research examples draw on current events and social justice topics. Unique coverage includes hot topics: replication studies and data sharing, tailoring proposals to different audiences, and more. The book also includes a general introduction to social research; an in-depth, practical discussion of ethics; and a chapter on how to begin a research study, from planning a topic to developing a research question via a literature review. Pedagogical Features *Multiple "Review Stops" in each chapter--quick quizzes with answer keys. *End-of-chapter writing exercises, research activities, and suggested resources. *Bold-face key terms and an end-of-book glossary. *Boxed tips from experts in the respective approaches. *Supplemental PowerPoint slides for instructors using the book in a class. Winner (Third Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award, Nursing Research Category
Research Methods in Critical Security Studies by
This textbook surveys new and emergent methods for doing research in critical security studies, filling a gap in the literature. The second edition has been revised and updated. This textbook is a practical guide to research design in this increasingly established field. Arguing for serious attention to questions of research design and method, the book develops accessible scholarly overviews of key methods used across critical security studies, such as ethnography, discourse analysis, materiality, and corporeal methods. It draws on prominent examples of each method's objects of analysis, relevant data, and forms of data collection. The book's defining feature is the collection of diverse accounts of research design from scholars working within each method, each of which is a clear and honest recounting of a specific project's design and development. This second edition is extensively revised and expanded. Its 33 contributors reflect the sheer diversity of critical security studies today, representing various career stages, scholarly interests, and identities. This book is systematic in its approach to research design but keeps a reflexive and pluralist approach to the question of methods and how they can be used. The second edition has a new forward-looking conclusion examining future research trends and challenges for the field. This book will be essential reading for upper-level students and researchers in the field of critical security studies, and of much interest to students in International Relations and across the social sciences.
Research Methods in Learning Design and Technology by
Research Methods in Learning, Design, and Technologyexplores the many forms, both new and established, that research takes within the field of instructional design and technology. Chapters by experienced IDT researchers address methodologies such as meta-analysis, social media research, and phenomenological research, situating each approach within the broader context of how IDT research has developed and continues to develop over time. This comprehensive, up-to-date volume familiarizes graduate students and faculty researchers with the full spectrum of approaches available for investigating new and changing educational landscapes.
The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Writing by
With a wide range of contributors from all over the world and from a range of disciplinary backgrounds, this handbook offers a truly global perspective on developments in research on writing. The new edition draws greater attention to writing and human development within a range of cultures, from childhood through adulthood. Attention to multimodalities, and writing/learning to write in digital spaces.
The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research by
The substantially updated and revised Fifth Edition of this landmark handbook presents the state-of-the-art theory and practice of qualitative inquiry. Representing top scholars from around the world, the editors and contributors continue the tradition of synthesizing existing literature, defining the present, and shaping the future of qualitative research. The Fifth Edition contains 19 new chapters, with 16 revised--making it virtually a new volume--while retaining six classic chapters from previous editions. New contributors to this edition include Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings; Margaret Kovach; Paula Saukko; Bryant Keith Alexander; Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates; Johnny Saldaña; Uwe Flick; Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer; Maria Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine; Jack Bratich; Svend Brinkmann; Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad; Annette N. Markham; Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei; Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies; Janice Morse; Peter Dahler-Larsen; Mark Spooner; and David A. Westbrook.
Writing and the Articulation of Postqualitative Research by
Writing and the Articulation of Postqualitative Research is a collection of experimental essays on the implications of articulating or performing qualitative research from postqualitative philosophies. Although writing has been an integral part of qualitative research, for better or worse, throughout the history of the field, the recent emergence of postqualitative inquiry necessitates a reconsideration of writing. This collection of international authors explores the process and practice of writing in qualitative research from an onto-epistemological perspective, engaging with temporal, spatial, relational, social-cultural, and affective concepts and dilemmas such as philosophical alignment, advocacy in research, and the privileging of written academic language for research dissemination. The exploration of these questions can help qualitative researchers in the social sciences and humanities consider how modalities and processes of writing can alter, shift, and challenge the ways in which they articulate their research. Thus, rather than writing being a conveyor of the events happening during data collection, or used to analyze data or display results, the authors in this book consider writing as a primary agent in the research process. This book has been designed for scholars in the social sciences and humanities who want to rethink how they use writing in their research endeavors and especially ones who are considering engaging with postqualitative research.
This course develops critical thinking and problem-solving skills through qualitative research.
Doing Qualitative Research Online by
New to online research? This book will give you the foundation you need to confidently design and conduct a project using internet methods. First providing an overview of online qualitative research, it then provides how-to guidance for studying the ways we use diverse technologies to communicate with words and images. It covers a well-established methods, from document research to online interviews, as well as introducing new turns in qualitative research, such as big data. This second edition: Equips you with the skills to make good decisions about methodologies, methods and technologies at every stage of your project. Dedicates three chapters to being an ethical online researcher, covering vital aspects such as respecting partners in research and researcher positionality. Includes over 30 'Research Cameo' examples showing you how to put theory into practice. Written by a scholar-practitioner in e-learning and online academia with 20 years' experience, this book will help students and researchers across the social sciences looking to do qualitative research online. Accompanied by online resources including templates, exercises and further reading, this book will develop your digital literacy and enable you to take advantage of the possibilities of Internet research.
Interactional Studies of Qualitative Research Interviews by
Methodological accounts of research interviews find that how researchers use this tool in their work varies widely: there are many "ways" of interviewing. This edited collection unpacks the interactional dynamics of qualitative research interviews from studies conducted in education, second language acquisition, applied linguistics and disability studies from scholars in the UK, USA, Italy, Portugal and Korea. These studies explore the interactional details of how the identities of researchers and their participants matter for the generation of interview data, as well as the kinds of discursive resources and social actions that occur in tandem with the production of data for research projects. Given the widespread use of qualitative interviews for social research, this book provides a robust contribution to what Tim Rapley has called the "social studies of interviewing." This book is relevant to audiences across disciplines who use the interview as a primary research method.
Interdisciplinary Qualitative Research in Global Development by
There is no shortage of books on qualitative research methods, but none effectively equips researchers and practitioners for the interdisciplinary and increasingly complex, interconnected, and contested field of global development research. How can we choose the best method to answer our research question? How can we align disciplinary expectations of what good qualitative research is? How do we avoid pitfalls of extractive research practices amidst calls to decolonise global development? Interdisciplinary Qualitative Research in Global Developmentprovides this sorely needed practical introduction, and it does so in a concise format that can easily be taken into the field. Drawing on over a decade of experience in interdisciplinary education, research, and policy-relevant work, Marco J. Haenssgen fills these chapters with examples and exercises that feature real-life material from current interdisciplinary global development research projects. In the process, he addresses the common concerns of practitioners and students and primes readers for the discussions that are likely to arise when the social and natural sciences meet. For its practical approach, its wealth of real-world examples, and its unique focus on interdisciplinary work, this book is a must-have for anyone who is engaging in interdisciplinary qualitative research, and especially for those doing so for the first time.
An Introduction to Qualitative Research by
This popular text is a true introduction to qualitative research. Woven into the chapters are three themes that are the heart of thIS book: First, research is about learning; second, research can and should be useful; and finally, a researcher should practice the highest ethical standards to ensure that a study is trustworthy. There is a comprehensive discussion of ethics and ethical research practice, as well as an elaborate discussion of systematic inquiry--both leading to the central consideration of trustworthiness in research.
Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods by
An informative real-world guide to studying the "why" of human behavior Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods is a practical, comprehensive guide to the collection and presentation of qualitative data. Unique in the market, this book describes the entire research process -- from design through writing -- illustrated by examples of real, complete qualitative work that clearly demonstrates how methods are used in actual practice. This updated fourth edition includes all new case studies, with additional coverage of mixed methods, non-sociological settings, funding, and a sample interview guide. The studies profiled are accompanied by observation field notes, and the text includes additional readings for both students and instructors. More than just theory, this guide is designed to give you a real-world practitioner's view of how qualitative research is handled every step of the way. Many different disciplines rely on qualitative research as a method of inquiry, to gain an in-depth understanding of human behavior and the governing forces behind it. Qualitative research asks "why" and "how," and the data is frequently complex and difficult to measure. This book shows you how to effectively handle qualitative work, regardless of where it's being applied. Understand the strengths and limitations of qualitative data Learn how experts work around common methodological issues Compare actual field notes to the qualitative studies they generated Examine the full range of qualitative methods throughout the research process Whether you're studying sociology, psychology, marketing, or any number of other fields, especially in the social and behavioral sciences, human behavior is the central concern of your work. So what drives human behavior? That's what qualitative research helps to explain. Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods gives you the foundation you need to begin seeking answers.
Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods by
Over the two decades since the publication of the first edition of Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods, qualitative research has risen from a novel and controversial approach to the study of social issues to a widely practiced method for understanding how people view themselves and the world around them. New journals, university courses, handbooks, and encyclopedias are now devoted to the study and practice of qualitative research, but there is still only one comprehensive, practical guide to the collection and presentation of qualitative data. Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods, Third Edition is a completely up-to-date guide to qualitative study design, data collection, analysis, and reporting. The first part of the book surveys a range of methods for collecting qualitative data, focusing on how these techniques are applied when conducting an actual study. Separate chapters are devoted to participant observation (both pre-fieldwork and in the field), in-depth interviewing, creative new approaches such as postmodern ethnography and personal document analysis, and data analysis. The second half of the book, which covers the writing and publication of qualitative studies, clearly demonstrates how qualitative methods are used in actual practice. Comprehensive and jargon-free, Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods, Third Edition: Reviews current theoretical developments in feminist research and postmodernism Includes examples of studies conducted in educational, human services, disability services, and health care settings Surveys the full range of qualitative methods and reviews the research process from design through data collection, analysis, and writing Provides an extensive bibliography and an appendix containing participant observation field notes. Comprehensive, practical, and brimming with new material, Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods, Third Edition is an ideal text for graduate and upper-level undergraduate courses across a broad range of social science disciplines. It is also an excellent guidebook and resource for practicing social scientists. Praise for Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods: A Guidebook and Resource -- Third Edition. "This book has long been my favorite text in qualitative methods. With a bit of theory, a lot of practical advice, and some wonderful examples of field notes and published research, the authors educate beginners in qualitative research and provide a useful reference for experienced researchers. This Third Edition adds clear and straightforward coverage of new developments in the field, including feminism, postmodernism, and the recent emphasis on writing issues in qualitative research." --Marjorie L. DeVault, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Sociology Syracuse University. "A valuable resource. Once again, Steven Taylor and Robert Bogdan have made an important contribution to the literature on qualitative research. The book is written with the same insight, clarity, and commitment to reaching their readers that has characterized their earlier collaborations." --J. David Smith, Ed.D. Dean of the School of Education and Human Services Longwood College. "Taylor and Bogdan''s updating of their classic text will be incredibly valuable to students. It is a great choice for qualitative methods courses in the social sciences." --David Goode, Ph.D. Professor of Sociology and Coordinator Program in Developmental Disabilities College of Staten Island/CUNY Author of A World Without Words 1995 winner of the John Horton Cooley Award. "The broad spectrum of methodological possibilities, the discussion of the history of methods, and the many instructive examples make this exciting new edition an excellent text for the beginning qualitative methodologist." -- Carol Rambo Ronai, Ph.D. Professor of Sociology University of Memphis. "An engaging, highly readable, and instructive guide to established and emerging methodological conventions. This impressively straightforward and balanced guide is also the most comprehensive and usable resource for publishing qualitative research that I have seen." -- Tom Skrtic, Ph.D. Professor of Special Education University of Kansas.
A Journey Through Qualitative Research by
This hands-on guide takes students from start-to-finish through the research process while showcasing the complexities and interrelationships of different methods, schools of thought, and associated analytical strategies. Encouraging students to think of qualitative research as a flexible, cyclical process rather than a linear one, this book offers a panoramic strategy and dynamic approach to qualitative research that accommodates the fluid nature of research and accounts for lessons learned through lived experience. With an emphasis on the analysis stage--within case, across case, and the dialogue between these insights and existing literature--it uses concrete applications to show how your methodological decisions translate into practice. It covers: Forming, defending, and evaluating research questions Choosing a research approach Ensuring ethically sound research Collecting quality data Analyzing data in layers Reporting research results Through a conversational tone that unpacks key vocabulary and acts as a companion supervisor, this book equips you to traverse every step of the qualitative research journey.
New Directions in Theorizing Qualitative Research by
This volume on arts-based research explores the transformative power of arts for qualitative inquiry and beyond. The chapters address multiple approaches from within arts-based research and suggest that art can be mobilized to reorient the political, especially when we find the political aim straying from its proper target of truth and justice. Artistic representation is never an end in itself, for the goal is to change the way we think about people and their lives. Arts-based research makes the world visible in new and different ways, in ways ordinary scholarly writing does not allow. The Artsdevelops a utopian idea of belonging, illustrating how moments of history, biography, culture, politics and lived experience come together in the aesthetic. Ultimately, the content of the book examines how artistic insights resonate in arts-based research, something that not only gives us criteria for assessing the quality of ethical engagement in arts-based research practice, but also provides a conceptual framework for living more just lives through art.
Qualitative inquiry : thematic, narrative and arts-based perspectives by
Qualitative inquiry is not merely a research method or a series of analytic steps, but a holistic process that challenges the age-old qualitative/quantitative dichotomy. This book provides students and researchers with an approachable guide to a range of interpretive perspectives, including thematic, narrative, and arts-based types of inquiry. Fully revised and updated, the Second Edition features: A brand new introduction firmly placing qualitative inquiry in context New further reading sections to guide you deeper into the relevant literature Expanded sections on auto-ethnography and technology A range of examples to demonstrate the application of research techniques Presenting a clear overview of the theory, method and interpretation involved in qualitative inquiry, this book is the ideal starting point for those engaging in arts-based qualitative research.
Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design by
In this Third Edition of his bestselling text John W. Creswell explores the philosophical underpinnings, history, and key elements of each of five qualitative inquiry traditions: narrative research, phenomenology, grounded theory, ethnography, and case study. In his signature accessible writing style, the author relates research designs to each of the traditions of inquiry. He compares theoretical frameworks, ways to employ standards of quality, and strategies for writing introductions to studies, collecting data, analyzing data, writing a narrative, and verifying results.
Qualitative research in European migration studies by
This open access book covers the main issues, challenges and techniques concerning the application of qualitative methodologies to the study of migration. It discusses theoretical, epistemological and empirical questions that must be considered before, during, and after undertaking qualitative research in migration studies. It also covers recent innovative developments and addresses the key issues and major challenges that qualitative migration research may face at different stages i.e. crafting the research questions, defining approaches, developing concepts and theoretical frameworks, mapping categories, selecting cases, dealing with concerns of self-reflection, collecting and processing empirical evidence through various techniques, including visual data, dealing with ethical issues, and developing policy-research dialogues. Each chapter discusses relative strengths and limitations of qualitative research. The chapters also identify the main drivers for qualitative research development in migration studies. It is a unique volume as it brings together a multidisciplinary perspective as well as illustrations of different issues derived from the research experience of the recognized authors. One additional value of this book is its geographic focus on Europe. It seeks to explore theoretical and methodological issues that are raised by distinctive features of the European context. This volume will be a useful reference source for scholars and professionals in migration studies and in social sciences as well. The publication is also addressed to graduate and post-graduate students and, more generally, to those who embark on the task of doing qualitative research for the first time in the field of migration.-- Provided by publisher.
Qualitative Research in Practice by
A practical introduction to qualitative research across fields and disciplines Qualitative Research in Practice offers a hands-on introduction to qualitative research design, methods, data, and analysis. Designed as a companion text for any course involving qualitative research, this book explores the different types of qualitative studies with relevant examples and analysis by the researchers themselves. The workbook format makes it easy to use in the classroom or the field, and the depth of information makes it a valuable resource for students of social work, psychology, counseling, management, education, health care, or any field in which qualitative research is conducted. While quantitative research is primarily concerned with numerical data, qualitative research methods are more flexible, responsive, and open to contextual information. To a qualitative researcher, a situation is defined by the participants' perspectives, making it the primary method of inquiry for understanding social phenomena through the lens of experience. This book introduces the essentials of qualitative research, bolstered by expert analysis and discussion that provides deeper insight than a traditional textbook format would allow. Understand the fundamental nature of qualitative research Learn how to accurately assess and evaluate qualitative research Explore qualitative research's many forms and applications Gain insight on qualitative research in a variety of fields and disciplines How does one codify an experience? Is it possible to measure emotion in units? Qualitative research fills the void where numbers cannot reach. It is the best tool we have for studying the unquantifiable aspects of the human experience, and it is an essential tool in a wide variety of fields. Qualitative Research in Practice provides translatable skills in a practical format to quicken your transition from "learning" to "using."
The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research Ethics by
This handbook is a much-needed and in-depth review of the distinctive set of ethical considerations which accompanies qualitative research. This is particularly crucial given the emergent, dynamic and interactional nature of most qualitative research, which too often allows little time for reflection on the important ethical responsibilities and obligationsContributions from leading international researchers have been carefully organised into six key thematic sections: Part One: Thick Descriptions Of Qualitative Research EthicsPart Two: Qualitative Research Ethics By TechniquePart Three: Ethics As PoliticsPart Four: Qualitative Research Ethics With Vulnerable GroupsPart Five: Relational Research EthicsPart Six: Researching Digitally This Handbook is a one-stop resource on qualitative research ethics across the social sciences that draws on the lessons learned and the successful methods for surmounting problems - the tried and true, and the new.
Imagination is intrinsic to faith because faith invites us to envision and inhabit a world that exceeds what our senses perceive—a world where an invisible God lovingly maintains his creation, where the Son of God became a human child, died on a cross to save damaged humanity, and continues to work in the world through his Spirit for the healing and salvation of all. In this course, students will be invited to understand the indispensable role imagination plays in one’s life of faith, how beauty, works of art, and literature contribute to human flourishing on personal and social levels, the mission and calling of those in the creative professions today.
APA Handbook of Psychology, Religion, and Spirituality by
This two-volume handbook presents the most comprehensive coverage of the current state of the psychology of religion and spirituality. It introduces a new integrative paradigm for this rapidly growing and diverse field. This paradigm sheds light on the many purposes religion serves, the rich variety of religious and spiritual beliefs and practices, and the capacity of religion and spirituality to do both good and harm. The integrative paradigm encourages psychologists to attend to the ways religion and spirituality are expressed not only in individual lives, but also in the lives of couples, families, institutions, communities, and cultures. The handbook documents how the psychology of religion and spirituality is building on its theoretical and empirical foundation to encompass practice. The chapters in this handbook provide in-depth and varied perspectives of leading scholars and practitioners on the most vital questions in the field: What does it mean to say someone is religious or spiritual? Why are people religious and spiritual? How are people affected by the diverse ways they experience and express their faith? How are religion and spirituality shaped and manifested across different ages, ethnicities, religious traditions, and cultures? How can psychologists distinguish constructive from destructive forms of religion and spirituality? How can psychologists integrate religion and spirituality within various models of assessment and treatment? At a broader level, how can psychologists integrate knowledge about religion and spirituality more fully into efforts to address the most significant personal, social, and cultural problems of our day? In what ways might psychologists of religion and spirituality contribute to the full variety of human institutions -- mental health, medical, educational, correctional, military, workplace, and communal? And what distinctive contributions can the psychology of religion and spirituality make to mainstream psychological theory, research, and practice?
Classical approaches to religious studies by
Fighting with other people in the name of religion is clearly subhuman. We are fellow travelers heading toward the spiritual world as religious guys. The terms Hindus, Muslims, Christians, etc., are meaningless at this point. Of course, we still have a long way to go and haven't even started. The advaitic idea of a difference-less Brahman can currently be used to reconcile all religions. This idea has been applied in this situation. Second, it has been demonstrated that the central ideas of several religions overlap. The book makes an effort to scrutinize the categories employed in western discourse while studying religion. By doing this, the book provides a comprehensive account of the debates around topics pertaining to the ideas and methods used in the study of religion. The book sheds light on some crucial questions that must be answered to deal with religions. This academic exposition is a must-read for those interested in religion, culture, philosophy, or the challenges of the subaltern community.
Contemporary Thought in the Muslim World by
This book presents an intellectual history of today's Muslim world, surveying contemporary Muslim thinking in its various manifestations, addressing a variety of themes that impact on the lives of present-day Muslims. Focusing on the period from roughly the late 1960s to the first decade of the twenty-first century, the book is global in its approach and offers an overview of different strands of thought and trends in the development of new ideas, distinguishing between traditional, reactionary, and progressive approaches. It presents a variety of themes and issues including: The continuing relevance of the legacy of traditional Islamic learning as well as the use of reason; the centrality of the Qur'an; the spiritual concerns of contemporary Muslims; political thought regarding secularity, statehood, and governance; legal and ethical debates; related current issues like human rights, gender equality, and religious plurality; as well as globalization, ecology and the environment, bioethics, and life sciences. An alternative account of Islam and the Muslim world today, counterbalancing narratives that emphasise politics and confrontations with the West, this book is an essential resource for students and scholars of Islam.
Debates in Religious Education by
What are the key debates in Religious Education teaching today? Debates in Religious Education explores the major issues all RE teachers encounter in their daily professional lives. It encourages critical reflection and aims to stimulate both novice and experienced teachers to think more deeply about their practice, and link research and evidence to what they have observed in schools. This accessible book tackles established and contemporary issues enabling you to reach informed judgements and argue your point of view with deeper theoretical knowledge and understanding. Taking account of recent controversy, and challenging assumptions about the place of religion in education, expert contributors cover key topics such as: Effective pedagogy in RE teaching Exploring thinking skills and truth claims The relationship of science and religion in the classroom The place of school worship in contemporary society The role of RE in spiritual and moral development Diversity in the RE classroom. With its combination of expert opinion and fresh insight, Debates in Religious Education is the ideal companion for any student or practising teacher engaged in initial training, continuing professional development and Masters level study.
Encyclopedia of Religious and Spiritual Development by
SAGE Reference is proud to announce the Encyclopedia of Religious and Spiritual Development. This Encyclopedia covers the topic of spiritual development as it occurs and is experienced within the first two decades of life. Spiritual development is an important part of human development that has links to identity development, moral development and civic engagement. Entries refer to links between spiritual and religious development and the contributions that they make to positive personal and social development in youth. The Encyclopedia presents the connections that exist between domains of human development in general and spiritual development in particular. It includes religious traditions and spiritual exemplars, spiritual texts, places and concepts and organizations with missions having to do with spirituality. A logical starting point for the interested student, it serves as a gateway to lengthier articles and more in-depth research. Key features and benefits include: - short entries in accessible terminology are written by specialists that include leading international theorists and thinkers from a wide range of disciplines and professions, providing broad, multidisciplinary scope; - looks at spirituality in the broadest sense and encompasses religion as just one path toward spiritual development; - the Encyclopedia includes community-based programs that focus on enhancing spiritual development and on the links between spiritual development and positive personal and social development in youth; - reference lists for each entry enable readers to gain further information related to the topic; - the advisory board consists of academics from multiple disciplines whose work focuses on spiritual development, theologians, university librarians and leaders of organizations recognized for their work in promoting the healthy, positive development of youth.
Feminist philosophy of religion : critical readings by
Feminist philosophy of religion has developed in recent years because of the exposure of explicit sexism in much traditional philosophical thinking about religion. The struggle with a discipline shaped almost exclusively by men has led feminist philosophers to redress the problematic biases of gender, race, class and sexual orientation in the traditional subject. Feminist Philosophy of Religion: Critical Readings brings together key new writings in this growing field. Part one of the reader explores important approaches to the feminist philosophy of religion, including psychoanalytic, poststructualist, postmetaphysical and epistemological frameworks. In part two, the contributors survey significant topics including questions of divinity, embodiment, spirituality and religious practice. Supported by explanatory prefaces and an extensive bibliography, Feminist Philosophy of Religion: Critical Readings is an important resource for this new area of study.
Global Perspectives on Spirituality and Education by
In recent decades, and around the world, much attention has been given to the role of spirituality in the education of children and young people. While educationalists share many common goals and values in nurturing the spiritual lives of children and young people, national and regional cultures, religions and politics have impacted on the approaches scholars and practitioners have adopted in their investigations and practices. The different contexts across nations and regions mean that educators face quite distinct conditions in which to frame their approaches to spiritual education and research, and the nature and impact of these differences is not yet understood. This book brings together thinkers from around the globe and sets them the task of explaining how their research on children's spirituality and education has been shaped by the historical, cultural, religious and political contexts of the geographic region in which they work. The book presents contributions in three sections - Europe and Israel, Australasia, and The Americas- and concludes with a chapter highlighting what is common and what is contextually unique about global approaches to spirituality and education.
Handbook of Faith and Spirituality in the Workplace by
While the field of management has developed as a research discipline over the last century, until the early 1990s there was essentially no acknowledgement that the human spirit plays an important role in the workplace. Over the past twenty years, the tide has begun to turn, as evidenced by the growing number of courses in academia and in corporate training, and an exponential increase in the publications emerging through creative interaction of scholars and practitioners in organizational behaviour, workplace diversity, sustainability, innovation, corporate governance, leadership, and corporate wellness, as well as contributions by psychotherapists, theologians, anthropologists, educators, philosophers, and artists. This Handbook is the most comprehensive collection to date of essays by the preeminent researchers and practitioners in faith and spirituality in the workplace, featuring not only the most current research and case examples, but visions of what will be, or should be, emerging over the horizon. It includes essays by the people who helped to pioneer the field as well as essays by up and coming young scholars. Among the questions and issues addressed: · What does it mean to be a "spiritual" organization? How does this perspective challenge traditional approaches to the firm as a purely rational, profit-maximizing enterprise? · Is faith and spirituality in the workplace a passing fad, or is there a substantial shift occurring in the business paradigm? · How does this field inform emerging management disciplines such as sustainability, diversity, and social responsibility? · In what ways are faith and spirituality in the workplace similar to progressive and innovative human resource practices. Does faith and spirituality in the workplace bring something additional to the conversation, and if so, what? The aim of The Handbook of Faith and Spirituality in the Workplace is to provide researchers, faculty, students, and practitioners with a broad overview of the field from a research perspective, while keeping an eye on building a bridge between scholarship and practice.
Illustrated guide to world religions by
Any cultural system of predetermined actions and rituals, doctrines, sacred sites, codes of conduct, or institutions that connect people to the supernatural or transcendent is referred to as a religion. According to anthropologist Clifford Geertz, religions connect mankind to a cosmic "order of life." But there is no scholarly agreement on the precise definition of religion. In order to give readers a fundamental overview of the multiplicity of world religions, World Religions investigates the frequently at-odds ideas and interpretations of spiritual and historical issues. This book is a praiseworthy attempt to bring the essence of all the main world faiths under one roof clearly and concisely. The book is an excellent resource for the average reader who seeks first-hand information on several world faiths. The book Introduction to World Religions encourages a deeper awareness of the world's religions, their commonalities, and their history of peaceful coexistence. It strongly emphasizes increased understanding and peaceful coexistence of all faiths.
Lived Wisdom in Jewish Antiquity by
Moving away from focusing on wisdom as a literary genre, this book delves into the lived, embodied and formative dimensions of wisdom as they are delineated in Jewish sources from the Persian, Hellenistic and early Roman eras. Considering a diverse body of texts beyond later canonical boundaries, the book demonstrates that wisdom features not as an abstract quality, but as something to be performed and exercised at both the individual and community level. The analysis specifically concentrates on notions of a 'wise' person, including the rise of the sage as an exemplary figure. It also looks at how ancestral figures and contemporary teachers are imagined to manifest and practice wisdom, and considers communal portraits of a wise and virtuous life. In so doing, the author demonstrates that the previous focus on wisdom as a category of literature has overshadowed significant questions related to wisdom, behaviour and social life. Jewish wisdom is also contextualized in relation to its wider ancient Mediterranean milieu, making the book valuable for biblical scholars, classicists, scholars of religion and the ancient Near East and theologians.
Our Bodies Tell God's Story by
In response to a world awash in sexual chaos and gender confusion, this book offers a bold and thoroughly biblical look at the meaning of the body, sex, gender, and marriage. Bestselling author, cultural commentator, and popular theologian Christopher West is one of the world's most recognized teachers of John Paul II's Theology of the Body. He specializes in making this teaching accessible to all Christians, with particular attention to evangelicals. As West explains, from beginning to end the Bible tells a story of marriage. It begins with the marriage of man and woman in an earthly paradise and ends with the marriage of Christ and the church in an eternal paradise. In our post-sexual-revolution world, we need to remember that our bodies tell a divine story and proclaim the gospel itself. As male and female and in the call to become "one flesh," our bodies reveal a "great mystery" that mirrors Christ's love for the church (Eph. 5:31-32). This book provides a redemptive rather than repressive approach to sexual purity, explores the true meaning of sex and marriage, and offers a compelling vision of what it means to be created male and female. Foreword by Eric Metaxas.
The Practices of Christian Preaching by
Leading homiletician Jared Alc ntara offers a practice-centered, collaborative, technologically innovative, next-generation introductory preaching textbook. The book breaks new ground by adopting a practice-based approach to teaching preaching and by using innovative technological delivery to enhance the educational experience of learners. Alc ntara introduces the basics of Christian preaching and emphasizes the skills preachers must cultivate throughout their lives. He shows that preachers can learn effective preaching by paying keen attention to five key competencies: conviction, context, clarity, concreteness, and creativity. Featuring the perspectives of a diverse team of collaborators, The Practices of Christian Preaching is designed to prepare effective communicators for the church's multicultural future. Call-outs in the book direct readers to a companion website for further information or practice. The online resources include audio and video sermons, video responses from the author, and contributions from collaborators, enabling Alc ntara to coach students by showing them instead of just telling them. A Spanish language edition will be forthcoming.
The quest for meaning and wholeness : spiritual and religious connections in the lives of college faculty by
If institutions are to create campus environments that provide welcoming and engaging contexts for personal and professional development of students, faculty, administrators, and staff, all members of campus communities must be willing to look closely not just at what they do (or do not do) on a daily basis, but also why. This book offers an analysis of how faculty perceive intersections between spirituality and higher education, and what implications their spiritual inclinations have, not only for undergraduate education, but also for faculty life within academic workplaces. The Quest for Meaning and Wholeness draws on the 2012 Faculty Beliefs and Values Survey of just over 8,500 faculty employed at a range of institutions, and features faculty voices to answer the So what? question about why administration, faculty developers, and researchers should care about the spiritual and religious lives of faculty.
Religion and the Hermeneutics of Contemplation by
Leading philosopher of religion D. Z. Phillips argues that intellectuals need not see their task as being for or against religion, but as one of understanding it. What stands in the way of this task are certain methodological assumptions about what enquiry into religion must be. Beginning with Bernard Williams on Greek gods, Phillips goes on to examine these assumptions in the work of Hume, Feuerbach, Marx, Frazer, Tylor, Marett, Freud, Durkheim, Lévy-Bruhl, Berger and Winch. The result exposes confusion, but also gives logical space to religious belief without advocating personal acceptance of that belief, and shows how the academic study of religion may return to the contemplative task of doing conceptual justice to the world. Religion and the Hermeneutics of Contemplation extends in important ways D. Z. Phillips' seminal 1976 book Religion without Explanation. It will be of interest to scholars and students of philosophy, anthropology, sociology and theology.
Religious Leadership by
This two-volume set within The SAGE Reference Series on Leadership tackles issues relevant to leadership in the realm of religion. It explores such themes as the contexts in which religious leaders move, leadership in communities of faith, leadership as taught in theological education and training, religious leadership impacting social change and social justice, and more. Topics are examined from multiple perspectives, traditions, and faiths.
Speculation by
Speculation: Politics, Ideology, Event develops Hegel's radical perspective of speculative thought as a way of reclaiming and revitalizing the sense of the future and its possibilities. Engaging with such figures as Alain Badiou, Quentin Meillassoux, Ernesto Laclau, Slavoj Žižek, and Fredric Jameson, Glyn Daly articulates the distinctness of speculative philosophy and draws its implications for new debates in areas of science, politics, capitalism, ideology, ethics, and the event. In a confrontation with today's fatalistic milieu, principal emphasis is given to Hegel's idea of infinity as the intrinsic dimension of negativity within all finitude. Against the modern era's paradigmatic tendency to externalize social problems in the form of antagonism and Otherness, Daly argues for a renewal of utopian thought based on Hegelian reconciliation and the affirmation of excess as the essence of all being. On these grounds, he advances a new kind of political imagination that in speculative terms centers on uncompromising notions of truth and reason.
The Spiritual Dimension of Ageing, Second Edition by
What does it mean to grow old? What makes later life meaningful? What gives a frail and isolated or institutionalised older person their sense of wholeness and self? This substantially updated new edition of Elizabeth MacKinlay's seminal text presents the latest theory and research to explore these questions in depth, pointing the way towards new ways of thinking about and engaging with the spirituality of ageing. Encompassing the findings of a new research study on baby boomer spirituality, the book presents a wider and more comprehensive view of ageing and spirituality, concluding that spirituality for the baby boomer generation is every bit as important as for the cohorts before them, but also fundamentally different, with fewer being practicing members of a religious faith. Drawing on in-depth interviews with older people, and containing many new ideas whilst also addressing the foundational theories and questions essential to scholarship in this field, the book also includes a new and timely chapter on the spirituality of older people in our increasingly multicultural and multifaith societies. This clear and practical text presents much-needed guidance for health and social care practitioners, chaplains, clergy and others seeking to identify and support the spiritual needs of older people, as well as students and researchers in related disciplines.
Spirituality in College Students' Lives by
Spirituality in College Students' Lives draws on data from a large-scale national survey examining the spiritual development of undergraduates and how colleges and universities can be more effective in facilitating students' spiritual growth. In this book, contributors from the fields of education, psychology, sociology, social work, and religion present research-based studies that explore the importance of students' spirituality and the impact of the college experience on their spiritual development. Offering a wide range of theoretical perspectives and worldviews, this volume also includes reflections from distinguished researchers and practitioners which highlight implications for practice. This original edited collection explores: Emerging theoretical frames and analytical approaches; differences in spiritual expressions and experiences among sub-populations; the impact of campus contexts; and how college experiences shape spiritual outcomes. Spirituality in College Students' Lives is an important resource for higher education and student affairs faculty, administrators, and practitioners interested in nurturing the inner lives of college students.
Imagination is intrinsic to faith because faith invites us to envision and inhabit a world that exceeds what our senses perceive—a world where an invisible God lovingly maintains his creation, where the Son of God became a human child, died on a cross to save damaged humanity, and continues to work in the world through his Spirit for the healing and salvation of all. In this course, students will be invited to understand the indispensable role imagination plays in one’s life of faith, how beauty, works of art, and literature contribute to human flourishing on personal and social levels, the mission and calling of those in the creative professions today.
Ageing, Spirituality and Well-Being by
This publication brings together plenary addresses and other papers originally present at the Second International Conference on Ageing, Spirituality and Well-Being. The contributions are compassionate, warm and humane. The book is often insightful, frequently surprising, and can, without hesitation, be recommended as an introductory text to undergraduate nurses who wish to pursue those themes so ably captured by the title.'' - Nursing Philosophy ''This is a timely book, appearing when those in the medical profession are beginning to accept that the spiritual and religious needs of people, and in particular older people, are important subjects which deserve to be considered when assessing the quality of life of a patient.'' - Signpost ''I enjoyed reading this book, with its rich explorations and insights into spirituality in later life... It brings together the views of some of the most well known academics, theologians and medical professionals working in this area... This book is beautifully edited, with an ample introduction, biographies of each of the presenters and enough reading references to fill at least a section of a library. Jewell says he hopes it will be a worthy contribution to the ongoing discussion of spirituality and well -being, and in this he undoubtedly succeeds. There are many snapshots of the life stories of older people scattered throughout the book. I will conclude with the comment of a woman with dementia to her occupational therapist after an art activity: "We have been on a wonderful journey, you and I. What fun we have had, laughing and singing. Holding a rainbow in our hands".'' - Journal of Dementia Care ''It should be required reading for EVERY pastor, carer, visitor, family member''. -The Expository Times ''We are told that we live in a society where ageing is often viewed as an embarrassment, suffering and dying a meaningless experience and death a medical failure. The contributors, from medicine, theology and the social sciences, aim to give guidance on how the particular spiritual needs of the elderly can be defined and addressed; and how meaningful care and support can be given.'' - The International Journal of Psychiatric Nursing Research ''This timely book is an excellent, accessible introduction to the spiritual aspects of ageing and deserves to be widely read by anyone with a pastoral concern. It also offers useful practical insights into our own ageing and suggests ways in which we might approach it creatively and with confidence.'' - Methodist Recorder ''This collection of essays on the spiritual well-being of older people has something to offer believers and non-believers alike... All the contributors ponder the application of spirituality, either as a part of formal religion or not, to the lives of older people, and conclude that this area of care is fundamental to positive living in the fourth age of life... the essays are a thought-provoking and insightful contribution to the4 provision of hostilic care in old age. - Community Care ''This is an interesting and worthwhile book. The writings come from people of disparate professions and experiences and from several continents. We all have a great deal to learn of and from each other''s traditions. I hope it will be read and used widely by church groups as well as professionals "living off the geriatric burden''''. There is wonderful material here to help us make something of our awareness that there is more to life than individual material well-being.'' -Dementia Plus Website How can we promote the enduring well-being of those who are moving into the ''fourth'' age of life? Ageing, Spirituality and Well-being explores how well-being is not about physical health alone; having purpose in life and continual spiritual growth are vital elements for older individuals. This book provides guidance on how the particular spiritual needs of this age group can be defined and addressed, and how meaningful care and support can be given. The contributors use their expertise in the fields of medicine, theology and the social sciences to explore ways of overcoming obstacles and finding a balance when dealing with the inner, and inextricably linked outer, lives of elders, including those with dementia or who have had strokes. A collection of diverse views, practical observations and sound advice, this is a thought-provoking resource for all those concerned with the physical, mental and pastoral well-being of older people.
Encyclopedia of Religious and Spiritual Development by
SAGE Reference is proud to announce the Encyclopedia of Religious and Spiritual Development. This Encyclopedia covers the topic of spiritual development as it occurs and is experienced within the first two decades of life. Spiritual development is an important part of human development that has links to identity development, moral development and civic engagement. Entries refer to links between spiritual and religious development and the contributions that they make to positive personal and social development in youth. The Encyclopedia presents the connections that exist between domains of human development in general and spiritual development in particular. It includes religious traditions and spiritual exemplars, spiritual texts, places and concepts and organizations with missions having to do with spirituality. A logical starting point for the interested student, it serves as a gateway to lengthier articles and more in-depth research. Key features and benefits include: - short entries in accessible terminology are written by specialists that include leading international theorists and thinkers from a wide range of disciplines and professions, providing broad, multidisciplinary scope; - looks at spirituality in the broadest sense and encompasses religion as just one path toward spiritual development; - the Encyclopedia includes community-based programs that focus on enhancing spiritual development and on the links between spiritual development and positive personal and social development in youth; - reference lists for each entry enable readers to gain further information related to the topic; - the advisory board consists of academics from multiple disciplines whose work focuses on spiritual development, theologians, university librarians and leaders of organizations recognized for their work in promoting the healthy, positive development of youth.
Engaged spirituality : social change and American religion by
In Engaged Spirituality, Gregory C. Stanczak challenges this assumption, arguing that spirituality plays an important social role as well. Based on more than one hundred interviews with individuals of diverse faith traditions, the book shows how prayer, meditation, and ritual provide foundations for activism. Among the stories, a Buddhist monk in Los Angeles intimately describes the physical sensations of strength and compassion that sweep her body when she recites the Buddha's name in times of selfless service, and a Protestant reverend explains how the calm serenity that she feels during retreats allows her to direct her multi-service agency in San Francisco to creative successes that were previously unimaginable. In an age when Madonna studies Kabbalah and the internet is bringing Buddhism to the white middle-class, it is clear that formal religious affiliations are no longer enough. Stanczak's critical examination of spirituality provides us with a way of discussing the factors that impel individuals into social activism and forces us to rethink the question of how "religion" and "spirituality" might be defined.
Religion, Spirituality, and Aging by
Learn how to make a more positive impact with your social work with the aged Religion is an important coping mechanism for many aging adults. Religion, Spirituality, and Aging: A Social Work Perspective presents the latest research that shows how religion and spirituality can improve quality of life for elders. Respected social work researchers and scholars provide insight and practical methods for fostering positive aging while also considering how spirituality and religion can affect practitioners themselves. The full range of advantages and ethical implications are discussed in clear detail from a social work viewpoint. Case studies plainly illustrate the positive impact that the inclusion of spirituality and religion in an aging person's life may have on their physical and mental welfare. Organized social work in the early twentieth century actively tried to distance itself from its roots as a form of religious charity in favor of becoming a scientific and professional endeavor. Religion, Spirituality, and Aging once again bridges the gap between social work and spiritual matters by presenting penetrating articles that discusses the issues of the aging soul while examining ways to improve care. Creative strategies are offered to contribute to the spiritual side of aging while considering every implication and ethical question. The compilation is extensively referenced and includes helpful figures and tables to clearly illustrate data and ideas. Religion, Spirituality, and Aging discusses: the latest social work trends and attitudes toward spirituality prayer, meditation, and acts of altruism as interventions an empirical study of how social workers use religion and spirituality as an intervention ethical considerations and best practices religion and spirituality during long-term care the "Postcards to God" project dreams and their relationship to the search for meaning in later life a spiritual approach to positive aging through autobiography dementia and spirituality creating new rituals for sacred aging spiritual master Henri Nouwen's principles of aging--and his approaches to caring for older people an interview study on elders' spirituality and the changes manifested in their views of religion Religion, Spirituality, and Aging is a remarkable reminder that elders are our future selves. This erudite, well-reasoned examination of aging and spirituality from a social work perspective is crucial reading for social workers, human service professionals who work with the aged, and gerontology scholars.
Religion and Spirituality Across Cultures by
This book presents an integrated review and critical analysis of the recent research in the positive psychology of religion, with focus on the positive psychology of religion across different cultures and religions. The book provides a review of the literature on different contributions of religion and spirituality to positive functioning and well-being and reviews religions across the world, including Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, Judaism, Sikhism, Native American religions, and Hinduism.nbsp; It fills a unique place in the market's increasing interest and demand in the psychology of religion, as well as positive psychology. While the target audience is researchers, scholars, and students in psychology, cross-cultural studies, religious studies, and social sciences, it will be useful for anyone interested in better understanding the contributions of religion and culture in subjective well-being.
Religion and the Hermeneutics of Contemplation by
Leading philosopher of religion D. Z. Phillips argues that intellectuals need not see their task as being for or against religion, but as one of understanding it. What stands in the way of this task are certain methodological assumptions about what enquiry into religion must be. Beginning with Bernard Williams on Greek gods, Phillips goes on to examine these assumptions in the work of Hume, Feuerbach, Marx, Frazer, Tylor, Marett, Freud, Durkheim, Lévy-Bruhl, Berger and Winch. The result exposes confusion, but also gives logical space to religious belief without advocating personal acceptance of that belief, and shows how the academic study of religion may return to the contemplative task of doing conceptual justice to the world. Religion and the Hermeneutics of Contemplation extends in important ways D. Z. Phillips' seminal 1976 book Religion without Explanation. It will be of interest to scholars and students of philosophy, anthropology, sociology and theology.
Religion and the Workplace by
How can company leaders and employees negotiate their different religious and spiritual commitments in the workplace? This analysis proposes constructive solutions based on a concept of respectful pluralism which allows for the expression of individual beliefs and practices. At a time of international debate over religious conflict and tolerance, workforces in various parts of the world are more diverse than ever before. Religion and spirituality are often strongly linked to employees' identities. From the perspective of the employer, however, they can be distracting or divisive influences.
Religious pilgrimage routes and trails : sustainable development and management by
Through a combination of theoretical and case-study chapters, this volume focuses on religious routes and trails in terms of their spiritual, cultural and economic meanings, and considers the opportunities and challenges arising from their recent increase in popularity. The book is divided into three sections. Part I (chapters 1-5) deals with conceptual and practical issues related to religious pilgrimage routes and trails in terms of sustainable local development, regional economic development, heritage identity and management, and environment and sustainability. Part II (chapters 6-19) focuses on case studies related to religious pilgrimage routes and trails from different regions around the world. In Part III, chapter 20 concludes the volume by focusing on the ways in which pilgrimage and religious tourism along religious pilgrimage routes and trails can continue to add to expressions of regional identity and opportunities for regional development. The book includes a list of discussion points and a subject index
Spiritual capital : spirituality in practice in Christian perspective by
Spiritual Capital seeks to re-focus discussion on core social values, on individuals' value systems and the internal dynamics that impel human beings to live by truth, goodness and love. This book defines, refines and disseminates the concept of spiritual capital. Contributions by practitioner-scholars in applied spirituality, who have practical experience of spiritual capital at work in diverse human situations, provide accounts of concrete expressions of spiritual capital and create an interdisciplinary discussion between spirituality practitioners, artists, ecologists, sociologists and others on the frontiers of change in contemporary culture.
Writing religion : the case for the critical study of religion by
In 2002, the University of Alabama's Department of Religious Studies established the annual Aronov Lecture Series to showcase the works of nationally recognized scholars of religion capable of reflecting on issues of wide relevance to scholars from across the humanities and social sciences. Writing Religion: The Case for the Critical Study of Religion is an edited collection of essays that highlights critical contributions from the first ten Aronov lecturers. Section one of the volume, "Writing Discourses," features essays by Jonathan Z. Smith, Bruce Lincoln, and Ann Pellegrini that illustrate how critical study enables the analysis of discourses in society and history. Section two, "Riting Social Formations," includes pieces by Arjun Appadurai, Judith Plaskow, and Nathan Katz that reference both the power of rites to construct society and the act of riting as a form of disciplining that both prescribes and proscribes. The writings of Tomoko Masuzawa, Amy-Jill Levine, Aaron W. Hughes, and Martin S. Jaffee appear in section three, "Righting the Discipline." They emphasize the correction of movements within the academic study of religion. Steven W. Ramey frames the collection with a thoughtful introduction that explores the genesis, development, and diversity of critical analysis in the study of religion. An afterword by Russell McCutcheon reflects on the critical study of religion at the University of Alabama and rounds out this superb collection. The mission of the Department of Religious Studies is to "avoid every tendency toward confusing the study of religion with the practice of religion." Instruction about--rather than in--religion is foundational to the department's larger goal of producing knowledge of the world and its many practices and systems of beliefs. Infused with this spirit, these fascinating essays, which read like good conversations with learned friends, offer significant examples of each scholar's work. Writing Religion will be of value to graduate students, advanced undergraduates, and scholars interested in the study of religion from a critical perspective.
The course deals with the principles and practices in marketing goods and services.
Contemporary Tourism by
The study of tourism and indeed the tourism industry is changing constantly. Now in its fourth edition, Contemporary Tourism: an international approach presents a new and refreshing approach to the study of tourism, considering issues such as overtourism, advances in AI and its impacts, waste management and environmental crisis, the sharing economy and Airbnb, the tourist experience and product development. In particular, it highlights the ongoing threats and opportunities faced by the tourism industry today, and discusses the related management strategies, illustrating the potential implications for the patterns and flow of tourism in the future. Divided into five sections, each chapter has a thorough learning structure including chapter objectives, examples, discussion points, self-review questions, checklists and case studies. URL links in the form of QR codes are heavily present throughout the text so that users of both hard and electronic formats can have direct links to up to date, authoritative and annotated sources of information. Cases are both thematic and destination-based and always international. They are used to emphasise the relationship between general principles and the practice of tourism looking at areas such as business and special interest tourism and the role of technology. The five sections cover: Contemporary Tourism Systems; The Contemporary Tourist; The Contemporary Tourist Destination; The Contemporary Tourism Industry; and Tourism Futures. New to this edition:* New material on latest issues such as the international response to overtourism; waste management and environmental change; and the impact of AI/robotics on tourism human resources; * Brand new and updated case studies and readings throughout;* Substantial support for both students and teachers, both within the text itself and via web-based student and instructor resources.ABOUT THE AUTHORS Chris Cooper is Professor in the School of Events, Tourism and Hospitality at Leeds Beckett University in the UK. Professor C Michael Hall is Professor of Marketing at the University of Canterbury in New Zealand; Docent, University of Oulu, Finland and Visiting Professor at Linnaeus University, Kalmar, Sweden.
Experiential Consumption and Marketing in Tourism Within a Cross-Cultural Context by
Culture is the entangling web of symbols, sounds, rituals, rites and practices by which we become persons and by which we can grow. Culture is often the reason for travel, and both bargain and barrier in its consumption. Underpinned by globalization, tourism is both enabling and threatening culture and its practices, as business commodifies authentic differences. This book includes contributions that analyze and critique initiations to culture, and reports on the facilitation, celebration and sharing of culture through tourism and how each is manifested in tourism marketing theory, policy and practice. It contains case examples of the opportunities, best practices, aims, pitfalls and mistakes of those tourism businesses which have culture as their core experience as well as cases of where different tourists are engaged in exploring and learning about other cultures. In addition, the book contains chapters on the below themes of interest where culture has contributed strongly to their outcomes: the roles of tourists, locals and communities, events, business practices in facilitating and sharing culture, relationship marketing, experiential marketing, cross-border marketing, product differentiation and market segmentation, shopping experiences, storytelling and visual narrative analysis.Part of the Advances in Tourism Marketing series - a series of cutting-edge research-informed edited books that introduce the reader to a range of contemporary marketing phenomena in the domain of travel and tourism.
Fundamentals of Planning and Developing Tourism by
For all courses in tourism development planning for both the public and private sectors. Fundamentals of Planning and Developing Tourism brings into focus the growing importance of tourism in developing economies of the world, for social change, alleviating poverty, and achieving sustained growth. It offers a complete, organized, and quantifiable methodology for tourism development planning that reflects economics, marketing, and crucial issues such as conservation, capacity constraints, and social acceptability. It covers all steps used for analyzing and planning tourism development in free market, mixed, and centrally-planned economies. The text is replete with historical explorations and examples, including several real life case studies illuminating both successes and failures in tourism planning and development.
Marketing for Hospitality and Tourism by
THE most widely used Hospitality marketing text-comprehensive and innovative, managerial and practical, state-of-the-art and real-world. Easy-to-read and user-friendly, it provides examples and applications that illustrate the major decisions hospitality marketing managers face in their efforts to balance objectives and resources against needs and opportunities in today's global marketplace. Real-world in focus, it reflects the authors' rich combination of both teaching and international consulting experience in the hospitality and travel industries. An abundance of real-world examples and cases and experiential and internet exercises give students extraordinary insight into marketing situations they will actually encounter on the job.
Marketing for Tourism and Hospitality by
The marketing landscape has changed dramatically in recent years, especially for tourism and hospitality practitioners. Marketing for these industries is now a multi-dimensional, collaborative venture driven by technological change and the growing demand for authentic co-created experiences. Marketing for Tourism and Hospitalityprovides students with a contemporary, accessible and useful resource as they prepare to encounter the complexities and challenges of tourism and hospitality marketing globally. A clear articulation of the changing landscape, a comprehensive introduction to the three underpinning themes of collaboration, technology and experiences, and a plentiful supply of international case material provide students with an enjoyable and digestible resource that is both academically rigorous and practice-oriented, helping them prepare for day-to-day problems in the dynamic world of marketing. This contemporary, challenging and highly applied text is an indispensable resource for all students of tourism and hospitality degree programmes. y, challenging and highly applied text is an indispensable resource for all students of tourism and hospitality degree programmes.
Principles of tourism by 
Service Quality in Leisure, Events, Tourism and Sport by
Service quality is at the forefront of how the leisure, events, tourism and sport (LETS) sectors operate. An important consideration for any business, and therefore any student of the subject, this new edition of a successful textbook addresses the key points and principles of managing service quality across the industry sector. Fully updated and enhanced, it: * Covers areas such as the experience economy, capacity management and service culture, as well as methods for measuring quality and satisfaction. * Includes numerous case studies to help students apply classroom-based theory to practice. * Is packed with student-friendly pedagogy and full color illustrations throughout to enhance the learning experience. Considering the underpinning theory of service quality, this book informs the reader of the practical application of service quality management tools and techniques in an industry with distinctive features and challenges. An invaluable read for students within the LETS sectors, it also provides a useful refresher for practitioners working in the industry.
Tourism by
A new edition of the bestselling introduction to tourism textbook From the local to the global level, the forces that shape today's economic and social conditions also affect the tourism industry. Anyone involved in the work or study of today's tourism industry must consider all these factors together and their effect on it. This updated and revised Eleventh Edition of Tourism presents a comprehensive introduction to travel and tourism, while continuing the tested approach of successful previous editions. New and revised coverage, integrating the latest developments in the tourism industry, includes: Profiles of such industry leaders as J. W. Marriott, Jr, of Marriott International, Inc., James Rasulo of Walt Disney Parks and Resorts, and Francesco Frangialli, Secretary-General of the United Nations World Tourism Organization Lively and fun "Global Insights" look at emerging areas of importance in tourism Demographic trends, such as how the many new travelers from BRIC nations (Brazil, Russia, India, and China) recreate and seek culture New information on transportation options, including high-speed rail and river cruises New consideration of the use of the Internet, particularly Web 2.0 (podcasting, social networks, and blogs), in tourism research, marketing, and promotion Updates on passport, visa, and governmental policies Expanded treatment of crisis management Moving easily between theory and practice, Tourism, Eleventh Edition offers an unparalleled discussion of recreational travel today, and is suitable both as a lively learning tool for students and a reliable go-to reference for tourism professionals.
Tourism, Tourists and Society by
Tourism, Tourists and Society provides a broad introduction to the inter-relationship between tourism and society, making complex sociological concepts and themes accessible to readers from a non-sociological academic background. It provides a thorough exploration of how society influences or shapes the behaviours, motivations, attitudes and consumption of tourists, as well as the tourism impacts on destination societies. The fifth edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect recent data, concepts and academic debates: * New content on: mobilities paradigm and the emotional dimension of tourist experiences. * New chapter: Tourism and the Digital Revolution, looking at the ways in which the Internet and mobile technology transform both tourist behaviour and the tourist experience. * New end-of-chapter further reading and discussion topics. Accessible yet critical in style, this book offers students an invaluable introduction to tourism, tourists and society.
Tourism : principles, practices, philosophies by
The 12th Edition of Tourism: Principles, Practices, Philosophies explores major concepts in tourism, what makes tourism possible, and how tourism can become an important factor in the wealth of any nation. Written in global terms, it provides an overview of the principles, practices, and philosophies that affect the cultural, social, economic, psychological, and marketing aspects of human travel and the tourism industry. Among the topics given expanded coverage in this edition are: B&Bs, time shares, meetings and conventions, sustainable tourism, climate change, social media, and mobile marketing.
Tourism and Everyday Life in the Contemporary City by
This book explores the phenomena of the urban everyday and new urban tourism. It provides a systematic framework and draws on a mix of theoretical and empirical work to look at the increasing intermingling of 'tourists' and 'residents'. Tourism and urban everyday life are deeply connected in a mutually constitutive way. Tourism has become a key momentum of urban development and affects cities beyond its economic dimension. Urban everyday life itself can turn into a matter of tourist interest for people searching for experiences off the beaten track. Even living in a city as a resident involves moments, activities and practices which could be labelled as 'touristic'. These observations demonstrate some of the various layers in which urban tourism and everyday city life are intertwined. This book gathers multiple interdisciplinary approaches, a diversity of topics and methodological variety to examine this complex relationship. It presents a systematic framework for the dynamic research field of new urban tourismalong three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane, encounters and contact zones, and urban co-production. This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies, Urban Studies, Leisure Studies, Tourism Geography, and Tourism Sociology. k for the dynamic research field of new urban tourismalong three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane, encounters and contact zones, and urban co-production. This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies, Urban Studies, Leisure Studies, Tourism Geography, and Tourism Sociology.
Tourism Ethics by
This book remains the most in-depth large-scale introductory text on ethics as applied to tourism, examining the deep theoretical aspects of how human nature applies to tourism. It explores theory from a number of different disciplines, provides an overview of work on moral reasoning and development, and weaves together theory with real-world tourism ethics problems and issues. The new edition of this landmark volume has been reworked and updated to take into account important works published since the first edition, including more than 100 new references on ethics and tourism ethics, and to engage more with 20th century theorists in philosophy. It continues to be an important text for students and researchers in tourism, recreation and leisure studies, geography, environmental studies and business.
Tourism events in Asia : marketing and development by
The roles and impacts of planned events within tourism are of increasing importance for destination competitiveness. Tourism Events in Asiais a unique contribution to the understanding of the impacts of events in the development planning, promotion and marketing of destinations in the rapidly growing tourism market of Asia. Balancing theory and practical examples, the book analyses the tools and techniques of branding, marketing and media involvement as well as visitor motivations for successful tourism events in Asia. It reviews a range of different event types from dark tourism festivals, film tourism festivals, cultural heritage tourism festivals, food tourism festivals, business events, sports events; and meeting, incentives, conferences and exhibitions (MICE) and much more. Written by an international team of authors, this book is essential reading for anyone interested in the Asian tourism events market and will be a valuable resource for students and researchers of events, tourism, marketing and branding.
Tourism Management by
An introductory text that gives its reader a strong understanding of the dimensions of tourism, the industries of which it is comprised, the issues that affect its success, and the management of its impact on destination economies, environments and communities. Now in a full colour design, the new edition features a clear focus on the issues affecting 21st century tourism, providing students with extensive coverage on the effects of globalisation and global conflict; sustainability and climate chan≥ developments in digital technology and the rise of the sharing economy. International case-studies and snapshots (mini-case studies) are used throughout and have been taken from around the globe, including the US, China, Russia, Gambia, Bhutan, Cuba, Singapore, New Zealand, Australia, Caribbean, Canada and the UK, and from companies including TUI, Airbnb and Marriot. The accompanying Online Resources include PowerPoint slides and an Instructor′s Manual for lecturers and additional case studies, useful video links, and web links for students. Suitable for students new to tourism studies.
Tourism Management by
One of the leading texts in the field, Tourism Management is the ideal introduction to the fundamentals of tourism as you study for a degree, diploma or single module in the subject with a global focus. It is written in an engaging style that assumes no prior knowledge of tourism and builds up your understanding as you progress through this wide-ranging global review of the principles of managing tourism. It traces the evolution and future development of tourism and the challenges facing tourism managers in this fast-growing sector of the world economy. This book is highly illustrated with diagrams and colour images, and contains short case studies of contemporary themes of interest, as well as new data, statistics, weblinks to key reports and industry studies. This 6th edition has been revised and updated to include: new content on: sports, festivals and event tourism, including the impact of the Olympic Games, social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses, such as disruptive technology, the rise of Airbnb, the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety, and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth, including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalized transport operators, and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behaviour an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links. ng the impact of the Olympic Games, social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses, such as disruptive technology, the rise of Airbnb, the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety, and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth, including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalized transport operators, and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behaviour an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links. mp;lt;P> an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links.
Tourism Marketing for Small Businesses by
Small tourism businesses form the majority of the employment opportunities within the tourism industry. However, many texts seem to overlook this significant sector of the industry and focus instead on the larger multinational companies. This unique text focuses on the application of global marketing principles specifically for small tourism businesses around the world and links academic theory with real world practice illustrated via international case studies.Written in an engaging style and structured to follow a 12-13 week semester course Tourism Marketing for Small Businesses enables understanding of formulating, implementing and monitoring a marketing strategy. Each chapter will contain summary review questions and a mini case with discussion question. Accompanying the text are lecturer resources in the form of PowerPoint slides for each chapter, with links to relevant URLs and YouTube clips.A vital text for all tourism and marketing students as well as tourism industry practitioners who have marketing responsibilities.
Tourism Planning by
It has long been recognized that tourism unhindered and unrestricted can have extremely negative social, cultural, environmental, and economic consequences. As a result, new approaches to tourism development have emerged in recent decades to mitigate the worst of these effects. Tourism planning, based on sound principles of sustainable development, has the potential to improve the outcomes of tourism by empowering destination residents, preserving the cultural and ecological integrity of destinations, and engaging indigenous knowledge. As work in tourism planning continues to flourish, this new title from Routledge's Critical Concepts in Tourism series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a vast and dispersed body of literature. Edited by Dallen J. Timothy, Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Heritage Tourism, Tourism Planning is a four-volume collection of classic and contemporary contributions. It brings together material drawn from a plethora of journals, as well as pieces from key books and difficult-to-find sources. With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context, Tourism Planning is an essential work of reference and is sure to be welcomed by scholars, students, and practitioners as a vital one-stop resource.
The course deals with the principles and practices in marketing goods and services.
Competitive Strategies and Policies for Tourism Destinations : Quality, Innovation and Promotion by
This book has been written against the backdrop of the international financial crisis. The current figures illustrate the negative effects an international economic crisis can have on tourism. The sharp decline in arrivals in the second half of 2008 (-1%) caused the year to end with growth of just 2%, well below the 7% recorded in 2007. The signs are that this situation will continue for some time. The consequences and lessons that may be drawn from the crisis include the following: Tourists will increasingly look to short trips and new market niches will arise, with domestic tourism becoming strategic; The importance of the market, especially as regards quality and price; The need to innovate and, in particular, to incorporate technological advances in productive process; The pivotal role of the public sector. Given the current scenario, the present books sets out competitive strategies and policies which have been drawn up with different types of destination (emerging and mature) as well as different products in mind.
Cultural Heritage and Tourism by
Cultural heritage is one of the most important tourism resources in the world. This book provides a comprehensive theoretical overview and applied knowledge of the issues, practices, current debates, concepts and management concerns associated with cultural heritage-based tourism. The second edition has been updated to include timely and emerging topics such as geopolitics, conflict, solidarity tourism, overtourism and climate change. It also expands on important areas such as environmental change, technology, social media, heritage economics, Indigenous knowledge and co-created experiences. This edition includes up-to-date data, statistics, references, case material, figures and pedagogical tools. It remains an important and accessible text for undergraduate and postgraduate students of cultural and heritage tourism, cultural resource management, and museum management.
Marketing for Hospitality and Tourism by
THE most widely used Hospitality marketing text-comprehensive and innovative, managerial and practical, state-of-the-art and real-world. Easy-to-read and user-friendly, it provides examples and applications that illustrate the major decisions hospitality marketing managers face in their efforts to balance objectives and resources against needs and opportunities in today's global marketplace. Real-world in focus, it reflects the authors' rich combination of both teaching and international consulting experience in the hospitality and travel industries. An abundance of real-world examples and cases and experiential and internet exercises give students extraordinary insight into marketing situations they will actually encounter on the job.
Marketing in the tourism industry : the promotion of destination regions by
This book examines how different sections of the tourism industry attempt to reach their markets. A wide range of distinctive forms of holiday are considered, and the influence their characteristics have on how they are marketed is discussed. But the approach is also comparative, and the relative success each area of the industry has in reaching its market is evaluated.
Responsible Rural Tourism in Asia by
The rural tourism sector has become a key driver for social and economic growth and a major source of income for developing and low-income countries in many parts of Asia. Rural tourism is progressively viewed as a solution, increasing the economic viability of marginalised areas, stimulating social regeneration and improving the living conditions of rural communities. Responsible rural tourism promotes conservation of the natural environment, protects the authenticity of culture, and offers socioeconomic opportunities and benefits for local communities. This book encompasses case studies from a range of Asian countries and examines both successful and failed attempts in developing responsible rural tourism, and the learnings that we can adopt and adapt for future responsible rural tourism in the region. It will be of interest to students, researchers, stakeholders and policymakers in tourism.
Sustainable tourism : principles, contexts and practices by
This new textbook provides a comprehensive overview of sustainable tourism framed around the UN's sustainable development goals. It examines the origins and dimensions of sustainable tourism and offers a detailed account of sustainable initiatives and management across destinations, the tourism industry, public sector and leading agencies. The book explores the principal values and priorities in sustainable development through a better understanding of values, ethics and human nature. It covers a broad range of studies from an array of disciplinary perspectives and includes learning objectives, discussion questions and international case studies throughout. It is an important text for students and researchers in tourism and sustainability.
Tourism : principles, practices, philosophies by
The updated and expanded #1 introduction to tourism principles and practices retains its classic approach in this new tenth edition Virtually every country has taken steps to increase its number of visitors in recent years, and with each new edition, Tourism has remained the must-have resource dedicated to providing an exciting, comprehensive introduction to the world's most rapidly growing industry. This Tenth Edition explores new trends in travel and tourism, while continuing the book's long-standing tradition of taking a global look into the economic, political, and social forces that drive and shape tourism. Written by two internationally respected experts, Tourism, Tenth Edition includes: Extensive treatment of the changing world of travel distribution A new look at the future of travel New coverage of crisis management Updated lists of Internet sites for further research Numerous pedagogical aids throughout, including review questions, case problems, and Internet exercises Completely revised and redesigned with a beautiful, full-color insert, Tourism examines how different components of the industry work together to create a successful travel experience. In six parts, it covers: an overview of the industry; how tourism is organized; travel behavior; tourism supply, demand, policy, planning, and development; research and marketing; and future prospects. Tourism: Principles, Practices, Philosophies, Tenth Edition is an invaluable book for students studying travel and tourism.
Tourism : principles and practice by The course deals with the principles and practices in marketing goods and services.
This curriculum guide on Tourism Promotion Services that leads to a National Certificate Level II (NCII) is designed for a high school student to develop the knowledge, skills, and attitudes for the tasks related to tourism promotion. It covers competencies that a person must achieve to operate an automated information system, source and provide destination information and advice, access and interpret product information, and promote tourism products and services. The preliminaries of this specialization course include the following: (1) core concepts in Tourism Promotion Services, (2) relevance of the course (3) career opportunities as a Tourism Promoter.
Branding by
Fast track route to mastering brands and branding Covers the key areas of branding, from developing a strong brand personality and differentiation to brand valuation and protecting your brand Examples and lessons from some of the world's most successful businesses, including CocaCola, Intel, Toyota and Virgin, and ideas from the smartest thinkers, including David Aaker, Philip Kotler, John Quelch, Al Ries and Ted Levitt Includes a glossary of key concepts and a comprehensive resources guide ExpressExec is a unique business resource of one hundred books. These books present the best current thinking and span the entire range of contemporary business practice. Each book gives you the key concepts behind the subject and the techniques to implement the ideas effectively, together with lessons from benchmark companies and ideas from the world's smartest thinkers. ExpressExec is organised into ten core subject areas making it easy to find the information you need: 01 Innovation 02 Enterprise 03 Strategy 04 Marketing 05 Finance 06 Operations and Technology 07 Organizations 08 Leading 09 People 10 Life and Work ExpressExec is a perfect learning solution for people who need to master the latest business thinking and practice quickly.
Contemporary tourism : an international approach by
The study of tourism and indeed the tourism industry is changing constantly. Now in its fourth edition, Contemporary Tourism: an international approach presents a new and refreshing approach to the study of tourism, considering issues such as overtourism, advances in AI and its impacts, waste management and environmental crisis, the sharing economy and Airbnb, the tourist experience and product development. In particular, it highlights the ongoing threats and opportunities faced by the tourism industry today, and discusses the related management strategies, illustrating the potential implications for the patterns and flow of tourism in the future. Divided into five sections, each chapter has a thorough learning structure including chapter objectives, examples, discussion points, self-review questions, checklists and case studies. URL links in the form of QR codes are heavily present throughout the text so that users of both hard and electronic formats can have direct links to up to date, authoritative and annotated sources of information. Cases are both thematic and destination-based and always international. They are used to emphasise the relationship between general principles and the practice of tourism looking at areas such as business and special interest tourism and the role of technology. The five sections cover: Contemporary Tourism Systems; The Contemporary Tourist; The Contemporary Tourist Destination; The Contemporary Tourism Industry; and Tourism Futures. New to this edition:* New material on latest issues such as the international response to overtourism; waste management and environmental change; and the impact of AI/robotics on tourism human resources; * Brand new and updated case studies and readings throughout;* Substantial support for both students and teachers, both within the text itself and via web-based student and instructor resources.ABOUT THE AUTHORS Chris Cooper is Professor in the School of Events, Tourism and Hospitality at Leeds Beckett University in the UK. Professor C Michael Hall is Professor of Marketing at the University of Canterbury in New Zealand; Docent, University of Oulu, Finland and Visiting Professor at Linnaeus University, Kalmar, Sweden.
Cruise Ship Tourism by
Completely updated and revised, Cruise Ship Tourism, 2nd Edition covers the economic, social and environmental impacts of cruising, combining the latest knowledge and research to provide a comprehensive account of the subject. Despite the industry growing rapidly, there is a substantial gap in the related literature, and this book addresses the key issues for researchers, students and industry professionals. This second edition: - Reviews the fundamental principles of the industry, the cruise experience from a passenger perspective, marketing, planning and destination development. - Includes case studies throughout, translating theory into practical management advice. - Comprises contributions from over fifty international contributors to portray a truly global perspective. - Provides numerous full colour illustrations to bring the subject to life. A valuable 'one-stop-shop' for those interested in cruise ships and maritime tourism, this new edition from major names in the field is also an invaluable resource for anyone concerned more widely with tourism and business development.
Destination resilience : challenges and opportunities for destination by
This book calls for rethinking the meaning of sustainable development in tourism and explores how sustainability and resilience could be integrated. It argues that these concepts should be seen as interwoven processes, rather than alternative approaches. Resilience should be understood as a fundamental part of sustainable tourism thinking for destination systems. This can be achieved by calling for better governance in implementation and management. With insights from leading experts, chapters focus on resilient destinations from this governance perspective, in which tourism resilience is contextualized as an integral part of pathway creation in the process of moving towards sustainable tourism. The chapters represent a range of theoretical and empirical approaches with a wide international scope to demonstrate how governance is the key issue in sustainable tourism development. This book will appeal to a wide range of research disciplines and students whose modules focus on the relationship between tourism with respect to sustainability planning, governance, environment, and hazards and disasters.
The Economics of Tourism Destinations by
The measurement of tourism, for example analysing competitiveness and evaluating tourism projects, is not an easy task. Now in its third edition, The Economics of Tourism Destinations: Theory and Practice provides a succinct guide to the economic aspects of tourism for students and practitioners alike to decipher the methods of measurement of supply, demand, trends and impacts. This new edition has been revised and updated to include: Three new chapters: Tourism as a development strategy, Tourism export-led growth, and a dedicated chapter on Macro-evaluation of tourism projects and events, including the travel cost method and the contingent valuation method. New case studies from emerging destinations in Asia, Australia and America to show theory in practice. New and updated data throughout. Each chapter combines theory and practice and is integrated with international case studies. Combining macro- and micro-aspects of economics to the tourism destination, this is an invaluable resource for students learning about this subject, as well as being aimed at tourism researchers and policy-makers.
Marketing for Hospitality and Tourism by
THE most widely used Hospitality marketing text-comprehensive and innovative, managerial and practical, state-of-the-art and real-world. Easy-to-read and user-friendly, it provides examples and applications that illustrate the major decisions hospitality marketing managers face in their efforts to balance objectives and resources against needs and opportunities in today's global marketplace. Real-world in focus, it reflects the authors' rich combination of both teaching and international consulting experience in the hospitality and travel industries. An abundance of real-world examples and cases and experiential and internet exercises give students extraordinary insight into marketing situations they will actually encounter on the job.
Marketing for Tourism and Hospitality by
The marketing landscape has changed dramatically in recent years, especially for tourism and hospitality practitioners. Marketing for these industries is now a multi-dimensional, collaborative venture driven by technological change and the growing demand for authentic co-created experiences. Marketing for Tourism and Hospitalityprovides students with a contemporary, accessible and useful resource as they prepare to encounter the complexities and challenges of tourism and hospitality marketing globally. A clear articulation of the changing landscape, a comprehensive introduction to the three underpinning themes of collaboration, technology and experiences, and a plentiful supply of international case material provide students with an enjoyable and digestible resource that is both academically rigorous and practice-oriented, helping them prepare for day-to-day problems in the dynamic world of marketing. This contemporary, challenging and highly applied text is an indispensable resource for all students of tourism and hospitality degree programmes. y, challenging and highly applied text is an indispensable resource for all students of tourism and hospitality degree programmes.
The morphology of tourism : planning for impact in tourist destinations by
Morphological research studies the physical form of landscapes, including how landscape structures function and operate, the adaptability of forms, and how functions and forms change over time. Applying the methods and models of morphology to tourism, this innovative book explores some of the complex relationships between tourism and morphological changes in urban and rural destinations across the globe. Tourism-related impacts on the physical environment and sociocultural values surrounding a given destination reflect the need for both theoretical and empirical approaches to strengthen our understanding of the ways in which tourism functions. This study examines key sectors and locations such as coastal tourism, urban tourism, and waterfront redevelopment, which are increasingly important in terms of their influence on sociocultural and morphological transformation. It advocates that awareness of the critical link between temporospatial impacts and morphological progresses is necessary to accommodate changes within a pattern of evolutionary growth. International in scope, employing case studies from Asia, Australasia, the US, and Europe, this book makes a newcontribution to the literature and will be of interest to students and researchers of tourism planning, urban design, geography, environmental studies and landscape architecture.
The Planning and Management of Responsible Urban Heritage Destinations in Asia by
This new and timely book looks at the issue that Heritage in general, and in particular urban heritage in Asia, is at the centre of a perfect storm. Populations are increasing rapidly in cities as urbanization grows and there are ever larger numbers of tourists placing significant pressure on urban heritage resources. It does not ignore the fact however that many heritage sites were urban sites historically, with architecture and infrastructure all squeezed into a small space. This means the issues of managing large numbers of tourists in small spaces not designed for this use at Angkor/Bagan are really no different than Bangkok or Yangon. The core issues that need to be confronted for the future of these cities are clearly analyzed and the authors address-* Cities that are above their 'carrying capacity' and the physical, social, psychological, ritual issues that follow alongside the poor handling of visitor management issues damaging both tangible and intangible heritage assets* The need for a management process very different from simply "hardening" of heritage to accommodate greater numbers* The need to move to stewardship rather than visitor management as the approach for the future* The ethical, social and regulatory issues surrounding the expropriation of heritageIt will be essential reading for faculty, students, planners, urban policymakers and a range of tourism professionals concerned with the future of the heritage tourism industry.
Resilient Destinations and Tourism by
Sustainability is one of the most important issues currently facing the tourism sector. Recently, the role of resilience thinking has been highlighted in sustainable development discussions as an alternative perspective. This book approaches these concepts as interwoven processes and looks at change through a socioecological lens. Instead of seeing resilience and sustainability as alternative approaches, Resilient Destinations and Tourism argues that resilience should be understood as a fundamental part of sustainable tourism thinking for destination systems, and calls for better governance in implementation and management. Improving governance is the key issue in sustainable tourism development. The chapters in this edited collection focus on resilient destinations from a governance perspective, in which tourism resilience is contextualized as an integral part of pathway creation in the process of moving towards sustainable tourism. The contributions to the book represent a range of theoretical and empirical approaches with a wide international scope. Resilient Destinations and Tourism calls for rethinking the meaning of sustainable development in tourism and looks at how sustainability and resilience could be integrated. This book will appeal to a wide range of research disciplines and students whose modules focus on the relationship between tourism and sustainability planning, governance, the environment, and hazards and disasters.
The Routledge Handbook of Destination Marketing by
This book examines key contemporary marketing concepts, issues and challenges that affect destinations within a multidisciplinary global perspective. Uniquely combining both the theoretical and practical approaches, this handbook discusses cutting edge marketing questions such as innovation in destinations, sustainability, social media, peer-to-peer applications and web 3.0. Drawing from the knowledge and expertise of 70 prominent scholars from over 20 countries around the world, The Routledge Handbook of Destination Marketing aims to create an international platform for balanced academic research with practical applications, in order to foster synergetic interaction between academia and industry. For these reasons, it will be a valuable resource for both researchers and practitioners in the field of destination marketing.
Sport, Events, Tourism and Regeneration by
Investments in sport, events and tourism in cities and wider regions are part of nascent regeneration strategies linked to transitioning economic bases and place images. While it is important to consider physical regeneration, there is a range of subsequent benefits and opportunities brought about through regeneration that considers social impacts, communities and how investments and developments influence how people interact in transformed spaces. This book brings together a collection focusing on the diverse range of approaches and perspectives of regeneration. Twelve chapters outline and bring together critical perspectives of regeneration from scholars in different parts of the world. This collection critically assesses some of the key factors impacting upon regeneration initiatives in relation to sport, events and tourism. By doing so, this book assesses if new opportunities have arisen from developments, increasing the demands and needs of locals and tourists, or if transformations result in exclusion - thus challenging who regeneration is for. This book will be valuable reading for students and academics interested in tourism studies, events planning, sport and leisure studies or development studies, as well as the wider social sciences.
Sustainable Tourism on a Finite Planet by
This book helps all those involved in international tourism develop the new skills, tools and investments required to protect irreplaceable global resources from the impacts of escalating tourism demand over the next 50 years. It documents how technology and the growing global middle class are driving a travel revolution which requires a new paradigm in managing tourism destinations. Travel and tourism supply chains and business models for hotels, tour operators, cruise lines, airlines and airports are analysed and environmental management techniques are proposed for each sector. A pragmatic set of solutions are offered to support the transition to lower impact tourism development worldwide. It recommends that decision makers assess the current and future value of natural, social, and cultural capital to guide investment in destinations and protect vital resources. Case studies illustrate why budgets to protect local destinations are consistently underestimated and offer guidance on new metrics. Innovative approaches are proposed to support the transition to green infrastructure, protect incomparable landscapes, and engage local people in the monitoring of vital indicators to protect local resources. It provides students, professionals, and policy makers with far-reaching recommendations for new educational programs, professional expertise, financing, and legal frameworks to lower tourism's rapidly escalating carbon impacts and protect the health and well-being of local populations, ecosystems, cultures, and monuments worldwide.　　
Theories of Practice in Tourism by
Tourism research that is inspired by theories of practice is currently gaining in prominence. This book provides a much-needed introduction to the potential applications of theories of practice in tourism studies. It brings together a variety of approaches exploring how theories of practice bridge themes and fields which are usually addressed separately within tourism research: consumption and production; travel and the everyday; governance and policy; technology and the social. The book critically engages with practices as a fruitful approach to tourism research as well as how the particularities of tourism might inform our understanding of practice theories. This book contributes to conceptual and methodological debates providing insights from authors who have engaged with practice theory as an entry point to researching tourism. It offers a solid starting point for researchers and students alike who wish to learn about, and try, this approach, as well as explore its possibilities and limitations in the field of tourism.¿
Total Relationship Marketing by
This third edition of Total Relationship Marketing confirms it as a classic text on the subject of relationship marketing and CRM, areas which have become accepted - and debated - parts of marketing but are currently undergoing dramatic change. A major contribution to marketing thought internationally, this seminal title presents a powerful in-depth analysis of relational approaches to marketing where the three words relationships, networks and interaction are king. The book effects a dramatic shift in the fundamentals of marketing thought, with the author's refined model of thirty relationships, the 30Rs, presenting a sophisticated and cogent challenge to the traditional 4Ps schema. Previous editions were widely praised as breakthrough texts in the field, combining incisive and searching analysis with an accessible and pragmatic approach to putting the theory to work. This third edition is the first book on relationship marketing and CRM to integrate the ongoing evolution in marketing through the service-dominant logic, lean consumption and the customer's value chain, the augmented role of the customer in value creation, the increasing importance of customer-to-customer (C2C) interaction, network-based many-to-many marketing, and marketing accountability and metrics. It addresses both the high tech, information technology aspects of marketing and the high touch, human aspects. Further, customer-centricity is suggested to be broadened to balanced centricity, a trade-off between the needs of all stakeholders of a network of relationships. Examples, cases, concepts and references have been updated. Highly informative, practical in style and packed with illustrations from real companies, Total Relationship Marketing is an essential resource for all serious marketing practitioners as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students.
Tourism, Tourists and Society by
Tourism, Tourists and Society provides a broad introduction to the inter-relationship between tourism and society, making complex sociological concepts and themes accessible to readers from a non-sociological academic background. It provides a thorough exploration of how society influences or shapes the behaviours, motivations, attitudes and consumption of tourists, as well as the tourism impacts on destination societies. The fifth edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect recent data, concepts and academic debates: * New content on: mobilities paradigm and the emotional dimension of tourist experiences. * New chapter: Tourism and the Digital Revolution, looking at the ways in which the Internet and mobile technology transform both tourist behaviour and the tourist experience. * New end-of-chapter further reading and discussion topics. Accessible yet critical in style, this book offers students an invaluable introduction to tourism, tourists and society.
Tourism, Travel, and Blogging by
Travel often inspires the creation of narratives about journeys and destinations, more so with the increasing availability of online platforms, applications for smartphones and tablets, and various other social media technologies. This book examines travel blogs and their associated social media as a form of self-presentation that negotiates the tensions between discourses of travel and tourism. As such, it addresses how contemporary travellers use online platforms to communicate their experiences of journeys and destinations, and how the traveller/tourist dichotomy finds expression in these narratives. Addressing the need for more in-depth analysis through a study of blogs, this exploration of networked narratives of an individual's travel experience considers personal motivations, self-promotion, and self-presentation as key factors in the creation of both personal and commercial travel blogs. As this text applies concepts such as self-presentation and heteroglossia, it will be of interest to both students and scholars of tourism, new media, sociology, cultural studies, and discourse studies.
Tourism and Ethnodevelopment by
Ethnodevelopment is a well-established concept in the field of development studies. Despite its relevance to tourism initiatives and processes in the Global South, it continues to be an underutilised concept in the field. This book bridges this gap, presenting an original conceptual framework to study the relationship between tourism and ethnodevelopment. It focuses on the processes of inclusion, empowerment, self-expression and self-determination to explore the effects of tourism initiatives on the identities, cultural resilience, livelihoods and economic opportunities of ethnic minority communities. Chapters explore a range of concepts and issues such as gender, authenticity, indigenous knowledge, tradition, the commodification of culture, community-based tourism, local entrepreneurship, cultural heritage, and tourism and the environment. Drawing on rich primary research conducted across South East Asia and South and Central America the book offers detailed evaluations of the successes and failures of various tourism policies and practices. This book makes a valuable contribution for students, scholars, practitioners and policy-makers alike interested in tourism, development studies, geography and anthropology.
Tourism in Changing Natural Environments by
Natural environments, and the human interactions that occur within, are continuously changing and evolving. This comprehensive volume explores how the impacts of climate change, natural and man-made disasters, economic instability, and other macro-environmental factors can have profound implications for local and global economies, fragile ecosystems, and human cultures and livelihoods. The authors examine the numerous ways in which changes in the natural environment impact tourism, and how the tourism industry is responding and adapting to such changes, in both developed and developing regions. Through the various case studies that examine human interaction within what are often fragile ecosystems, this book makes it clear that, while adaptation can be passive in nature, it can and should be much more proactive, with individuals and organizations seeking improved knowledge and learning. Such actions will contribute to greater resilience within the tourism industry, whether in response to climate change and its subsequent impacts, or an increasing scarcity of the natural resources upon which tourism relies. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Tourism Geographies.
Tourism Management by
An introductory text that gives its reader a strong understanding of the dimensions of tourism, the industries of which it is comprised, the issues that affect its success, and the management of its impact on destination economies, environments and communities. Now in a full colour design, the new edition features a clear focus on the issues affecting 21st century tourism, providing students with extensive coverage on the effects of globalisation and global conflict; sustainability and climate chan≥ developments in digital technology and the rise of the sharing economy. International case-studies and snapshots (mini-case studies) are used throughout and have been taken from around the globe, including the US, China, Russia, Gambia, Bhutan, Cuba, Singapore, New Zealand, Australia, Caribbean, Canada and the UK, and from companies including TUI, Airbnb and Marriot. The accompanying Online Resources include PowerPoint slides and an Instructor′s Manual for lecturers and additional case studies, useful video links, and web links for students. Suitable for students new to tourism studies.
Tourism Promotion and Power by
Tourism is an enormously important industry, but the nature of the tourism product is elusive and the task of marketing and promoting tourism is difficult. Informed by modern marketing theory this book offers a unique approach by taking a comprehensive, synthesised and integrated sociological and cultural approach to tourism marketing. It focuses on controversial issues of tourism imagery, highlighting issues such as gender, sexuality and race as key determinants of tourism power dimensions. The authors take their experience in the tourism industry, combined with their academic knowledge, to produce a deep insight into the cultural role of tourism imagery. The key concepts and procedures are illustrated by case studies of good practice. Students of tourism will find this book a thought-provoking and conceptual evaluation of the subject. Practitioners will find value in the discussion of how the issues raised have been integrated throughout the case studies.
Tourist Destination Management by
An introduction to the key issues involved in developing and managing destinations, using case studies of Tibet, Hawaii, Wales and South Africa.
Visitor Management in Tourism Destinations by
Visitor management may be considered as a component of destination management at all levels of a destination. It involves a wide range of stakeholders. This book demonstrates current knowledge on visitor management. Visitor Management in Tourism Destinations provides insight into critical concepts such as the visitor experience, service quality, the uses of indicators and frameworks, and interpretation. It also addresses current issues including the social and political dimensions of visitor management, the implementation of monitoring, vandalism and augmented reality. Authored by leading international researchers in the field of visitor management research, this book is primarily aimed at researchers and postgraduate students. Key Features: · Considers critical concepts and influential factors in visitor management. · Illustrates current issues in visitor management. · Research-based case studies contribute to an overall understanding of core issues. · Covers the state-of-the-art in guiding and interpretation.
This curriculum guide on Tourism Promotion Services that leads to a National Certificate Level II (NCII) is designed for a high school student to develop the knowledge, skills, and attitudes for the tasks related to tourism promotion. It covers competencies that a person must achieve to operate an automated information system, source and provide destination information and advice, access and interpret product information, and promote tourism products and services. The preliminaries of this specialization course include the following: (1) core concepts in Tourism Promotion Services, (2) relevance of the course (3) career opportunities as a Tourism Promoter.
Coastal Tourism, Sustainability, and Climate Change in the Caribbean, Volume II by
This second volume on coastal tourism and climate change in the Caribbean examines three key supporting sectors: golf, local agriculture and cuisine, and aviation. Today, climate change is propelling accelerated reforms in these three sectors. Initiatives to link local agriculture to tourism are enriching visitor experiences and revitalizing local crops and cuisine, while reducing the carbon impact-the food print-from agricultural imports. Similarly, golf certification programs are providing templates for constructing and operating courses with smaller carbon footprints. In aviation, as well, virtually all international airlines are testing non-fossil fuel alternatives, and a nascent but growing green airport movement is reducing aviation's carbon footprint and improving its resilience. As the volume concludes, coastal tourism in the Caribbean is today addressing two intertwined concerns and opportunities: Òthe impacts of climate change and imperative of responsible tourism.Ó
The Future Past of Tourism by
This book offers a critical account of the historical evolution of tourism through the identification and discussion of key turning points. Based on these considerations, future turning points are identified and evaluated. The volume provides a continuum between the past and future of tourism. Its central themes are the globalisation of tourism; the development of destinations; the importance of mobility and transport; the development of the modern hotel; the diversification of niche tourism and the conceptualisation of the past and future of tourism using the evolutionary paradigm in future studies. The core findings of the book provide the first perspective on how the history of tourism will shape its future.
Heritage and Tourism : Places, Imageries and the Digital Age by
Heritage and tourism mutually reinforce each other, with the presentation of heritage at physical sites mirrored by the ways heritage ispresented on the internet. This interdisciplinary book uses humanities and social sciences to analyse the ways that heritage is brandedand commodified, how stakeholders organise place brands, and how digital strategies shape how visitors appreciate heritage sites. The book covers a wide geographic diversity, offering the reader the chance to find cross-cutting themes and area-specific features of the field.
Heritage tourism destinations : preservation, communication and development by
Heritage tourism is tied to myth making and stories; creative content that can be shared, stored, combined and manipulated, but that depends on a unique cultural or natural history. A significant section of the wider phenomenon that is cultural tourism, heritage tourism is a demand-driven industry that continues to be a subject of heated debate in academic circles.Beginning with an overview of the subject, this book considers the conservation and revitalization of heritage destinations, as well as the role local communities have in supporting an attraction. It then discusses product development and communication around the world, using new techniques such as social media and examples from food tourism and sporting events, before a final section reviews the planning and institutionalisation of heritage spaces. A timely conclusion subsequently considers the implications of developments such as globalisation, technological improvement and climate change upon these unique destinations. A valuable addition to the literature, this book is the first to bridge the gap between theory and practice, including the latest research and international case studies for researchers and practitioners in tourism and destination management.
Overtourism : issues, realities and solutions by
Overtourism has become a major concern for an increasing number of destinations as tourism numbers continue to grow, stimulated by general economic and technological growth and the expansion of the global middle class. This, coupled with relentless promotion of tourism by many organisations and destinations, has increased tourism, despite growing opposition to excessive development. This book is the first academic volume to deal with this topic and contains chapters by experienced researchers in the tourism field, taking a multidisciplinary approach to review and explain the subject. The introductory section begins with an overview of the current situation and the forces enabling the appearance of overtourism. This is followed by a number of case studies from a range of destinations around the world, both urban and rural, which share the same problems. The concluding section includes a discussion of potential mitigation methods and approaches and a final assessment of future developments. The focus and relevance of this book are not just for academics, as it offers insights into destinations, enablers and solutions for how to address the issue of overtourism on a wide variety of scales. This book offers globally relevant perspectives on destinations as varied as Venice and Barcelona, that have gained global media attention, as well as less publicised rural areas and developing destinations.
Overtourism the role of effective destination management by
Overtourism examines the increasingly important role of destination management and effective stakeholder engagement in order to maximize the economic contribution of tourism while avoiding the potential pitfalls of overtourism. Rapid growth in international tourism has led to the emergence of the overtourism phenomenon. It is a situation where high tourist numbers start to cause tensions with local residents and communities owing to what they consider to be negative impacts on their quality of life including overcrowding, congestion, housing shortages, and changes in the retail sector. Overtourism can occur in any type of destination be it urban or rural in a developed or developing country. The author does not consider a global reduction in international travel as a likely long-term solution to addressing overtourism. Rather, destinations should prepare for continuous growth in both international tourist arrivals and domestic tourism in the longer term. Overtourism can often be reversed or averted through effective destination management. This requires engaging with key stakeholders and the local community to ensure that the local residents' quality of life is preserved while at the same time delivering a high-quality experience for visitors. The coronavirus pandemic has provided destinations with an opportunity to reflect and decide how they want to recover and become more resilient and sustainable in the long term.
The SAGE handbook of tourism management : applications of theories and concepts to tourism by
The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management is a critical, state-of-the-art and authoritative review of tourism management, written by leading international thinkers and academics in the field. With a strong focus on applications of theories and concepts to tourism, the chapters in this volume are framed as critical synoptic pieces covering key developments, current issues and debates, and emerging trends and future considerations for the field. Part One: Approaching Tourism Part Two: Destination Applications Part Three: Marketing Applications Part Four: Tourism Product Markets Part Five: Technological Applications Part Six: Environmental Applications This handbook offers a fresh, contemporary and definitive look at tourism management, making it an essential resource for academics, researchers and students.
Sustainable Tourism by
This new textbook provides a comprehensive overview of sustainable tourism framed around the UN's sustainable development goals. It examines the origins and dimensions of sustainable tourism and offers a detailed account of sustainable initiatives and management across destinations, the tourism industry, public sector and leading agencies. The book explores the principal values and priorities in sustainable development through a better understanding of values, ethics and human nature. It covers a broad range of studies from an array of disciplinary perspectives and includes learning objectives, discussion questions and international case studies throughout. It is an important text for students and researchers in tourism and sustainability.
Total Relationship Marketing by
Total Relationship Marketing provides a genuinely unique new view of the meaning of marketing management and a complete introduction to the rapidly evolving field of relationship marketing. A major contribution to marketing thought internationally, this new edition of Gummesson's seminal title presents a powerful and in depth analysis of modern relationship marketing. Highly informative, practical in style, and packed with examples and cases from real companies, it is an essential resource for all serious marketing practitioners as well as both undergraduate and postgraduate students.
Tourism and resilience : individual, organisational and destination perspectives by
This book is the first authored overview of resilience in tourism and its relationship to the broader resilience literature. The volume takes a multi-scaled approach to examine resilience at the individual, organisation and destination levels, and with respect to the wider tourism system. It covers the different approaches to understanding resilience (the ecological and engineering approaches) and identifies issues with their understanding and application. The book connects issues of resilience to related key concepts such as vulnerability, adaptation, networks, systems, change and social capital. It is designed to be an upper level undergraduate and postgraduate primer on resilience in a tourism context and will be of interest to tourism researchers in planning, development, geography, impacts, sustainability, disaster management and environmental studies.
Tourism Destination Management by
This book collected studies focused on the management of tourist destinations. Destinations are complex and adaptive systems, where the different elements that make them up have to be oriented towards achieving a common objective that improves the competitiveness of the destination. Five main lines of research on tourist destinations can be established: 1) the management, planning, and marketing of destinations, with special attention to the tourism supply chain, communication, and integral management; 2) the sustainability of resources and capabilities; 3) the renewal of destinations in order to update their offer and main resources to maintain competitiveness; 4) online reputation and communication through social media in order to create and enhance a strong brand image and customer loyalty; and 5) the application of new technologies in order to develop smart destinations. The book is made up of five research studies that focus on analyzing the transition towards a more circular tourist activity in hotels, image as a competitive factor of destinations, the value of cultural creativity, the coherence of online reputation, and the relationship between hotel prices and online reputation in different tourist destinations.
This curriculum guide on Tourism Promotion Services that leads to a National Certificate Level II (NCII) is designed for a high school student to develop the knowledge, skills, and attitudes for the tasks related to tourism promotion. It covers competencies that a person must achieve to operate an automated information system, source and provide destination information and advice, access and interpret product information, and promote tourism products and services. The preliminaries of this specialization course include the following: (1) core concepts in Tourism Promotion Services, (2) relevance of the course (3) career opportunities as a Tourism Promoter.
Understanding Culture, Society and Politics
This course uses insights from Anthropology, Political Science, and Sociology to develop student’s awareness of cultural, social, and political dynamics and sensitivity to cultural diversity; provide them with an understanding of how culture, human agency, society, and politics work; and engage them in the examination of the country’s current human development goals. At the end of the course, students should acquire ideas about human cultures, human agency, society, and politics; recognize cultural relativism and social inclusiveness to overcome prejudices; and develop the social and cultural competence to guide their interactions with groups, communities, networks, and institutions.
Anthropology by
Humanity is at a crossroads. We face mounting inequality, escalating political violence, warring fundamentalisms and an environmental crisis of planetary proportions. How can we fashion a world that has room for everyone, for generations to come? What are the possibilities, in such a world, of collective human life? These are urgent questions, and no discipline is better placed to address them than anthropology. It does so by bringing to bear the wisdom and experience of people everywhere, whatever their backgrounds and walks of life. In this passionately argued book, Tim Ingold relates how a field of study once committed to ideals of progress collapsed amidst the ruins of war and colonialism, only to be reborn as a discipline of hope, destined to take centre stage in debating the most pressing intellectual, ethical and political issues of our time. He shows why anthropology matters to us all. Introducing Polity's Why It Matters series: In these short and lively books, world-leading thinkers make the case for the importance of their subjects and aim to inspire a new generation of students.
Anthropology by
Discover an exciting survivor of the Pleistocene and ingenious creator of the Anthropocene -- Homo sapiens. Yes, that's you! And over seven billion other members of your own species currently dispersed across the entire earth (and a few even in space). With compelling photos, engaging examples, conceptual tools, and select studies by anthropologists in far-flung places, the authors of ANTHROPOLOGY: THE HUMAN CHALLENGE, 15th Edition, provide a holistic view of anthropology to help you gain a deeper and more comprehensive understanding of our complex world. You'll discover the different ways humans face the challenge of existence, the connection between biology and culture in the shaping of human behavior, and the impact of globalization on peoples and cultures around the world.
Applied Sociology by
Sociology offers fascinating insights into social life that tell us so much about people and society. But what can we do with those insights? How can we put them to good use? That is exactly what this book is all about. It explores the practical value of sociology, how sociological understanding can be of help in a variety of settings. Neil Thompson's wealth of experience in using sociology in practice comes shining through in this clearly written and accessible text that succeeds in conveying complex ideas without oversimplifying them. Key concepts are explained and clear links are drawn with how the ideas can be used to inform professional practice and cast light on a wide range of situations across all sectors of working life, and in our personal lives too. So, whether you are involved in the helping professions or any other occupation where success depends on having a good understanding of people; a student of sociology wanting to put your learning into practice; or simply interested in how sociology can help address social issues, this book offers a solid foundation of understanding. It is an ideal text for anyone seeking to use sociological ideas to make a positive difference.
Critical Rationalism and Globalization by
Critical Rationalism and Globalization addresses how the access to critical reason enables people to shape a new social order on a global scale. This book demonstrates how the philosophy of critical rationalism contributes to the sociology of Globalization, through uncovering the role of critical reason in arriving at an agreement on common values and institutions on a global scale. It discusses how value consensus on the institutions of sovereignty and inter-state law has prepared the ground for the rise of a global system of national societies after the end of World War II. Masoud Alamuti argues that uneven openness of national economies to global trade and investment should be comprehended in the framework of the post-war legal and political context. Using the concept of rationality as openness to criticism, the book proposes a normative theory of open global society in order to show that the existing value consensus on the cult of sovereignty suffers from the recognition of the possibility of rational dialogue among competing ways of the good life. Masoud Alamuti argues that once the people of the world, across national communities, open their fundamental ways of the good life to mutual criticism, they can create common global values necessary for the rise of a just social order on a global scale. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Globalization Studies, Global Sociology and International Relations.
Cultural Anthropology by
Explore the most fascinating, creative, dangerous, and complex species alive today: you and your neighbors in the global village. With compelling photos, engaging examples, and select studies by anthropologists in far-flung places, the authors of CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY: THE HUMAN CHALLENGE provide a holistic view of anthropology to help you make sense of today's world. With this text you will discover the different ways humans face the challenge of existence, the connection between biology and culture in the shaping of human beliefs and behavior, and the impact of globalization on peoples and cultures around the world. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Culture Reexamined by
This edited volume is intended to broaden the psychology of culture in two ways. First, the chapters discuss an impressive array of cultural influences -- not just country of origin, East-West, or collectivism-individualism -- but professional and disciplinary cultures, historical changes in cultures, social class, frontier settlement and geographical regions, political cultures, religion, and gender. While this is not an exhaustive list of the kinds of culture that psychology should be interested in, it is an exciting and fruitful new direction for psychology. Second, this book advances several new theories about the origins and processes of cultural development, from biological evolution to the division of labour and other aspects of social class. Among the contributions to cultural psychology as a whole, individual chapters offer insights into: How to improve interdisciplinary collaboration in universities Why some groups are relatively disadvantaged in various academic and professional fields What methods are useful in studying temporal changes in cultures How to avoid perpetuating hegemonic styles of thinking; for example, assuming that upper class people only influence lower class people How regional differences in individualism-collectivism, well-being, honour and retribution, and personality persist over time Why cosmopolitan cities may productively be viewed as modern frontiers What cultural psychologists can learn from food Why some people favour suites of political views that seem incompatible How culture can be an expression of evolutionary processes This book will help students explore directions for their research and inspire generations of psychologists interested in culture.
Facing an unequal world : challenges for global sociology by
"Raquel Sosa Elízaga has assembled an incredibly complete set of analyses of inequality written by a range of scholars about a wide range of issues. Incomparable essential reading." - Immanuel Wallerstein, Senior Research Scientist, Sociology, Yale UniversityOver recent decades, living conditions in poorer countries have deteriorated, leaving us faced with the present phenomenon of global inequality. Arguably the biggest challenge of the 21st Century is the confrontation and eventual elimination of the processes of structural inequality that affect these millions of human beings today. Facing an Unequal World tackles and critically examines key issues and challenges for global sociology across these interrelated themes: The dimensions of inequality and the configurations of structural inequalities and structures of power Conceptions of justice in different historical and cultural traditions Conflicts on environmental justice and sustainable futures The social injuries of inequality, and overcoming inequalities Written by a selection of international key sociologists and academics, this is a valuable resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students, and researchers in sociology alike.
Field Experiments in Political Science and Public Policy by
Field experiments -- randomized controlled trials -- have become ever more popular in political science, as well as in other disciplines, such as economics, social policy and development. Policy-makers have also increasingly used randomization to evaluate public policies, designing trials of tax reminders, welfare policies and international aid programs to name just a few of the interventions tested in this way. Field experiments have become successful because they assess causal claims in ways that other methods of evaluation find hard to emulate. Social scientists and evaluators have rediscovered how to design and analyze field experiments, but they have paid much less attention to the challenges of organizing and managing them. Field experiments pose unique challenges and opportunities　for the researcher and evaluator which come from working in the field. The research experience can be challenging and at times hard to predict. This book aims to help researchers and evaluators plan and manage their field experiments so they can avoid common pitfalls. It is also intended to open up discussion about the context and backdrop to trials so that these practical aspects of field experiments are better understood. The book sets out ten steps researchers can use to plan their field experiments, then nine threats to watch out for when they implement them. There are cases studies of voting and political participation, elites, welfare and employment, nudging citizens, and developing countries.
Good government : the relevance of political science by
In all societies, the quality of government institutions is of the utmost importance for the well-being of its citizens. Problems like high infant mortality, lack of access to safe water, unhappiness and poverty are not primarily caused by a lack of technical equipment, effective medicines or other types of knowledge generated by the natural or engineering sciences. Instead, the critical problem is that the majority of the world s population live in societies that have dysfunctional government institutions. Central issues discussed in the book include: how can good government be conceptualized and measured, what are the effects of 'bad government' and how can the quality of government be improved? Good Governmentwill prove invaluable for students in political science, public policy and public administration. Researchers in political science and the social sciences, as well as policy analysts working in government, international and independent policy organizations will also find plenty to interest them in this resourceful compendium. Contributors:E. Andersson, M. Bauhr, N. Charron, C. Dahlstrom, M.A. Fardigh, S. Holmberg, V. Lapuente, S.I. Lindberg, N. Nasiritousi, H. Oscarsson, A. Persson, B. Rothstein, M. Samanni, M. Sjostedt, H.O. Stensota, J. Teorell, L. Wangnerud
In conflict and order : understanding society by
This introductory text, written from a conflict perspective, emphasizes four themes: diversity, the struggle by the powerless to achieve social justice, the changing economy, and globalization.Society, Conflict, Sociology, Globalization, Diversity.For anyone wishing to better understand the structural forces that produce order and conflict in society.
Power & choice : an introduction to political science by
Power and Choice, Thirteenth Edition is a comparative, conceptual introduction to political science which involves students in the dramatic and interesting variety of politics around the world; students clearly are the audience of this text. The theme of “power and choice,” based on a definition of politics as the making of collective choices for a group or state through the use of power, runs through much of the text. The text is organized topically, rather than by county-by-country, and provides in-depth examples at the conclusion of most chapters.
The Routledge Companion to Contemporary Anthropology by
The Routledge Companion to Contemporary Anthropology is an invaluable guide and major reference source for students and scholars alike, introducing its readers to key contemporary perspectives and approaches within the field. Written by an experienced international team of contributors, with an interdisciplinary range of essays, this collection provides a powerful overview of the transformations currently affecting anthropology. The volume both addresses the concerns of the discipline and comments on its construction through texts, classroom interactions, engagements with various publics, and changing relations with other academic subjects. Persuasively demonstrating that a number of key contemporary issues can be usefully analyzed through an anthropological lens, the contributors cover important topics such as globalization, law and politics, collaborative archaeology, economics, religion, citizenship and community, health, and the environment. The Routledge Companion to Contemporary Anthropology is a fascinating examination of this lively and constantly evolving discipline.
The SAGE Handbook of Social Anthropology by
The SAGE Handbook of Social Anthropology is a contemporary landmark volume that defines the field and outlines new directions in research.Divided into four sections, each edited by leading figures in social anthropology, this exhaustive Handbook covers interfaces, places, methodologies and futures. Within each section authors at the leading edge of the discipline contribute in-depth chapters on the central principles and latest developments in their area of expertise.An essential resource for advanced students and researchers in anthropology and aligned disciplines.
Sensing the world : an anthropology of the senses by
Sensing the World: An Anthropology of the Senses is a highly original and comprehensive overview of the anthropology and sociology of the body and the senses. Discussing each sense in turn - seeing, hearing, touch, smell, and taste - Le Breton has written a truly monumental work, vast in scope and deeply engaging in style. Among other pioneering moves, he gives equal attention to light and darkness, sound and silence, and his disputation of taste explores aspects of disgust and revulsion. Part phenomenological, part historical, this is above all a cultural account of perception, which returns the body and the senses to the center of social life. Le Breton is the leading authority on the anthropology of the body and the senses in French academia. With a repute comparable to the late Pierre Bourdieu, his 30+ books have been translated into numerous languages. This is the first of his works to be made available in English. This sensuously nuanced translation of La Saveur du monde is accompanied by a spicy preface from series editor David Howes, who introduces Le Breton's work to an English-speaking audience and highlights its implications for the disciplines of anthropology, sociology, and the cross-disciplinary field of sensory studies.
Sociology : understanding a diverse society by
Andersen & Taylor is a theoretically balanced, mainstream, comprehensive text characterized by its emphasis on diversity. In every chapter, students explore research and data that illustrate how class, race-ethnicity, gender, age, geographic residence, and sexual orientation relate to the topics covered. This text provides a solid research orientation to the basic principles of sociology while maintaining an accessible style, appealing to the ever-changing student population, and inviting students to view the world through a sociological lens. This highly integrated, research-oriented, contemporary example approach combined with its comprehensive coverage accounts for its wide appeal to professors and students alike.
Sociology of Crisis by
The global financial crisis has demonstrated the impact and implications of late capitalism and its bedfellow, globalisation. In the European context, crisis is seen as a threat to the stability of the region, rather than a local or national concern. Post-2008, crisis is social and political, rather than merely financial, as Western countries witness the consequences of consumption, growth and profit. In this book, Tsilimpounidi demonstrates how sociologists must develop new approaches to examining rapid shifts in the social landscape, since crisis is not merely reflected in balance sheets, but is mediated through spectacular imagery of loss, deprivation and increased vectors of marginalisation. Providing focused and valuable insight into the pressing problems of those living in Greece in relation to the wider spheres of the nation and at the level of the European Union, Sociology of Crisis takes an approach that is firmly located within a critical sociological appeal to reflexivity. A timely engagement with the problem of crisis at a macro-level and in dialogue with the everyday experiences of crisis on a micro-level, this interdisciplinary title will appeal to both undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in sociology, social policy, geography, urban studies and research methods (social science).
Theory in Social and Cultural Anthropology by
Social and cultural anthropology and archaeology are rich subjects with deep connections in the social and physical sciences. Over the past 150 years, the subject matter and different theoretical perspectives have expanded so greatly that no single individual can command all of it. Consequently, both advanced students and professionals may be confronted with theoretical positions and names of theorists with whom they are only partially familiar, if they have heard of them at all. Students, in particular, are likely to turn to the web to find quick background information on theorists and theories. However, most web-based information is inaccurate and/or lacks depth. Students and professionals need a source to provide a quick overview of a particular theory and theorist with just the basics--the "who, what, where, how, and why". In response, SAGE Reference is publishing the two-volume Theory in Social and Cultural Anthropology: An Encyclopedia.Features & Benefits: Two volumes containing approximately 335 signed entries provide users with the most authoritative and thorough reference resource available on anthropology theory, both in terms of breadth and depth of coverage. To ease navigation between and among related entries, a Reader′s Guide groups entries thematically and each entry is followed by Cross-References. In the electronic version, the Reader′s Guide combines with the Cross-References and a detailed Index to provide robust search-and-browse capabilities. An appendix with a Chronology of Anthropology Theory allows students to easily chart directions and trends in thought and theory from early times to the present. Suggestions for Further Reading at the end of each entry and a Master Bibliography at the end guide readers to sources for more detailed research and discussion.
Understanding Politics by
"Politics is a gateway to a broader and better understanding of human nature, society, and the world." This idea has inspired each edition of UNDERSTANDING POLITICS: IDEAS, INSTITUTIONS, AND ISSUES. Thomas Magstadt's book provides in-depth coverage of contemporary political issues and calls attention to the more enduring underlying questions. With its intense, engaging "politics are pertinent" theme, the 12th edition will fascinate you with its analysis of three fundamental premises: politics is a pervasive force in modern society; government is too important to be left in the hands of a few; and everyone has the opportunity to participate in public life in a democracy. This edition focuses on vital topics and concepts such as democracy, dictatorship, ideology, citizenship, voting behavior, elections, public policy, leadership, war, revolution, foreign policy, world politics, and international law.
Understanding Society by
and modern readings that were handpicked for timeliness, diversity, and interest. Students across the country find the articles included to be easy to understand and intriguing. UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY: AN INTRODUCTORY READER, Third Edition, includes the most up-to-date selection available today. Out of 70 total articles, 60 percent are new in this edition. New topics include Internet dating, school shootings, gay marriage, immigration, single motherhood, globalization, video games, and religious diversity. As always, the editors have included the top names in the field. Five themes run throughout the text: classical sociological theory, contemporary research, diversity, globalization, and the application of the sociological perspective. In addition, new "Applying Sociological Knowledge" features help you bridge the gap between abstract knowledge and a concrete understanding.
Understanding society : an introductory reader by
This compelling reader presents a balance of classic and contemporary readings that professors teaching the course find important. The emphasis of the collection is on articles that students will both understand and find intriguing. The collection is less rigid than the other readers now on the market and includes articles with a variety of styles and perspectives. Like the Andersen/Taylor introduction to sociology textbooks, the reader has a strong focus on diversity. Five themes run throughout book: classical sociological theory, contemporary research, diversity, globalization, and the application of the sociological perspective.
Understanding the political world : a comparative introduction to political science by
Updated in its 11th edition, Understanding the Political World offers a comparative perspective on how politics works at the global, national, group, and individual level. Focusing on how fundamental concepts in political science relate to real political events, this bestselling text surveys political behavior, systems, and processes throughout the world and asks students to evaluate and apply this knowledge. Through an engaging writing style, numerous examples, and the instructive use of visuals, Understanding the Political World encourages readers to think like political scientists and to critically examine new and enduring political realities and challenges.
What Is Digital Sociology? by
The rise of digital technology is transforming the world in which we live. Our digitalized societies demand new ways of thinking about the social, and this short book introduces readers to an approach that can deliver this: digital sociology. Neil Selwyn examines the concepts, tools and practices that sociologists are developing to analyze the intersections of the social and the digital. Blending theory and empirical examples, the five chapters highlight areas of inquiry where digital approaches are taking hold and shaping the discipline of sociology today. The book explores key topics such as digital race and digital labor, as well as the fast-changing nature of digital research methods and diversifying forms of digital scholarship. Designed for use in advanced undergraduate and graduate courses, this timely introduction will be an invaluable resource for all sociologists seeking to focus their craft and thinking toward the social complexities of the digital age.
Why politics matters : an introduction to political science by
WHY POLITICS MATTERS: AN INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE is a full-color, accessible introduction to Political Science. WHY POLITICS MATTERS follows a foundational approach to learning and gives readers a "big picture" of the field, examing Theory, Comparative Politics, including a look at the U.S. government, and International Relations. The authors approach the subject through a theme of theory and practice and emphasize why politics matters to the reader through current, global examples, encouraging critical thinking, discussion, and participation throughout the text. WHY POLITICS MATTERS is the first and only Introduction to Political Science book offering a fully integrated and customizable online reader, COURSEREADER, with a full slate of recommended primary source readings compiled by the authors. Each COURSEREADER selection is called-out in the text alongside the relevant discussion and is accompanied by critical thinking questions to help students apply the reading to their chapter lesson.
Understanding Culture, Society and Politics
This course uses insights from Anthropology, Political Science, and Sociology to develop student’s awareness of cultural, social, and political dynamics and sensitivity to cultural diversity; provide them with an understanding of how culture, human agency, society, and politics work; and engage them in the examination of the country’s current human development goals. At the end of the course, students should acquire ideas about human cultures, human agency, society, and politics; recognize cultural relativism and social inclusiveness to overcome prejudices; and develop the social and cultural competence to guide their interactions with groups, communities, networks, and institutions.
Anthropology and Nostalgia by
Nostalgia is intimately connected to the history of the social sciences in general and anthropology in particular, though finely grained ethnographies of nostalgia and loss are still scarce. Today, anthropologists have realized that nostalgia constitutes a fascinating object of study for exploring contemporary issues of the formation of identity in politics and history. Contributors to this volume consider the fabric of nostalgia in the fields of heritage and tourism, exile and diasporas, postcolonialism and postsocialism, business and economic exchange, social, ecological and religious movements, and nation building. They contribute to a better understanding of how individuals and groups commemorate their pasts, and how nostalgia plays a role in the process of remembering.
Anthropology and Political Science by
What can anthropology and political science learn from each other? The authors argue that collaboration, particularly in the area of concepts and methodologies, is tremendously beneficial for both disciplines, though they also deal with some troubling aspects of the relationship. Focusing on the influence of anthropology on political science, the book examines the basic assumptions the practitioners of each discipline make about the nature of social and political reality, compares some of the key concepts each field employs, and provides an extensive review of the basic methods of research that "bridge" both disciplines: ethnography and case study. Through ethnography (participant observation), reliance on extended case studies, and the use of "anthropological" concepts and sensibilities, a greater understanding of some of the most challenging issues of the day can be gained. For example, political anthropology challenges the illusion of the "autonomy of the political" assumed by political science to characterize so-called modern societies. Several chapters include a cross-disciplinary analysis of key concepts and issues: political culture, political ritual, the politics of collective identity, democratization in divided societies, conflict resolution, civil society, and the politics of post-Communist transformations.
The Anthropology of Parliaments by
The Anthropology of Parliaments offers a fresh, comparative approach to analysing parliaments and democratic politics, drawing together rare ethnographic work by anthropologists and politics scholars from around the world. Crewe's insights deepen our understanding of the complexity of political institutions. She reveals how elected politicians navigate relationships by forging alliances and thwarting opponents; how parliamentary buildings are constructed as sites of work, debate and the nation in miniature; and how politicians and officials engage with hierarchies, continuity and change. This book also proposes how to study parliaments through an anthropological lens while in conversation with other disciplines. The dive into ethnographies from across Africa, the Americas, Asia, Europe, the Middle East and the Pacific Region demolishes hackneyed geo-political categories and culminates in a new comparative theory about the contradictions in everyday political work. This important book will be of interest to anyone studying parliaments but especially those in the disciplines of anthropology and sociology; politics, legal and development studies; and international relations.
Introduction to sociological theory : theorists, concepts, and their applicability to the twenty-first century by
The extensively revised and updated second edition combines carefully chosen primary quotes with wide-ranging discussion and everyday illustrative examples to provide an in-depth introduction to classical and contemporary sociological theory. Combines classical and contemporary theory in a single, integrated text Short biographies and historical timelines of significant events provide context to theorists' ideas Innovatively builds on excerpts from original theoretical writings with detailed discussion of the concepts and ideas under review Includes new examples of current social processes in China, South Korea, India, Latin America, the Middle East, and other non-Western societies Additional resources, available at www.wiley.com/go/dillon, include multiple choice and essay questions, PowerPoint slides with multimedia links to content illustrative of sociological processes, a list of complementary primary readings, a quotation bank, and other background materials
Political Science by
Long established as the leading text in the field, the new edition has been comprehensively updated and rewritten. Accessible, student-friendly and truly international in its coverage, this edition includes an brand new chapter on voters and increased coverage of rising powers, such as India and Brazil.
Political Science by
From the award-winning team behind the International Encyclopaedia of Political Science...Moving beyond mainstream "traditional" approaches to bring you a new advanced-level introduction to political science. A perfect introduction for postgraduates who are new to political science, as well as upper-level undergraduates looking to broaden and deepen their understanding of core topics, this progressive account: Guides you through all key areas of political science: origins, methodological foundations, key topics, and current issues Takes an international and pluralist perspective with all issues explored in a comparative way related to different cultural and historical contexts Includes pulled-out descriptions of major concepts, further reading and self-assessment questions at the end of each chapter.
Political Science and Changing Politics by
This book is an introduction to political science. What is it that political scientists are actually studying? Or, to put it another way: What do we mean when we talk about politics?
A Political Science Manifesto for the Age of Populism by
Populism and authoritarian-populist parties have surged in the 21st century. In the United States, Donald Trump appears to have become the poster president for the surge. David M. Ricci, in this call to arms, thinks Trump is symptomatic of the changes that have caused a crisis among Americans - namely, mass economic and creative destruction: automation, outsourcing, deindustrialization, globalization, privatization, financialization, digitalization, and the rise of temporary jobs - all breeding resentment. Rather than dwelling on symptoms, Ricci focuses on the root of our nation's problems. Thus, creative destruction, aiming at perpetual economic growth, encouraged by neoliberalism, creates the economic inequality that fuels resentment and leads to increased populism. Ricci urges political scientists to highlight this destruction meaningfully and substantively, to use empirical realism to put human beings back into politics. Ricci's sensible argument conveys a sense of political urgency, grappling with real-world problems and working to transform abstract speculations into tangible, useful tools. The result is a passionate book, important not only to political scientists, but to anyone who cares about public life. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core.
Sociology by
"Sociology: a global introduction "represents a uniquely co-ordinated and complete learning resource for sociology students worldwide. International in outlook and culturally wide-ranging, it also reminds us that sociology is valuable. Unrivalled in breadth, it is a text of passion and sophistication helping you become an active, connected and critical learner.
Sociology by
Make Sociology new with McGraw-Hill's Connect Sociology and the 10th edition of Sociology: A Brief Introduction. New to Connect is Investigate Sociology, a brand-new tool that develops students' sociological imaginations by placing them in provocative scenarios where they must analyze various sources and determine a solution. Connect also comes with LearnSmart, an adaptive questioning tool proven to increase content comprehension and student results, as well as fun interactivities like In their Shoes and Applying the Perspectives that teach sociology's three theoretical frameworks. Finally, make sure students come prepared to class by assigning our many e-book activities. With McGraw-Hill's digital tools, focus on what you do best--teaching. Unique to this program, Sociology: A Brief Introduction encourages students to take sociology with them in their everyday lives, just as Rick keeps a small notebook of daily sociological events. In Sociology brief, instructors get the most trusted content in manageable form. This, coupled with powerful digital learning tools, makes Sociology brief an ideal choice for your introductory course.
Sociology by
Seeing Sociology in Everyday Life John Macionis, like many college students, found his passion and life’s work after taking an introductory sociology course. Sociology helped him make sense of the world around him. John shares his enthusiasm, excitement and teaching experience through a clear and engaging writing style that connects with students. This is the introductory sociology text that shows students how sociology is relevant in their daily lives.Sociology, 13/e, has an innovative new design, contemporary and relevant student applications, plus a wealth of supplemental material. This revision elevatesSociology’s high standard of excellence, ensuring that it remains one of the foremost comprehensive introductory sociology resources for students and instructors alike. Sociology, 13/Estrengthens the Macionis tradition of helping students see sociology in their everyday life! To learn more about the new edition, clickhereto watch a video. What is the Pearson Census Update Program? The Census Update edition incorporates 2010 Census data into a course–simply and easily. The components of the Census Update Program are as follows: Census Update Edition -Features fully updated data throughout the text–including all charts and graphs–to reflect the results of the 2010 Census. This edition also includes a reproduction of the 2010 Census Questionnaire for your students to explore in detail. 2010 Census Update Primer -A brief seven-chapter overview of the Census, including important information about the Constitutional mandate, research methods, who is affected by the Census, and how data is used. Additionally, the primer explores key contemporary topics such as race and ethnicity, the family, and poverty. The primer can be packaged with any Pearson text at no additional cost, and is available via MySocLab, MySocKit, and MySearchLab. The primer can also be purchased standalone. 2010 Census Update Primer Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank -Includes explanations of what has been updated, in-class activities, homework activities associated with the MyLabs and MyKits, discussion questions for the primer, and test questions related to the primer. MySocLab- Gives students the opportunity to explore the methods and data and apply the results in a dynamic interactive online environment. It includes: primary source readings relevant to the Census an online version of the 2010 Census Update Primer a series of activities using 2010 Census results video clips explaining and exploring the Census
The Sociology and Politics of Development by
Originally published in 1980, this work answers the crucial question of how social change should be guided in the developing countries. Professor Varma begins by posing the problems of the general scope of modernization and the general criteria used in the modernization process. He examines carefully some of the models that have been used for this purpose in the past, providing extensive summaries of the views on modernization of theorists in various social science disciplines, including sociology, politics, economics, and anthropology, and stresses the importance of these views in guiding policy decisions. The book concludes with a comparison of the development processes of the United States, the Soviet Union, China, Japan and India.
Sociology and social justice by
This volume superbly conceptualises and contextualises social justice in and for our global age. The stellar cast of sociologists connect concepts to practices and outline the challenges we face, as well as providing necessary responses. Gurminder K Bhambra, Professor of Postcolonial and Decolonial Studies, University of Sussex An excellent set of chapters bringing to the fore new perspectives on the social injustices and inequalities facing a world in crisis. The book is theoretically and empirically rigorous and integrates compelling scenarios from various parts of the world. Kammila Naidoo, Professor of Sociology, University of Johannesburg By using contextual global sociology, Sociology and Social Justice explores: • Historic and contemporary sites and contexts around the world • Sociological insights on topics ranging from social movements, to cyber space. • International struggles, processes, and outcomes Written by distinguished international scholars, this is an essential text for those looking at issues of: Human Rights, Public Sociology, Democratization, Gender, and Globalization. Margaret Abraham is a Professor of Sociology at Hofstra University and Past President of the International Sociological Association (ISA)2014-2018.
Sociology Matters by
Richard T. Schaefer's Sociology Matters is a concise introduction to the discipline of sociology. Its straightforward style, streamlined design, and highly focused coverage make it the perfect affordable, ultra brief, introductory text for instructors who use a variety of materials in their course.
Sociology Today : Social Transformations in a Globalizing World by
We are living in a turbulent world marked by fast, continuous social changes that affect the lives of individuals, families, communities, organizations, businesses, nation-states, and international networks. This fundamentally commits contemporary sociology to being a science of change. This collection effectively mirrors this diversity and variety of transformations underway in today′s societies and transnational spaces. Written by a group of internationally renowned sociologists, it offers a cutting edge understanding of what is happening in our life worlds, work lives and frames of social existence. Bringing up issues such as political turbulence, cultural and artistic dynamics, family changes, gender roles, migration flows and social movements, it is a timely contribution that discusses transformation and globalization and their consequences in both theoretical and substansive terms. Illuminating and comprehensive, this book will be of immense use for sociology students on all levels, as well as lecturers, researchers and others who are interested in social life and the consequences of human action. Arnaud Sales is Emeritus Proessor of Sociology at the University of Montreal, Canada.
Studies in Political Science and Sociology by
Contributors: William G. Carr, William E. Rappard, Arthur C. Cole, Louis Wirth, Carl Kelsey, Alvin S. Johnson, Philip E. Mosely, and William Haber.
Understanding Popular Culture and World Politics in the Digital Age by
The practices of world politics are now scrutinised in a way that is unprecedented, with even those previously - or conventionally assumed to be - disengaged from international affairs being drawn into world politics by social media. Interactive websites allow users to follow election results in real-time from the other side of the world, and online mapping means that the world 'out there' is now available on your mobile phone. Understanding Popular Culture and World Politics in the Digital Age engages these themes in contemporary world politics, to better understand how digital communication through new media technologies changes our encounters with the world. Whether the focus is digital media, social networking or user-generated content, these sites of political activity and the artefacts they produce have much to tell us about how we engage world politics in the contemporary age. This volume represents the starting point of a dialogue about how digital technologies are beginning to impact the research and practice of scholars and practitioners in the field of International Relations, with the collection of cutting-edge essays dealing specifically with the intertextuality of world politics and digital popular culture. This book will be of use to International Relations research academics (and critically engaged publics) interested in the core themes of global politics - subjectivity, militarism, humanitarianism, civil society organisation, and governance. The book also employs theories and techniques closely associated with other social science disciplines, including political theory, sociology, cultural studies and media studies.
Understanding Public Relations : Theory, Culture and Society by
This book argues that public relations is not merely an organizational tool, but a powerful influence on social and political life. From carefully considered communication by multinational corporations, to government campaigns that manage public opinion, to the self-promotion of celebrities via social media, public relations is central to our individual and collective lives. Understanding Public Relations introduces a socio-cultural approach to public relations as a way of analysing the growing importance of public relations in its social, cultural and political contexts. Encouraging a deeper and more critical understanding of its influence on society, Lee Edwards: Explores public relations in relation to contemporary debates around promotional culture, discourse, globalisation, democracy and power Considers how public relations frames vital discussions of race, gender, class and ethics Brings theory to life with a range of case studies, including YouTube vlogging, the global fair trade movement and the 2016 EU referendum in the UK Both accessible and provocative, this is an invaluable resource for students and researchers exploring public relations theory, critical public relations, strategic communication and promotional culture.
This learning area is designed to provide a general background for the understanding of Earth Science and Biology. It presents the history of the Earth through geologic time. It discusses the Earth’s structure, composition, and processes. Issues, concerns, and problems pertaining to natural hazards are also included. It also deals with the basic principles and processes in the study of biology. It covers life processes and interactions at the cellular, organism, population, and ecosystem levels.
Biology by
Coleen Belk and Virginia Borden Maier have helped students demystify biology for nearly twenty years in the classroom and nearly ten years with their book, Biology: Science for Life with Physiology. In the new Fourth Edition, they continue to use stories and current issues, such as discussion of cancer to teach cell division, to connect biology to student's lives. Learning Outcomes are new to this edition and integrated within the book to help professors guide students' reading and to help students assess their understanding of biology. A new Chapter 3, "Is It Possible to Supplement Your Way to Better Health? Nutrients and Membrane Transport," offers an engaging storyline and focused coverage on micro- and macro-nutrients, antioxidants, passive and active transport, and exocytosis and endocytosis. This package contains: Biology: Science for Life with Physiology, Fourth Edition
Biology : the unity and diversity of life by
Written by a team of best-selling authors, BIOLOGY: THE UNITY AND DIVERSITY OF LIFE, 14th Edition reveals the biological world in wondrous detail. Packed with eye-catching photos and images, this text engages students with applications and activities that encourage critical thinking. Chapter opening Learning Roadmaps help students focus on the topics that matter most and section-ending �Take Home Messages� reinforce key concepts. Helpful in-text features include a running glossary, case studies, issue-related essays, linked concepts, self-test questions, data analysis problems, and more. The accompanying MindTap for Biology is the most engaging and easiest to customize online solution in Biology. Known for a clear, accessible style, BIOLOGY: THE UNITY AND DIVERSITY OF LIFE, 14th Edition puts the living world of biology under a microscope for students to analyze, understand, and enjoy!
Breaking through earth science for senior high school by 
The changing earth : exploring geology and evolution by 
Earth's Climate Evolution by
To understand climate change today, we first need to know how Earth's climate changed over the past 450 million years. Finding answers depends upon contributions from a wide range of sciences, not just the rock record uncovered by geologists. In Earth's Climate Evolution, Colin Summerhayes analyzes reports and records of past climate change dating back to the late 18th century to uncover key patterns in the climate system. The book will transform debate and set the agenda for the next generation of thought about future climate change. The book takes a unique approach to the subject providing a description of the greenhouse and icehouse worlds of the past 450 million years since land plants emerged, ignoring major earlier glaciations like that of Snowball Earth, which occurred around 600 million years ago in a world free of land plants. It describes the evolution of thinking in palaeoclimatology and introduces the main players in the field and how their ideas were received and, in many cases, subsequently modified. It records the arguments and discussions about the merits of different ideas along the way. It also includes several notes made from the author's own personal involvement in palaeoclimatological and palaeoceanographic studies, and from his experience of working alongside several of the major players in these fields in recent years. This book will be an invaluable reference for both undergraduate and postgraduate students taking courses in related fields and will also be of interest to historians of science and/or geology, climatology and oceanography. It should also be of interest to the wider scientific and engineering community, high school science students, policy makers, and environmental NGOs. Reviews: "Outstanding in its presentation of the facts and a good read in the way that it intersperses the climate story with the author's own experiences. [This book] puts the climate story into a compelling geological history." -Dr. James Baker "The book is written in very clear and concise prose, [and takes] original, enlightening, and engaging approach to talking about 'ideas' from the perspective of the scientists who promoted them." -Professor Christopher R. Scotese "A thrilling ride through continental drift and its consequences." - Professor Gerald R. North "Written in a style and language which can be easily understood by laymen as well as scientists." - Professor Dr Jörn Thiede "What makes this book particularly distinctive is how well it builds in the narrative of change in ideas over time." - Holocene book reviews, May 2016 "This is a fascinating book and the author's biographical approach gives it great human appeal." - E Adlard
Earth Resources and Environmental Impacts by
Earth Resources and Environmental Impacts uses everyday examples and current issues to help readers understand how mineral, water and energy resources - and the impacts of their use and extraction - affect their daily lives. A historical perspective makes the material in this text fascinating by showing readers that the earth's resources have always been fundamental to society, even as far back as the Stone Age. Environmental impacts and sustainable use of energy and mineral resources are emphasized. With the increase of public interest surrounding environmental impacts, readers will appreciate the knowledge gained from this text.
Earth Science by
Designed in direct response to student surveys, focus groups and interviews, Hendrix/Thompson's EARTH SCIENCE: AN INTRODUCTION, 3rd Edition, delivers concise yet comprehensive coverage in an engaging and accessible format for majors and non-majors alike. The revised text brings concepts to life with current research and examples, a new-and-improved art program, over 150 new photos, and a clean, modern design. A second-to-none supplements package equips you with a wealth of resources, including MindTap--the digital learning solution that enables you to learn on your own terms.
Earth science by
Ideal for undergraduates with little or no science background, 'Earth Science' is a student-friendly overview of our physical environment that offers balanced, up-to-date coverage of geology, oceanography, astronomy and meteorology. The authors focus on readability, with clear, example-driven explanations of concepts and events.
Exploring Earth Science by
Exploring Earth Science by Reynolds/Johnson is an innovative textbook intended for an introductory college geology course, such as Earth Science. This ground-breaking, visually spectacular book was designed from cognitive and educational research on how students think, learn, and study. Nearly all information in the book is built around 2,600 photographs and stunning illustrations, rather than being in long blocks of text that are not articulated with figures. These annotated illustrations help students visualize geologic processes and concepts, and are suited to the way most instructors already teach. To alleviate cognitive load and help students focus on one important geologic process or concept at a time, the book consists entirely of two-page spreads organized into 20 chapters. Each two-page spread is a self-contained block of information about a specific topic, emphasizing geologic concepts, processes, features, and approaches. These spreads help students learn and organize geologic knowledge in a new and exciting way. Inquiry is embedded throughout the book, modeling how scientists investigate problems. The title of each two-page spread and topic heading is a question intended to get readers to think about the topic and become interested and motivated to explore the two-page spread for answers. Each chapter is a learning cycle, which begins with a visually engaging two-page spread about a compelling geologic issue. Each chapter ends with an Investigation that challenges students with a problem associated with a virtual place. The world-class media, spectacular presentations, and assessments are all tightly articulated with the textbook. This book is designed to encourage students to observe, interpret, think critically, and engage in authentic inquiry, and is highly acclaimed by reviewers, instructors, and students.
Homework Helpers: Earth Science by
Homework Helpers: Earth Science covers all of the topics typically included in a high school or undergraduate course, including: How to understand "the language of rocks." The events that we see in the sky and how they affect us. Earthquakes and what they can tell us about the inside workings of our world. How to understand the weather and what the weatherman is saying. Homework Helpers: Earth Science is loaded with practical examples using everyday experiences. Every topic includes a number of simple tricks to make even the toughest ideas understandable and memorable. Each chapter ends with practice questions and explanations of answers. As a reference tool Homework Helpers: Earth Science can be used as a preview of tomorrow--s class or a reinforcement of today--s. It will leave students with a firm grasp of the material and the confidence that will inspire a deeper understanding.
Physical science for senior high school by This learning area is designed to provide a general background for the understanding of Earth Science and Biology. It presents the history of the Earth through geologic time. It discusses the Earth’s structure, composition, and processes. Issues, concerns, and problems pertaining to natural hazards are also included. It also deals with the basic principles and processes in the study of biology. It covers life processes and interactions at the cellular, organism, population, and ecosystem levels.
Earth by
Our planet has inspired a sense of awe since the dawn of humankind, and scientists are learning more about it every day. Even if you’re not a scientist, pick up the new Earth QuickStudy® guide and get your research started. This guide is packed with interesting facts and explanations, from Earth’s location in space to its inner core, and written with a perfect balance of science, real-world examples, and fun facts.
Earth by
"It's impossible to grasp the whole planet or integrate all the descriptions of it. But because we live here, we have to try. This is not just an artistic compulsion or an existential yearning, still less an academic exercise. It's a survival issue. This is the only planet we have. We're stuck here, and we don't own the place--it would be the height of arrogance to assume that we do. We're tenants here, not owners, but we're tenants with hope for a long-term tenancy. We want to extend our lease just as far as we can."--from Earth: A Tenant's Manual In Earth: A Tenant's Manual, the distinguished geologist Frank H. T. Rhodes, President Emeritus of Cornell University, provides a sweeping, accessible, and deeply informed guide to the home we all share, showing us how we might best preserve the Earth's livability for ourselves and future generations. Rhodes begins by setting the scene for our active planet and explaining how its location and composition determine how the Earth works and why it teems with life. He emphasizes the changes that are of concern to us today, from earthquakes to climate change and the clashes over the energy resources needed for the Earth's exploding population. He concludes with an extended exploration of humanity's prospects on a complex, protean, and ultimately finite world. It is not a question of whether the planet is sustainable; the challenge facing life on Earth--and the life of the Earth--is whether an expanding and high-consumption species like ours is sustainable. Only new resources, new priorities, new policies and, most of all, new knowledge, can reverse the damage that humanity is doing to our home--and ourselves. A sustainable human future, Rhodes concludes in this eloquent, sobering, but ultimately optimistic book, will require a sense of responsible stewardship, for we are not owners of this planet; we are tenants. Surveying the systems, large and small, that govern Earth's processes and influence its changes, Rhodes addresses the negative consequences of human activities for the health of its regulatory systems but offers practical suggestions as to how we might effect repairs, or at least limit further damage to our home.
Earth's Climate Evolution by
To understand climate change today, we first need to know how Earth's climate changed over the past 450 million years. Finding answers depends upon contributions from a wide range of sciences, not just the rock record uncovered by geologists. In Earth's Climate Evolution, Colin Summerhayes analyzes reports and records of past climate change dating back to the late 18th century to uncover key patterns in the climate system. The book will transform debate and set the agenda for the next generation of thought about future climate change. The book takes a unique approach to the subject providing a description of the greenhouse and icehouse worlds of the past 450 million years since land plants emerged, ignoring major earlier glaciations like that of Snowball Earth, which occurred around 600 million years ago in a world free of land plants. It describes the evolution of thinking in palaeoclimatology and introduces the main players in the field and how their ideas were received and, in many cases, subsequently modified. It records the arguments and discussions about the merits of different ideas along the way. It also includes several notes made from the author's own personal involvement in palaeoclimatological and palaeoceanographic studies, and from his experience of working alongside several of the major players in these fields in recent years. This book will be an invaluable reference for both undergraduate and postgraduate students taking courses in related fields and will also be of interest to historians of science and/or geology, climatology and oceanography. It should also be of interest to the wider scientific and engineering community, high school science students, policy makers, and environmental NGOs. Reviews: "Outstanding in its presentation of the facts and a good read in the way that it intersperses the climate story with the author's own experiences. [This book] puts the climate story into a compelling geological history." -Dr. James Baker "The book is written in very clear and concise prose, [and takes] original, enlightening, and engaging approach to talking about 'ideas' from the perspective of the scientists who promoted them." -Professor Christopher R. Scotese "A thrilling ride through continental drift and its consequences." - Professor Gerald R. North "Written in a style and language which can be easily understood by laymen as well as scientists." - Professor Dr Jörn Thiede "What makes this book particularly distinctive is how well it builds in the narrative of change in ideas over time." - Holocene book reviews, May 2016 "This is a fascinating book and the author's biographical approach gives it great human appeal." - E Adlard
Earth observation open science and innovation by
Over the past decades, rapid developments in digital and sensing technologies, such as the Cloud, Web and Internet of Things, have dramatically changed the way we live and work. The digital transformation is revolutionizing our ability to monitor our planet and transforming the way we access, process and exploit Earth Observation data from satellites. This book reviews these megatrends and their implications for the Earth Observation community as well as the wider data economy. It provides insight into new paradigms of Open Science and Innovation applied to space data, which are characterized by openness, access to large volume of complex data, wide availability of new community tools, new techniques for big data analytics such as Artificial Intelligence, unprecedented level of computing power, and new types of collaboration among researchers, innovators, entrepreneurs and citizen scientists. In addition, this book aims to provide readers with some reflections on the future of Earth Observation, highlighting through a series of use cases not just the new opportunities created by the New Space revolution, but also the new challenges that must be addressed in order to make the most of the large volume of complex and diverse data delivered by the new generation of satellites.
Earth Science by
Provides an encyclopedic review of the material world in which we live and the uses to which those materials can be put. Describes in depth everything from gold to hazardous waste and put in the context of humans' life on earth.
Earth science by
"Earth science, 14th edition, is a college-level text designed for an introductory course in Earth science. It consists of seven units that emphasize broad and up-to-date coverage of basic topics and principles in geology, oceanography, meteorology, and astronomy. The book is intended to be a meaningful, nontechnical survey for undergraduate students with little background in science. Usually these students are taking an Earth science class to meet a portion of their college or university's general requirements. In addition to being informative and up-to-date, Earth science, 14th edition, strives to meet the need of beginning students for a readable and user-friendly text and a highly usable "tool" for learning basic Earth science principles and concepts"--Provided by publisher.
The Earth Sciences in Canada by
In June 1967, the Earth Science Division of the Royal Society of Canada held a symposium to assess the country's activities and accomplishments in the earth sciences and to provide some guidelines and predictions for the future. The papers given at the symposium are collected in this volume.
Homework Helpers: Earth Science by
Homework Helpers: Earth Science covers all of the topics typically included in a high school or undergraduate course, including: How to understand "the language of rocks." The events that we see in the sky and how they affect us. Earthquakes and what they can tell us about the inside workings of our world. How to understand the weather and what the weatherman is saying. Homework Helpers: Earth Science is loaded with practical examples using everyday experiences. Every topic includes a number of simple tricks to make even the toughest ideas understandable and memorable. Each chapter ends with practice questions and explanations of answers. As a reference tool Homework Helpers: Earth Science can be used as a preview of tomorrow--s class or a reinforcement of today--s. It will leave students with a firm grasp of the material and the confidence that will inspire a deeper understanding.
Practical Finite Element Modeling in Earth Science Using Matlab by
Mathematical models have become a crucial way for the Earth scientist to understand and predict how our planet functions and evolves through time and space. The finite element method (FEM) is a remarkably flexible and powerful tool with enormous potential in the Earth Sciences. This pragmatic guide explores how a variety of different Earth science problems can be translated and solved with FEM, assuming only basic programming experience. This book begins with a general introduction to numerical modeling and includes multiple sample Matlab codes to illustrate how FEM is implemented in practice. Textboxes have been included to provide additional detail, such as specialized Matlab usage or advanced topics. Covering all the key aspects, this is essential reading for those looking to master the technique, as well as those simply seeking to increase their basic level of understanding and appreciation of FEM.
This learning area is designed to provide a general background for the understanding of Earth Science and Biology. It presents the history of the Earth through geologic time. It discusses the Earth’s structure, composition, and processes. Issues, concerns, and problems pertaining to natural hazards are also included. It also deals with the basic principles and processes in the study of biology. It covers life processes and interactions at the cellular, organism, population, and ecosystem levels.
Introduction to the Philosophy of the Human Person
Introduction to the Philosophy of the Human Person is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is an initiation to the activity and process of philosophical reflection as a search for a synoptic vision of life. Topics to be discussed include the human experiences of embodiment, being in the world with others and the environment, freedom, intersubjectivity, sociality, and being unto death. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course should demonstrate a capacity for critical and analytical reflection from the perspective of a profound vision of life. The student should show understanding of the activity of doing philosophy of the human person as an embodied being in the world and the environment, and within the context of the human person as free, inter-subjective, immersed in society, and oriented towards death. Technology tools are introduced to help students understand the concepts better. The course also utilizes strategies that improve the likelihood of students benefiting fully from the subject.
Doing philosophy : an introduction to the philosophy of the human person by 
Gender Studies: a Modern Approach by
Gender studies is an interdisciplinary field, which studies gender identity and gender representation. It includes fields like women studies, men's studies and queer studies. This vast subject encompasses the study and analysis of gender and sexuality and their representation, interactions and presence in diverse fields such as literature, cinema, history, language, law, human development, etc. It also takes into consideration how disability, ethnicity, race, class, nationality and location affect gender and sexuality. Modern approach towards gender studies includes discussions on gay marriage, gay rights and adoption. The field also delves into an in-depth study of femininity and masculinity along with the numerous constraints surrounding it. This book presents researches and studies performed by experts across the globe in the varied aspects of gender studies. It presents this complex subject in the most comprehensible and easy to understand language. As this field is emerging at a rapid pace, the contents of this book will help the readers understand the modern concepts of the subject.
Intimate relationships by
"Intimate Relationships is a comprehensive survey of relationship science that draws on social psychology, communication studies, family studies, sociology, clinical psychology, neuroscience, demography, and economics. The ninth edition has unmatched currency and breadth. It has new or substantially expanded treatment of gender, sexual orientation, consensual non-monogamy, and transgenders' relationships. It speaks to, and includes, everyone. From back burner relationships to stealthing and selfishness and on to humility and life history theory, everything new and cutting-edge in relationship science is here."-- Provided by publisher.
New Perspectives in Philosophy of Education by
New Perspectives in Philosophy of Education seeks to build a bridge between philosophical reflection and socio-political action by developing a range of critical discussions in the areas of ethics, politics and religion. This volume brings together established authorities and a new generation of scholars to ask whether philosophy of education can contribute to political and social discourse, or whether it is destined to remain the marginal gadfly of mainstream ideology. The philosophy of education stands in danger of becoming a neglected field at precisely the moment we need to be able to reflect upon the increasingly apparent costs of the technocratic attitude to education. While many of the educational policy discussions of recent years seem far-reaching and radical, critical debate surrounding these initiatives remain largely at a populist level. New Perspectives in Philosophy of Education provides contemporary responses to philosophical issues that bear upon educational studies, policies and practices, contributing to the debate on the role of philosophy of education in an increasingly fractured intellectual milieu.
Persons and Personal Identity by
As persons, we are importantly different from all other creatures in the universe. But in what, exactly, does this difference consist? What kinds of entities are we, and what makes each of us the same person today that we were yesterday? Could we survive having all of our memories erased and replaced with false ones? What about if our bodies were destroyed and our brains were transplanted into android bodies, or if instead our minds were simply uploaded to computers? In this engaging and accessible introduction to these important philosophical questions, Amy Kind brings together three different areas of research: the nature of personhood, theories of personal identity over time, and the constitution of self-identity. Surveying the key contemporary theories in the philosophical literature, Kind analyzes and assesses their strengths and weaknesses. As she shows, our intuitions on these issues often pull us in different directions, making it difficult to develop an adequate general theory. Throughout her discussion, Kind seamlessly interweaves a vast array of up-to-date examples drawn from both real life and popular fiction, all of which greatly help to elucidate this central topic in metaphysics. A perfect text for readers coming to these issues for the first time, Persons and Personal Identity engages with some of the deepest and most important questions about human nature and our place in the world, making it a vital resource for students and researchers alike.
Phenomenological papers : a supplement to Philosophy of man, selected readings by Philosophy of man by
This is a textbook for students whose knowledge in philosophy is rather scanty. Part I is about philosphy; Part II is about man.
Philosophy of man : selected readings by Philosophy of man : towards perfection by 
Reason and Responsibility by
REASON AND RESPONSIBILITY: READINGS IN SOME BASIC PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY has a well-earned reputation for clarity and breadth, with a proven selection of high-quality readings that cover centuries of philosophical debate. The anthology includes the central issues in metaphysics, epistemology, philosophy of religion, philosophy of mind, and ethics, as well as debates over the value of philosophy and the meaning of life. The book is clearly organized so that the readings complement each other, guiding readers through contrasting positions on key philosophical issues. Clear, concise introductions provide reading tips and background information to help readers engage directly and meaningfully with the primary sources.
Rethinking leadership for a green world by
"First James Lovelock, and recently Prince William and David Attenborough believe that we have reached a tipping point in the process of climate change. Whether they are right, or not, it is certainly true that the impact of humankind upon the ecology of the earth has reached a point where real changes in human behaviour are required. If managers are to be enablers of planetary survival then we need to develop a new approach to risk, which explicitly includes ecological limits upon economic behaviour. This implies a fundamental reorientation of their role in allocating resources to minimise risk and maximise reward. This book brings together some of the brightest contemporary thinkers on leadership, complexity and sustainability to consider the big ideas that we will need to make the changes required, and to outline the major themes that can inform a new approach to constructing a green world. It looks at how to ensure that local models of sustainability are able to flourish in the context of global networks and presents specific case studies of markets and organisations that offer insights into the development integrated solutions and the leadership lessons we can learn. Combining both theory and practice, this book serves to guide business managers and provides deeper insight and critical perspectives on some of the key issues facing leaders moving towards the green economy. It also provides useful supplementary reading for students in business and environmental studies"-- Provided by publisher.
The Routledge Guidebook to Locke's Essay Concerning Human Understanding by
John Locke is widely acknowledged as the most important figure in the history of English philosophy and An Essay Concerning Human Understanding is his greatest intellectual work, emphasising the importance of experience for the formation of knowledge. The Routledge Guidebook to Locke's Essay Concerning Human Understanding introduces the major themes of Locke's great book and serves as a companion to this key work, examining: The context of Locke's work and the background to his writing Each part of the text in relation to its goals, meaning and impact The reception of the book when it was first seen by the world The relevance of Locke's work to philosophy today, its legacy and influence With further reading suggested throughout, this text follows Locke's original work closely, making it essential reading for all students of philosophy, and all those wishing to get to grips with this classic work.
The Subject of Human Being by
The Subject of Human Being presents a sweeping account of the nature of human existence. As a work of philosophical anthropology, the analysis ranges from the basic powers emerging from the mind, to our extraordinary psychological capacities, to the shared sociocultural worlds we inhabit. The book integrates different perspectives on social ontology from a selection of philosophers and theorists, whose advances toward understanding the relationship between individuals and society ought to revolutionize social theory as understood and practiced in the social sciences and humanities. Although grounded in critical realist philosophy of Roy Bhaskar and the social theory of Margaret Archer, the book also draws from philosophy of mind, phenomenology of consciousness, psychoanalytic theory, virtue ethics, and personalism to support and extend its arguments. Four elements of human existence are examined: the nature of consciousness, agency, subjectivity, and the social world. Thus, it addresses related issues of power, the agent-structure problem, the formation of beliefs and desires, human universals, and human rights. Portraying a unified social theory that is materialist, realist, dialectical, and centered on emergence, and offering a comprehensive and progressive theory of human being, this book is essential reading for students and scholars of critical realism, philosophy, and the social sciences.
Voices of Design Leadership by
Voices of Design Leadership Provides inspiration to architecture and design students and professionals through the insights, stories, and projects of successful design leaders Voices of Design Leadership seeks to educate, inform, and inspire a new generation of diverse design leaders. The work includes sixteen profiles of design leaders in architecture, interior design, planning, and research, many of whom are leaders at firms that have earned the AIA's national Architecture Firm Award. The stories and projects from their own professional journeys illustrate multiple paths to design leadership success. Individually, each person stands on their own as an inspiring and inf luential design leader. Collectively, they express what design leadership can and should look like. Representing a broad diversity of expertise and demographics--including nine women, seven people of color, and five first-generation immigrants--they bring a variety of life experiences and cultural backgrounds to their award-winning work. Sample topics discussed in the work include: The power of diversity Finding and developing design talent Design philosophy and research investments Coaching, mentoring, team collaboration, and community engagement Advice for emerging design leaders Students of architecture, engineering, construction, and real estate will find value and inspiration from Voices of Design Leadership and gain insight into the thought processes of established leaders in their fields. The work also appeals to young and mid-career professionals, clients, and educators exploring the next steps of their own career journeys.
Women in Christianity in the modern age : (1920-today) by
"Women in Christianity in the Modern Age examines the role of women in Christianity in the 20th and early 21st Centuries. This edited volume includes eight important contributions from academics in the field. The modern era has been an age of social and religious upheaval, and the ravages of global warfare and changes to women's role in society have made the examination of the place of women in religion a key question in theology. From theological concerns - engagements with the biblical texts by feminist and anti-feminist theologians, the modern role of Mary and women saints - to political and social debates on women's ministry and place in society, and cultural shifts as expressed through theologically inspired artwork by women, Women in Christianity in the Modern Age provides an overview and in-depth studies of a tumultuous and changing era. This insightful text will be of key interest to students and scholars in Religion and Cultural Studies"-- Provided by publisher.
Introduction to the Philosophy of the Human Person
Introduction to the Philosophy of the Human Person is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is an initiation to the activity and process of philosophical reflection as a search for a synoptic vision of life. Topics to be discussed include the human experiences of embodiment, being in the world with others and the environment, freedom, intersubjectivity, sociality, and being unto death. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course should demonstrate a capacity for critical and analytical reflection from the perspective of a profound vision of life. The student should show understanding of the activity of doing philosophy of the human person as an embodied being in the world and the environment, and within the context of the human person as free, inter-subjective, immersed in society, and oriented towards death. Technology tools are introduced to help students understand the concepts better. The course also utilizes strategies that improve the likelihood of students benefiting fully from the subject.
The ascent of man : a philosophy of human nature by
The Ascent of Man develops a comprehensive theory of human nature. James F. Harris sees human nature as an emergent property that supervenes a cluster of properties. Despite significant overlap between individuals that have human nature and those that are biologically human, the concept of human nature developed in this book is different. Whether biologically human or not, an individual may be said to possess human nature. This theory of human nature is called the"cluster theory." Harris takes as his point of departurePlato's comment that in learning what a thing is we should look to the ways in which it acts upon or is acted upon by other things. He commits to a methodological naturalism and draws upon current views from the social and biological sciences. The cluster theory he develops represents one of the very few completely novel theories of human nature developed in the post-Darwin era. It will prove most useful in dealing with philosophical questions involving such contemporary issues as cloning, cybernetics, and the possibility of extraterrestrial life. The fundamental conceptual issue is how plastic and elastic is the nature of human nature. Just how different might we imagine human beings to be and still be human in the sense that they still possess whatever it is that accounts for a unique nature? The theory of human nature developed in this book is a descriptive, dynamic, bottom-up, non-essentialist, naturalist theory. Harris is well versed in classical philosophy and contemporary behavioral science. He writes in a graceful, open-ended way that both educates and illuminates renewed interest in what it means to be human.
A Materialist Metaphysics of the Human Person by
Hud Hudson presents an innovative view of the metaphysics of human persons according to which human persons are material objects but not human organisms. In developing his account, he formulates and defends a unique collection of positions on parthood, persistence, vagueness, composition, identity, and various puzzles of material constitution.The author also applies his materialist metaphysics to issues in ethics and in the philosophy of religion. He examines the implications for ethics of his metaphysical views for standard arguments addressing the moral permissibility of our treatment of human persons and their parts, fetuses and infants, the irreversibly comatose, and corpses. He argues that his metaphysics provides the best foundation in the philosophy of religion for the Christian doctrine of the resurrection of the body.Hudson addresses a broad range of metaphysical issues, but among his most strikingly original contributions are his defense of the "Partist" view (according to which a material object can exactly occupy multiple, overlapping regions of spacetime) and his argument for the compatibility of Christianity with a materialistic theory of human persons.
Metaethics from a first person standpoint : an introduction to moral philosophy by
"Metaethics from a First Person Standpoint addresses in a novel format the major topics and themes of contemporary metaethics, the study of the analysis of moral thought and judgement. Metathetics is less concerned with what practices are right or wrong than with what we mean by 'right' and 'wrong.' Looking at a wide spectrum of topics including moral language, realism and anti-realism, reasons and motives, relativism, and moral progress, this book engages students and general readers in order to enhance their understanding of morality and moral discourse as cultural practices. Catherine Wilson innovatively employs a first-person narrator to report step-by-step an individual's reflections, beginning from a position of radical scepticism, on the possibility of objective moral knowledge. The reader is invited to follow along with this reasoning, and to challenge or agree with each major point. Incrementally, the narrator is led to certain definite conclusions about 'oughts' and norms in connection with self-interest, prudence, social norms, and finally morality. Scepticism is overcome, and the narrator arrives at a good understanding of how moral knowledge and moral progress are possible, though frequently long in coming. Accessibly written, Metaethics from a First Person Standpoint presupposes no prior training in philosophy and is a must-read for philosophers, students and general readers interested in gaining a better understanding of morality as a personal philosophical quest."--Publisher's website
Neuroscience and the soul : the human person in philosophy, science, and theology by
An interdisciplinary look at arguments both for and against traditional belief in the soul It is a widely held belief that human beings are both body and soul, that our immaterial soul is distinct from our material body. But that traditional idea has been seriously questioned by much recent research in the brain sciences. In Neuroscience and the Soul fourteen distinguished scholars grapple with current debates about the existence and nature of the soul. Featuring a dialogical format, the book presents state-of-the-art work by leading philosophers and theologians--some arguing for the existence of the soul, others arguing against it--and then puts those scholars into conversation with critics of their views. Bringing philosophy, theology, and science together in this way brings to light new perspectives and advances the ongoing debate over body and soul. CONTRIBUTORS: Robin Collins John W. Cooper Kevin Corcoran Stewart Goetz William Hasker Veli-Matti Kärkkäinen Eric LaRock Brian Lugioyo J. P. Moreland Timothy O'Connor Jason D. Runyan Kevin Sharpe Daniel Speak Richard Swinburne
Philosophy of Globalization by
Not so long ago, it seemed the intellectual positions on globalization were clear, with advocates and opponents making their respective cases in decidedly contrasting terms. Recently, however, the fronts have shifted dramatically. The aim of this publication is to contribute philosophical depth to the debates on globalization conducted within various academic fields - principally by working out its normative dimensions. The interdisciplinary nature of this book's contributors also serves to scientifically ground the ethical-philosophical discourse on global responsibility. Though by no means exhaustive, the expansive scope of the works herein encompasses such other topics as the altering consciousness of space and time, and the phenomenon of globalization as a discourse, as an ideology and as a symbolic form.
Introduction to the Philosophy of the Human Person
Introduction to the Philosophy of the Human Person is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is an initiation to the activity and process of philosophical reflection as a search for a synoptic vision of life. Topics to be discussed include the human experiences of embodiment, being in the world with others and the environment, freedom, intersubjectivity, sociality, and being unto death. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course should demonstrate a capacity for critical and analytical reflection from the perspective of a profound vision of life. The student should show understanding of the activity of doing philosophy of the human person as an embodied being in the world and the environment, and within the context of the human person as free, inter-subjective, immersed in society, and oriented towards death. Technology tools are introduced to help students understand the concepts better. The course also utilizes strategies that improve the likelihood of students benefiting fully from the subject.
Introduction to the Philosophy of the Human Person
Introduction to the Philosophy of the Human Person is a core subject for all senior high school students. It is an initiation to the activity and process of philosophical reflection as a search for a synoptic vision of life. Topics to be discussed include the human experiences of embodiment, being in the world with others and the environment, freedom, intersubjectivity, sociality, and being unto death. This DLS-CSB Senior High School course should demonstrate a capacity for critical and analytical reflection from the perspective of a profound vision of life. The student should show understanding of the activity of doing philosophy of the human person as an embodied being in the world and the environment, and within the context of the human person as free, inter-subjective, immersed in society, and oriented towards death. Technology tools are introduced to help students understand the concepts better. The course also utilizes strategies that improve the likelihood of students benefiting fully from the subject.
This course is designed for a high school student to develop knowledge, skills, and attitude to perform the tasks on Tour Guiding Services. It covers core competencies namely; 1) research information relevant to tour itinerary; 2) managing tour arrangements for visitors, and 3) accompanying visitors in accordance with the tour itinerary. It also includes provision for on-the-job training in Tour Guiding Services. The preliminaries of this specialization course include the following: 1) Explain core concepts in tour guiding services; 2) Discuss the relevance of the course 3) Explore on opportunities for a Tour Guide as a career.
Becoming a Tour Guide by
Becoming a Tour Guide provides valuable guidance in establishing a career path in the industry. Packed with practical tips, useful advice and real-life case studies drawn from all the different areas of the industry, it tells you which jobs are most suited to your skills, how to develop those skills further, where to look for jobs and training and how to further your career once you've begun work. It finishes with a list of contact details of useful organizations and associations, as well as suggestions for further reading.
Co-Creating Tourism Research by
Co-creation has become a buzzword in many social science disciplines, in business and in tourism studies. Given the prominence of co-creation, surprisingly little discussion has evolved around its implications for research practices and knowledge production as well as what challenges there are for fulfilling the promise of co-creation in tourism research. This book aims to contribute to this discussion by addressing how tourism research comes together as a collaborative achievement and by exploring different ways of collaborative knowledge production in tourism research. It is structured to offer, on one hand, an introduction to the ontological basis for collaborative research and, on the other hand, a set of empirical examples of how collaborative knowledge creation can inform tourism design, management, policy and education. The theoretical accounts and empirical cases of this book display how research collaborations can offer modest, local yet often impactful insights, traces and effects. It therefore will be of value for students, researchers and academics in tourism studies as well as the wider social sciences.
Conducting Tours by
For readers seeking adventure in the field of tourism, "Conducting Tours" offers essential, contemporary guidance needed for success in this exciting, expanding industry. Beginning with basic, valuable information about guiding, escorting, and tour planning, the text progresses with discussions on subtler topics such as guide commentary "tricks" for effective touring, psychology of group behavior, successful itineraries, and ethical challenges presented to tour leaders. The subject matter is organized for greater reading clarity with chapter overviews, highlighted glossary terms, and magazine-style prose. Numerous photos, graphics, and quotes from industry leaders highlight key points, and over 40 charts, maps and illustrations give visual, easy access renderings of information. The professional profiles, end-of-chapter summaries and activities enables learners to comprehend real-life experiences and apply their knowledge. This integrated textbook/workbook is the only source necessary to learn about "Conducting Tours".
Conducting tours. Instructor's manual by Contemporary Tourism by
The study of tourism and indeed the tourism industry is changing constantly. Now in its fourth edition, Contemporary Tourism: an international approach presents a new and refreshing approach to the study of tourism, considering issues such as overtourism, advances in AI and its impacts, waste management and environmental crisis, the sharing economy and Airbnb, the tourist experience and product development. In particular, it highlights the ongoing threats and opportunities faced by the tourism industry today, and discusses the related management strategies, illustrating the potential implications for the patterns and flow of tourism in the future. Divided into five sections, each chapter has a thorough learning structure including chapter objectives, examples, discussion points, self-review questions, checklists and case studies. URL links in the form of QR codes are heavily present throughout the text so that users of both hard and electronic formats can have direct links to up to date, authoritative and annotated sources of information. Cases are both thematic and destination-based and always international. They are used to emphasise the relationship between general principles and the practice of tourism looking at areas such as business and special interest tourism and the role of technology. The five sections cover: Contemporary Tourism Systems; The Contemporary Tourist; The Contemporary Tourist Destination; The Contemporary Tourism Industry; and Tourism Futures. New to this edition:* New material on latest issues such as the international response to overtourism; waste management and environmental change; and the impact of AI/robotics on tourism human resources; * Brand new and updated case studies and readings throughout;* Substantial support for both students and teachers, both within the text itself and via web-based student and instructor resources.ABOUT THE AUTHORS Chris Cooper is Professor in the School of Events, Tourism and Hospitality at Leeds Beckett University in the UK. Professor C Michael Hall is Professor of Marketing at the University of Canterbury in New Zealand; Docent, University of Oulu, Finland and Visiting Professor at Linnaeus University, Kalmar, Sweden.
Philippine tourism laws : a comprehensive guide to studying laws relevant to the Philippine tourism industry by Principles and ethics of tour guiding by The professional guide : dynamics of tour guiding by
Travel and tourism is emerging as one of the world's largest and most dynamic industries. This handbook aims to provide guides with a foundation to the tourism and travel industry. It begins with a definition of the various kinds of guides and an overview of guiding throughout history and the world.
Resilient Destinations and Tourism by
Sustainability is one of the most important issues currently facing the tourism sector. Recently, the role of resilience thinking has been highlighted in sustainable development discussions as an alternative perspective. This book approaches these concepts as interwoven processes and looks at change through a socioecological lens. Instead of seeing resilience and sustainability as alternative approaches, Resilient Destinations and Tourism argues that resilience should be understood as a fundamental part of sustainable tourism thinking for destination systems, and calls for better governance in implementation and management. Improving governance is the key issue in sustainable tourism development. The chapters in this edited collection focus on resilient destinations from a governance perspective, in which tourism resilience is contextualized as an integral part of pathway creation in the process of moving towards sustainable tourism. The contributions to the book represent a range of theoretical and empirical approaches with a wide international scope. Resilient Destinations and Tourism calls for rethinking the meaning of sustainable development in tourism and looks at how sustainability and resilience could be integrated. This book will appeal to a wide range of research disciplines and students whose modules focus on the relationship between tourism and sustainability planning, governance, the environment, and hazards and disasters.
The Routledge Handbook of Popular Culture and Tourism by
This handbook provides a comprehensive overview and holistic analysis of the intersection between tourism and popular culture. It examines current debates, questions and controversies of tourism in the wake of popular culture phenomena and explores the relationships between popular culture, globalization, tourism and mobility. In addition, it offers a cross-disciplinary, cutting edge review of the character of popular cultural production and consumption trends, analyzing their consequences for tourism, spatial strategies and destination competitiveness. The scope of the volume encompasses various expressions of popular culture such as cinema, TV shows, music, literature, sports and heritage. Featuring a mix of theoretical and empirical chapters, the handbook problematizes and conceptualizes the ties and clusters of popular cultural actors, thereby positioning tourism within the wider context of creative economies, cultural planning and multimodal technologies. Written by an international team of academics with expertise in a range of disciplines, this timely book will be of interest to researchers from a variety of subjects including tourism, events, geography, cultural studies, fandom research, political economy, business, media studies and technology.
The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management by
The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management is a critical, authoritative review of tourism management, written by leading international thinkers and academics in the field. Arranged over two volumes, the chapters are framed as critical synoptic pieces covering key developments, current issues and debates, and emerging trends and future considerations for the field. The two volumes focus in turn on the theories, concepts and disciplines that underpin tourism management in volume one, followed by examinations of how those ideas and concepts have been applied in the second volume. Chapters are structured around twelve key themes: Volume One Part One: Researching Tourism Part Two: Social Analysis Part Three: Economic Analysis Part Four: Technological Analysis Part Five: Environmental Analysis Part Six: Political Analysis Volume Two Part One: Approaching Tourism Part Two: Destination Applications Part Three: Marketing Applications Part Four: Tourism Product Markets Part Five: Technological Applications Part Six: Environmental Applications This handbook offers a fresh, contemporary and definitive look at tourism management, making it an essential resource for academics, researchers and students.
Sport, Events, Tourism and Regeneration by
Investments in sport, events and tourism in cities and wider regions are part of nascent regeneration strategies linked to transitioning economic bases and place images. While it is important to consider physical regeneration, there is a range of subsequent benefits and opportunities brought about through regeneration that considers social impacts, communities and how investments and developments influence how people interact in transformed spaces. This book brings together a collection focusing on the diverse range of approaches and perspectives of regeneration. Twelve chapters outline and bring together critical perspectives of regeneration from scholars in different parts of the world. This collection critically assesses some of the key factors impacting upon regeneration initiatives in relation to sport, events and tourism. By doing so, this book assesses if new opportunities have arisen from developments, increasing the demands and needs of locals and tourists, or if transformations result in exclusion - thus challenging who regeneration is for. This book will be valuable reading for students and academics interested in tourism studies, events planning, sport and leisure studies or development studies, as well as the wider social sciences.
Sustainable Tourism on a Finite Planet by
This book helps all those involved in international tourism develop the new skills, tools and investments required to protect irreplaceable global resources from the impacts of escalating tourism demand over the next 50 years. It documents how technology and the growing global middle class are driving a travel revolution which requires a new paradigm in managing tourism destinations. Travel and tourism supply chains and business models for hotels, tour operators, cruise lines, airlines and airports are analysed and environmental management techniques are proposed for each sector. A pragmatic set of solutions are offered to support the transition to lower impact tourism development worldwide. It recommends that decision makers assess the current and future value of natural, social, and cultural capital to guide investment in destinations and protect vital resources. Case studies illustrate why budgets to protect local destinations are consistently underestimated and offer guidance on new metrics. Innovative approaches are proposed to support the transition to green infrastructure, protect incomparable landscapes, and engage local people in the monitoring of vital indicators to protect local resources. It provides students, professionals, and policy makers with far-reaching recommendations for new educational programs, professional expertise, financing, and legal frameworks to lower tourism's rapidly escalating carbon impacts and protect the health and well-being of local populations, ecosystems, cultures, and monuments worldwide.　　
Tour guiding as a profession by Tourism and Everyday Life in the Contemporary City by
This book explores the phenomena of the urban everyday and new urban tourism. It provides a systematic framework and draws on a mix of theoretical and empirical work to look at the increasing intermingling of 'tourists' and 'residents'. Tourism and urban everyday life are deeply connected in a mutually constitutive way. Tourism has become a key momentum of urban development and affects cities beyond its economic dimension. Urban everyday life itself can turn into a matter of tourist interest for people searching for experiences off the beaten track. Even living in a city as a resident involves moments, activities and practices which could be labelled as 'touristic'. These observations demonstrate some of the various layers in which urban tourism and everyday city life are intertwined. This book gathers multiple interdisciplinary approaches, a diversity of topics and methodological variety to examine this complex relationship. It presents a systematic framework for the dynamic research field of new urban tourismalong three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane, encounters and contact zones, and urban co-production. This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies, Urban Studies, Leisure Studies, Tourism Geography, and Tourism Sociology. k for the dynamic research field of new urban tourismalong three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane, encounters and contact zones, and urban co-production. This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies, Urban Studies, Leisure Studies, Tourism Geography, and Tourism Sociology.
Tourism Management by
One of the leading texts in the field, Tourism Management is the ideal introduction to the fundamentals of tourism as you study for a degree, diploma or single module in the subject with a global focus. It is written in an engaging style that assumes no prior knowledge of tourism and builds up your understanding as you progress through this wide-ranging global review of the principles of managing tourism. It traces the evolution and future development of tourism and the challenges facing tourism managers in this fast-growing sector of the world economy. This book is highly illustrated with diagrams and colour images, and contains short case studies of contemporary themes of interest, as well as new data, statistics, weblinks to key reports and industry studies. This 6th edition has been revised and updated to include: new content on: sports, festivals and event tourism, including the impact of the Olympic Games, social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses, such as disruptive technology, the rise of Airbnb, the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety, and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth, including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalized transport operators, and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behaviour an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links. ng the impact of the Olympic Games, social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses, such as disruptive technology, the rise of Airbnb, the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety, and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth, including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalized transport operators, and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behaviour an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links. mp;lt;P> an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links.
Tourism management : an introduction by
An introductory text that gives its reader a strong understanding of the dimensions of tourism, the industries of which it is comprised, the issues that affect its success, and the management of its impact on destination economies, environments and communities. Now in a full colour design, the new edition features a clear focus on the issues affecting 21st century tourism, providing students with extensive coverage on the effects of globalisation and global conflict; sustainability and climate chan≥ developments in digital technology and the rise of the sharing economy. International case-studies and snapshots (mini-case studies) are used throughout and have been taken from around the globe, including the US, China, Russia, Gambia, Bhutan, Cuba, Singapore, New Zealand, Australia, Caribbean, Canada and the UK, and from companies including TUI, Airbnb and Marriot. The accompanying Online Resources include PowerPoint slides and an Instructor′s Manual for lecturers and additional case studies, useful video links, and web links for students. Suitable for students new to tourism studies.
Tourism Planning and Development by
Academically complex and challenging to apply, development and planning are increasingly relevant to the growing tourism industry. This collection contains critical studies on tourism development and planning, and calls for proactive, holistic and responsible thinking. It addresses conceptual and contemporary issues in development and planning research including political trust, innovation networks, sustainability, moral encounters, enclavisation and evolutionary economics. It argues that recognition of the contextual and historical dimensions around tourism development and planning is essential to help both researchers and practitioners better understand destination and place-based decision-making. In addition, it will lead to improvements in stakeholder relations, and explains how tourism best works with localities and localities with tourism. This book was originally published as a special issue of Tourism Geographies.
Travel and tour operations in the Philippines by This course is designed for a high school student to develop knowledge, skills, and attitude to perform the tasks on Tour Guiding Services. It covers core competencies namely; 1) research information relevant to tour itinerary; 2) managing tour arrangements for visitors, and 3) accompanying visitors in accordance with the tour itinerary. It also includes provision for on-the-job training in Tour Guiding Services. The preliminaries of this specialization course include the following: 1) Explain core concepts in tour guiding services; 2) Discuss the relevance of the course 3) Explore on opportunities for a Tour Guide as a career.
Becoming a Tour Guide by
Becoming a Tour Guide provides valuable guidance in establishing a career path in the industry. Packed with practical tips, useful advice and real-life case studies drawn from all the different areas of the industry, it tells you which jobs are most suited to your skills, how to develop those skills further, where to look for jobs and training and how to further your career once you've begun work. It finishes with a list of contact details of useful organizations and associations, as well as suggestions for further reading.
Contemporary Destination Governance by
"Governance is about managing networks". This quote from political scientist Rod A.W. Rhodes pioneered a whole series of governance studies in different disciplines. Accordingly, destination governance describes the collective management of tourism destinations. Promoting collective action in tourism destinations means dealing with a myriad of different actors and applying various instruments. Probably the most basic requirement is to take into account the peculiarities of every single destination. Therefore, this book approaches the issue of contemporary destination governance from a case study point of view focusing on 16 destinations. In contrast to other publications in the field of destination governance, the book concentrates on the discussion of cases and the peculiarities of destinations which influence the destination governance. It demonstrates how different theories from the fields of organizational studies, strategic management, tourism research and sociology can enlighten our understanding of particular real-world situations. Last but not least the bottom-up approach supports practitioners and students by making otherwise complex theories accessible to a broader audience.
Contemporary Tourism by
The study of tourism and indeed the tourism industry is changing constantly. Contemporary Tourism: an international approach presents a new and refreshing approach to the study of tourism, considering issues such as the changing world order, destination marketing, tourism ethics and pro-poor tourism. In particular, it highlights the ongoing threats from terrorism and health scares faced by the tourism industry today, and discusses the related security and risk management strategies, illustrating the potential implications for the patterns and flow of tourism in the future. Divided into five sections, each chapter has a thorough learning structure including chapter objectives, examples, discussion points, self review questions, checklists and case studies. Cases will be both thematic and destination-based and always international. They will be used to emphasise the relationship between general principles and the practice of tourism looking at areas such as business and special interest tourism and the role of technology.The five sections will cover: Contemporary Tourism Systems; The Contemporary Tourist; The Contemporary Tourist Destination; Tourism Futures; Teaching and Studying Contemporary Tourism. The text will also provide an annotated, authoritative and thorough set of resources to guide the reader through the topic area including online resource sites for both students and lecturers.
Green Growth and Travelism by
The green growth paradigm emerged from evolving global strategies that coherently promote a more socially inclusive, low-carbon, resource-efficient, stable economy, with decreasing poverty. Opportunities and challenges associated with the paradigm shift are expected to transform the travel and tourism (travelism) sector in all respects and on a global scale. This involves the transformation of the entire travelism value chain, as well as the communities in tourism destinations. However, there is a lack of systematic reports on wide-ranging and complex implications of the green growth paradigm for the travelism sector. This book focuses on the twin pillars - green growth and travelism - as key building blocks in exploring an essential multi-decade lifestyle change for planetary and human well-being, through the lenses of concept, policy and practice. It provides a conceptual discussion of the implications of the new development trend for key players in the travelism system, offers case studies from both developed and developing countries that highlight key issues in the transformation towards the green economy, and explores the policy settings and frameworks on both the global and national levels that underpin travelism green growth.　 This book offers tourism industry players, academics, students, policy makers and practitioners a comprehensive discussion of the latest progress in green growth and travelism.
The professional guide : dynamics of tour guiding by The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management by
The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management is a critical, authoritative review of tourism management, written by leading international thinkers and academics in the field. Arranged over two volumes, the chapters are framed as critical synoptic pieces covering key developments, current issues and debates, and emerging trends and future considerations for the field. The two volumes focus in turn on the theories, concepts and disciplines that underpin tourism management in volume one, followed by examinations of how those ideas and concepts have been applied in the second volume. Chapters are structured around twelve key themes: Volume One Part One: Researching Tourism Part Two: Social Analysis Part Three: Economic Analysis Part Four: Technological Analysis Part Five: Environmental Analysis Part Six: Political Analysis Volume Two Part One: Approaching Tourism Part Two: Destination Applications Part Three: Marketing Applications Part Four: Tourism Product Markets Part Five: Technological Applications Part Six: Environmental Applications This handbook offers a fresh, contemporary and definitive look at tourism management, making it an essential resource for academics, researchers and students.
Start and Run a Profitable Tour Guiding Business by
From museum viewing in your hometown to treks in the Amazon rain forest, the travel and adventure possibilities for a tour guide are exciting and endless. This in-depth guide will tell you all there is to know about the tour guiding industry, whether you want to become an independent tour guide, work for an existing company, or set up your own tour business. Includes: -- Becoming the perfect tour director -- Organizing your own tour -- Marketing your tour -- Understanding standard industry commissions -- Building your company
Start and Run a Tour Guiding Business by
From museum viewing in your hometown to treks in the Amazon rain forest, the travel and adventure possibilities for a tour guide are exciting and endless. This in-depth handbook will tell you all there is to know about the tour guiding industry, whether you want to become an independent tour guide, work for an existing company, or set up your own tour business. Start & Run a Profitable Tour Guiding Business provides background information on the travel industry, describes what is involved in tour guiding, explains how to develop tours to your favorite destination, and outlines the planning you must do no matter where you are going. This book contains a blueprint for the entrepreneur who wants to establish a larger tour operation.
Strategic Management for Tourism, Hospitality and Events by
Strategic Management for Tourism, Hospitality and Events is the must-have text for students approaching this subject for the first time. It introduces students to fundamental strategic management principles in a Tourism, Hospitality and Events context and brings theory to life by integrating a host of industry-based case studies and examples throughout. Among the new features and topics included in this edition are: Extended coverage to Hospitality and Events to reflect the increasing need and importance of a combined sector approach to strategy New international Tourism, Hospitality and Events case studies from both SME's and large-scale businesses are integrated throughout to show applications of strategic management theory, such as objectives, products and markets and strategic implementation. Longer combined sector case studies are also included at the end of the book for seminar work. New content on emerging strategic issues affecting the tourism ,hospitality and events industries, such as innovation, employment, culture and sustainability Web Support for tutors and students providing explanation and guidelines for instructors on how to use the textbook and case studies, additional exercises, case studies and video links for students. This book is written in an accessible and engaging style and structured logically with useful features throughout to aid students' learning and understanding. This book is an essential resource to Tourism, Hospitality and Events students.
Tourism Destination Management by
This book collected studies focused on the management of tourist destinations. Destinations are complex and adaptive systems, where the different elements that make them up have to be oriented towards achieving a common objective that improves the competitiveness of the destination. Five main lines of research on tourist destinations can be established: 1) the management, planning, and marketing of destinations, with special attention to the tourism supply chain, communication, and integral management; 2) the sustainability of resources and capabilities; 3) the renewal of destinations in order to update their offer and main resources to maintain competitiveness; 4) online reputation and communication through social media in order to create and enhance a strong brand image and customer loyalty; and 5) the application of new technologies in order to develop smart destinations. The book is made up of five research studies that focus on analyzing the transition towards a more circular tourist activity in hotels, image as a competitive factor of destinations, the value of cultural creativity, the coherence of online reputation, and the relationship between hotel prices and online reputation in different tourist destinations.
Tourism development by
Tourism has attracted increasing interest from not only scholars with a background in the subject, but also those studying in a number of other fields, given the growing relevance of areas such as psychology, sociology, planning and marketing. As such, this book brings together twelve chapters addressing various aspects of tourism development, from sustainability and ecotourism to cases of developing alternative tourism products. The contributions are enriched through selected practical case studies from a wide range of countries, including the United Arab Emirates, Slovenia, Vietnam, Malaysia.
Tourism Security by
Tourism security is an important part of both security management and tourism. Private security professionals and police departments in tourism cities, as well as hotels, major attractions, and theme parks, have all come to realize that tourism security and safety issues (often called tourism surety) are essential for industry survival and success. In Tourism Security, leading expert Peter Tarlow addresses a range of key issues in tourism safety and security. The book guides the reader through a study of tourism security themes and best practices. Topics include the relationship between tourism security and the economy, hotel and motel security, risk and crisis management, public places, transportation, and legal issues. The book also includes case studies of four popular tourist destinations. With each destination, an interview with a police or security representative is included--providing unique, in-depth insight to security concerns. Tourism Security is an invaluable resource for private security professionals, police departments that serve tourist destinations, and tourism professionals who work in hotels or convention centers, or at attractions, casinos, or events. Explains what tourism security is and outlines safety procedures for different tourism environments Serves as a resource tool and how-to for implementing best practices Includes detailed case studies of four popular tourist destinations: Charleston, South Carolina, the Dominican Republic, Las Vegas, Nevada, and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
This course is designed for a high school student to develop knowledge, skills, and attitude to perform the tasks on Tour Guiding Services. It covers core competencies namely; 1) research information relevant to tour itinerary; 2) managing tour arrangements for visitors, and 3) accompanying visitors in accordance with the tour itinerary. It also includes provision for on-the-job training in Tour Guiding Services. The preliminaries of this specialization course include the following: 1) Explain core concepts in tour guiding services; 2) Discuss the relevance of the course 3) Explore on opportunities for a Tour Guide as a career.
Becoming a Tour Guide by
Becoming a Tour Guide provides valuable guidance in establishing a career path in the industry. Packed with practical tips, useful advice and real-life case studies drawn from all the different areas of the industry, it tells you which jobs are most suited to your skills, how to develop those skills further, where to look for jobs and training and how to further your career once you've begun work. It finishes with a list of contact details of useful organizations and associations, as well as suggestions for further reading.
Co-Creating Tourism Research by
Co-creation has become a buzzword in many social science disciplines, in business and in tourism studies. Given the prominence of co-creation, surprisingly little discussion has evolved around its implications for research practices and knowledge production as well as what challenges there are for fulfilling the promise of co-creation in tourism research. This book aims to contribute to this discussion by addressing how tourism research comes together as a collaborative achievement and by exploring different ways of collaborative knowledge production in tourism research. It is structured to offer, on one hand, an introduction to the ontological basis for collaborative research and, on the other hand, a set of empirical examples of how collaborative knowledge creation can inform tourism design, management, policy and education. The theoretical accounts and empirical cases of this book display how research collaborations can offer modest, local yet often impactful insights, traces and effects. It therefore will be of value for students, researchers and academics in tourism studies as well as the wider social sciences.
Conducting Tours by
For readers seeking adventure in the field of tourism, "Conducting Tours" offers essential, contemporary guidance needed for success in this exciting, expanding industry. Beginning with basic, valuable information about guiding, escorting, and tour planning, the text progresses with discussions on subtler topics such as guide commentary "tricks" for effective touring, psychology of group behavior, successful itineraries, and ethical challenges presented to tour leaders. The subject matter is organized for greater reading clarity with chapter overviews, highlighted glossary terms, and magazine-style prose. Numerous photos, graphics, and quotes from industry leaders highlight key points, and over 40 charts, maps and illustrations give visual, easy access renderings of information. The professional profiles, end-of-chapter summaries and activities enables learners to comprehend real-life experiences and apply their knowledge. This integrated textbook/workbook is the only source necessary to learn about "Conducting Tours".
Conducting tours. Instructor's manual by Contemporary Tourism by
The study of tourism and indeed the tourism industry is changing constantly. Now in its fourth edition, Contemporary Tourism: an international approach presents a new and refreshing approach to the study of tourism, considering issues such as overtourism, advances in AI and its impacts, waste management and environmental crisis, the sharing economy and Airbnb, the tourist experience and product development. In particular, it highlights the ongoing threats and opportunities faced by the tourism industry today, and discusses the related management strategies, illustrating the potential implications for the patterns and flow of tourism in the future. Divided into five sections, each chapter has a thorough learning structure including chapter objectives, examples, discussion points, self-review questions, checklists and case studies. URL links in the form of QR codes are heavily present throughout the text so that users of both hard and electronic formats can have direct links to up to date, authoritative and annotated sources of information. Cases are both thematic and destination-based and always international. They are used to emphasise the relationship between general principles and the practice of tourism looking at areas such as business and special interest tourism and the role of technology. The five sections cover: Contemporary Tourism Systems; The Contemporary Tourist; The Contemporary Tourist Destination; The Contemporary Tourism Industry; and Tourism Futures. New to this edition:* New material on latest issues such as the international response to overtourism; waste management and environmental change; and the impact of AI/robotics on tourism human resources; * Brand new and updated case studies and readings throughout;* Substantial support for both students and teachers, both within the text itself and via web-based student and instructor resources.ABOUT THE AUTHORS Chris Cooper is Professor in the School of Events, Tourism and Hospitality at Leeds Beckett University in the UK. Professor C Michael Hall is Professor of Marketing at the University of Canterbury in New Zealand; Docent, University of Oulu, Finland and Visiting Professor at Linnaeus University, Kalmar, Sweden.
Philippine tourism laws : a comprehensive guide to studying laws relevant to the Philippine tourism industry by Principles and ethics of tour guiding by The professional guide : dynamics of tour guiding by
Travel and tourism is emerging as one of the world's largest and most dynamic industries. This handbook aims to provide guides with a foundation to the tourism and travel industry. It begins with a definition of the various kinds of guides and an overview of guiding throughout history and the world.
Resilient Destinations and Tourism by
Sustainability is one of the most important issues currently facing the tourism sector. Recently, the role of resilience thinking has been highlighted in sustainable development discussions as an alternative perspective. This book approaches these concepts as interwoven processes and looks at change through a socioecological lens. Instead of seeing resilience and sustainability as alternative approaches, Resilient Destinations and Tourism argues that resilience should be understood as a fundamental part of sustainable tourism thinking for destination systems, and calls for better governance in implementation and management. Improving governance is the key issue in sustainable tourism development. The chapters in this edited collection focus on resilient destinations from a governance perspective, in which tourism resilience is contextualized as an integral part of pathway creation in the process of moving towards sustainable tourism. The contributions to the book represent a range of theoretical and empirical approaches with a wide international scope. Resilient Destinations and Tourism calls for rethinking the meaning of sustainable development in tourism and looks at how sustainability and resilience could be integrated. This book will appeal to a wide range of research disciplines and students whose modules focus on the relationship between tourism and sustainability planning, governance, the environment, and hazards and disasters.
The Routledge Handbook of Popular Culture and Tourism by
This handbook provides a comprehensive overview and holistic analysis of the intersection between tourism and popular culture. It examines current debates, questions and controversies of tourism in the wake of popular culture phenomena and explores the relationships between popular culture, globalization, tourism and mobility. In addition, it offers a cross-disciplinary, cutting edge review of the character of popular cultural production and consumption trends, analyzing their consequences for tourism, spatial strategies and destination competitiveness. The scope of the volume encompasses various expressions of popular culture such as cinema, TV shows, music, literature, sports and heritage. Featuring a mix of theoretical and empirical chapters, the handbook problematizes and conceptualizes the ties and clusters of popular cultural actors, thereby positioning tourism within the wider context of creative economies, cultural planning and multimodal technologies. Written by an international team of academics with expertise in a range of disciplines, this timely book will be of interest to researchers from a variety of subjects including tourism, events, geography, cultural studies, fandom research, political economy, business, media studies and technology.
The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management by
The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management is a critical, authoritative review of tourism management, written by leading international thinkers and academics in the field. Arranged over two volumes, the chapters are framed as critical synoptic pieces covering key developments, current issues and debates, and emerging trends and future considerations for the field. The two volumes focus in turn on the theories, concepts and disciplines that underpin tourism management in volume one, followed by examinations of how those ideas and concepts have been applied in the second volume. Chapters are structured around twelve key themes: Volume One Part One: Researching Tourism Part Two: Social Analysis Part Three: Economic Analysis Part Four: Technological Analysis Part Five: Environmental Analysis Part Six: Political Analysis Volume Two Part One: Approaching Tourism Part Two: Destination Applications Part Three: Marketing Applications Part Four: Tourism Product Markets Part Five: Technological Applications Part Six: Environmental Applications This handbook offers a fresh, contemporary and definitive look at tourism management, making it an essential resource for academics, researchers and students.
Sport, Events, Tourism and Regeneration by
Investments in sport, events and tourism in cities and wider regions are part of nascent regeneration strategies linked to transitioning economic bases and place images. While it is important to consider physical regeneration, there is a range of subsequent benefits and opportunities brought about through regeneration that considers social impacts, communities and how investments and developments influence how people interact in transformed spaces. This book brings together a collection focusing on the diverse range of approaches and perspectives of regeneration. Twelve chapters outline and bring together critical perspectives of regeneration from scholars in different parts of the world. This collection critically assesses some of the key factors impacting upon regeneration initiatives in relation to sport, events and tourism. By doing so, this book assesses if new opportunities have arisen from developments, increasing the demands and needs of locals and tourists, or if transformations result in exclusion - thus challenging who regeneration is for. This book will be valuable reading for students and academics interested in tourism studies, events planning, sport and leisure studies or development studies, as well as the wider social sciences.
Sustainable Tourism on a Finite Planet by
This book helps all those involved in international tourism develop the new skills, tools and investments required to protect irreplaceable global resources from the impacts of escalating tourism demand over the next 50 years. It documents how technology and the growing global middle class are driving a travel revolution which requires a new paradigm in managing tourism destinations. Travel and tourism supply chains and business models for hotels, tour operators, cruise lines, airlines and airports are analysed and environmental management techniques are proposed for each sector. A pragmatic set of solutions are offered to support the transition to lower impact tourism development worldwide. It recommends that decision makers assess the current and future value of natural, social, and cultural capital to guide investment in destinations and protect vital resources. Case studies illustrate why budgets to protect local destinations are consistently underestimated and offer guidance on new metrics. Innovative approaches are proposed to support the transition to green infrastructure, protect incomparable landscapes, and engage local people in the monitoring of vital indicators to protect local resources. It provides students, professionals, and policy makers with far-reaching recommendations for new educational programs, professional expertise, financing, and legal frameworks to lower tourism's rapidly escalating carbon impacts and protect the health and well-being of local populations, ecosystems, cultures, and monuments worldwide.　　
Tour guiding as a profession by Tourism and Everyday Life in the Contemporary City by
This book explores the phenomena of the urban everyday and new urban tourism. It provides a systematic framework and draws on a mix of theoretical and empirical work to look at the increasing intermingling of 'tourists' and 'residents'. Tourism and urban everyday life are deeply connected in a mutually constitutive way. Tourism has become a key momentum of urban development and affects cities beyond its economic dimension. Urban everyday life itself can turn into a matter of tourist interest for people searching for experiences off the beaten track. Even living in a city as a resident involves moments, activities and practices which could be labelled as 'touristic'. These observations demonstrate some of the various layers in which urban tourism and everyday city life are intertwined. This book gathers multiple interdisciplinary approaches, a diversity of topics and methodological variety to examine this complex relationship. It presents a systematic framework for the dynamic research field of new urban tourismalong three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane, encounters and contact zones, and urban co-production. This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies, Urban Studies, Leisure Studies, Tourism Geography, and Tourism Sociology. k for the dynamic research field of new urban tourismalong three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane, encounters and contact zones, and urban co-production. This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies, Urban Studies, Leisure Studies, Tourism Geography, and Tourism Sociology.
Tourism Management by
One of the leading texts in the field, Tourism Management is the ideal introduction to the fundamentals of tourism as you study for a degree, diploma or single module in the subject with a global focus. It is written in an engaging style that assumes no prior knowledge of tourism and builds up your understanding as you progress through this wide-ranging global review of the principles of managing tourism. It traces the evolution and future development of tourism and the challenges facing tourism managers in this fast-growing sector of the world economy. This book is highly illustrated with diagrams and colour images, and contains short case studies of contemporary themes of interest, as well as new data, statistics, weblinks to key reports and industry studies. This 6th edition has been revised and updated to include: new content on: sports, festivals and event tourism, including the impact of the Olympic Games, social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses, such as disruptive technology, the rise of Airbnb, the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety, and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth, including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalized transport operators, and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behaviour an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links. ng the impact of the Olympic Games, social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses, such as disruptive technology, the rise of Airbnb, the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety, and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth, including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalized transport operators, and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behaviour an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links. mp;lt;P> an updated companion website with: additional case studies, quizzes, PPTs, further reading, web reading and video links.
Tourism management : an introduction by
An introductory text that gives its reader a strong understanding of the dimensions of tourism, the industries of which it is comprised, the issues that affect its success, and the management of its impact on destination economies, environments and communities. Now in a full colour design, the new edition features a clear focus on the issues affecting 21st century tourism, providing students with extensive coverage on the effects of globalisation and global conflict; sustainability and climate chan≥ developments in digital technology and the rise of the sharing economy. International case-studies and snapshots (mini-case studies) are used throughout and have been taken from around the globe, including the US, China, Russia, Gambia, Bhutan, Cuba, Singapore, New Zealand, Australia, Caribbean, Canada and the UK, and from companies including TUI, Airbnb and Marriot. The accompanying Online Resources include PowerPoint slides and an Instructor′s Manual for lecturers and additional case studies, useful video links, and web links for students. Suitable for students new to tourism studies.
Tourism Planning and Development by
Academically complex and challenging to apply, development and planning are increasingly relevant to the growing tourism industry. This collection contains critical studies on tourism development and planning, and calls for proactive, holistic and responsible thinking. It addresses conceptual and contemporary issues in development and planning research including political trust, innovation networks, sustainability, moral encounters, enclavisation and evolutionary economics. It argues that recognition of the contextual and historical dimensions around tourism development and planning is essential to help both researchers and practitioners better understand destination and place-based decision-making. In addition, it will lead to improvements in stakeholder relations, and explains how tourism best works with localities and localities with tourism. This book was originally published as a special issue of Tourism Geographies.
Travel and tour operations in the Philippines by This course is designed for a high school student to develop knowledge, skills, and attitude to perform the tasks on Tour Guiding Services. It covers core competencies namely; 1) research information relevant to tour itinerary; 2) managing tour arrangements for visitors, and 3) accompanying visitors in accordance with the tour itinerary. It also includes provision for on-the-job training in Tour Guiding Services. The preliminaries of this specialization course include the following: 1) Explain core concepts in tour guiding services; 2) Discuss the relevance of the course 3) Explore on opportunities for a Tour Guide as a career.
Becoming a Tour Guide by
Becoming a Tour Guide provides valuable guidance in establishing a career path in the industry. Packed with practical tips, useful advice and real-life case studies drawn from all the different areas of the industry, it tells you which jobs are most suited to your skills, how to develop those skills further, where to look for jobs and training and how to further your career once you've begun work. It finishes with a list of contact details of useful organizations and associations, as well as suggestions for further reading.
Contemporary Destination Governance by
"Governance is about managing networks". This quote from political scientist Rod A.W. Rhodes pioneered a whole series of governance studies in different disciplines. Accordingly, destination governance describes the collective management of tourism destinations. Promoting collective action in tourism destinations means dealing with a myriad of different actors and applying various instruments. Probably the most basic requirement is to take into account the peculiarities of every single destination. Therefore, this book approaches the issue of contemporary destination governance from a case study point of view focusing on 16 destinations. In contrast to other publications in the field of destination governance, the book concentrates on the discussion of cases and the peculiarities of destinations which influence the destination governance. It demonstrates how different theories from the fields of organizational studies, strategic management, tourism research and sociology can enlighten our understanding of particular real-world situations. Last but not least the bottom-up approach supports practitioners and students by making otherwise complex theories accessible to a broader audience.
Contemporary Tourism by
The study of tourism and indeed the tourism industry is changing constantly. Contemporary Tourism: an international approach presents a new and refreshing approach to the study of tourism, considering issues such as the changing world order, destination marketing, tourism ethics and pro-poor tourism. In particular, it highlights the ongoing threats from terrorism and health scares faced by the tourism industry today, and discusses the related security and risk management strategies, illustrating the potential implications for the patterns and flow of tourism in the future. Divided into five sections, each chapter has a thorough learning structure including chapter objectives, examples, discussion points, self review questions, checklists and case studies. Cases will be both thematic and destination-based and always international. They will be used to emphasise the relationship between general principles and the practice of tourism looking at areas such as business and special interest tourism and the role of technology.The five sections will cover: Contemporary Tourism Systems; The Contemporary Tourist; The Contemporary Tourist Destination; Tourism Futures; Teaching and Studying Contemporary Tourism. The text will also provide an annotated, authoritative and thorough set of resources to guide the reader through the topic area including online resource sites for both students and lecturers.
Green Growth and Travelism by
The green growth paradigm emerged from evolving global strategies that coherently promote a more socially inclusive, low-carbon, resource-efficient, stable economy, with decreasing poverty. Opportunities and challenges associated with the paradigm shift are expected to transform the travel and tourism (travelism) sector in all respects and on a global scale. This involves the transformation of the entire travelism value chain, as well as the communities in tourism destinations. However, there is a lack of systematic reports on wide-ranging and complex implications of the green growth paradigm for the travelism sector. This book focuses on the twin pillars - green growth and travelism - as key building blocks in exploring an essential multi-decade lifestyle change for planetary and human well-being, through the lenses of concept, policy and practice. It provides a conceptual discussion of the implications of the new development trend for key players in the travelism system, offers case studies from both developed and developing countries that highlight key issues in the transformation towards the green economy, and explores the policy settings and frameworks on both the global and national levels that underpin travelism green growth.　 This book offers tourism industry players, academics, students, policy makers and practitioners a comprehensive discussion of the latest progress in green growth and travelism.
The professional guide : dynamics of tour guiding by The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management by
The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Management is a critical, authoritative review of tourism management, written by leading international thinkers and academics in the field. Arranged over two volumes, the chapters are framed as critical synoptic pieces covering key developments, current issues and debates, and emerging trends and future considerations for the field. The two volumes focus in turn on the theories, concepts and disciplines that underpin tourism management in volume one, followed by examinations of how those ideas and concepts have been applied in the second volume. Chapters are structured around twelve key themes: Volume One Part One: Researching Tourism Part Two: Social Analysis Part Three: Economic Analysis Part Four: Technological Analysis Part Five: Environmental Analysis Part Six: Political Analysis Volume Two Part One: Approaching Tourism Part Two: Destination Applications Part Three: Marketing Applications Part Four: Tourism Product Markets Part Five: Technological Applications Part Six: Environmental Applications This handbook offers a fresh, contemporary and definitive look at tourism management, making it an essential resource for academics, researchers and students.
Start and Run a Profitable Tour Guiding Business by
From museum viewing in your hometown to treks in the Amazon rain forest, the travel and adventure possibilities for a tour guide are exciting and endless. This in-depth guide will tell you all there is to know about the tour guiding industry, whether you want to become an independent tour guide, work for an existing company, or set up your own tour business. Includes: -- Becoming the perfect tour director -- Organizing your own tour -- Marketing your tour -- Understanding standard industry commissions -- Building your company
Start and Run a Tour Guiding Business by
From museum viewing in your hometown to treks in the Amazon rain forest, the travel and adventure possibilities for a tour guide are exciting and endless. This in-depth handbook will tell you all there is to know about the tour guiding industry, whether you want to become an independent tour guide, work for an existing company, or set up your own tour business. Start & Run a Profitable Tour Guiding Business provides background information on the travel industry, describes what is involved in tour guiding, explains how to develop tours to your favorite destination, and outlines the planning you must do no matter where you are going. This book contains a blueprint for the entrepreneur who wants to establish a larger tour operation.
Strategic Management for Tourism, Hospitality and Events by
Strategic Management for Tourism, Hospitality and Events is the must-have text for students approaching this subject for the first time. It introduces students to fundamental strategic management principles in a Tourism, Hospitality and Events context and brings theory to life by integrating a host of industry-based case studies and examples throughout. Among the new features and topics included in this edition are: Extended coverage to Hospitality and Events to reflect the increasing need and importance of a combined sector approach to strategy New international Tourism, Hospitality and Events case studies from both SME's and large-scale businesses are integrated throughout to show applications of strategic management theory, such as objectives, products and markets and strategic implementation. Longer combined sector case studies are also included at the end of the book for seminar work. New content on emerging strategic issues affecting the tourism ,hospitality and events industries, such as innovation, employment, culture and sustainability Web Support for tutors and students providing explanation and guidelines for instructors on how to use the textbook and case studies, additional exercises, case studies and video links for students. This book is written in an accessible and engaging style and structured logically with useful features throughout to aid students' learning and understanding. This book is an essential resource to Tourism, Hospitality and Events students.
Tourism Destination Management by
This book collected studies focused on the management of tourist destinations. Destinations are complex and adaptive systems, where the different elements that make them up have to be oriented towards achieving a common objective that improves the competitiveness of the destination. Five main lines of research on tourist destinations can be established: 1) the management, planning, and marketing of destinations, with special attention to the tourism supply chain, communication, and integral management; 2) the sustainability of resources and capabilities; 3) the renewal of destinations in order to update their offer and main resources to maintain competitiveness; 4) online reputation and communication through social media in order to create and enhance a strong brand image and customer loyalty; and 5) the application of new technologies in order to develop smart destinations. The book is made up of five research studies that focus on analyzing the transition towards a more circular tourist activity in hotels, image as a competitive factor of destinations, the value of cultural creativity, the coherence of online reputation, and the relationship between hotel prices and online reputation in different tourist destinations.
Tourism development by
Tourism has attracted increasing interest from not only scholars with a background in the subject, but also those studying in a number of other fields, given the growing relevance of areas such as psychology, sociology, planning and marketing. As such, this book brings together twelve chapters addressing various aspects of tourism development, from sustainability and ecotourism to cases of developing alternative tourism products. The contributions are enriched through selected practical case studies from a wide range of countries, including the United Arab Emirates, Slovenia, Vietnam, Malaysia.
Tourism Security by
Tourism security is an important part of both security management and tourism. Private security professionals and police departments in tourism cities, as well as hotels, major attractions, and theme parks, have all come to realize that tourism security and safety issues (often called tourism surety) are essential for industry survival and success. In Tourism Security, leading expert Peter Tarlow addresses a range of key issues in tourism safety and security. The book guides the reader through a study of tourism security themes and best practices. Topics include the relationship between tourism security and the economy, hotel and motel security, risk and crisis management, public places, transportation, and legal issues. The book also includes case studies of four popular tourist destinations. With each destination, an interview with a police or security representative is included--providing unique, in-depth insight to security concerns. Tourism Security is an invaluable resource for private security professionals, police departments that serve tourist destinations, and tourism professionals who work in hotels or convention centers, or at attractions, casinos, or events. Explains what tourism security is and outlines safety procedures for different tourism environments Serves as a resource tool and how-to for implementing best practices Includes detailed case studies of four popular tourist destinations: Charleston, South Carolina, the Dominican Republic, Las Vegas, Nevada, and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Physical Education and Health 3
Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The knowledge, skills, and understanding that include physical and health literacy competencies support them in accessing, synthesizing, and evaluating information, making informed decisions, enhancing and advocating their own and others’ fitness and health. This course on dance includes rhythmical movement patterns, the promotion and appreciation of Philippine folk dance, indigenous and traditional dances, and other dance forms. It consists of an array of offerings that learners can choose from.
ACSM's Health/Fitness Facility Standards and Guidelines by
ACSM's Health/Fitness Facility Standards and Guidelines, Fifth Edition, presents the current standards and guidelines to help health and fitness establishments provide high-quality service and program offerings in a safe environment. Revised by an expert team of professionals with expertise in architecture, health and wellness, law, safety-related practices and policies, and the health and fitness club industry, this authoritative guide provides a blueprint for health and fitness facilities to elevate the standard of care they provide their members, as well as enhance their exercise experience. The fifth edition includes 35 standards and 38 guidelines on the topics of preparticipation screening; orientation, education, and supervision of members; emergency planning and procedures; professional staff and independent contractors; operating procedures; facility design and construction; facility equipment; and signage. It also addresses the following: * Developing policies related to the reporting of unlawful discrimination or harassment * Serving individuals with special needs * Training for and using automated external defibrillators (AEDs) in both staffed and unstaffed facilities * Keeping up with changing directions and business models in the industry, including 24/7 fitness facilities, medically integrated facilities, and demographic-specific facilities * Properly equipping facilities to care for children and young people This easy-to-use reference will help managers and staff save time and expense with ready-to-use templates, including questionnaires, informed consent forms, and evaluation forms. The appendixes contain supplemental forms, including sample preventive maintenance schedules, checklists, and court and facility dimensions, and they point to sources that offer additional support materials for operating a facility. Health and fitness facilities play an important role in providing opportunities for individuals to become and remain physically active. To help those facilities establish and maintain an exceptional standard of operation, client care, and service, the fifth edition of ACSM's Health/Fitness Facility Standards and Guidelines should be on the bookshelf of every health and fitness facility manager and owner.
Adapted Physical Education and Sport by
The field of adapted physical education and sport has undergone numerous changes in recent years. This new edition of Adapted Physical Education and Sport will help you stay on top of those changes and, in doing so, provide the highest-quality physical education and sport opportunities for students with disabilities. NEW MATERIAL The sixth edition of this well-loved text builds on its successful previous editions and is replete with changes that are current with today''s trends and practices in the field: * As the inclusion movement continues to expand, the authors have revised several chapters to detail relevant inclusion practices and applications in both physical education and sport, helping to integrate students with disabilities into regular class and sport settings with guidelines for modifying activities. * The chapter on adapted sport is further developed to communicate and reflect on progress in the field and includes a Sport Framework for Individuals with Disabilities model to help develop and implement sport programs. * The book gives attention to the revised Brockport Physical Fitness Test, and the accompanying web resource offers video clips that explain and demonstrate the criterion-referenced health-related tests that are applicable to many students with disabilities. * Advances and applications pertaining to behavior management and wheelchair sport performance are covered in various chapters. * The authors address the use of new technology as it relates to teaching and administration for adapted physical education and explore stand-alone apps that can be used in conjunction with the book that are useful in behavior management, fitness development, communication, social interaction, and physical education activities. * The authors give increased attention to the problem of obesity, particularly relevant to students with disabilities. * Many new authors and a coeditor have been brought on board, bringing fresh perspectives to the book and adding to the depth of experience provided by the returning authors and editor. These additions help Adapted Physical Education and Sport maintain its reputation as a comprehensive, user-friendly text that helps teachers provide top-quality services to people with unique physical education needs. Greatly influenced by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, this book helps in identifying the unique needs of students and developing physical education programs, including individualized education programs (IEPs) for students with disabilities, that are consistent with current federal legislation. STRONG ANCILLARIES The text is augmented by its ancillaries, which include an instructor guide, test package, presentation package, and web resource with video. The instructor guide offers chapter objectives, additional resources, and learning and enrichment activities that will help students master the content and extend their knowledge. The test package helps in building custom tests using hundreds of test questions and answers. You will find hundreds of PowerPoint slides that reinforce the text''s key points in the presentation package, and the web resource includes 26 videos of the new Brockport Physical Fitness Test in action as well as several reproducibles from the book. DEEPENED UNDERSTANDING The authors, renowned authorities in their fields, use real-life scenarios to introduce chapter concepts and then show how to apply the concepts in solving issues. The text will help deepen understanding of the implications of disabilities for people through age 21 (though much of the book is relevant in the entire life span). It grounds readers in the foundational topics for adapted physical education and sport, explores the developmental considerations involved, and outlines activities for developing programs for people with unique physical education needs. The book offers a four-color design to draw attention to important elements and provides separate author and subject indexes as well as resources with each chapter and on the web resource for further exploration. Adapted Physical Education and Sport supplies all that is needed for enriching the lives of students with disabilities by providing them with the high-quality programs they deserve.
Applied Health Fitness Psychology by
Applied Health Fitness Psychology considers behavioral issues regarding exercise and nutrition using a research-to-practice approach. This comprehensive text explains how health fitness psychology has emerged from other parent disciplines to become a wide-ranging discipline that can be addressed in various exercise, fitness, and health settings, allowing both current and future professionals to assist their patients or clients in adopting healthier lifestyles. Applied Health Fitness Psychology uses contributions from sport and exercise psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, exercise science, sports medicine, and behavioral medicine to provide a scientific basis for presenting strategies for behavior change. Unique to this text is a critical consideration of cultural, spiritual, and religious components as a factor in initiating and maintaining exercise behavior. The evidence-based approach will help readers use techniques and interventions that promote positive changes among various populations. Students will grasp the scope of this emerging field by studying the following topics: * The theoretical foundation of health behavior change and motivational theories * Physical, cognitive, and motivational obstacles to adopting a healthy lifestyle * Use of cognitive and behavioral strategies and interventions to promote exercise adherence, set goals, and improve fitness and exercise performance * Steps that will help students become professionals in health fitness psychology * Considerations in working with special populations, such as older adults, pregnant women, individuals recovering from injuries, and individuals with chronic conditions or dysfunctional eating behaviors Chapter objectives at the start and a summary, review of key concepts, and student activity at the end of each chapter help students and instructors stay focused on understanding the main concepts and putting this information into practice. Highlight boxes, tables, and figures throughout the book keep readers engaged with the material. From Research to Real World sidebars show students how the information in the text can be used in multiple professions and illustrate the many applications for health fitness psychology in today's society. For instructors, Applied Health Fitness Psychology includes online access to a presentation package and test package. While modifying a person's--or a culture's--disdain for exercise will not happen quickly, Applied Health Fitness Psychology equips aspiring and practicing professionals working in a variety of health, fitness, and allied health fields with strategies to help people make the shift to more active and healthy lifestyles.
Bodies of Sound by
From the ragtime one-step of the early twentieth century to the contemporary practices of youth club cultures, popular dance and music are inextricably linked. This collection reveals the intimate connections between the corporeal and the sonic in the creation, transmission and reception of popular dance and music, which is imagined here as 'bodies of sound'. The volume provokes a wide-ranging, interdisciplinary conversation that includes scholarship from Asia, Europe and the United States, which explores topics from the nineteenth century through to the present day and engages with practices at local, national and transnational levels. In Part I: Constructing the Popular, the authors explore how categories of popular music and dance are constructed and de-stabilized, and their proclivity to appropriate and re-imagine cultural forms and meanings. In Part II: Authenticity, Revival and Reinvention, the authors examine how popular forms produce and manipulate identities and meanings through their attraction to and departure from cultural traditions. In Part III: (Re)Framing Value, the authors interrogate how values are inscribed, silenced, rearticulated and capitalized through popular music and dance. And in Part IV: Politics of the Popular, the authors read the popular as a site of political negotiation and transformation.
Conditioning for Dance by
Eric Franklin''s first edition of Conditioning for Dance was a bestseller--and it is back and better than ever, offering state-of-the-art conditioning exercises for dancers. An internationally renowned master teacher, Franklin has developed a science-based method of conditioning that is taught and practiced in companies and schools around the world. In this new edition of Conditioning for Dance, he integrates the latest scientific research on strength, flexibility, and conditioning into his dance exercises. New to This Edition Since the first edition, the topic of dancers'' health, wellness, and conditioning has taken on even greater importance in the dance community. Franklin has responded to this increased emphasis by adding these new exercises and resources: * Over 100 new conditioning exercises--for all parts of the body--to support dancers in a wide range of genres, forms, and styles * Over 100 new illustrations and photos to explain and show the exercises * Two new chapters with exercises for a complete conditioning plan * A new web resource that offers 17 video clips featuring Franklin showing correct execution of the conditioning exercises from the book, two 20-minute portable whole-body workouts that use elastic bands to increase strength and aerobic conditioning for dance, and a personal conditioning program you can use to set goals chapter by chapter and monitor your conditioning development to support your performance. The web resource is included with all new print books and some ebooks. For ebook formats that don''t provide access, the web resource is available separately. In addition, the book is now printed in full color to enhance image quality in showing technique. Conditioning for Dance now has separate chapters for shoulders and feet, with additional information on calves and ankles. Franklin also offers practical tips to help you develop your personal conditioning plan, which you can set up through the web resource. Applying Principles Through the Franklin Method Conditioning for Dance is available in print and electronic formats. It uses the principles of resistance training, physics, anatomy, biomechanics, and neuroplasticity (using imagery for positive mental and physical changes) as applied to dance conditioning. Conditioning for Dance blends imagery, focus, and conditioning exercises for dancers to enhance their technique and performance while practicing injury-prevention strategies. Franklin uses experiential anatomy to show and explain how the conditioning principles work to condition your body. As you undertake the exercises, you gain awareness of the body''s function and design and take in the knowledge of the principles through movement. This method, known as the Franklin Method, leads to greater understanding of your body, enhanced performance, and fewer injuries. Franklin developed the training systems within the book as well as a line of equipment, including the Franklin Band and Franklin Balls. Franklin has designed the exercises to transfer directly into dance steps; as such, they are appropriate for incorporating into the preparation time for dance classes. You can use the two 20-minute elastic-band workouts from the web resource to prepare you for class or rehearsal and build your strength and aerobic capacities. Immediate Benefits Conditioning for Dance offers you the culmination of decades of wisdom and experience in dance conditioning from a master teacher. By using its practical exercises, mind-body relationships, and conditioning routines, and in transferring the book knowledge to body experience, you will notice immediate benefits to your conditioning, strength, and flexibility. You will become kinesthetically aware, create great dance technique from within your own body, and begin to craft injury-free and artistically successful routines.
Dancer Wellness by
Dancers who want to get the most out of their experience in dance--whether in college, high school, a dance studio, or a dance company--can now take charge of their wellness. Dancer Wellness will help them learn and apply important wellness concepts as presented through the in-depth research conducted by the International Association for Dance Medicine & Science (IADMS) and their experts from around the world. Four Primary Areas Dancer Wellness covers four primary topics: 1. Foundations of dancer wellness, which explores the dancer's physical environment, the science behind training, and conditioning 2. Mental components of dancer wellness, which investigates the psychological aspects that influence a dancer's training--imagery, somatic practices, and the ways that rest, fatigue, and burnout affect learning, technique, and injury risk and recovery 3. Physical aspects of dancer wellness, which examines dancer nutrition and wellness, including the challenges in maintaining good nutrition, addressing body composition issues, bone health, injury prevention, and first aid 4. Assessments for dancer wellness, which offers guidance in goal setting, screenings, assessing abilities, and designing a personal wellness plan Each chapter offers learning objectives at the beginning and review questions at the end to help readers recall what they have learned. Sidebars within each chapter focus on self-awareness, empowerment, goal setting, and diversity in dance. "Dancer Wellness meets the needs of dancers in any setting," says Virginia Wilmerding, one of the book's editors from IADMS. "Our authors are leaders in the field, and they thoroughly investigate their areas of specialization. Through that investigation we have provided theoretical concepts and practical information and applications that dancers can use to enhance their health and wellness as part of their dance practice." This text offers foundational information to create a comprehensive view of dancer wellness. "Wellness defines the state of being healthy in both mind and body through conscious and intentional choices and efforts," says coeditor Donna Krasnow. "Anyone interested in the health and wellness of dancers can benefit from this book, regardless of previous training or level of expertise. This book covers each aspect of dancer wellness, whether environmental, physical, or psychological."
Exercise physiology for health, fitness, and performance by
The new edition of Plowman and Smith's renowned text continues to the authoritative textbook for teaching Exercise Physiology. This engaging and beautifully designed text integrates theoretical and research based basic exercise physiology with real-world application to prepare students for exciting positions in exercise science, fitness, physical education, athletic training, rehabilitation, coaching and/or allied health professions. Accessible and engaging, the 5th Edition offers coverage of foundational science and critical exercise physiology topics. Organized by independent units (Metabolic, Cardiovascular-respiratory, Neuromuscular-skeletal, and Neuroendocrine-immune) this text offers maximum teaching flexibility for faculty and consistent presentation of material for the student.
Finding balance : fitness, training, and health for a lifetime in dance by
Finding Balance: Fitness, Health, and Training for a Lifetime in Dance gives an overview of issues faced by all performing dancers: injury and treatment; technique and training; fitness; nutrition and diet; and career management. The text includes both easy-to-read overviews of each topic and "profiles" of well known dancers and how they have coped with these issues. The new edition includes: Updated and new profiles. Expanded injury and injury treatment information. Updated dance science and physiology findings, and new references. Updated diet guidelines, Expanded and updated "Taking Control" section. It concludes with a list of selected dance/arts medicine clinics, a bibliography, glossary, and text notes.
Fitness and Health by
The completely revised seventh edition of Fitness & Health offers a comprehensive understanding of the exercise-health relationship and provides a framework for attaining health and fitness goals. This one-stop handbook for students and fitness professionals explores the physiology and benefits of fitness while also providing information and tools for improving health and wellness. Authors Brian J. Sharkey and Steven E. Gaskill have 60 years of combined experience in the field, as evidenced in the depth of content and accessible style of writing. The book aims not only to educate but also to inspire the audience to put the suggested methods into practice and have a positive effect on their quality of life. Fitness & Health, Seventh Edition, includes fresh, new content and has been restructured to enhance the educational experience: * An entirely new chapter detailing behavior change, helping readers better understand the psychology of activity and how to modify individual behaviors using documented strategies * A revised chapter on the physiology of fitness to help readers grasp the science behind aerobic and muscular fitness * Proven methods for achieving aerobic and muscular fitness, plus strategies for exercising in high heat and humidity, extreme cold, high altitude, and environments with low air quality * New information on physical activity and brain health that shows how an active life improves learning, higher-order brain processes, and academic achievement * A detailed explanation of the Exercise is Medicine movement that highlights the benefits of regular physical activity in terms of improving quality of life and reducing health risks Students will excel with chapter summaries of content for easier review and tables and figures that organize information for quick reference. The seventh edition also includes special elements to highlight interesting content on health and fitness, including important health behaviors, testing procedures, and proven fitness programs. In addition, instructors benefit from the inclusion of new ancillaries containing an instructor guide complete with lab activities, a test package, and a presentation package plus image bank. With Fitness & Health, students learn the body's response to exercise and acquire strategies for motivating themselves or others to commit to an active and healthy life. The book explains how the body responds to physical activity; why physical activity is beneficial to health; and how physical activity can help people increase aerobic and muscular fitness, achieve and maintain a healthy weight, enhance performance in work and sport, and improve vitality.
Handbook of Physical Education by
`This is simply the physical education book of its time. The editors must be congratulated on bringing together so many quality authors from so many different parts of the world. As a handbook, it represents how far the study of physical education has moved forward in recent times. What we have is a clear portrayal of physical education at the start of the 21st century′ - Mike Jess, University of Edinburgh `This Handbook is a "must read" for all physical educators who are serious about understanding their subject and developing their practices. The list of authors involved reads like a "who′s who"′ of physical education at a global level - the editors are to be commended on bringing together such collective expertise - this is a key strength of the book. The Handbook successfully expresses a view of knowledge about physical education pedagogy which embraces different research traditions and emerging areas of interest across the global scholarly community′ - Jo Harris, Loughborough University `This comprehensive and eclectic exploration into the field of physical education draws on the vast expertise of its renowned international contributors with astounding results. The Handbook of Physical Education serves to firmly reinstate physical education to its position as the core discipline of sport and exercise science. The Handbook is destined to become an indispensable academic resource for scholars, students and enthusiasts of physical education for years to come′ - Pilvikki Heikinaro-Johansson, University of Jyväskylä What is the current condition of the field of physical education? How has it adapted to the rise of kinesiology, sport and exercise science and human movement studies over the last thirty years? This Handbook provides an authoritative critical overview of the field and identifies future challenges and directions. The Handbook is divided in to six parts: - Perspectives and Paradigms in Physical Education Pedagogy Research; - Cross-disciplinary Contributions to Research on Physical Education; - Learners and Learning in Physical Education; - Teachers, Teaching and Teacher Education in Physical Education; - Physical Education Curriculum; - Difference and Diversity in Physical Education. This benchmark work is essential reading for educators and students in the field of physical education.
Music-dance : sound and motion in contemporary discourse by
Music-Dance explores the identity of choreomusical work, its complex authorship and its modes of reception as well as the cognitive processes involved in the reception of dance performance. Scholars of dance and music analyse the ways in which a musical score changes its prescriptive status when it becomes part of a choreographic project, the encounter between sound and motion on stage, and the intersection of listening and seeing. As well as being of interest to musicologists and choreologists considering issues such as notation, multimedia and the analysis of performance, this volume will appeal to scholars interested in applied research in the fields of cognition and neuroscience. The line-up of authors comprises representative figures of today's choreomusicology, dance historians, scholars of twentieth-century composition and specialists in cognitive science and performance studies. Among the topics covered are multimedia and the analysis of performance; the notational practice of choreographers and the parallel attempts of composers to find a graphic representation for musical gestures; and the experience of dance as a paradigm for a multimodal perception, which is investigated in terms of how the association of sound and movement triggers emotions and specific forms of cognition.
Pole dance fitness by
"Pole Dance Fitness is a guide to performing the best pole dance exercises to create one intense workout. The book contains comprehensive information, practical descriptions, and full-cover photos designed to help you understand the best approach for each exercise, movement, trick, or spin. Included are detailed exercise sets to create your own best workout as well as information on stretching before and after performing the pole dance tricks. The workouts are designed to progress as your conditioning and fitness levels progress to lower the risk of injury. Technical notes for each pole figure and spin relate to its level of difficulty so you won't perform an exercise that is beyond your ability. Not just a workout, the unique composition of the pole dance transitions combine to create different dance and acrobatic routines, so not only will you improve your body posture and alignment and your overall fitness, but you will also have a great time doing it!,"--page [4] of cover.
Physical Education and Health 3
Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The knowledge, skills, and understanding that include physical and health literacy competencies support them in accessing, synthesizing, and evaluating information, making informed decisions, enhancing and advocating their own and others’ fitness and health. This course on dance includes rhythmical movement patterns, the promotion and appreciation of Philippine folk dance, indigenous and traditional dances, and other dance forms. It consists of an array of offerings that learners can choose from.
Dance Composition by
First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company.
Finding Balance : Fitness, Training, and Health for a Lifetime in Dance by
Finding Balance: Fitness, Health, and Training for a Lifetime in Dance gives an overview of issues faced by all performing dancers: injury and treatment; technique and training; fitness; nutrition and diet; and career management. The text includes both easy-to-read overviews of each topic and "profiles" of well known dancers and how they have coped with these issues. The new edition includes: Updated and new profiles. Expanded injury and injury treatment information. Updated dance science and physiology findings, and new references. Updated diet guidelines, Expanded and updated "Taking Control" section. It concludes with a list of selected dance/arts medicine clinics, a bibliography, glossary, and text notes.
Fitness Measures and Health Outcomes in Youth by
Physical fitness affects our ability to function and be active. At poor levels, it is associated with such health outcomes as diabetes and cardiovascular disease. Physical fitness testing in American youth was established on a large scale in the 1950s with an early focus on performance-related fitness that gradually gave way to an emphasis on health-related fitness. Using appropriately selected measures to collected fitness data in youth will advance our understanding of how fitness among youth translates into better health. In Fitness Measures and Health Outcomes in Youth, the IOM assesses the relationship between youth fitness test items and health outcomes, recommends the best fitness test items, provides guidance for interpreting fitness scores, and provides an agenda for needed research. The report concludes that selected cardiorespiratory endurance, musculoskeletal fitness, and body composition measures should be in fitness surveys and in schools. Collecting fitness data nationally and in schools helps with setting and achieving fitness goals and priorities for public health at an individual and national level.
The Gale encyclopedia of fitness by
Covers a variety of topics on physiology and fitness, including sports, body systems, the body's reaction to physical fitness, exercise activities, diseases and conditions, treatments, fitness tests, and other health-related issues.
Moving Consciously : Somatic Transformations Through Dance, Yoga, and Touch by
The popularity of yoga and Zen meditation has heightened awareness of somatic practices. Individuals develop the conscious embodiment central to somatics work via movement and dance, or through touch from a skilled teacher or therapist often called a somatic bodyworker. Methods of touch and movement foster generative processes of consciousness in order to create a fluid interconnection between sensation, thought, movement, and expression. In Moving Consciously , Sondra Fraleigh gathers essays that probe ideas surrounding embodied knowledge and the conscious embodiment of movement and dance. Using a variety of perspectives on movement and dance somatics, Fraleigh and other contributors draw on scholarship and personal practice to participate in a multifaceted investigation of a thriving worldwide phenomenon. Their goal: to present the mental and physical health benefits of experiencing one's inner world through sensory awareness and movement integration. A stimulating addition to a burgeoning field, Moving Consciously incorporates concepts from East and West into a timely look at life-changing, intertwined practices that involve dance, movement, performance studies, and education. Contributors: Richard Biehl, Robert Bingham, Hillel Braude, Alison East, Sondra Fraleigh, Kelly Ferris Lester, Karin Rugman, Catherine Schaeffer, Jeanne Schul, and Ruth Way.
Step Aerobics and Aerobic Dance by
With exciting dance music and lots of energy, step aerobics and aerobic dance have become more and more popular for people who want to workout while having fun. Aerobic activities classes offer a huge number of different workouts to try. Finding one that works for you can be a great way to get active. Find out what you need to do to stay safe during step aerobic and dance classes. Learn more about the world of step aerobics and aerobic dance, including how moving your body to a beat can help you lose weight, stay in shape, and have a lot of fun!
The Women's Fitness Book by
The Women's Fitness Book is like having a personal trainer in the palm of your hand. It includes advice on healthy eating and weight loss; tips on motivation, setting goals, and nutrition; instruction on how to establish and maintain fitness levels; and questionnaires and tests to accurately assess readers' starting point and progress. The Women's Fitness Book is a comprehensive tool, providing everything necessary for women to get healthy, sculpt the body they want, and maintain that healthy body for life. Workouts include: Skinny Jeans Workout Amazing Abs Workout Lunch Break Workout Five Minute Workout
Zumba Fitness by
This contemporary title explores Zumba Fitness in today's health-oriented world. The teenage reader is exposed to the beginnings of Zumba with founder Beto Perez, and Zumba's growth & popularity. The young reader is encouraged to relate their style to the choreography. Different types of dances are highlighted and the reader is prompted to research these in light of their individual interests. Safety issues are presented where appropriate. The "Zumba Fitness" title has been developed to encourage teens to analyze the information and satisfies many of the Common Core specific goals, higher level skills, and progressive strategies for middle grade and junior high level students.From Booklist, January 2015: "All the books feature lively color photographs that just might convince kids to get off the couch."
This course addresses the compartmentalization of faith, social responsibility, and work. It begins by examining why this split has taken place, proposes a biblical and Lasallian view of work that helps integrate these three areas, looks at the implications of this view for those working in the arts, business, and service professions. And it ends with examining the importance of leisure for keeping the faith, ethics, and work-integrated.
The Body in Religion by
The Body in Religion: Cross-Cultural Perspectives surveys influential ways in which the body is imagined and deployed in religious practices and beliefs across the globe. Filling the gap for an up-to-date and comparative approach to theories and practices of the body in religion, this book explores the cultural influences on embodiment and their implications for religious institutions and spirituality. Examples are drawn from religions such as Jainism, Confucianism, Daoism, Shintoism, Paganism, Aboriginal, African, and Native American religions, in addition to the five major religions of the world. Topics covered include: - Gender and sexuality - Female modesty and dress codes - Circumcision and menstruation rituals - God language and erotic desire - Death, dying, and burial rites - Disciplining the body through prayer, yoga, and meditation - Feasting and fasting rituals Illustrated throughout with over 60 images, The Body in Religion is designed for course use in religious studies as well as interdisciplinary courses across the humanities and the social sciences. Further online resources include a sample syllabus.
Catechism for Filipino Catholics by 
Catechism of the Catholic Church by
Four centuries in the making, a monumental undertaking and a magnificent achievement, the first definitive Catholic Catechism since the Council of Trent in 1566 details the doctrine, dogma, and the basic tenets of the Church. A sure and certain standard for the teaching of the faith. -- Pope John Paul II.
Children, adults, and shared responsibilities : Jewish, Christian, and Muslim perspectives by
This collection of essays by Jewish, Christian, and Muslim scholars underscores the significance of sustained and serious ethical, inter-religious, and interdisciplinary reflection on children. Essays in the first half of the volume discuss fundamental beliefs and practices within the religious traditions of Judaism, Christianity and Islam regarding children, adult obligations to them, and a child's own obligations to others. The second half of the volume focuses on selected contemporary challenges regarding children and faithful responses to them. Marcia J. Bunge brings together scholars from various disciplines and diverse strands within these three religious traditions, representing several views on essential questions about the nature and status of children and adult-child relationships and responsibilities. The volume not only contributes to intellectual inquiry regarding children in the specific areas of ethics, religious studies, children's rights, and childhood studies, but also provides resources for child advocates, religious leaders, educators, and those engaged in inter-religious dialogue.
In God's shadow : politics in the Hebrew Bible by
One of our most distinguished political theorists deliberates on the politics of the Bible and arrives at unexpected conclusions In this eagerly awaited book, political theorist Michael Walzer reports his findings after decades of thinking about the politics of the Hebrew Bible. Attentive to nuance while engagingly straightforward, Walzer examines the laws, the histories, the prophecies, and the wisdom of the ancient biblical writers and discusses their views on such central political questions as justice, hierarchy, war, the authority of kings and priests, and the experience of exile. Because there are many biblical writers with differing views, pluralism is a central feature of biblical politics. Yet pluralism, Walzer observes, is never explicitly defended in the Bible; indeed, it couldn't be defended since God's word had to be as singular as God himself. Yet different political regimes are described in the biblical texts, and there are conflicting political arguments--and also a recurrent anti-political argument: if you have faith in God, you have no need for strong institutions, prudent leaders, or reformist policies. At the same time, however, in the books of law and prophecy, the people of Israel are called upon to overcome oppression and "let justice well up like water, righteousness like an unfailing stream."
Jesus Wept: the Significance of Jesus' Laments in the New Testament by
Lament does not seem to be a pervasive feature of the New Testament, particularly when viewed in relation to the Old Testament. A careful investigation of the New Testament, however, reveals that it thoroughly incorporates the pattern of Old Testament lament into its proclamation of the gospel, especially in the person of Jesus Christ as he both prays and embodies lament. As an act that fundamentally calls upon God to be faithful to God's promises to Israel and to the church, lament in the New Testament becomes a prayer of longing for God's kingdom, which has been inaugurated in the ministry and resurrection of Jesus, fully to come.
Religious Leadership by
This two-volume set within The SAGE Reference Series on Leadership tackles issues relevant to leadership in the realm of religion. It explores such themes as the contexts in which religious leaders move, leadership in communities of faith, leadership as taught in theological education and training, religious leadership impacting social change and social justice, and more. Topics are examined from multiple perspectives, traditions, and faiths.
This course addresses the compartmentalization of faith, social responsibility, and work. It begins by examining why this split has taken place, proposes a biblical and Lasallian view of work that helps integrate these three areas, looks at the implications of this view for those working in the arts, business, and service professions. And it ends with examining the importance of leisure for keeping the faith, ethics, and work-integrated.
Catechism of the Catholic Church by
Four centuries in the making, a monumental undertaking and a magnificent achievement, the first definitive Catholic Catechism since the Council of Trent in 1566 details the doctrine, dogma, and the basic tenets of the Church. A sure and certain standard for the teaching of the faith. -- Pope John Paul II.
Reading the Bible with giants : how 2000 years of biblical interpretation can shed new light on old texts by
Many readers of the Bible believe that interpreting the Scriptures well simply involves a two-way dialogue between themselves and the text. Implied in this view is the idea that we can simply jump over two thousand years of biblical interpretation. However, if we believe that God has been speaking through the Bible to devout believers throughout history it would seem that we should find a way to identify the insights they perceived in the text so that we can learn to read these sacred texts with them. Drawing on resources from Reception Theory, the goal of Reading the Bible with the Giants is to enable the contemporary reader to interpret the Bible in dialogue with those who have gone before us.
Religion and Hopi Life, Second Edition by
Religion and Hopi Life tells the story of Hopi religious life in a way that makes sense to both Hopis and outsiders. In his interpretation of Hopi religion, John D. Loftin does not subject religious meaning to secular analysis. While not the Hopi's own story, his account attempts to honor and do justice to the way in which the Hopi embody religious meaning through the living of their lives. The second edition of this highly praised book keeps scholarly debates and theories to a minimum, except when they help illuminate the understanding of Hopi religious orientation and worldview. Several important studies of the Hopi have emerged since the book's first publication, and their findings have been incorporated. The book also includes new material on shamanism, death, witchcraft, myth, tricksters, and kachina initiations. This updated edition incorporates other minor corrections and additions to the text, and revises and expands the footnotes and the annotated bibliography.
Storytelling : imagination and faith by This course addresses the compartmentalization of faith, social responsibility, and work. It begins by examining why this split has taken place, proposes a biblical and Lasallian view of work that helps integrate these three areas, looks at the implications of this view for those working in the arts, business, and service professions. And it ends with examining the importance of leisure for keeping the faith, ethics, and work-integrated.
This course develops critical thinking and problem-solving skills through quantitative research.
Analyzing media messages : using quantitative content analysis in research by
Analyzing Media Messages, Fourth Editionprovides a comprehensive guide to conducting content analysis research. It establishes a formal definition of quantitative content analysis; gives step-by-step instructions on designing a content analysis study; and explores in depth several recurring questions that arise in such areas as measurement, sampling, reliability, data analysis, and the use of digital technology in the content analysis process. The fourth edition maintains the concise, accessible approach of the first three editions while offering updated discussions and examples. It examines in greater detail the use of computers to analyze content and how that process varies from human coding of content, incorporating more literature about technology and content analysis throughout. Updated topics include sampling in the digital age, computerized content analysis as practiced today, and incorporating social media in content analysis. Each chapter contains useful objectives and chapter summaries to cement core concepts. useful objectives and chapter summaries to cement core concepts.
Creative research : the theory and practice of research for the creative industries by
Academic research in design can seem daunting - let Hilary Collins show you the building blocks of a great final project. The perfect companion for a research project in fashion, design or visual communication, this 2nd edition of Creative Research walks you through: · Choosing a topic · Deciding your approach · Using previous research and writing a literature review · Obtaining your own data and using it appropriately Useful case studies show best practice, revealing the links between a researcher's choice of method and the conclusions they draw. Packed with advice on how to manage your time and structure your project effectively, this edition also includes new sections on design thinking and ethnography. Collins marries theory and practice from start to finish, showing you everything you need to confidently embark on your creative research project.
A Designer's Research Manual by
Go beyond crafting a logo or brochure and learn what it takes to design a commercial success.
Educational research : quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches by
Assuming no prior knowledge,Educational Researchby R. Burke Johnson and Larry Christensen offers a comprehensive, easily digestible introductory research methods text for undergraduate and graduate students. Readers will develop an understanding of the multiple research methods and strategies used in education and related fields; how to read and critically evaluate published research; and the ability to write a proposal, construct a questionnaire, and conduct an empirical research study on their own. Students rave about the clarity of this best seller and its usefulness for their studies, enabling them to become critical consumers and users of research.
Grounded Theory by
The student-focused guide to grounded theory, this book takes you step by step through the whole research process, from creating a research proposal to sharing your findings.Packed with tools to help you understand how grounded theory can be applied at each stage of your research project, the book includes:*Interactive activities and critical thinking questions in every chapter so you can put your knowledge into practice*Case studies written by a wide variety of researchers so you can learn how to navigate real world research from people who have been in your shoes*Templates and checklists to help guide your writing and ensure you don't miss a step in the research process.Clear, accessible and applied, this book will help you get to grips with the philosophy of grounded theory, understand the nuts and bolts of designing and carrying out your research project, and manage any hurdles along the way.Explore the accompanying online resources, which include PowerPoint slides, additional templates, and weblinks to videos and journal articles relevant to the key concepts in each chapter.
A Handbook of Media and Communication Research by
A Handbook of Media and Communication Research presents qualitative as well as quantitative approaches to the study of media and communication, integrating perspectives from both the social sciences and the humanities. Taking methodology as a strategic level of analysis that joins practical concerns with theoretical issues, the Handbook offers a comprehensive and in-depth review of the field and a set of guidelines for how to think about, plan, and carry out media and communication studies in different social and cultural contexts. The second edition has been thoroughly updated with reference to the development of the internet, mobile, and other digital media. Each chapter addresses shifting configurations of established media organizations, media discourses, and media users in networked practices of communication. The introduction and one further chapter probe changing conceptions on mass and interpersonal, online and offline communication - in research as in everyday life. Three new chapters have been added to exemplify different forms of research employing multiple methods to study multiple media in multiple contexts. List of contributors: Klaus Bruhn Jensen, Barrie Gunter, Rasmus Helles, Annette Hill, Stig Hjarvard, Peter Larsen, Amanda Lotz, Graham Murdock, Horace Newcomb, Paddy Scannell, Lynn Schofield Clark, Kim Christian Schrøder
Handbook of Research on Science Teacher Education by
This groundbreaking handbook offers a contemporary and thorough review of research relating directly to the preparation, induction, and career long professional learning of K-12 science teachers. Through critical and concise chapters, this volume provides essential insights into science teacher education that range from their learning as individuals to the programs that cultivate their knowledge and practices. Each chapter is a current review of research that depicts the area, and then points to empirically based conclusions or suggestions for science teacher educators or educational researchers. Issues associated with equity are embedded within each chapter. Drawing on the work of over one hundred contributors from across the globe, this handbook has 35 chapters that cover established, emergent, diverse, and pioneering areas of research, including: Research methods and methodologies in science teacher education, including discussions of the purpose of science teacher education research and equitable perspectives; Formal and informal teacher education programs that span from early childhood educators to the complexity of preparation, to the role of informal settings such as museums; Continuous professional learning of science teachers that supports building cultural responsiveness and teacher leadership; Core topics in science teacher education that focus on teacher knowledge, educative curricula, and working with all students; and Emerging areas in science teacher education such as STEM education, global education, and identity development. This comprehensive, in-depth text will be central to the work of science teacher educators, researchers in the field of science education, and all those who work closely with science teachers.
Handbook of Special Education Research Volume I by
Divided into two volumes, Handbook of Special Education Research provides a comprehensive overview of critical issues in special education research. This first volume addresses key topics in theory, methods, and development, exploring how these three domains interconnect to build effective special education research. Each chapter features considerations for future research and implications for fostering continuous improvement and innovation. Essential reading for researchers and students of special education, this handbook brings together diverse and complementary perspectives to help move the field forward.
How to Do Your Research Project by
Now in its fourth edition, this bestselling book provides easy to follow advice to navigate every step of a research project, from choosing a research question, deciding on a research design and methodology, collecting and analyzing data, and writing up the finished project. Presenting a clear and detailed roadmap, How to Do Your Research Projectis an essential companion for anyone undertaking a research project in the applied social sciences.
Media and Communication Research Methods by
Employing his signature style--a practical focus, the use of numerous illuminating examples, an easy to follow step-by-step approach, and engaging humor that makes the material approachable--Arthur Asa Berger updates and enhances his best-selling introductory text, Media and Communication Research Methods: An Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches, Third Edition. The new edition combines insightful discussions of qualitative and quantitative media and communication research methods as it covers each topic thoroughly in a fun-to-read style. Ideal for beginning research students at both the graduate and undergraduate level, this proven book is clear, concise, and accompanied by just the right number of detailed examples, useful applications, and valuable exercises that are sure to get your students to want to understand, and master, media and communication research.
Research design : qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches by
This best-selling text pioneered the comparison of qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods research design. For all three approaches, John W. Creswell and new co-author J. David Creswell include a preliminary consideration of philosophical assumptions, key elements of the research process, a review of the literature, an assessment of the use of theory in research applications, and reflections about the importance of writing and ethics in scholarly inquiry. The Fifth Edition includes more coverage of: epistemological and ontological positioning in relation to the research question and chosen methodology; case study, PAR, visual and online methods in qualitative research; qualitative and quantitative data analysis software; and in quantitative methods more on power analysis to determine sample size, and more coverage of experimental and survey designs; and updated with the latest thinking and research in mixed methods. SHARE this Comparison of Research Approaches poster with your students to help them navigate the distinction between the three approaches to research.
Research design : quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research approaches by
This user-friendly book provides a step-by-step guide to using the five major approaches to research design: quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research. Chapters on each approach follow a unique format--they present a template for a research proposal and explain in detail how to conceptualize and fill in every section. Terminology commonly used within each approach is identified, and key moments of ethical decision making are flagged. Interdisciplinary research examples draw on current events and social justice topics. Unique coverage includes hot topics: replication studies and data sharing, tailoring proposals to different audiences, and more. The book also includes a general introduction to social research; an in-depth, practical discussion of ethics; and a chapter on how to begin a research study, from planning a topic to developing a research question via a literature review. Pedagogical Features *Multiple "Review Stops" in each chapter--quick quizzes with answer keys. *End-of-chapter writing exercises, research activities, and suggested resources. *Bold-face key terms and an end-of-book glossary. *Boxed tips from experts in the respective approaches. *Supplemental PowerPoint slides for instructors using the book in a class. Winner (Third Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award, Nursing Research Category
Research Methods: the Basics by
Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. This second edition provides an expanded resource suitable for students and practitioners in a wide range of disciplines including the natural sciences, social sciences and humanities. Structured in two parts - the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research and how to propose, plan, carry out and write up a research project - this book covers: * Reasons for doing a research project * Structuring and planning a research project * The ethical issues involved in research * Different types of data and how they are measured * Collecting and analysing qualitative and quantitative data in order to draw sound conclusions * Mixed methods and interdisciplinary research * Devising a research proposal and writing up the research * Motivation and quality of work. Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone coming to research for the first time.
Research Methods in Early Childhood by
Designed with the early childhood student in mind, this book introduces research methods in a clear and accessible way. Following a step-by-step structure, Research Methods in Early Childhood progresses logically through the processes needed to design and carry out meaningful and ethical research. The Fourth Editionincludes two new chapters that separate out quantitative and qualitative data analysis, as well as a reader′s guide and extended glossary to support new learners, and numerous boxes, activities, and case studies.
Robustness Tests for Quantitative Research by
The uncertainty that researchers face in specifying their estimation model threatens the validity of their inferences. In regression analyses of observational data, the 'true model' remains unknown, and researchers face a choice between plausible alternative specifications. Robustness testing allows researchers to explore the stability of their main estimates to plausible variations in model specifications. This highly accessible book presents the logic of robustness testing, provides an operational definition of robustness that can be applied in all quantitative research, and introduces readers to diverse types of robustness tests. Focusing on each dimension of model uncertainty in separate chapters, the authors provide a systematic overview of existing tests and develop many new ones. Whether it be uncertainty about the population or sample, measurement, the set of explanatory variables and their functional form, causal or temporal heterogeneity, or effect dynamics or spatial dependence, this book provides guidance and offers tests that researchers from across the social sciences can employ in their own research.
Secondary Data in Mixed Methods Research by
Secondary Data in Mixed Methods Researchby Daphne C. Watkins, the latest contribution to the Mixed Methods Research Series, offers unique and necessary instruction in this growing topic. With the increasing amount of secondary data available through journals and repositories, researchers have a trove of sources for new investigations at their fingertips, but few books to guide them. This brief text provides readers with a step-by-step procedure for incorporating secondary data into various mixed methods research designs, as well as identifying key characteristics of existing datasets that make them good candidates for mixed methods projects and giving ideas for new uses of secondary data. Introductory chapters help the reader understand the "what" and "why" of secondary data. Subsequent chapters address the use of secondary data in convergent, exploratory sequential, explanatory sequential, and other complex research designs. The final chapters delve into writing and reporting on projects before, during, and after the project. Quotes throughout the chapter help readers remember key bits of knowledge, while learning objectives and summaries in each chapter structure the reading experience. Application questions at the end of each chapter help readers recall information and apply it to their own research projects. By emphasizing how to use existing qualitative and quantitative datasets in mixed methods research, Secondary Data in Mixed Methods Researchwill help readers answer new and ongoing questions in social science research.
Sustaining Action Research by
This book is a practical guide for English language teachers and teacher educators seeking to carry out and promote teacher action research within their institutional context. Based on contemporary theory and a reflexive and social approach to teacher professional development and learning, it offers readers structured methodologies and concepts, wide-ranging hands-on activity sets, and focused suggestions for appropriate and sustainable ways to implement action research across an institution. Experts Anne Burns, Emily Edwards and Neville John Ellis close the book by presenting ideas for conducting teacher research through reflective practice, exploratory practice and action research.
Test Development and Validation by
Test Development and Validation by Gary Skaggs summarizes the latest test theories, frameworks for test development and validation, and guidance for developing tests in straightforward language in one core text. Students looking for clear, concise explanations of measurement, validity, and test development within a real-world context and with numerous examples will find this book to be an excellent learning resource. Author Gary Skaggs takes years of experience teaching test development to graduate students across social and behavioral sciences and consulting on a wide variety of government and institutional research projects to offer students a thorough, jargon-free, and highly applied book to help propel their own research and careers. Part I of the book, The Big Picture, sets the stage for test development, placing it within the larger context and history of measurement, emphasizing measurement concepts and their evolution over time. Part II, Test Development, covers the technical details of instrument and test development in logical order. Validation, Part III, links the conceptual bases provided in Part I with the technical process provided in Part II to conclude the book. For those students wanting to go further, software suggestions are referenced in the technical chapters, while Further Reading sections offer the original sources for more details. Exercises and Activities at the end of each chapter provide students a variety of ways to apply their knowledge, from conceptual questions to brief project ideas to data analysis problems.
Understanding Communication Research Methods by
Comprehensive, innovative, and focused on the undergraduate student, this textbook prepares students to read and conduct research. Using an engaging how-to approach that draws from scholarship, real-life, and popular culture, the book offers students practical reasons why they should care about research methods and a guide to actually conduct research themselves. Examining quantitative, qualitative, and critical research methods, the textbook helps undergraduate students better grasp the theoretical and practical uses of method by clearly illustrating practical applications. The book defines all the main research traditions, illustrates key methods used in communication research, and provides level-appropriate applications of the methods through theoretical and practical examples and exercises, including sample student papers that demonstrate research methods in action.
What Is Quantitative Longitudinal Data Analysis? by
This book is available as open access through the Bloomsbury Open Access programme and is available on www.bloomsburycollections.com.Across the social sciences, there is widespread agreement that quantitative longitudinal research designs offer analysts powerful scientific data resources. But, to date, many texts on analysing longitudinal social analysis surveys have been written from a statistical, rather than a social science data analysis perspective and they lack adequate coverage of common practical challenges associated with social science data analyses. This book provides a practical and up-to-date introduction to influential approaches to quantitative longitudinal data analysis in the social sciences. The book introduces definitions and terms, explains the relative attractions of such a longitudinal design, and offers an introduction to the main techniques of analysis, explaining their requirements, statistical properties and their substantive contribution. The book is designed for postgraduates and researchers across the social sciences considering the use of quantitative longitudinal data resources in their research. It will also be an excellent text for undergraduate and postgraduate courses on advanced quantitative methods.
This course develops critical thinking and problem-solving skills through quantitative research.
Advances in Silk Research by
This book comprehensively reviews all the significant research ever undertaken on silk. Known as the queen of textiles, silk is a fibre that has unique properties which have been well explored and exploited for varied applications. The primary objective of writing this book is to create an awareness of the research in the field and thus stimulate readers to explore more about the fibre. It is invalube for use by students for carrying out project work, as well as scholars and researchers.Topics discussed are varied and cover a broad range like application of natural dyes on silk, study of specific properties which have not been explored earlier, etc. Properties of silk blends have been discussed. Different varieties of silk have been explored which include some non-mulberry silk varieties and also spider silk.It is hoped that the book will provide useful reading and promote further research in the area. It is deemed a privilege to duly acknowledge the researchers whose noteworthy contributions have been included in the book.
An applied guide to research designs : quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods by
This book covers the most practical and common research designs currently used in educational and the social and behavioural sciences. It will improve readers' ability to conceptualize, construct, test, problem solve and acquire knowledge, all of which are characteristics of scientific inquiry and the creative process required when conducting research.
A Handbook of Media and Communication Research by
A Handbook of Media and Communication Research presents qualitative as well as quantitative approaches to the study of media and communication, integrating perspectives from both the social sciences and the humanities. Taking methodology as a strategic level of analysis that joins practical concerns with theoretical issues, the Handbook offers a comprehensive and in-depth review of the field and a set of guidelines for how to think about, plan, and carry out media and communication studies in different social and cultural contexts. The second edition has been thoroughly updated with reference to the development of the internet, mobile, and other digital media. Each chapter addresses shifting configurations of established media organizations, media discourses, and media users in networked practices of communication. The introduction and one further chapter probe changing conceptions on mass and interpersonal, online and offline communication - in research as in everyday life. Three new chapters have been added to exemplify different forms of research employing multiple methods to study multiple media in multiple contexts. List of contributors: Klaus Bruhn Jensen, Barrie Gunter, Rasmus Helles, Annette Hill, Stig Hjarvard, Peter Larsen, Amanda Lotz, Graham Murdock, Horace Newcomb, Paddy Scannell, Lynn Schofield Clark, Kim Christian Schrøder
Media and Communication Research Methods by
In this new edition, Arthur Asa Berger employs his signature style - a practical focus, the use of numerous examples, a step-by-step approach, and humor - to update and enhance this bestselling introductory text. Combining discussions of both qualitative and quantitative research methods, in a clear and engaging writing style, the book is ideal for beginning research students at both graduate and undergraduate level.
Quantitative Assessments of Distributed Systems by
Distributed systems employed in critical infrastructures must fulfill dependability, timeliness, and performance specifications. Since these systems most often operate in an unpredictable environment, their design and maintenance require quantitative evaluation of deterministic and probabilistic timed models. This need gave birth to an abundant literature devoted to formal modeling languages combined with analytical and simulative solution techniques The aim of the book is to provide an overview of techniques and methodologies dealing with such specific issues in the context of distributed systems and covering aspects such as performance evaluation, reliability/availability, energy efficiency, scalability, and sustainability. Specifically, techniques for checking and verifying if and how a distributed system satisfies the requirements, as well as how to properly evaluate non-functional aspects, or how to optimize the overall behavior of the system, are all discussed in the book. The scope has been selected to provide a thorough coverage on issues, models. and techniques relating to validation, evaluation and optimization of distributed systems. The key objective of this book is to help to bridge the gaps between modeling theory and the practice in distributed systems through specific examples.
Quantitative Intelligence Analysis by
Quantitative Intelligence Analysis describes the model-based method of intelligence analysis that represents the analyst's mental models of a subject, as well as the analyst's reasoning process exposing what the analyst believes about the subject, and how they arrived at those beliefs and converged on analytic judgments. It includes: Specific methods of explicitly representing the analyst's mental models as computational models;Dynamic simulations and interactive analytic games;The structure of an analyst's mental model and the theoretical basis for capturing and representing the tacit knowledge of these models explicitly as computational models detailed description of the use of these models in rigorous, structured analysis of difficult targets;Model illustrations and simulation descriptions;The role of models in support of collection and operations;Case studies that illustrate a wide range of intelligence problems;And a recommended curriculum for technical analysts.
Quantitative Narrative Analysis by
This volume focuses on the fundamental features of narrative as a specific type of text genre with certain invariant linguistic properties.
Quantitative research for the qualitative researcher by
O'Dwyer and Bernauer promote understanding and appreciation of the quantitative tradition in the social sciences, especially for those who are most familiar with the qualitative tradition. The authors demonstrate that these two research traditions are complementary and that the primary components of good research--problem quality, design quality, evidence quality, and procedural quality--apply equally to both qualitative and quantitative research methodologies. By providing rich pedagogy throughout the book the authors give students ample support and guidance. Each chapter begins with an outline, key terms are defined throughout, and discussion questions conclude each chapter. Connections to Qualitative Research and Review of Published Research sections offer students opportunities to make connections to their current base of knowledge and to see the concepts described in the book being applied in real research.
Quantitative techniques : theory and problems by
Quantitative Techniques: Theory and Problems adopts a fresh and novel approach to the study of quantitative techniques, and provides a comprehensive coverage of the subject. Essentially designed for extensive practice and self-study, this book will serve as a tutor at home. Chapters contain theory in brief, numerous solved examples and exercises with exhibits and tables.
Survey research : the basics by
Survey Research can be used as an independent guide or as a workbook to accompany Keith F Punch′s bestselling Introduction to Social Research (SAGE, 1998). It represents a short, practical `how-to′ book on a central methodology technique aimed at the beginning researcher. The focus of this book is on small-scale quantitative surveys studying the relationships between variables. After showing the central place of the quantitative survey in social science research methodology, it then takes a simple model of the survey, describes its elements and gives a set of steps and guidelines for implementing each element. The book then shows how the simple model of the quantitative survey generalizes easily to more complex models. It includes a detailed example of both simple and complex models, which readers should find very helpful. It is directed primarily at beginning researchers - upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in any area of social science, who often have to do small scale surveys in projects and dissertations. Beyond this, it will be of interest to anybody interested in learning about survey research. It is written in non-technical language, aiming to be as accessible as possible to a wide audience.
English for Academic and Professional Purposes
English for Academic and Professional Purposes is a subject aimed at the development of communication skills in English for academic and professional purposes. It familiarizes the students to various academic texts that they may encounter in the performance of the duties and responsibilities in their chosen discipline. Moreover, the students are tasked to write various academic texts such as reaction papers, concept papers, position papers, and reports observing the principles of technical/academic/business writing.
21st-century literature from the Philippines and the world for senior high school by Academic reading & writing for senior high school by 
Academic Vocabulary in Learner Writing by
Academic vocabulary is in fashion, as witnessed by the increasing number of books published on the topic. In the first part of this book, Magali Paquot scrutinizes the concept of 'academic vocabulary' and proposes a corpus-driven procedure based on the criteria of keyness, range and evenness of distribution to select academic words that could be part of a common-core academic vocabulary syllabus. In the second part, the author offers a thorough analysis of academic vocabulary in the International Corpus of Learner English (ICLE) and describes the factors that account for learners' difficulties in academic writing. She then focuses on the role of corpora, and more particularly, learner corpora, in EAP material design. It is the first monograph in which Granger's (1996) Contrastive Interlanguage Analysis is used to compare 10 ICLE learner sub-corpora, in order to distinguish between linguistic features that are shared by learners from a wide range of mother tongue backgrounds and unique features that may be transfer-related.
Academic Vocabulary Toolkit 1 by
Dr. Kate Kinsella's NEW Academic Vocabulary Toolkit is designed for long-term middle and high school English learners who are under-prepared and struggling to progress. Students are provided the opportunity to not only learn high-use academic words, but also correctly employ these words in speaking and writing exercises. Using Dr. Kate Kinsella's unique vocabulary teaching process, students will receive the tools needed to master key academic vocabulary, re-engage in school settings, and increase scores on state assessments.
Academic Writing by
Most international students need to write essays and reports for exams and coursework, but writing good academic English is one of the most demanding tasks students face. This new, fourth edition of Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Studentshas been completely revised to help students reach this goal. The four main parts of Academic Writingare: The writing process Elements of writing Vocabulary for writing Writing models Each part is divided into short units which contain examples, explanations and exercises, for use in the classroom or for self-study. The units are clearly organised to allow teachers and students find the help they need with writing tasks, while cross-referencing allows easy access to relevant sections. In the first part, each stage of the writing process is demonstrated and practised, from selecting suitable sources, reading, note-making and planning through to re-writing and proof-reading. The fourth edition of this popular course builds on the success of the earlier editions, and has a special focus on the vital topic of academic vocabulary in part three, Vocabulary for Writing. Part three deals with areas such as nouns and adjectives, adverbs and verbs, synonyms, prefixes and prepositions, in an academic context. More key features of the book include: All elements of writing are clearly explained, with a full glossary for reference Models provided for all types of academic texts: essays, reports, reviews and case-studies Full range of practice exercises, with answer key included Use of authentic academic texts A companion website offers further practice with a range of additional exercises Fully updated, with sections on finding electronic sources and evaluating internet material All international students wanting to maximise their academic potential will find this practical and easy-to-use book an invaluable guide to writing in English for their degree courses.
Academic Writing and Grammar for Students by
Lecturers, why waste time waiting for the post to arrive? Request and receive your e-inspection copy today!′Alex unpacks the complexities of language to provide sound advice on writing for university at all levels. The book ranges from basic grammar to more advanced examples such as the complexities of "hedging". The advice is well supported by examples from a range of disciplines.′ - Dr Sue Tangney, Cardiff Metropolitan University′This exciting new publication helps students understand the requirements of academic writing in today′s world. I have no hesitation in recommending this book to all students.′ - Penelope Hood, Anglia Ruskin UniversityThis handy guide shows you how to quickly get to grips with using academic English grammar and punctuation. Highlighting common grammar mistakes and how to avoid them, the author also shares a wealth of examples and advice from tutors from a range of subjects, enabling you to immediately improve your work at university.Inside, you′ll find practical advice on: common mistakes punctuation conciseness proofreading referencing. All the advice has been tried and tested through workshops that the author runs with students. It is ideal for undergraduates on a wide range of courses, to help promote independent learning as well as practical writing skills.Personal tips and advice from the author onlineFor additional resources and one-to-one advice from Alex ′like′ his Facebook page Academic Writing and Grammar for Students: www.facebook.com/academicwritingandgrammarforstudentsSAGE Study Skills are essential study guides for students of all levels. From how to write great essays and succeeding at university, to writing your undergraduate dissertation and doing postgraduate research, SAGE Study Skills help you get the best from your time at university. Visit the SAGE Study Skills website for tips, quizzes and videos on study success!
Brilliant Academic Writing by
Providing instantaneous and easily accessible answers to specific questions on all of the most important areas of academic writing, this book covers essays, assignments, reports, reflective writing, exam questions, research reports and literature reviews.
Communicate today English for academic & professional purposes for senior high school by Developing Composition Skills by
The new edition of this best-selling series combines comprehensive development and practice in the rhetorical modes while integrating instruction in reading, grammar, critical thinking, and vocabulary development. -Developing Composition Skills focuses students on narrating, describing, analyzing, comparing and contrasting, classifying, and evaluating at the paragraph level and offers a complete introduction that bridges the gap between the paragraph and the essay level. -Refining Composition Skills develops essay writing skills needed for success at the college level by thoroughly reviewing and presenting the following rhetorical modes: compare and contrast, example, classification, process analysis, cause and effect, and argument.
English for academic and professional purposes : worktext on 21st century communication skills for senior high school by 
English for Academic Research by
This book is based on a study of referees' reports and letters from journal editors on reasons why papers written by non-native researchers are rejected due to problems with English (long sentences, redundancy, poor structure etc). It draws on English-related errors from around 5000 papers written by non-native authors, around 3000 emails, 500 abstracts by PhD students, and over 1000 hours of teaching researchers how to write and present research papers. The exercises are organized into nine chapters on: adjectives and adverbs (e.g. actual vs current, different vs several, continually vs continuously), nbsp;link words (e.g. on the contrary vs on the other hand, despite vs nevertheless), nouns (e.g. danger vs hazard, measure vs measurement), prepositions (e.g. among vs between, in vs into, with vs within), verbs (e.g. check vs control, compose vs comprise, arise vs raise, exclude vs rule out), false friends and synonyms, spelling, useful phrases,nbsp;emails Nearly all exercises require no actual writing but simply choosing between various options, thus facilitating self-study, e-reading and rapid progress. The exercises can also be integrated into English for Academic Purposes (EAP) and English for Special Purposes (ESP) courses at universities and research institutes. The book can be used in conjunction with the other exercise books in the series: English for Academic Research: Writing Exercises English for Academic Research: Grammar Exercises
English for academic research : grammar exercises by
This book is based on a study of referees' reports and letters from journal editors on reasons why papers written by non-native researchers are rejected due to problems with English grammar. It draws on English-related errors from around 5000 papers written by non-native authors, several hundred emails, 500 abstracts by PhD students, and over 1000 hours of teaching researchers how to write and present research papers. The exercises include the following areas: active vs passive, use of we articles (a/an, the, zero) and quantifiers (some, any, few etc) conditionals and modals countable and uncountable nouns genitive infinitive vs -ing form numbers, acronyms, abbreviations relative clauses and which vs that tenses (e.g. simple present, simple past, present perfect) word order Exercise types are repeated for different contexts. For example, the difference between the simple present, present perfect and simple past is tested for use in papers, referees' reports, and emails of various types. Such repetition of similar types of exercises is perfect for revision purposes. English for Academic Research: Grammar Exercises is designed for self-study and there is a key to all exercises. Most exercises require no actual writing but simply choosing between various options, thus facilitating e-reading and rapid progress. The exercises can also be integrated into English for Academic Purposes (EAP) and English for Special Purposes (ESP) courses at universities and research institutes. The book can be used in conjunction with the other exercise books in the series and is cross-referenced to: English for Research: Usage, Style, and Grammar English for Writing Research Papers English for Academic Correspondence and Socializing Adrian Wallwork is the author of around 30 ELT and EAP textbooks. He has trained several thousand PhD students from 35 countries to write and present academic work.
Essential guide towards effective academic writing by 
The Handbook of English for Specific Purposes by
Featuring a collection of newly commissioned essays, edited by two leading scholars, this Handbook surveys the key research findings in the field of English for Specific Purposes (ESP). * Provides a state-of-the-art overview of the origins and evolution, current research, and future directions in ESP * Features newly-commissioned contributions from a global team of leading scholars * Explores the history of ESP and current areas of research, including speaking, reading, writing, technology, and business, legal, and medical English * Considers perspectives on ESP research such as genre, intercultural rhetoric, multimodality, English as a lingua franca and ethnography
The Life and Works of RIZAL by Oral communication in context for senior high school by 
Oxford learner's dictionary of academic English by
This title presents an in-depth treatment of over 22,000 words, phrases and meanings. Informed by the 85-million-word Oxford Corpus of academic English, which includes a broad range of textbooks and academic journals from 26 different disciplines within the subject areas of humanities, social sciences, life sciences and physical sciences. Corpus-based examples show words in genuine academic contexts and help students use words correctly.
Teaching English As a Second or Foreign Language by
Now in its fourth edition, this comprehensive, best-selling methodology resource gives both prospective and experienced ESL/ELT teachers the theoretical background and practical applications they need to decide which approaches, materials, and resources can and should be used in their classrooms.
Teaching Language Variation in the Classroom by
Bringing together the varied and multifaceted expertise of teachers and linguists in one accessible volume, this book presents practical tools, grounded in cutting-edge research, for teaching about language and language diversity in the ELA classroom. By demonstrating practical ways teachers can implement research-driven linguistic concepts in their own teaching environment, each chapter offers real-world lessons as well as clear methods for instructing students on the diversity of language. Written for pre-service and in-service teachers, this book includes easy-to-use lesson plans, pedagogical strategies and activities, as well as a wealth of resources carefully designed to optimize student comprehension of language variation.
Thinking on the page : a college student's guide to effective writing by
Take Charge of Your Writing--and Dazzle Your Instructors! It can be a challenge to achieve writing excellence, but it doesn't have to be mysterious, and it's definitely not impossible. To present powerful ideas effectively in your college essays, you need to break away from rigid rules and structures and start thinking on the page. With this book, you'll learn how to actively engage with a text, analyze it, draw informed conclusions, and then make solid claims about what you have observed. Thinking on the Page will also help you: Think critically about what you're reading and draw questions and ideas directly from the text Approach your essay as a story rather than a formula Work through your ideas by graphing, listing, charting, and drawing Incorporate relevant outside research Edit your final essay and polish it to perfection Whether you're in college or high school, you need to communicate your ideas effectively through writing. Thinking on the Page provides innovative tools tailored to the way you learn and write, enabling you to produce thoughtful, analytical, and meaningful work, both in school and beyond.
World Englishes and Culture Wars by
Written from a non-Western perspective, this book exposes the inadequacy of oppositions such as native versus non-native Englishes and English versus New Englishes. It explains why the label 'World Englishes' captures both what the different Englishes share and how they differ from each other. It also criticizes the kinds of power asymmetries that have evolved between the Inner, Outer, and Expanding Circles of English, while showing the extent to which the Outer Circle has enriched their common language and made it suitable for both its heritage and non-heritage users. The narrative is grounded in a wealth of historical knowledge, especially that of the colonization of the Outer Circle. Readers are invited to compare the spread and differentiation of English with those of Latin, which evolved into the Romance languages. This comparison may leave the reader asking: could English break up into Anglian languages?
Writing : ten core concepts by
WRITING: TEN CORE CONCEPTS is designed to help you acquire the fundamental understanding that you need to become an effective writer, and to give you practice in applying ten core concepts across different writing tasks. Handy ten-step writing guides use the core concepts to help you effectively manage various types of writing that you will encounter in college and beyond.
Writing Analytically by
Learning to write well requires learning to use writing as a tool to think well--and this book shows you how. WRITING ANALYTICALLY leads you through the process of analysis and synthesis and helps you to generate original, well-developed ideas. Whether you're already a confident writer or someone who feels stranded amidst your notes and sources--waiting for the light bulb of inspiration to rescue you--this book will help you improve your skills. It's built on a series of tools for thinking that proceed step-by-step. Applying the tools will enable you to see more and arrive at better ideas about whatever you're analyzing. You'll learn to determine which details are important in your subject, how to go about figuring out why they are important, and most important, how to talk and write about what they mean.
Writing and Reading Across the Curriculum by
Remaining one of the best-selling interdisciplinary composition texts for over twenty-five years, Writing and Reading Across the Curriculum helps readers learn to write effectively for college.
English for Academic and Professional Purposes
English for Academic and Professional Purposes is a subject aimed at the development of communication skills in English for academic and professional purposes. It familiarizes the students to various academic texts that they may encounter in the performance of the duties and responsibilities in their chosen discipline. Moreover, the students are tasked to write various academic texts such as reaction papers, concept papers, position papers, and reports observing the principles of technical/academic/business writing.
The 6 Principles for Exemplary Teaching of English Learners: English for Academic and Specific Purposes by
This newest volume in the groundbreaking 6 Principles series focuses on English for specific purposes (ESP) and how it plays a critical role internationally as adult learners acquire English for study, work, and life. The field of ESP has come into increasing prominence as globalization has motivated adult learners to advance their English language skills.
Academic Language in Diverse Classrooms: English Language Arts by
Increasingly as important to educators as the Common Core State Standards, the new national anchor for curriculum, instruction and assessment have set a high bar of rigorous and challenging content. While most educational researchers and practitioners agree that that mastery of academic language is the key to students′ academic success, many teachers are not well-versed in its major components and need to learn how to integrate them into curriculum and instructional assessment. One of a seven book series, this text gives guidance to educators in how to target academic language in planning for student learning for grades 6-8. It provides a concise, logical, and practical approach to identifying grade-level academic language associated with the Common Core State Standards for English Language Arts, academic content standards, as well as English Language Proficiency Standard, to readily incorporate into teaching and learning.
Developing Writers in Higher Education by
For undergraduates following any course of study, it is essential to develop the ability to write effectively. Yet the processes by which students become more capable and ready to meet the challenges of writing for employers, the wider public, and their own purposes remain largely invisible. Developing Writers in Higher Education shows how learning to write for various purposes in multiple disciplines leads college students to new levels of competence. This volume draws on an in-depth study of the writing and experiences of 169 University of Michigan undergraduates, using statistical analysis of 322 surveys, qualitative analysis of 131 interviews, use of corpus linguistics on 94 electronic portfolios and 2,406 pieces of student writing, and case studies of individual students to trace the multiple paths taken by student writers. Topics include student writers' interaction with feedback; perceptions of genre; the role of disciplinary writing; generality and certainty in student writing; students' concepts of voice and style; students' understanding of multimodal and digital writing; high school's influence on college writers; and writing development after college. The digital edition offers samples of student writing, electronic portfolios produced by student writers, transcripts of interviews with students, and explanations of some of the analysis conducted by the contributors. This is an important book for researchers and graduate students in multiple fields. Those in writing studies get an overview of other longitudinal studies as well as key questions currently circulating. For linguists, it demonstrates how corpus linguistics can inform writing studies. Scholars in higher education will gain a new perspective on college student development. The book also adds to current understandings of sociocultural theories of literacy and offers prospective teachers insights into how students learn to write. Finally, for high school teachers, this volume will answer questions about college writing.
English for academic purposes : approaches and implications by
The analysis of academic genres and the use of corpus resources, methods and analytical tools are now central to a great deal of research into English for Academic Purposes (EAP). Both genre analysis and corpus investigations have revealed the patterning of academic texts, at the levels of lexicogrammar and discourse, and have led to richer understandings of the variations in such patterning between genres and between disciplines. The thirteen contributions included in this volume address issues in academic discourse studies from a range of perspectives: namely, corpus-based research into EAP.
Research in Second Language Learning by
Language in academic settings, also referred to academic language, has gained attention in the field of second language learning owing to new understandings of the complexities of language inherent in learning academic content, and new efforts to assess English learners’ language proficiency in the context of school learning. The concept of academic language as distinct from social language has been in the academic literature since the mid1950s, and surfaced as a major construct in the field of bilingual education in the 1980s. Many readers will be familiar with the ideas of BICS and CALP, first introduced by Jim Cummins in the 1980s. This book presents a critique of academic language as a separable construct from social language, and introduces current research efforts to understand how English learners interact, interpret, and show understanding of language in academic contexts in ways that rethink and go beyond the distinction between social and academic language.The book is organized into three main sections, each with a range of chapters that consider how academic language plays into how children and youth learn academic content as emergent bilingual students in school settings. A Foreward and Afterward offer commentary on the book and its contents. The intended audience for this book is graduate students, teacher educators, and researchers interested in issues of language and content learning for English learners, the new mainstream of schools across the nation. There is something for a wide range of readers and students of second language acquisition in this volume.
Stylish Academic Writing by
Elegant data and ideas deserve elegant expression, argues Helen Sword in this lively guide to academic writing. For scholars frustrated with disciplinary conventions, and for specialists who want to write for a larger audience but are unsure where to begin, here are imaginative, practical, witty pointers that show how to make articles and books a pleasure to read--and to write. Dispelling the myth that you cannot get published without writing wordy, impersonal prose, Sword shows how much journal editors and readers welcome work that avoids excessive jargon and abstraction. Sword's analysis of more than a thousand peer-reviewed articles across a wide range of fields documents a startling gap between how academics typically describe good writing and the turgid prose they regularly produce. Stylish Academic Writing showcases a range of scholars from the sciences, humanities, and social sciences who write with vividness and panache. Individual chapters take up specific elements of style, such as titles and headings, chapter openings, and structure, and close with examples of transferable techniques that any writer can master.
English for Academic and Professional Purposes
English for Academic and Professional Purposes is a subject aimed at the development of communication skills in English for academic and professional purposes. It familiarizes the students to various academic texts that they may encounter in the performance of the duties and responsibilities in their chosen discipline. Moreover, the students are tasked to write various academic texts such as reaction papers, concept papers, position papers, and reports observing the principles of technical/academic/business writing.
Pagsulat ng iba’t ibang anyo ng sulating lilinang sa mga kakayahang magpahayag tungo sa mabisa, mapanuri, at masinop na pagsusulat sa piniling larangan.
Ambagan 2013 : mga salita mula sa iba't ibang wika sa Filipinas by
On Philippine languages; papers of a conference.
Communication and media theories by Masculinity, media, and their publics in the Philippines : selected essays by Mga piling diskurso sa wika at lipunan by Sawikaan 2005 : mga salita ng taon by
Compilation of new Tagalog words widely used in 2004 in the Philippines.
Sawikaan 2007 : mga salita ng taon by
Compilation of new Tagalog words widely used in 2007 in the Philippines.
Pagsulat ng iba’t ibang anyo ng sulating lilinang sa mga kakayahang magpahayag tungo sa mabisa, mapanuri, at masinop na pagsusulat sa piniling larangan.
Pagsulat ng iba’t ibang anyo ng sulating lilinang sa mga kakayahang magpahayag tungo sa mabisa, mapanuri, at masinop na pagsusulat sa piniling larangan.
Physical Education and Health 4
This course aims to provide learners experience in having an active lifestyle and a lifelong holistic approach to fitness and health. Physical Education and Health are designed to give students the knowledge, understanding, and skills about fitness and health in general. This course will provide learners with competencies in accessing, producing, and evaluating information about their health, making well-versed decisions, and improving and promoting others their fitness and health. The course will enable students to exercise for their wellness with set goals, monitor their health and skills-related fitness components, and evaluate their improvement from a wide range of progressive exercises, sports, dance, and other recreational activities for a healthier lifestyle. This course includes recreational activities associated with natural or seminatural outdoor settings that will enable students to move competently and safely while promoting their sustainable use and making a positive relationship with the natural environment. It involves an array of activities like aquatics/swimming, mountaineering, orienteering, camping, etc., which the students can learn from.
How to Get Kids Offline, Outdoors, and Connecting with Nature by
Full of ideas, activities and exercises, this book provides imaginative ways to inspire young people to put down the computer games, disconnect from social media, and spend more time away from a screen. In an increasingly electronic world, creating enthusiasm for the great outdoors can seem an impossible task. Yet, the benefits of nature are endless, and they extend further than just improving physical health; being in natural surroundings is also an effective way to boost imagination, creativity and overall wellbeing. In whatever capacity you work or care for children and young people, this book will help you motivate them to reboot their connection with nature and become healthier for it. Addressing how nature-based activities can be used for improved mental health, this book will be an invaluable addition to the library of any professional who works with young people including counselors, educators, youth group workers, social workers, and childcare providers. It is also a useful resource for parents.
Inclusive physical activity : promoting health for a lifetime by
The second edition of Inclusive Physical Activity is an excellent resource for physical activity practitioners or students preparing to work with diverse populations in schools, fitness facilities, community recreation sites, and sport programs. This text shows how to provide optimal programming for all individuals--regardless of capability--so they can be healthy and active throughout the life span. Inclusive Physical Activity, Second Edition, can help you * provide well-designed and appropriate physical activity for individuals of all abilities, * increase opportunities for meaningful participation in lifelong physical activity, and * facilitate physical activity to increase health and and wellness for individuals with disabilities. The book covers programming considerations and strategies for infants and toddlers, school-age children, and adults; examples of inclusive practices for commonly offered physical activities; and suggestions for more effectively individualizing programming. Inclusive Physical Activity also provides information on adapting instruction and providing activity alternatives across the life span in five content areas: 1. Movement skills 2. Games and sports 3. Health-related fitness 4. Outdoor recreation and adventure 5. Aquatics Inclusive Physical Activity outlines a systematic approach to planning and implementing appropriate programs for individuals of varying abilities. Using the unique Functional Approach to Modifying Movement Experiences (FAMME) model, practitioners can learn--step by step--how to connect modifications directly to participants' capability differences to provide optimal challenge and success. Updated and expanded, the second edition offers three new chapters plus special learning features: * Including All Individuals chapter-opening scenarios * Think Back questions that encourage readers to apply chapter content to each scenario * What Do You Think? questions and What Would You Do? case examples that promote reflective thinking and problem solving Instructors who adopt the text get online access to an instructor guide, test package, and presentation package. New to the second edition, the presentation package offers approximately 200 slides highlighting the most important concepts from the book plus essential figures, tables, and photos. With Inclusive Physical Activity, both students and professionals will find the knowledge and support to make meaningful and inclusive physical activity a reality and promote better health for everyone.
Introduction to kinesiology : studying physical activity by
Introduction to Kinesiology: Studying Physical Activity, Fifth Edition With Web Study Guide, gives students a complete overview of the field of kinesiology and explores the common career paths, questions, and ideas that are part of this dynamic and expanding discipline. This engaging, four-color introductory text stimulates curiosity about the vast field of kinesiology, provides a foundation for students to build on through further study, and generates awareness of the long-standing and current issues that kinesiology professionals seek to understand and solve. Editors Shirl J. Hoffman and Duane V. Knudson have retained the book's strong framework and have used feedback from instructors to streamline and condense the text while adding new and updated content. The fifth edition features a completely revitalized web study guide that encourages students to apply classroom content to real-world activities and better prepare for exams. The web study guide integrates reading assignments with gradable activities so that instructors can better monitor student progress, test understanding of key concepts, and adjust classroom discussions and pace. Additional updates to this new fifth edition include the following: * Updates to data, research, and graphics to incorporate the most recent discoveries * An increased focus on public health, allied health, and nutrition and wellness to reflect changes in this dynamic and growing field * New Professional Issues in Kinesiology sidebars that look at the issues of equality, evidence-based practice, expertise, and overload as they relate to the field of kinesiology * New Kinesiology Colleagues sidebars that introduce role models who demonstrate professional life in kinesiology and its related fields The text features the three-section structure that has always been a strength of this leading introductory textbook. Part I examines the diversity of physical activity and kinesiology and summarizes the importance of knowledge gained through physical activity experiences. Part II delves into the seven major subdisciplines of kinesiology, with an overview of major historical events, research methods, professional work and application, and ideas for career advancement in each. Part III elaborates on professionalism and then examines five main areas for career opportunities. The extensive and revitalized instructor ancillaries include an instructor guide, a test package, chapter quizzes, a presentation package, and an image bank that includes most art and tables from the text. Introduction to Kinesiology provides basic and essential information for students embarking on their study of kinesiology, and this updated fifth edition prepares them for future courses and further study.
Introduction to Recreation and Leisure by
Recreation and leisure is a nonstop industry with phenomenal growth, tremendous potential, and diverse career paths and options. Introduction to Recreation and Leisurepresents a new-millennium view of this evolving field that -presents historical, philosophical, and social aspects of the industry, which students can use to build their knowledge of the field; -offers fresh insights to the standard treatment of community parks and recreation departments, youth and nonprofit agencies, commercial recreation, and tourism enterprises; -describes how recreation provides fun, enriching, and educational programs and services for people of all ages; -encompasses a variety of services, including recreational sports, outdoor activities, fitness and wellness, and arts and culture; and -exposes students to the variety of career options available and supports them as they explore their interests and prepare for challenging careers in one of the leading industries of the 21st century. Introduction to Recreation and Leisureis an ideal introductory text to the field, not only because of its complete coverage but also because of its unique voice. Written by 34 professors and professionals from the United States and Canada, this book offers the collective view of these eminent scholars, rising stars, and leading professionals. The result is a rich portrait of the field that also compares and contrasts the perspectives found in the two countries. Introduction to Recreation and Leisureincludes the following textbook features: -Profiles of outstanding graduates and indicators for future directions in the field -Web sites with links that provide access to real-world recreation -Photos that illustrate the great variety of recreation and leisure -Online instructor guide that presents an all-in-one, easy-to-implement support package complete with chapter overviews, discussion questions, objectives, and learning activities that interface with technology -Presentation package of key points and illustrations -Test package with multiple-choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank, and short-answer questions The book is divided into three parts. Part Iprovides students the foundational history, philosophy, and understanding of the field in relation to the individual and society. Part IIintroduces students to different sectors of the field, presenting the multifaceted delivery system through parks, public recreation, nonprofit organizations, commercial recreation and tourism, therapeutic recreation, and unique groups. Part IIIpresents the different types of programming found in recreation and leisure services, including recreational sports; fitness, health, and wellness; outdoor and adventure recreation; and arts and culture. It includes career directions and ends with a chapter on the nature of recreation and leisure as a profession. Introduction to Recreation and Leisurecelebrates a multifaceted profession that has been one of the top three growth employment areas in the past 15 years. It provides foundational information and real-world connections to the profession, and it prepares students for their future in recreation and leisure.
Lonely Planet's atlas of adventure : discover a world of thrilling outdoor activities by
Don't just walk on the wild side - hike, climb, cycle, surf and even parachute. Lonely Planet's Atlas of Adventure is an encyclopedia for thrill-seekers and adrenaline junkies, featuring the best outdoor experiences, country-by-country, across the world - making it the ultimate introduction to an exciting new world of adventure. There are numerous ways to explore our planet and the Atlas of Adventure showcases as many of them as possible in over 150 countries. We tracked down our adventure-loving gurus and asked them to share their tips on where to go and what to do. Colourful, awe-inspiring images are accompanied by authoritative text from Lonely Planet's travel experts. Highlights include: Mountaineering and trekking in Argentina Mountain biking and bushwalking in Australia Diving and paddling in Cambodia Trail running and canoeing in Canada Surfing and volcano diving in El Salvador Ski-exploring and dogsledding in Greenland Cycling and snowsports in Japan Riding with eagle hunters and packrafting in Mongolia Dune boarding and hiking in Namibia Tramping and black-water rafting in New Zealand Kloofing and paragliding in South Africa Sailing and walking in the United Kingdom Hiking and climbing in the United States About Lonely Planet: Lonely Planet is a leading travel media company and the world's number one travel guidebook brand, providing both inspiring and trustworthy information for every kind of traveller since 1973. Over the past four decades, we've printed over 145 million guidebooks and grown a dedicated, passionate global community of travellers. You'll also find our content online, on mobile, video and in 14 languages, 12 international magazines, armchair and lifestyle books, ebooks, and more. TripAdvisor Travelers' Choice Awards 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 winner in Favorite Travel Guide category 'Lonely Planet guides are, quite simply, like no other.' - New York Times 'Lonely Planet. It's on everyone's bookshelves, it's in every traveller's hands. It's on mobile phones. It's on the Internet. It's everywhere, and it's telling entire generations of people how to travel the world.' - Fairfax Media (Australia)
Nutrition and Physical Activity in Inflammatory Diseases by
Certain nutrients and physical activity can significantly alter immune function and inflammation. Targeted interventions may be an effective and inexpensive means to improve the inflammation and immune dysfunction associated with chronic diseases. This book defines the relevant underlying biological mechanisms and strengthens our understanding of how nutrients and physical activity impact inflammatory diseases. A useful reference for researchers and students of nutrition, physiology and sports science, it explores the unique aspects of inflammation induced by nutritional deficiencies or activity levels, and their interrelationship.
The Physical Education Activity Handbook by
This dynamic revision of a tried-and-true textbook helps students learn and teachers organize at beginning and intermediate levels of physical education. Now in its tenth edition, The Physical Education Handbook reveals learning activities that emphasize more effective skill learning and are appropriate for meeting the special needs of P.E. students. With revised chapters, new material, updated pictures, an opening chapter that directs the reader on how to effectively use the text, and new URLs at the end of each chapter, this book coaches both teacher and student on principles of physical fitness, contemporary activities, and over thirty physical activities.
Programming Recreational Services by
Programming Recreational Services serves as a handbook for recreational practitioners at every level. It clearly presents the methods and materials necessary for the planning, organization, and operation of recreational services.This reader friendly text addresses each of the 12 recreational program categories in detail and includes illustrations to assist with learning. It teaches students a methodology for evaluating recreational programs from the establishment of objectives to the final instrument used, to determine whether or not the program performed in the way that it was intended.
Sports and Recreational Activities by
This comprehensive text offers fundamental information on 42 different sports and recreational activities.
Using Physical Activity and Sport to Teach Personal and Social Responsibility by
Using Physical Activity and Sport to Teach Personal and Social Responsibility shows you how to implement a character education program in your school or community organization. Authors Watson and Clocksin offer an ideal companion text to Don Hellison's classic Teaching Personal and Social Responsibility Through Physical Activity. In this text, Watson and Clocksin provide the practical tools for applying Hellison's Teaching Personal and Social Responsibility (TPSR) model to sport and fitness activities. You'll find samples of units, lessons, and assessments incorporating the TPSR model in teaching basketball, golf, soccer, volleyball, team handball, tennis, yoga, fitness, and adventure education. An excellent text for the novice teacher, Using Physical Activity and Sport to Teach Personal and Social Responsibility also offers information and techniques on facilitating youth development in a variety of movement settings and with diverse populations. This text begins with an introduction to the TPSR model that prepares you for practical applications to follow. Part I of the text presents the history and evolution of the TPSR model. It also discusses how TPSR meets current National Association for Sport and Physical Education (NASPE) standards for physical education instruction. Next you'll find an examination of current research on motivating students in a physical activity context, creating positive learning climates, and facilitating student-centered learning. Part I concludes with a look at current literature demonstrating the effect of the TPSR model in the sport and physical activity setting. Part II centers on methods for teaching life skills and values through nine sports and physical activities. Each of the nine chapters is organized using the TPSR lesson plan format (awareness talk, lesson focus, group meeting, and reflection) in connection to each developmental stage (1, 2, and 3). It includes a summary and recommendations for additional readings. For each sport or physical activity, you'll find suggested activities for teaching sport skills and TPSR skills in tandem, examples of guided questions, and information on skill assessments. Each chapter includes easy-to-reference tables examining possible instructional strategies to use (such as command, reciprocal, inclusion, and self-check), teaching considerations for each strategy, and how each strategy can guide your students in accomplishing TPSR goals at their developmental level. Part III of this resource includes a chapter featuring profiles of teachers and youth workers who are using the TPSR model effectively. The book concludes with a look at how teaching personal and social responsibility through sport can support the creation of young leaders in school and community settings. Using Physical Activity and Sport to Teach Personal and Social Responsibility offers undergraduates, teachers, and youth workers a bridge to connect Hellison's TPSR model to their own practices. More than a text on physical education or sport instruction, this book can help you turn sport and physical activity into opportunities to create deeper, more positive connections with students and nuture their personal and social growth.
Physical Education and Health 4
This course aims to provide learners experience in having an active lifestyle and a lifelong holistic approach to fitness and health. Physical Education and Health are designed to give students the knowledge, understanding, and skills about fitness and health in general. This course will provide learners with competencies in accessing, producing, and evaluating information about their health, making well-versed decisions, and improving and promoting others their fitness and health. The course will enable students to exercise for their wellness with set goals, monitor their health and skills-related fitness components, and evaluate their improvement from a wide range of progressive exercises, sports, dance, and other recreational activities for a healthier lifestyle. This course includes recreational activities associated with natural or seminatural outdoor settings that will enable students to move competently and safely while promoting their sustainable use and making a positive relationship with the natural environment. It involves an array of activities like aquatics/swimming, mountaineering, orienteering, camping, etc., which the students can learn from.
Catastrophic Injuries in Sports and Recreation by
Catastrophic Injuries in Sport and Recreation is an essential reference guide to safe participation in a wide variety of sports and recreational activities.
Hiking by
Easy-to-read text, full-color photos, and captivating graphics introduce the sport of hiking. Topics include hiking locations, equipment, rules, and safety. Readers will learn about hiking in national and state parks, as well as items to bring on a hike and how to hike with minimal impact on the environment. Hiking boots, hiking sticks, and internal and external backpacks are discussed in detail. A kid-friendly recipe teaches readers how to make trail mix, and easy-to-follow directions teach them how to dry their own fruits. In addition, readers will learn how to purify water. Hiking etiquette and environmental conservation is also addressed, as well as safety and first aid. Exciting, enlarged photos of plants and animals show readers what to watch for during a hike. Informative sidebars, helpful tips, bold glossary terms, and an index accompany engaging text and interactive graphic elements to give readers a basic understanding of hiking.
Hiking by
Did you know that many people hike to places they cannot reach by car, airplane, or bicycle? Hikers often walk over rocky ground or through forested areas. Learn more in Hiking, an Exploring the Outdoors book. This is an AV2 media enhanced book. A unique book code printed on page 2 unlocks multimedia content. This book comes alive with video, audio, weblinks, slide shows, activities, hands-on experiments, and much more. Book jacket.
Hiking in European Mountains by
Nature sports in general and hiking in particular have become, in our urban and post-industrial societies, a growing phenomenon practiced by millions of citizens. The motivations and interests of this large group are varied, but they have a common element: to disconnect from stressful modern life and reconnect with nature. National parks and other protected areas are the preferred destinations, but they present an challenging contrast for land management: conservation versus tourist use. While once considered a romantic practice of escape and discovery, hiking is now a consumer product and a tourist experience. It promises experiences of disconnection, quiet and health; yet, natural spaces are increasingly scarce and more often than not they are crowded by other recreationalists. This book presents a multidisciplinary perspective on the latest trends and developments in hiking. In particular, the authors work from a European perspective with various outdoor recreation models represented and different conservation initiatives explored in the contexts of Spain, Norway, Poland, Germany and Lebanon. Collectively, the authors attend to hiking as a social phenomenon and economic opportunity, which has the potential to sustainably revitalize rural destinations, if managed properly.
Introduction to kinesiology : [studying physical activity] by 
Physical Activity in Rehabilitation and Recovery by
Increasing physical activity at a population level is an important public health priority. Exercise is increasingly recognised as an essential lifestyle behaviour in maintaining health, preventing disease and rehabilitating a broad range of conditions. This book compiles research evidence and clinical perspectives on the benefits and pitfalls of exercise in rehabilitation and recovery from illness or injury. The content focuses on the growing and important concept of increasing physical activity in people with long-term health conditions, maintaining active lifestyles for physical health and wellbeing, prevention of secondary illness and recovery from injury. In an eclectic collection of chapters, readers are provided with an outline of population trends in physical activity, presenting the international focus on increasing population-level physical activity through a range of approaches. The importance of physical activity for those with 'chronic' health conditions is discussed using examples from UK strategy for the management of long-term conditions. Several chapters present the nature and outcomes of exercise prescription and consider the implications of exercise promotion or intervention in musculoskeletal disorders (e.g. chronic back pain, arthritis), neurological conditions (e.g. stroke, TIA, Parkinson's, Multiple Sclerosis, Traumatic Brain Injury), cardiorespiratory illnesses (e.g. coronary heart disease, heart failure) and other common health conditions (e.g. COPD, cancer, obesity and diabetes). Both the physical and psychological outcomes of exercise are considered and several clinical case studies are presented. The implications of exercise in mental health are discussed (e.g. in the treatment of depression) and the relevance of cognitive representations of illness and coping strategies in rehabilitation are discussed in relation to musculoskeletal injury. Motivational factors and barriers to exercise in rehabilitation are discussed in the context of exercise programme design. A range of common outcome measures used for the psychological evaluation of exercise interventions are reviewed. The evidence relating to physical activity for occupational rehabilitation and work capability of absent employees is also presented together with organizational case studies. Chapters are compiled by academics and health professionals providing a combination of theory, current research evidence, and examples from practice.
Physical Best Activity Guide by
Includes CD-ROM! Through the new Physical Best Activity Guide: Middle and High School Level, Second Edition, teachers can do the following: - Implement ready-to-use activities based on the latest national guidelines from NASPE - Provide appropriate activities for students of all abilities - Save time and program funds by using reproducibles from the CD-ROM This revised activity guide provides a comprehensive collection of health-related physical fitness activities--more than 50--that cover aerobic fitness, muscular strength and endurance, flexibility, and body composition. The new edition offers exciting, teacher-tested activities to help rejuvenate existing programs or develop new programs that encourage lifelong participation in health-related physical activity. The Middle and High School Level Activity Guideincludes four new chapters on activities that incorporate components of health-related fitness and emphasize lifetime physical activities such as climbing stairs, gardening, dancing, housework, and adventure pursuits. This material also is fully compatible with the award-winning Fitness for Lifestudent text by Charles B. Corbin and Ruth Lindsey (now in its fifth edition and available from Human Kinetics). In addition, the Middle and High School Level Activity Guidecomes with a CD-ROM containing PDF versions of numerous reproducibles, including posters, worksheets, station signs, flash cards, and other things to make the teacher's job easier and the activities more fun. The activity guide helps teachers do the following: - Meet the specific needs of the age groups they are teaching - Benefit from the real-world experience and fresh ideas of seasoned physical educators - Assist students in making informed health-related physical fitness choices beyond the classroom setting Designed to stand alone or be used in conjunction with Physical Education for Lifelong Fitness: The Physical Best Teacher's Guide, Second Edition, this cutting-edge resources will enliven programs, save time, and help teachers motivate students to become fit for life.
Ready-to-Use Secondary P. E. Activities Program by
180 activity variations, reproducible charts and student handouts plus fun tournament formats and a special section that offers a simple but effective method of student evaluation in which students take responsibility for the grade received.
Sports, Exercise, and Fitness by
An easy-to-use guide to nearly 1,000 information sources on sports, exercise, and fitness.
Sports and Recreational Activities by
This comprehensive text offers fundamental information on 42 different sports and recreational activities.
Sports and recreational activities by Christian Peace Education is an institutional course that explores the concept of Peace from the perspective of the Christian Faith. It centers with the Person of Christ who is our peace (Ephesians 2:14). This course invites you to explore various themes about peace which is the perennial longing of each one.
Between Congregation and Church by
Denominations are one of the primary ways in which Christians attempt to live in a community based around God. Yet there is very little careful theological analysis of denomination available today. Between Congregation and Church offers a constructive theological understanding of denomination, showing its role as an intermediary structure between congregation and church. It places denomination and other intermediary structures within the doctrine of the church. Barry Ensign-George reviews work by theologians and church historians that can contribute to a constructive theological understanding of denomination. The book highlights particular developments in the history of the church that established preconditions for the emergence of denomination. Exploration of unity and diversity is central to this analysis, and individual chapters offer theological analyses of the unity and the diversity to which the Christians are called. Finally, denomination has often been a vehicle for sin, and the relationship between denomination and sin is considered. Between Congregation and Church addresses a major gap in contemporary theology: the failure to offer substantive theological analysis of denomination, a major way Christians together live their faith today.
Christ, the Christian experience in the modern world by
Christ. The Christian Experience in the Modern World focuses on the question of salvation for all people. Using seven 'anthropological constants', Schillebeeckx innovatively shows the social and political relevance of faith. Inspired by liberation and feminist theologies, he puts strong emphasis on human experience and on the importance of examining church teaching in its historical context. This volume is a testimony of Schillebeeckx' ground breaking attempt to rethink doctrine in the light of the research on the historical Jesus. Instead of starting with Christianity's great creedal statements about Christ and the Trinity, he focuses on the subjective experience of the first generations of believers as expressed in the New Testament. This choice stirred considerable controversy and a Vatican investigation but inspired and still keeps to inspire readers in their personal approach to Christian faith.
The first thousand years : a global history of Christianity by
How did a community that was largely invisible in the first two centuries of its existence go on to remake the civilizations it inhabited, culturally, politically, and intellectually? Beginning with the life of Jesus, Robert Louis Wilken narrates the dramatic spread and development of Christianity over the first thousand years of its history. Moving through the formation of early institutions, practices, and beliefs to the transformations of the Roman world after the conversion of Constantine, he sheds new light on the subsequent stories of Christianity in the Latin West, the Byzantine and Slavic East, the Middle East, and Central Asia. Through a selected narration of particularly noteworthy persons and events, Wilken demonstrates how the coming of Christianity set in motion one of the most profound revolutions the world has known. This is not a story limited to the West; rather, Christian communities in Ethiopia, Nubia, Armenia, Georgia, Persia, Central Asia, India, and China shaped the course of Christian history. The rise and spread of Islam had a lasting impact on the future of Christianity, and several chapters are devoted to the early experiences of Christians under Muslim rule. Wilken reminds us that the career of Christianity is characterized by decline and attrition as well as by growth and expansion. Ten years in the making and the result of a lifetime of study, this is Robert Louis Wilken’s summa, a moving, reflective, and commanding account from a scholar at the height of his powers.
Happiness in This Life by
A collection of homilies, speeches, and "messages of the day" that brings together Pope Francis's wisdom on finding happiness in the here and now For Pope Francis, the appreciation of our everyday lives is a spiritual undertaking. Joy is a divine attribute, and creating joy around us an essential part of faith. Every homily and speech in this book delivers, in warm, engaging language accessible to believers and nonbelievers alike, a key lesson, instructing readers on finding love and happiness in a chaotic world. Along the way, Pope Francis discusses the sanctity of women's rights, talks about how the love of sports can bring out our best qualities, and explains why fighting discrimination is the essence of loving thy neighbor. He shares personal stories and anecdotes from his life, provides comforting messages of hope, and discusses the ways flawed families can make you a better person. The core ideas of Francis's papacy--mercy, support for marginalized people, and diplomacy--shine through. Praise for Happines in This Life "Though the title of the book mentions happiness, this collection of thoughts addresses something much deeper--joy. Bringing together excerpts from Pope Francis's sermons, speeches, prayers, and addresses, these pieces address a range of themes, from mercy and humility to simplicity and family. . . . Readers will be encouraged to clear away the cacophony of modern society and embrace the simplicity of joy. A book as loving and encouraging as the man himself seems to be."--Booklist "With this wide-ranging collection of writings, homilies, and addresses, the current pontiff dispels any notion that religious practice is dour and antiquated. . . . It brings together the pope's most affecting passages to inspire Catholics (and those of other faiths) to lift up those around them."--Publishers Weekly "Reminiscent of the gentle encouragement of the Dalai Lama . . . Family-centered and practical--especially on difficult matters of familial contention--these homilies are, on the whole, gentle encouragements to do the right thing. . . . [This] collection offers clear insight into the pope's doctrinal concerns."--Kirkus Reviews
Holy living : the Christian tradition for today by
Former Archbishop of Canterbury Rowan Williams writes frankly on belief, Christianity and the place of religion today. Apart from being a scholar and theologian, Rowan Williams has also demonstrated a rare gift for writing plainly and clearly about essentials of the Christian faith. InHoly Living, he writes with profound perception about the life of holiness to which we are called. The range of Williams' frame of reference is astonishing--he brings poets and theologians to his aid, he writes about the Rule of St Benedict, the Bible, Icons, contemplation, St Teresa of Avila and even R. D. Laing. He concludes with two chapters on the injunction "Know Thyself" in a Christian context. Throughout, Williams points out that holiness is a state of being--it is he writes "completely undemonstrative and lacking any system of expertise. It can never be dissected and analysed."
The inner rainbow : the imagination in Christian life by 
Know your why : finding and fulfilling your calling in life by
"Challenging, inspiring and practical." Bear Grylls "I can't think of anyone more qualified to write about the significance of knowing your purpose than my friend Ken Costa... His new book, Know Your Why, is absolutely foundational to living a purpose driven life." Rick Warren "Among the crush and the rush of life, there's no better guide in the pursuit of getting it right than my friend Ken Costa... I highly recommend Know Your Why, and am confident you will see more clearly and live more purposefully after absorbing the wisdom in its pages." Louie Giglio, Pastor, Passion City Church, Passion Conferences "This is an important and timely book. In a world of seemingly endless options, discerning the voice of God can be an increasingly difficult task. Ken draws on decades of experience to help Christians cut through the confusion and distractions and live lives in tune with God." Andy Stanley, Senior Pastor, North Point Ministries "There are few people on this planet that I find more fascinating than Ken Costa. His capacity for business is only outweighed by his affection for the local church; and he has beautifully modelled to a generation what it means to live out your calling and build the Kingdom." Brian Houston, Global Founder and Senior Pastor of Hillsong Church Are you working for cash, a career, a cause--or a calling? "Why do you do what you do?" People work for a variety of reasons. For many, the primary purpose of their work is cash. Their principal motivation is the paycheck that funds their everyday needs. Their work is a means to an end. Others are motivated by ambitions for a career, to move up the professional ladder and expand their experience, becoming more skilled in a particular area. Still others work for a cause, believing in the wider purpose of their work, attempting to make a difference in the world--to leave a mark in some way. All of these are legitimate motivations. However, missing from all three is any sense of the value of work itself. The focus is on the output of the workplace, rather than valuing the input. What we need is calling. Those who see their work as a calling experience a rich integration in their lives. They sense a purpose, a direction to their activities. Work has intrinsic meaning, rather than being simply a means to an end. In many ways this is precisely what the Spirit of God does in our lives. When we are in the flow of the Spirit, we are cooperating fully in our God-given callings. When people embrace their callings, they love their work, can manage inevitable tensions that arise, and are welcomed by their colleagues, who sense that there is something beyond the cash or career objectives. But how do we get there? Know Your Why is written with one objective: to help you find your life's calling so that you can be more satisfied, fulfilled, and happier at work. "You did not choose me, but I chose you and appointed you so that you might go and bear fruit--fruit that will last." --John 15:16 NIV
The Routledge Companion to the Practice of Christian Theology by
This Companion introduces readers to the practice of Christian theology, covering what theologians do, why they do it, and what steps readers can take in order to become theological practitioners themselves. The volume aims to capture the variety of practices involved in doing theology, highlighting the virtues that guide them and the responsibilities that shape them. It　also　shows that the description of these practices, virtues and responsibilities is itself theological: what Christian theologians do is shaped by the wider practices and beliefs of Christianity. Written by a team of leading theologians, the Companion provides a unique resource for students and scholars of theology alike.
Sanctified by grace : a theology of the Christian life by
Books on the Christian life abound. Some focus on spirituality, others on practices, and others still on doctrines such as justification or forgiveness. Few offer an account of the Christian life that portrays redeemed Christian existence within the multifaceted and beautiful whole of the Christian confession. This book attempts to fill that gap. It provides a constructive, specifically theological interpretation of the Christian life according to the nature of God's grace. This means coordinating the Triune God, his reconciling, justifying, redemptive, restorative, and otherwise transformative action with those practices of the Christian life emerging from it. The doctrine of the Christian life developed here unifies doctrine and life, confession and practice within the divine economy of grace. Drawing together some of the most important theologians in the church today, Sanctified by Grace achieves what no other theological text offers - a shared work of dogmatic theology oriented to redeemed Christian existence.
Stories of God : an unauthorized biography by 
A Textbook of Christian Ethics by
Robin Gill's A Textbook of Christian Ethics continues to be popular with students and lecturers - it is difficult to find another textbook in the field that combines primary texts with extensive analysis and commentary. This 4th edition has been extensively revised and it incorporates up-to-date developments in the field of Christian ethics. Gill retains all the popular features of the previous editions, including its layout and structure, and in this new edition he also focuses on current debates, including such topics as global Christianity, global economics, euthanasia and global justice and the environment.
Christian Peace Education is an institutional course that explores the concept of Peace from the perspective of the Christian Faith. It centers with the Person of Christ who is our peace (Ephesians 2:14). This course invites you to explore various themes about peace which is the perennial longing of each one.
The Art of Theological Reflection by
Here is a book for the millions of Christians who want to make a vital connection between their faith and their lives. The authors describe theological reflection as "the artful discipline of putting our experience into conversation with the heritage of the Christian tradition." Their practical book provides a way for all of us to experience greater meaning in life and a more tangible sense of God's creative presence.
Christian Ethics by
A discussion of the general presuppositions and ideas which underlie the Christian ethical teaching, treating of such subjects as conscience, the concepts of sin and virtue, and the relation between morality and religion. The book also attempts to explain the traditional Christian attitudes towards certain particular matters of conduct; for example, marriage and divorce, gambling, and the rights and duties of private property. Written by the then Bishop of Exeter, this book was originally published in 1950.
Christian Foundations : an Introduction to Faith in Our Time by 
Christian History by
A major new introduction to the global history of Christianity, written by one of the world's leading theologians and author of numerous bestselling textbooks. Provides a truly global review by exploring the development of Christianity and related issues in Asia, Latin America and Africa, and not just focusing on Western concerns Spanning more than two millennia and combining elements of theology, history, and culture, it traces the development of all three branches of Christianity - Catholic, Protestant, and Orthodox - providing context to Christianity's origins and its links to Judaism Looks beyond denominational history at Christianity's impact on individuals, society, politics, and intellectual thought, as well as on art, architecture, and the natural sciences Combines McGrath's acute historical sensibility with formidable organizational skill, breaking the material down into accessible, self-contained historical periods Offers an accessible and student-oriented text, assuming little or no advance theological or historical knowledge on the part of the reader
Christian Moral Life by
Christian morality is synonymous with life in Christ. We are to love God with our whole being and to love others as Jesus loves us, because God created all of us in his image and wants us to love one another as he loves us. The Christian moral life is defined by being in loving relationships and by living our lives in response to the teachings of Jesus. The collection of readings in Christian Moral Life A Primary Source Reader aims to help you learn the moral concepts and teachings that guide us to live our lives as disciples of Christ. Within this reader you will find writings from the following sources: Saint Th#65533;r#65533;se of Lisieux Saint Basil the Great Blessed Teresa of Calcutta Saint Thomas More Saint Teresa of #65533;vila Richard M. Gula, SS Blessed John Paul II Saint John Vianney Saint Francis of Assisi Julian of Norwich Saint Patrick Cardinal Joseph Bernardin This text is the perfect complement to courses on morality, especially those that correspond to the U.S. bishops' Curriculum Framework course titled "Life in Jesus Christ."
Christian Theologies of the Sacraments by
Delves into the ancient debate regarding the nature and purpose of the seven sacraments What are the sacraments? For centuries, this question has elicited a lively discussion and among theologians, and a variety of answers that do anything but outline a unified belief concerning these fundamental ritual structures. In this extremely cohesive and well-crafted volume, a group of renowned scholars map the theologies of sacraments offered by key Christian figures from the Early Church through the twenty-first century. Together, they provide a guide to the variety of views about sacraments found throughout Christianity, showcasing the variety of approaches to understanding the sacraments across the Catholic, Protestant, and Orthodox faith traditions. Chapters explore the theologies of thinkers from Basil to Aquinas, Martin Luther to Gustavo Gutiérrez. Rather than attempting to distill their voices into a single view, the book addresses many of the questions that theologians have tackled over the two thousand year history of Christianity. In doing so, it paves the way for developing theologies of sacraments for present and future contexts. The text places each theology of the sacraments into its proper sociohistorical context, illuminating how the church has used the sacraments to define itself and its congregations over time. The definitive resource on theologies of the sacraments, this volume is a must-read for students, theologians, and spiritually interested readers alike.
The Craft of Theology by
This is a splendid book, nourishing for Catholic and non-Catholics alike. It clearly shows our contemporary situation on a number of fronts, offering constructive directions for the future. Reformed Review
An experience named Spirit by Faithful witness : foundations of theology for today's church by 
God and the creative imagination : metaphor, symbol, and myth in religion and theology by
'A mere metaphor', 'only symbolic', 'just a myth' - these tell tale phrases reveal how figurative language has been cheapened and devalued in our modern and postmodern culture. In God and the Creative Imagination, Paul Avis argues the contrary: we see that actually, metaphor, symbol and myth, are the key to a real knowledge of God and the sacred. Avis examines what he calls an alternative tradition, stemming from the Romantic poets Blake, Wordsworth and Keats and drawing on the thought of Cleridge and Newman, and experience in both modern philosophy and science. God and the Creative Imagination intriguingly draws on a number of non-theological disciplines, from literature to philosophy of science, to show us that God is appropriately likened to an artist or poet and that the greatest truths are expressed in an imaginative form. Anyone wishing to further their understanding of God, belief and the imagination will find this an inspiring work.
The good life by
The Christian hip-hop artist explains why popular beliefs about what constitutes the most satisfying life are incorrect and contends that the most fulfilling life to be led is in the service of God.
Metaphorical theology : models of God in religious language by 
A Phenomenology of Christian Life by
How does Christian philosophy address phenomena in the world? Felix Ó Murchadha believes that seeing, hearing, or otherwise sensing the world through faith requires transcendence or thinking through glory and night (being and meaning). By challenging much of Western metaphysics, Ó Murchadha shows how phenomenology opens new ideas about being, and how philosophers of "the theological turn" have addressed questions of creation, incarnation, resurrection, time, love, and faith. He explores the possibility of a phenomenology of Christian life and argues against any simple separation of philosophy and theology or reason and faith.
Spiritual Life and the Word of God by
Taken from his 1766 work 'Apocalypsis Revelata' (The Apocalypse Explained), this is a fascinating look at the theologies of Swedish scientist, philosopher, Christian mystic and theologian Emanuel Swedenborg.
Storytelling : imagination and faith by Christian Peace Education is an institutional course that explores the concept of Peace from the perspective of the Christian Faith. It centers with the Person of Christ who is our peace (Ephesians 2:14). This course invites you to explore various themes about peace which is the perennial longing of each one.
Christian Peace Education is an institutional course that explores the concept of Peace from the perspective of the Christian Faith. It centers with the Person of Christ who is our peace (Ephesians 2:14). This course invites you to explore various themes about peace which is the perennial longing of each one.
Christian Peace Education is an institutional course that explores the concept of Peace from the perspective of the Christian Faith. It centers with the Person of Christ who is our peace (Ephesians 2:14). This course invites you to explore various themes about peace which is the perennial longing of each one.
Research Project (Inquiries, investigation, and immersion)
This culminating activity develops critical thinking and problem solving skills through qualitative and quantitative researches.
A Beginner's Guide to Doing Your Education Research Project by
′Mike Lambert′s book is a useful source of information, helping to create and shape your research methods project. The book contains detailed chapters with easy to follow guidelines, tips and suggestions ensuring help at every step of the way from start to finish′Alexander Miesen, student, Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences In this basic guide, step-by-step advice is presented in a clear way and chapters take the reader through the entire process, from planning and doing research, to writing it up. Each stage is covered, with detailed help on choosing a topic, drawing up research questions, doing the literature review, choosing and designing research methods, the ethics of doing research, analyzing data, and collating and presenting findings. Features in the text include: - explanations of key research terms - activities (with answers) - progress sheets - case studies Online resources to accompany the book are available at http://www.methodspace.com/groups/MikeLambertABeginnersGuide/ This is an ideal text for undergraduate students undertaking their first ever research project, postgraduates pursuing Masters awards and teachers carrying out action research.
Designing and managing a research project : a business student's guide by
This practical, step-by-step guide shows business students how to successfully conduct a research project, from choosing the topic to presenting the results. The book is divided into sections on preparing and planning the project, undertaking the research, and communicating the results. The authors have applied their many years of experience in supervising student projects to provide examples of actual research problems and to offer practical solutions. Unique to this book is the inclusion of chapters on topics such as supervision, group work and ethics, and both qualitative and quantitative data analysis.
Doing a Successful Research Project by
This straightforward, student-friendly guide contains all the practical advice for successfully undertaking a research project, leading students through all the stages of the research process. The second edition of this no-nonsense textbook supports students in conducting their own research projects, whatever discipline they are from. Describing processes, tools and strategies in a simple, succinct way, it supports the reader carefully through the planning and design stages, to implementation, analysis and completion. Doing a Successful Research Project is suitable for an interdisciplinary audience all over the world. It is aimed at undergraduate and postgraduate students undertaking a research project or dissertation across the Social Sciences, Applied Social Sciences, Education, Health and Business Studies. It can also be used as essential or complimentary reading on modules on Qualitative and Quantitative Research and Research Design.
Doing Your Business Research Project by
Taking the fear out of writing your business project, this book helps you understand and carry out each step of the research process. With detailed, friendly and engaging support it takes you from the very beginning to the very end. Key features: Chapters are structured around FAQs such as 'How to choose a research question?', 'How do I go about a literature review?' guiding you towards a full understanding of the research process Workbook tasks help you shape your thoughts on each topic, enabling you to decide your own research question and how you will research it The importance of various ideas is clearly signposted, helping you prioritise your time according to your needs and goals. Templates and checklists from the book are also available for download at the Doing Your Business Research Project companion website at study.sagepub.com/beech This interactive guide is ideal for all Business and Management students about to complete a research project or dissertation.
Doing Your Early Years Research Project by
Undertaking a research project can be a daunting task for early years students. This step-by-step guide clearly shows you how to organize and structure your project, write a literature review, interpret findings, and successfully present your research. Bringing the whole process to life through practical examples and real case studies, the book is packed with summaries, key points, checklists, and discussion topics, encouraging you to engage with and reflect on your own work. The Third Edition is fully updated to include: New chapters on writing your literature review and structuring your final project Increased coverage of e-research data collection methods New real-life student examples and case studies from the UK and internationally Additional online ′top tips′ videos from the author. This is an essential companion for students on undergraduate and postgraduate early childhood courses, teacher education, nursing, and social sciences. It is also useful for early years practitioners required to carry out small-scale research.Dr. Guy Roberts-Holmes is Senior Lecturer in Early Childhood Education at the Institute of Education, University of London.' Guy Roberts-Holmes will be discussing key ideas from Doing Your Early Years Research Project: A Step by Step Guide in the SAGE Early Years Masterclass, a free professional development experience hosted by Kathy Brodie. To sign up, or for more information, click here.
Doing Your Education Research Project by
If you are a trainee teacher or experienced practitioner new to research, or are simply wondering how to get started on your education research project, this practical book will be your guide. The authors offer simple steps to ensure that you ask the key questions in the most effective way possible. The book guides you through the entire research process: from clarifying the context and conceptual background, to presenting and analysing the evidence gathered. nbsp; Supported by examples, checklists and diagrams, this fully revised and updated edition includes a wealth of information on: Research design Evidence gathering techniques Practitioner research Ethics Data analysis techniques. This book will be valuable to anyone begining a research or a professional or a professional or school development project, whatever stage they are at within the teaching community, from training for QTS, higher degree, or in need of evidence-backed decisions for the strategic development of their school.
Doing your research project : a guide for first-time researchers by
This is the market leading book for anyone doing their research project. Clear, concise and extremely readable, this book provides a practical, step-by-step guide to doing a research project from start to finish. Thoroughly updated but retaining its well-loved style, this 6th edition includes: information on using online surveys; information on online interviewing and using online platforms for observation, e.g. Skype, Google Hangouts; new chapter on the use of social media in small scale research; thoroughly updated chapter on literature searching; revised and additional pedagogy; and a brand new text design. This practical, no-nonsense guide is vital reading for all those embarking on undergraduate or postgraduate study in any discipline, and for professionals in such fields as social science, education and health.
Doing Your Research Project in the Lifelong Learning Sector by
This book guides student researchers through the different stages of small-scale or practitioner research, a common component of study for students training to work in the lifelong learning sector. The authors look at the entire research journey, from planning a research topic and framing research questions, through the process of data collection and analysis, to writing up and presentation. Using a step-by-step approach the book tackles common thorny issues such as: Understanding the different genres of research Discussion of qualitative and quantitative approaches to research The importance of forming research questions and of locating them within current research literature How to do a literature review Dealing with permissions, access and ethics The nuts and bolts of research methods Interpreting data and writing up research findings Together with case studies and examples of real-life research projects that have been completed by the authors' own students, this book tackles research in a student-friendly and accessible style, carefully unpacking and defining the different terms, concepts and theories that students need to know when beginning research for the first time. This book is essential reading for students who are training to work in the lifelong learning sector or practitioners who are undertaking CPD to maintain their license to practice. "Many teachers training in the lifelong learning sector, as well as those going on to do foundation, honours and masters degrees in education, find the prospect of carrying out educational research for the first time daunting. Thus far, they have been reliant on generic educational research textbooks. Jonathan Tummons' and Vicky Duckworth's excellent work now guides them clearly and supportively through the research journey in a way which is underpinned by the authors' deep understanding of both the sector and nature of the challenge of the research task to the student, using an informal and accessible written style." Andy Armitage, Head of the Department of Post-Compulsory Education at Canterbury Christ Church University, UK "This book combines sound practical advice with an exploration of the philosophical and methodological concepts underpinning educational research. Often drawing on the authors' own experiences, it makes a convincing case for the practitioner as researcher and draws clear and appropriate attention to the purposes, uses and dissemination of small scale research." Susan Wallace, Professor of Continuing Education, Nottingham Trent University, UK
How to Do Your Research Project by
Direct, informative and accessible the new edition of Gary Thomas′s bestselling title is essential reading for anyone doing a research project. Packed full of relevant advice and real world examples the book guides you through the complete research process. Using refreshingly jargon-free language and anecdotal evidence it is a witty, easy to follow introduction that will answer your questions, set out best practice and walk you through every stage of your project step-by-step. It covers: - How to choose your research question - Project management and study skills - Doing an effective literature review - Methodology, theory and research design - Design frames - Ethics and access - Tools for data collection - Effective data analysis - Discussing findings, concluding and writing up The expanded, insightfully redesigned second edition has a fully integrated companion website including student worksheets, annotated examples and links to SAGE Journals.Gary Thomas also has an exciting new video in which he explains what's new to this Second Edition. This popular book is ideal for anyone undertaking a research project in the applied social sciences. Available with Perusall--an eBook that makes it easier to prepare for classPerusall is an award-winning eBook platform featuring social annotation tools that allow students and instructors to collaboratively mark up and discuss their SAGE textbook. Backed by research and supported by technological innovations developed at Harvard University, this process of learning through collaborative annotation keeps your students engaged and makes teaching easier and more effective. Learn more.
How to Keep Your Research Project on Track by
Textbooks and journal articles on research methods are rarely of help regarding what to do when your research project goes off track. This book addresses this important, and usually hidden, aspect of research by providing students and researchers with insider insights, advice and lessons about the difficulties in the research process. Written by experienced researchers, PhD supervisors and examiners, it should prepare the reader for all that can go wrong when researching a PhD or any large research project. The starting point of each chapter is the acceptance that research projects do not always go smoothly. Researchers must find ways to jump through a myriad of invisible hoops and over a plethora of hurdles of unknown heights to guide their research, from conceptualisation of worthwhile projects to the completion and dissemination to a range of different audiences. The book is divided into four sections: ?getting started?, ?getting data?, ?getting it together?, and ?getting finished?. Each section comprises chapters followed by short vignettes ? all of which offer insights into researchers facing real-world problems or not quite getting things right in the first instance. This ground breaking book will give hope to the early-career researcher, the PhD or Masters student, and provide experienced academics with reinvigoration and new perspectives on the research process. Contributors:H.T.J. Bainbridge, M. Baird, T. Bartram, P. Black, I. Bregoli, K. Cafferkey, J. Carins, J. Cavanagh, K.L. Daunt, D.C. Duke, A. Gatsinzi, J. Glover, D.E. Gray, C. Hughes, N. Isaeva, P.J. Jordan, A. Kellner, A. Kevill, C. Khoo-Lattimore, J. Kilroy, W.M. Kwiatkowski, A. Lee, B. Lee, Q.Y. Lee, R. Loudoun, A.M. McDermott, H. Meacham, S. Qaiyum, C. Rojon, S. Rundle-Thiele, M.N.K. Saunders, H. Short, C. Stock, R. Talwar, K. Townsend, K. Trehan, C.L. Wang, D. Yunga
Practical research 1 for senior high school by Practical research 1 for senior high school by Practical research 2 for senior high school by 
Quantitative Research Methods for Linguists by
Quantitative Research Methods for Linguistics provides an accessible introduction to research methods for undergraduates undertaking research for the first time. Employing a task-based approach, the authors demonstrate key methods through a series of worked examples, allowing students to take a learn-by-doing approach and making quantitative methods less daunting for the novice researcher. Key features include: Chapters framed around real research questions, walking the student step-by-step through the various methods; Guidance on how to design your own research project; Basic questions and answers that every new researcher needs to know; A comprehensive glossary that makes the most technical of terms clear to readers; Coverage of different statistical packages including R and SPSS. Quantitative Research Methods for Linguistics is essential reading for all students undertaking degrees in linguistics and English language studies.
Research and Education by
Educational researchers take a number of decisions that define the credibility and scope of their enquiry - the approaches they adopt, the strategies they employ, the methods they use and the ways they present their findings. This core text provides an easy-to-read, comprehensive introduction to educational research that will develop your understanding of research strategies, theories and methods. Specifically written for undergraduate education studies students, the book guides you through the process of planning a research project, the different research methods available and how to carry out your research and write it up successfully. Highlighting the theoretical and methodological debates and discussing important ethical and practical considerations, the book is structured to help you tackle all the different aspects of your project from writing your literature review, designing a questionnaire and analysing your data to the final writing up. The book will give you the confidence and enthusiasm to discuss and write about your research effectively. Features include: extension tasks -- to introduce new material and encourage you to think critically case studies -- with information on important studies and examples of research that have utilised specific approaches practical advice and tips -- to help you relate the topics discussed to your own on-going project work annotated further reading lists -- providing you with an opportunity to access more detailed and specific resources. Part of the Foundations of Education Studies series, this timely textbook is essential reading for students undertaking a research methods course or a piece of educational research.
Research Methods: the Basics by
Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. This second edition provides an expanded resource suitable for students and practitioners in a wide range of disciplines including the natural sciences, social sciences and humanities. Structured in two parts - the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research and how to propose, plan, carry out and write up a research project - this book covers: * Reasons for doing a research project * Structuring and planning a research project * The ethical issues involved in research * Different types of data and how they are measured * Collecting and analysing qualitative and quantitative data in order to draw sound conclusions * Mixed methods and interdisciplinary research * Devising a research proposal and writing up the research * Motivation and quality of work. Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone coming to research for the first time.
Successful Research Projects by
A unique aspect of the book is the inclusion of exercises throughout the text to help develop and guide students through the specific actions required for doing effective research. The author′s twenty plus years of classroom experience richly informs the approach and the content of this hands-on research methods guide. Dr. Beins′ undergraduate students have presented over 100 papers and posters at research conferences and have won numerous awards for their research.
Success with Your Early Years Research Project by
'Action research and Early Years practices go together, as naturally as the new day rising. This book is a celebration of new days. Early Years research is a practice for creative thinking for new tomorrows; the book shows us how to do this, and is to be commended for anyone who wishes to find innovative ways to think and act for all new beginnings.' -Jean McNiff, Professor of Educational Research, York St John University Where do you start with a research project? How do you choose a good question? What are tutors looking for in an outstanding project? This book will help you answer all of the above and that is just the beginning. With examples of real research projects from students just like you, it takes you through each step of the process including: Choosing your question and approach Making sure your research is ethical Gathering and analysing data Reaching conclusions Putting your findings into practice. After each example the authors provide commentary on what made each project so good, or what needed more work, helping you see what a good project really looks like. Suitable for anyone tackling a research project as part of the Early Years course, at foundation or degree level, this book will help you make sure your project is interesting, relevant and impacts on your practice.
Research Project (Inquiries, investigation, and immersion)
This culminating activity develops critical thinking and problem solving skills through qualitative and quantitative researches.
Designing and Managing a Research Project by
Drawing on their many years of experience in supervising student projects, Michael Jay Polonsky and David S. Waller provide examples of actual research problems and include important topics such as supervision, group work, ethics, the literature review and both qualitative and quantitative data analysis. The fourth edition has been updated to include an integrated case throughout on "high performance shoes", robust coverage of questionnaire design and increased exposure of institutional review boards.
Doing a Successful Research Project by
Doing a Successful Research Project is a realistic, user-friendly guide on how to conduct a research project that talks at the student's level; akin to having a tutor right at one's side. It offers an accessible, even-handed introduction to carrying out research methods for undergraduate and postgraduate students conducting a research project for the first time. The research process--from planning, through design and implementation, to completion--is described simply and succinctly, with the emphasis throughout on good preparation. The book provides students with the self-discipline and the confidence to carry out their own research project, as well as enabling them to assess for themselves the advantages and disadvantages of the differing strategies available.
Doing Your Business Research Project by
Taking the fear out of writing your business project, this book helps you understand and carry out each step of the research process. With detailed, friendly and engaging support it takes you from the very beginning to the very end. Key features: Chapters are structured around FAQs such as 'How to choose a research question?', 'How do I go about a literature review?' guiding you towards a full understanding of the research process Workbook tasks help you shape your thoughts on each topic, enabling you to decide your own research question and how you will research it The importance of various ideas is clearly signposted, helping you prioritise your time according to your needs and goals. Templates and checklists from the book are also available for download at the Doing Your Business Research Project companion website at study.sagepub.com/beech This interactive guide is ideal for all Business and Management students about to complete a research project or dissertation.
Doing Your Early Years Research Project by
This new edition of a much-loved book guides you through your Early Years research project from start to finish and draws on the work of Early Years practitioners to illustrate concepts and methods, bringing the entire process to life. Packed with research summaries, key points, checklists and discussion topics, the author shows you how to organize and structure your project, write a literature review, interpret findings and present/write up your project. This edition has been fully updated and revised to include up-to-date references, a focus on 'Reflective Practice', and coverage of Early Years Foundation Stage, as well as: Coverage of Action Research, including examples Increased material on using, presenting and analyzing data, including using software More reflective and detailed study aid including case studies, surveys, questions and activities
Doing Your Education Research Project by
If you are a trainee teacher or experienced practitioner new to research, or are simply wondering how to get started on your education research project, this practical book will be your guide. The authors offer simple steps to ensure that you ask the key questions in the most effective way possible. The book guides you through the entire research process: from clarifying the context and conceptual background, to presenting and analysing the evidence gathered. nbsp; Supported by examples, checklists and diagrams, this fully revised and updated edition includes a wealth of information on: Research design Evidence gathering techniques Practitioner research Ethics Data analysis techniques. This book will be valuable to anyone begining a research or a professional or a professional or school development project, whatever stage they are at within the teaching community, from training for QTS, higher degree, or in need of evidence-backed decisions for the strategic development of their school.
Research methods : the basics by
Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. This second edition provides an expanded resource suitable for students and practitioners in a wide range of disciplines including the natural sciences, social sciences and humanities. Structured in two parts - the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research and how to propose, plan, carry out and write up a research project. -- Provided by publisher.
Success with Your Early Years Research Project by
'Action research and Early Years practices go together, as naturally as the new day rising. This book is a celebration of new days. Early Years research is a practice for creative thinking for new tomorrows; the book shows us how to do this, and is to be commended for anyone who wishes to find innovative ways to think and act for all new beginnings.' -Jean McNiff, Professor of Educational Research, York St John University Where do you start with a research project? How do you choose a good question? What are tutors looking for in an outstanding project? This book will help you answer all of the above and that is just the beginning. With examples of real research projects from students just like you, it takes you through each step of the process including: Choosing your question and approach Making sure your research is ethical Gathering and analysing data Reaching conclusions Putting your findings into practice. After each example the authors provide commentary on what made each project so good, or what needed more work, helping you see what a good project really looks like. Suitable for anyone tackling a research project as part of the Early Years course, at foundation or degree level, this book will help you make sure your project is interesting, relevant and impacts on your practice.
Success with your education research project by
Success with Your Education Research Project is a practical, user-friendly text on research methods aimed specifically at undergraduate students on education courses. Research projects are carried out in schools and non-school settings by nearly all undergraduates in teacher training, Education Studies and other educational disciplines, and this book makes clear references to these courses and contexts throughout. All chapters include learning outcomes, worked examples, practical and reflective tasks and summaries of key points. Topics such as using the Net and plagiarism are covered wi.
This course is designed for a Grade 10 student to enhance the knowledge, skills, and attitudes of a learner in tour service in accordance with industry standards. It covers specialized competencies such as: book travel-related reservations, administering billing and settlement plans, and issuing air sea land tickets and multipurpose documents.
Access : introduction to travel and tourism by
Practical and easy to understand, the second edition of ACCESS: INTRODUCTION TO TRAVEL AND TOURISM is designed to prepare readers for a successful career in the travel, tourism and hospitality industry. This edition has been updated to include new content and expanded topics in order to ensure that readers understand all facets of the travel business. With updated coverage of technology,new profiles of industry leaders additional activities, refined graphics and full-color photos, this concise book provides readers with a wealth of practical information designed to help them refine their research skills, respond to real-world scenarios, identify key concepts, and remember critical information.
Advances in Social Media for Travel, Tourism and Hospitality by
This book brings together cutting edge research and applications of social media and related technologies, their uses by consumers and businesses in travel, tourism and hospitality. The first section addresses topical issues related to how social media influence the operations and strategies of tourism firms and help them enhance tourism experiences: open innovation, crowdsourcing, service-dominant logic, value co-creation, value co-destruction and augmented reality. The second section of the book looks at new applications of social media for marketing purposes in a variety of tourism-related sectors, addressing crowd-sourced campaigns, customer engagement and influencer marketing. The third section uses case studies and new methodologies to analyze travel review posting and consumption behaviors as well as the impact of social media on traveller perceptions and attitudes, with a focus on collaborative consumption and sharing economy accommodation. Finally, the fourth section focuses on hot topics and issues related to the analysis, interpretation and use of online information and user-generated content for deriving business intelligence and enhancing business decision-making. Written by an international body of well-known researchers, this book uses fresh theoretical lenses, perspectives and methodological approaches to look at the practical implications of social media for tourism suppliers, destinations, tourism policy makers and researchers alike. For these reasons, it will be a valuable resource for students, managers and academics with an interest in information and communication technologies, marketing for tourism and hospitality, and travel and transportation management.
Becoming a travel professional: the complete guide by 
Cambridge Igcse® Travel and Tourism. Per le Scuole Superiori by
Endorsed by University of Cambridge International Examinations. Cambridge IGCSE Travel and Tourism has been written specifically for the Cambridge IGCSE Travel and Tourism syllabus. Sections have been split into units, each dealing with a particular topic, and are cross-referenced to other units wherever appropriate. This new title contains a wide variety of activities and questions to check and facilitate students' understanding, as well as case studies and illustrative examples encouraging subject-based knowledge and a truly international approach.
Cosmopolitanism and Tourism by
Within tourism studies, the cosmopolitan potentials of tourism have often been situated within a broader conversation about globalization, an approach that implies that cosmopolitanism is a predictable by-product of globalization and becoming more cosmopolitan should be the goal of travel. And yet a fundamental value of a cosmopolitan outlook--namely, to not only to be "at home in the world" but also to experience the world in an authentic sense--depends on the culturally embedded, parochial, and particular world views which it rejects. In Cosmopolitanism and Tourism: Rethinking Theory and Practice, contributors take this as a starting point. What does a "worldly" consciousness mean to people situated in different cultural landscapes and to what extent might these intersect with cosmopolitan values? How is cosmopolitanism marketed in tourism and tourist-related industries such as service learning and study abroad? And finally, what roles do social and economic class, educational background, gender, and other factors have in cosmopolitan claims? The contributors to this edited collection address these questions in a series of case studies that range from Guatemala, Bolivia, and Ireland to China, India, and Dubai.
A Guide to Becoming a Travel Professional by
In an era of Internet ticket sales and increased expectations for customer service, two travel industry experts offer a how-to-do-it textbook covering travel agency terminology, features of all major products sold, reference materials, and selling techniques for those working toward careers in tra
Journeys of a lifetime : 500 of the world's greatest trips by
Completely updated for its 10th anniversary, this best-selling inspirational travel guide reveals 500 celebrated and lesser-known destinations from around the globe, from ocean cruises in Antarctica to horse treks in the Andes. Compiled from the favorite trips of National Geographic's legendary travel writers, this fully updated and revised Journeys of a Lifetime spans the globe to highlight the best of the world's most celebrated and lesser-known sojourns. Offering a diverse array of possibilities, every continent and possible form of transport is covered, illustrated with glorious color photographs. With 16 new pages and updated information throughout, this timely new edition is the perfect resource for travelers who crave adventurous trips--from trekking the heights of Mt. Kilimanjaro in Tanzania to mountain biking in Transylvania--and those searching for more specific experiences (the world's top small cruises, hot new museums around the world, secrets for following in the footsteps of film and TV heroes, and more). Each chapter features stunning photography, full-color maps, and practical tips, including how to get there, when to visit, and how to make the most of your journey. Informative, and inspiring, this luxurious volume is a lifelong resource that readers will treasure for years to come.
Mabuhay : a historical travel narrative by 
National Geographic Learning's Visual Geography of Travel and Tourism by
Produced in partnership with the National Geographic Society, this remarkable book helps you master the basic tenets of world geography while exploring established and emerging tourist destinations worldwide. The book begins with an overview of geographic concepts and an introduction to the global tourism industry, including the perspective of both hosts and guests. World destinations are covered in twelve sections divided into short, easy-to-digest chapters, each presenting regional geographic information and physical, cultural, and touristic details specific to individual countries and locations. Each destination features a flag, National Geographic map, descriptive introduction from the National Geographic Atlas of the World, key facts and data, travel and cultural tips, and information on significant tourist destinations and attractions. Each section contains National Geographic articles in the features �Insider Info,� �Through the Visitor�s Eyes,� �City Highlights,� and �Preserving the Future.� In addition to extensive updates to reflect the latest trends and developments in world tourism, the Fifth Edition now features a vibrant, full-color design. Ideal for avid travelers and aspiring hospitality, travel, and tourism professionals, NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING�s VISUAL GEOGRAPHY OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM, Fifth Edition, is an engaging and informative guide to the world�s varied and appealing destinations.
National Geographic Reader: Travel and Tourism (with EBook Printed Access Card) by
Bring your learning to life with compelling images, media and text from National Geographic. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING READER: TRAVEL AND TOURISM w/PAC eBOOK will help you develop a clearer understanding of the world around you through engaging content. This reader is designed to be used in combination with several core texts in hospitality, travel and tourism. Used as a supplement with two strong brands of National Geographic and Delmar Learning, this reader will bring relevancy, and first-hand accounts from countries around the world.
Off Track Planet's Travel Guide for the Young, Sexy, and Broke: Completely Revised and Updated by
Reaching over four million online readers, Off Track Planet brings back its distinct voice and edgy style with this updated edition of Off Track Planet's Travel Guide for the Young, Sexy, and Broke. With 20 percent brand-new material and 40 to 50 new photos, this revised edition explores the most interesting destinations around the world and is both inspiring and informative This completely revised and updated edition of Off Track Planet's Travel Guide for the Young, Sexy, and Broke is an all-encompassing tome to the best travel destinations for the 20s and 30s crowd. The book includes updated and revised material including where to go and what to do, practical how-to tips and advice, and information on how to extend your stay through study abroad programs, volunteering, and more. Also included are OTP Tips and Fun Facts, and 200+ full-color photos throughout.
The Pocket Butler's Guide to Travel by
An indispensable travel guide from everyone's favorite butler, Charles MacPherson, a world-class authority on the art of travelling well. From the bestselling author of The Butler Speaks and the owner of North America's only butler training academy comes this new addition to the Pocket Butler series. A world authority on the art of travel, Charles has trained the staff of the world's leading hotels, and planned countless travel itineraries for his most high profile clients--from royalty, to celebrities, to captains of industry. In this handy pocket-sized guide, Charles shares the wealth of his travel tips in one charming and digestible read. Written with unpretentious charm and sparkling wit, The Pocket Butler's Guide to Travel will ensure you arrive at your destination in one relaxed, unharried piece. Let Charles will guide you through the planning and execution of your trip with grace- from choosing luggage and booking suitable accommodations to achieving wrinkle-free packing, arranging stress-free itineraries and handling unexpected emergencies (from stains to stolen passports). Take note of Charles's insider advice on how to get a upgrade; make the most of your hotel concierge; politely decline an invitation; pack appropriately for every occasion; sidestep mishaps when travelling with children, the elderly, or staying with family and friends; navigate international dining etiquette (and tipping expectations), and much, much more--even what to do when you arrive home (with tips for perfect thank you notes and online travel reviews)! This conveniently compact book is easy to slip into any carry-on luggage. With comprehensive packing checklists; tipping guides for 10+ countries; and tips for travelling by plane, train, cruise ship, coach, yacht, car and even private jet, The Pocket Butler- Travel will be your trusted companion wherever your travels may take you.
The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism by
Taking a global and multidisciplinary approach, The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism brings together a team of international scholars to examine the travel and tourism industry, which is expected to grow at an annual rate of four percent for the next decade. In more than 500 entries spanning four comprehensive volumes, the Encyclopedia examines the business of tourism around the world paying particular attention to the social, economic, environmental, and policy issues at play. The book examines global, regional, national, and local issues including transportation, infrastructure, the environment, and business promotion. By looking at travel trends and countries large and small, the Encyclopedia analyses a wide variety of challenges and opportunities facing the industry. In taking a comprehensive and global approach, the Encyclopedia approaches the field of travel and tourism through the numerous disciplines it reaches, including the traditional tourism administration curriculum within schools of business and management, economics, public policy, as well as social science disciplines such as the anthropology and sociology. Key features include: More than 500 entries authored and signed by key academics in the field Entries on individual countries that details the health of the tourism industry, policy and planning approaches, promotion efforts, and primary tourism draws. Additional entries look at major cities and popular destinations Coverage of travel trends such as culinary tourism, wine tourism, agritourism, ecotourism, geotourism, slow tourism, heritage and cultural-based tourism, sustainable tourism, and recreation-based tourism Cross-references and further readings A Reader's Guide grouping articles by disciplinary areas and broad themes
The Solo Travel Handbook by
Don't let the idea of travelling alone stop you from living out your dreams. Packed with tips and advice for before and during your travels, The Solo Travel Handbookgives you the confidence and know-how to explore the world on your own, whether you're planning a once-in-a-lifetime adventure or short city break. Developed with Lonely Planet's expert travel writers, it explains how and why individual travel is such a valuable and rewarding experience. Covered topics include: Confront and overcome any travel worries Decide where to go and plan your itinerary Set a budget strategy and organise money Find deals on flights and accommodation Choose the right luggage and pack like a pro Meet fellow travellers and befriend locals Ensure you stay safe, happy and healthy We also rank the best destinations for road-tripping, food, nightlife, culture, island escapes and more, as well as how to fund your travels while you're away. About Lonely Planet: Lonely Planet is a leading travel media company and the world's number one travel guidebook brand, providing both inspiring and trustworthy information for every kind of traveller since 1973. Over the past four decades, we've printed over 145 million guidebooks and grown a dedicated, passionate global community of travellers. You'll also find our content online, on mobile, video and in 14 languages, 12 international magazines, armchair and lifestyle books, ebooks, and more. TripAdvisor Travelers' Choice Awards 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 winner in Favorite Travel Guide category 'Lonely Planet guides are, quite simply, like no other.' - New York Times 'Lonely Planet. It's on everyone's bookshelves, it's in every traveller's hands. It's on mobile phones. It's on the Internet. It's everywhere, and it's telling entire generations of people how to travel the world.' - Fairfax Media (Australia)
Theories of Practice in Tourism by
Tourism research that is inspired by theories of practice is currently gaining in prominence. This book provides a much-needed introduction to the potential applications of theories of practice in tourism studies. It brings together a variety of approaches exploring how theories of practice bridge themes and fields which are usually addressed separately within tourism research: consumption and production; travel and the everyday; governance and policy; technology and the social. The book critically engages with practices as a fruitful approach to tourism research as well as how the particularities of tourism might inform our understanding of practice theories. This book contributes to conceptual and methodological debates providing insights from authors who have engaged with practice theory as an entry point to researching tourism. It offers a solid starting point for researchers and students alike who wish to learn about, and try, this approach, as well as explore its possibilities and limitations in the field of tourism.¿
Tourism, Travel, and Blogging by
Travel often inspires the creation of narratives about journeys and destinations, more so with the increasing availability of online platforms, applications for smartphones and tablets, and various other social media technologies. This book examines travel blogs and their associated social media as a form of self-presentation that negotiates the tensions between discourses of travel and tourism. As such, it addresses how contemporary travellers use online platforms to communicate their experiences of journeys and destinations, and how the traveller/tourist dichotomy finds expression in these narratives. Addressing the need for more in-depth analysis through a study of blogs, this exploration of networked narratives of an individual's travel experience considers personal motivations, self-promotion, and self-presentation as key factors in the creation of both personal and commercial travel blogs. As this text applies concepts such as self-presentation and heteroglossia, it will be of interest to both students and scholars of tourism, new media, sociology, cultural studies, and discourse studies.
Tourism Operations and Management by
Tourism: Operations and Management is a comprehensive textbook, designed especially for undergraduate degree/diploma students of hotel management and tourism studies. The book explores core concepts of tourism and explains them through numerous examples, illustrations, tables, and photographs.Beginning with an introduction to the travel and tourism industry, the book goes on to discuss various types of tourism; tourism infrastructure like accommodation, food and beverage, telecommunications; tourist transport (air, road, rail, and water); Indian and international tourism organizations.The book explains how to set up travel agencies and tour operations and their role in the tourism industry. Key topics like tourism product; tourism marketing; customer service skills; economic, environmental, socio-cultural and political impacts of tourism; and planning, managing and developing atourist attraction are discussed at length. The emerging trends in tourism like GDS, e-ticketing, web marketing are explored. Chapters on travel formalities and regulations; airline geography; and itinerary planning enhance the readers' understanding of the practical operational aspects and make thebook useful for practitioners as well.Students of hotel management, hospitality, and tourism studies will find this book useful for its coverage of the key concepts of tourism operations and management explained through industry-related examples, formats, and photographs. With its practice-oriented approach, the book would also beuseful to practitioners like travel agents and tour operators.
Travel and Tourism by
Written by a former chief economist at Trans World Airlines and now an adjunct professor at New York University with contributions from academic and professional experts in their fields, this book will lead readers through the economic fundamentals of each sector, examine travel and tourism's domestic and global impact and provide some of the basic tools necessary for decision-making in the industry. Learning Objectives; End of chapter summaries; Margin glossaries; Website listings; Interviews with industry leaders; Focus on Technology inserts; Over 200 photographs and illustrations; A look into the future. A comprehensive experience for readers looking to make careers in travel and tourism as well as industry professionals already there!
Understanding travel & tours essential by 
Worldwide destinations : the geography of travel and tourism by
Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is a unique text that explores tourism demand, supply, organisation and resources for a comprehensive range of destinations worldwide. The sixth edition is brought up to date with features such as: An exploration of current issues such as climate change, recreational preferences, demographic changes and the social impacts of tourism. An extended chapter on Asian tourism to reflect developments in the travel industry. Improved full colour presentation, packed with helpful teaching suggestions, including discussion points and assignments to encourage greater student involvement. The first part of the book comprises thematic chapters which detail the geographic knowledge and principles required to analyze the tourism appeal of destinations. The subsequent division of the book into regional chapters enables the student to carry out a systematic analysis of a particular destination, by providing insights on cultural characteristics as well as information on specific places. Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is an invaluable resource for studying every destination in the world, by explaining tourism demand, evaluating the many types of tourist attractions and examining the trends that may shape the future geography of tourism. This thorough guide is a must-have for any student undertaking a course in travel and tourism.
This course is designed for a Grade 10 student to enhance the knowledge, skills, and attitudes of a learner in tour service in accordance with industry standards. It covers specialized competencies such as: book travel-related reservations, administering billing and settlement plans, and issuing air sea land tickets and multipurpose documents.
65 Things to Do When You Retire - Travel by
Following the success of 65 Things to Do When You Retire, this new collection features 65 lively essays on a wide variety of fun and unusual travel opportunities for retirees, including eco-travel (to Brazil's wetlands or the barrier reef off Belize), volunteering abroad (going on archaeological digs or helping to make a difference in developing countries), wine tourism (from Colorado to Croatia), international house-sitting, and taking a retirement gap year. in 65 Things to Do When You Retire: Travel, intrepid travel writers and notable retirement experts reveal their own personal adventures and offer practical advice about how to have the time of your life, whether traveling with a group, a spouse or partner, or on your own. Their fun, illuminating, and informative essays describe glorious getaways, the best places for retirees to visit and relocate and how to plan for your great escape without breaking the bank. for everyone reaching their retirement years, this inspiring book will open up new vistas and exciting travel possibilities. Note: Thanks to the generosity of the contributing authors, all of whom provided essays on a probono basis, the royalties generated from the sale of this book will be donated to nonprofit organizations dedicated to preventing and curing cancer.
Achieving Success Through Innovation : Cases and Insights from the Hospitality, Travel, and Tourism Industry by
This book investigates the genesis and success of innovation in the hospitality industry as detailed in over four dozen case studies. In many of the cases studies, the innovators themselves provide the insights into their innovative inspiration and the lessons learned from the way they brought their innovative ideas to life. The cases include innovations for improved customer service, stronger human resources, and new food service and lodging concepts. While updated technology forms the basis for many of the innovations, some of the cases focus specifically on technology improvements, with a particular focus on the use of technology as a mediator in the service value chain. With the passage of several years, the book shares the outcome of the innovative concepts--most of which continue to operate. The lessons presented will provide you a valuable perspective on success through innovation, whether you are operating in the hospitality industry or another business.
Approaches in Tourism Modelling by
Tourism research has indeed become a booming and attractive agenda for data analysis oriented empirical economist thanks to modern technology. There has been a tremendous improvement over last decades in the mathematical, statistical, probabilistic, and computational tools available to applied macroeconomics in tourism research. The book is no attempt to make comprehensive or broad representation of the issues of development of macro econometric modelling in tourism research. Authors' intention is to be selective, illustrative and deep, to present cases of analytical thinking on some of the major issues of model-based research in tourism sector. Zdravko Šergo is Senior Research Associate at Institute of Agriculture and tourism Poreč, Croatia. His scientific research and professional activities are focused on Tourism economy, Macroeconomic aspects of tourism, Sustainable tourism development. During his carrier he was a member of scientific teams in numerous projects among two or more scientific institutions. He published more than a hundred scientific papers and numerous book chapters. Jasmina Gržinić is full Professor of Tourism at Juraj Dobrila University of Pula, Croatia, Department of Economics and Tourism, where she was the Head of the Department of Tourism for many years. She is a member of the editorial boards of 5 international scientific journals and 4 international scientific monographs. Her main research topics are Principles of tourism, International tourism, Management of tourism attractions, Tour operators and Tourist agencies. She worked on several projects and published more than eighty scientific papers, including the book "International Tourism" (2014) and "Tour operators and hoteliers in the modern tourism" (2015). Buy this book on degruyter.com‹https://www.degruyter.com/view/product/540847›
The Emerald Handbook of Entrepreneurship in Tourism, Travel and Hospitality by
This book is a practical handbook for entrepreneurship in tourism related industries. The book will provide students and prospective entrepreneurs with the knowledge, know-how and best practices in order to assist them in planning, implementing and managing business ventures in the field of tourism. It constitutes a valuable contribution to developing the necessary knowledge, competencies and skills of entrepreneurial decision-making and ventures. It would serve as a guide for those studying entrepreneurship and preparing for entrepreneurial careers as well as a reference for the practical use of entrepreneurs at the planning, implementation, operation and evaluation stages of building a tourism business. Examples from the industry/business world are provided to illustrate real-life practice and give readers a better understanding of entrepreneurship in tourism.
Enhancing Joy in Travel by
Why do so many people love to travel, but sometimes come away unhappy and disappointed in their trips? What can people in the travel industry do to prevent such discontent and promote optimal travel experiences? As a clinical psychologist and an avid traveler, I wanted to write a book that offers fresh perspectives on these questions. Readers will learn a new way of thinking about the nature of travel and about solutions to common travel problems. Strategies informed by psychological theory and research that travel providers can use to enhance their clients' positive travel encounters are given. Questions explored include: How do travelers' personalities impact travel satisfaction? Why can seeking perfection in travel and trying to keep up with the often-unrealistic depictions of travel on social media undermine travel joy? What can be done to overcome travel fatigue and boredom? How can travelers prepare for trips in ways that spark excitement and receptivity for what is to come? And what can enhance the enjoyment trips give travelers long after their trips are over? This book is a must read for those in the hospitality and travel industry (both students and professionals) and general readers who want to better understand the complexities of the psychology of travel. It will serve as an invaluable guide to all who would like to learn what it means to travel well.
A Guide to Becoming a Travel Professional by
In an era of Internet ticket sales and increased expectations for customer service, two travel industry experts offer a how-to-do-it textbook covering travel agency terminology, features of all major products sold, reference materials, and selling techniques for those working toward careers in tra
A Landscape of Travel by
While the number of domestic leisure travelers has increased dramatically in reform-era China, the persistent gap between urban and rural living standards attests to ongoing social, economic, and political inequalities. The state has widely touted tourism for its potential to bring wealth and modernity to rural ethnic minority communities, but the policies underlying the development of tourism obscure some complicated realities. In tourism, after all, one person's leisure is another person's labor. A Landscape of Travel investigates the contested meanings and unintended consequences of tourism for those people whose lives and livelihoods are most at stake in China's rural ethnic tourism industry: the residents of village destinations. Drawing on ethnographic research conducted in Ping'an (a Zhuang village in Guangxi) and Upper Jidao (a Miao village in Guizhou), Jenny Chio analyzes the myriad challenges and possibilities confronted by villagers who are called upon to do the work of tourism. She addresses the shifting significance of migration and rural mobility, the visual politics of tourist photography, and the effects of touristic desires for "exotic difference" on village social relations. In this way, Chio illuminates the contemporary regimes of labor and leisure and the changing imagination of what it means to be rural, ethnic, and modern in China today. More about the author: http://www.jennychio.com/
Mobilities, Tourism and Travel Behavior by
The notion of "mobilities," when looked at from a practical point of view, turns out to cover different kinds of human activity. It is not surprising, then, that when approached from an academic perspective, it reveals enormous potential for interdisciplinary research, which has proven extremely attractive to many scholars from different continents, disciplines, and schools of academic inquiry. The scholars in this volume focus on the specific aspects of mobilities, namely, tourism and travel behavior, but approach them from a plethora of positions. Such a myriad of perspectives is bound to be challenging in methodological terms, but it seems there is a growing agreement as to the worthiness of this interdisciplinary research. By means of combining various approaches, researchers obtain access to a fascinating and increasingly ubiquitous phenomenon of contemporary human mobility.
Robots, Artificial Intelligence and Service Automation in Travel, Tourism and Hospitality by
Using a combination of theoretical discussion and real-world case studies, this book analyses the use of robotics, artificial intelligence and services automation (RAISA) within the travel, tourism and hospitality industries. Divided into two sections, the book first concentrates on the theoretical aspects surrounding the use of RAISA in travel, tourism and hospitality. Themes explored include: economic fundamentals customer attitudes chatbot adoption service quality Following on from this, the second section concentrates on current and future use of RAISA technologies in specific subsectors of the tourism economy: hotels, restaurants, travel agencies, museums, and events. With an international scope of authorship and focus, the book is a useful reference source for scholars, students, and general readers interested in robotics, artificial intelligence, and automation technologies. Alongside this, the business insights and case studies examined in the book offer practitioners guidance on how these technologies can and will be incorporated into organizations, particularly those in the travel and tourism industry.
Safety Cultures, Safety Models by
The objective of this book is to help at-risk organizations to decipher the “safety cloud”, and to position themselves in terms of operational decisions and improvement strategies in safety, considering the path already travelled, their context, objectives and constraints. What link can be established between safety culture and safety models in order to increase safety within companies carrying out dangerous activities? First, while the term “safety culture” is widely shared among the academic and industrial world, it leads to various interpretations and therefore different positioning when it comes to assess, improve or change it. Many safety theories, concepts, and models coexist today, being more or less appealing and/or directly useful to the industry. How, and based on which criteria, to choose from the available options? These are some of the questions addressed in this book, which benefits from the expertise of its worldwide famous authors in several industrial sectors.
The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism by
Taking a global and multidisciplinary approach, The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism brings together a team of international scholars to examine the travel and tourism industry, which is expected to grow at an annual rate of four percent for the next decade. In more than 500 entries spanning four comprehensive volumes, the Encyclopedia examines the business of tourism around the world paying particular attention to the social, economic, environmental, and policy issues at play. The book examines global, regional, national, and local issues including transportation, infrastructure, the environment, and business promotion. By looking at travel trends and countries large and small, the Encyclopedia analyses a wide variety of challenges and opportunities facing the industry. In taking a comprehensive and global approach, the Encyclopedia approaches the field of travel and tourism through the numerous disciplines it reaches, including the traditional tourism administration curriculum within schools of business and management, economics, public policy, as well as social science disciplines such as the anthropology and sociology. Key features include: More than 500 entries authored and signed by key academics in the field Entries on individual countries that details the health of the tourism industry, policy and planning approaches, promotion efforts, and primary tourism draws. Additional entries look at major cities and popular destinations Coverage of travel trends such as culinary tourism, wine tourism, agritourism, ecotourism, geotourism, slow tourism, heritage and cultural-based tourism, sustainable tourism, and recreation-based tourism Cross-references and further readings A Reader's Guide grouping articles by disciplinary areas and broad themes
Social Media in Travel, Tourism and Hospitality by
Social media is fundamentally changing the way travellers and tourists search, find, read and trust, as well as collaboratively produce information about tourism suppliers and tourism destinations. Presenting cutting-edge theory, research and case studies investigating Web 2.0 applications and tools that transform the role and behaviour of the new generation of travellers, this book also examines the ways in which tourism organisations reengineer and implement their business models and operations, such as new service development, marketing, networking and knowledge management. Written by an international group of researchers widely known for their expertise in the field of the Internet and tourism, chapters include applications and case studies in various travel, tourism and leisure sectors.
Targeting the Mature Traveler by
This book provides a profile of the mature travel market based on recent research by review sites, tour operators and agents, and national press. It identifies recent trends with potential growth in destinations, types of holiday, the criteria holidaymakers use when planning a holiday, and how the final choice is made. Customer data and global demographic profiles leads to a range of strategic marketing options for those in tourism and travel sectors, and travel trends into 2021 and beyond. Despite significant changes globally as the coronavirus became a pandemic, the strategic approach identified here still forms a sound basis for taking the industry forward. Whether you are a student on a travel and tourism course, part of the global travel agency network, a tour operator, or provider of products and services, this book covers the underpinning profile of who the 50+ mature customer is, what they are looking for, and, ultimately, strategies to inform and encourage them to buy in the future.
Tourism in the City by
This book critically explores the interconnections between tourism and the contemporary city from a policy-oriented standpoint, combining tourism perspectives with discussion of urban models, issues, and challenges. Research-based analyses addressing managerial issues and evaluating policy implications are described, and a comprehensive set of case studies is presented to demonstrate practices and policies in various urban contexts. A key message is that tourism policies should be conceived as integrated urban policies that promote tourism performance as a means of fostering urban quality and the well-being of local communities, e.g., in terms of quality spaces, employment, accessibility, innovation, and learning opportunities. In addition to highlighting the significance of urban tourism in relation to key urban challenges, the book reflects on the risks and tensions associated with its development, including the rise of anti-tourism movements as a reaction to touristification, cultural commodification, and gentrification. Attention is drawn to asymmetries in the costs and benefits of the city tourism phenomenon, and the supposedly unavoidable trade-off between the interests of residents and tourists is critically questioned.
Tourism security : strategies for effectively managing travel risk and safety by
Tourism security is an important part of both security management and tourism. Private security professionals and police departments in tourism cities, as well as hotels, major attractions, and theme parks, have all come to realize that tourism security and safety issues (often called tourism surety) are essential for industry survival and success. In Tourism Security, leading expert Peter Tarlow addresses a range of key issues in tourism safety and security. The book guides the reader through a study of tourism security themes and best practices. Topics include the relationship between tourism security and the economy, hotel and motel security, risk and crisis management, public places, transportation, and legal issues. The book also includes case studies of four popular tourist destinations. With each destination, an interview with a police or security representative is included--providing unique, in-depth insight to security concerns. Tourism Security is an invaluable resource for private security professionals, police departments that serve tourist destinations, and tourism professionals who work in hotels or convention centers, or at attractions, casinos, or events. Explains what tourism security is and outlines safety procedures for different tourism environments Serves as a resource tool and how-to for implementing best practices Includes detailed case studies of four popular tourist destinations: Charleston, South Carolina, the Dominican Republic, Las Vegas, Nevada, and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Travel and tourism by
Using case studies from around the world that showcase both the positive and the negative impacts development projects can have, this title explores the consequences of different kinds of resource management within the tourism industry. Throughout, pros and cons of each development will be presented, in order to present both sides.
Travel Connections by
Living in a world that is increasingly 'on the move' means that many of us now rely on mobile devices, social media, and networking technologies to coordinate togetherness with our social networks even when we are apart. Nowhere is this phenomenon more evident than in the emerging practices of 'interactive travel'. Today's travellers are more likely than ever to pack a laptop or a mobile phone and to use these devices to stay in touch with friends and family members - as well as to connect with strangers and other travellers - while they are on the road. New practices such as location-aware navigating, travel blogging, flashpacking and Couchsurfing now shape the way travellers engage with each other, with their social networks, and with the world around them. Travel Connections prompts a rethinking of the key paradigms in tourism studies in the digital age. Interactive travel calls into question longstanding tourism concepts such as landscape, the tourist gaze, hospitality, authenticity and escape. The book proposes a range of new concepts to describe the way tourists inhabit the world and engage with their social networks in the twenty-first century: smart tourism, the mediated gaze, mobile conviviality, re-enchantment and embrace. Based on intensive fieldwork with interactive travellers, Travel Connections offers a detailed account of this emerging phenomenon and uncovers the new forms of mediated and face-to-face togetherness that become possible in a mobile world. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of sociology, tourism and hospitality, new media, cosmopolitanism studies, mobility studies and cultural studies.
Worldwide Destinations : the geography of travel and tourism by
Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is a unique text that explores the demand, supply, organisational aspects and resources of every tourism destination in the world. This fifth edition is brought up to date with key features such as: an exploration of current issues such as climate change, economic capacity, "grey" tourism and social impacts new full colour interior, packed iwth helpful pedagogic features, including discussion points and assignements to encourage greater student involvement a companion website is now available at www.routledge.com/cw/boniface and includes interactive, multiple-choice questions for students to test their own learning The book provides thematic chapters at the beginning which detail the geographical knowledge and principles required to understand how to approach the analysis of destinations. The further division of the book into thematic and regional chapters enables the student to carry out a systematic analysis of a particular destination. Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is an invaluable resource for studying every destination in the world as well as the demand, resources and future of the geography of tourism. This thorough guide is a must-have for any tourism student.
This course is designed for a Grade 10 student to enhance the knowledge, skills, and attitudes of a learner in tour service in accordance with industry standards. It covers specialized competencies such as: book travel-related reservations, administering billing and settlement plans, and issuing air sea land tickets and multipurpose documents.
Access : introduction to travel and tourism by
Practical and easy to understand, the second edition of ACCESS: INTRODUCTION TO TRAVEL AND TOURISM is designed to prepare readers for a successful career in the travel, tourism and hospitality industry. This edition has been updated to include new content and expanded topics in order to ensure that readers understand all facets of the travel business. With updated coverage of technology,new profiles of industry leaders additional activities, refined graphics and full-color photos, this concise book provides readers with a wealth of practical information designed to help them refine their research skills, respond to real-world scenarios, identify key concepts, and remember critical information.
Advances in Social Media for Travel, Tourism and Hospitality by
This book brings together cutting edge research and applications of social media and related technologies, their uses by consumers and businesses in travel, tourism and hospitality. The first section addresses topical issues related to how social media influence the operations and strategies of tourism firms and help them enhance tourism experiences: open innovation, crowdsourcing, service-dominant logic, value co-creation, value co-destruction and augmented reality. The second section of the book looks at new applications of social media for marketing purposes in a variety of tourism-related sectors, addressing crowd-sourced campaigns, customer engagement and influencer marketing. The third section uses case studies and new methodologies to analyze travel review posting and consumption behaviors as well as the impact of social media on traveller perceptions and attitudes, with a focus on collaborative consumption and sharing economy accommodation. Finally, the fourth section focuses on hot topics and issues related to the analysis, interpretation and use of online information and user-generated content for deriving business intelligence and enhancing business decision-making. Written by an international body of well-known researchers, this book uses fresh theoretical lenses, perspectives and methodological approaches to look at the practical implications of social media for tourism suppliers, destinations, tourism policy makers and researchers alike. For these reasons, it will be a valuable resource for students, managers and academics with an interest in information and communication technologies, marketing for tourism and hospitality, and travel and transportation management.
Becoming a travel professional: the complete guide by Cambridge Igcse® Travel and Tourism. Per le Scuole Superiori by
Endorsed by University of Cambridge International Examinations. Cambridge IGCSE Travel and Tourism has been written specifically for the Cambridge IGCSE Travel and Tourism syllabus. Sections have been split into units, each dealing with a particular topic, and are cross-referenced to other units wherever appropriate. This new title contains a wide variety of activities and questions to check and facilitate students' understanding, as well as case studies and illustrative examples encouraging subject-based knowledge and a truly international approach.
Cosmopolitanism and Tourism by
Within tourism studies, the cosmopolitan potentials of tourism have often been situated within a broader conversation about globalization, an approach that implies that cosmopolitanism is a predictable by-product of globalization and becoming more cosmopolitan should be the goal of travel. And yet a fundamental value of a cosmopolitan outlook--namely, to not only to be "at home in the world" but also to experience the world in an authentic sense--depends on the culturally embedded, parochial, and particular world views which it rejects. In Cosmopolitanism and Tourism: Rethinking Theory and Practice, contributors take this as a starting point. What does a "worldly" consciousness mean to people situated in different cultural landscapes and to what extent might these intersect with cosmopolitan values? How is cosmopolitanism marketed in tourism and tourist-related industries such as service learning and study abroad? And finally, what roles do social and economic class, educational background, gender, and other factors have in cosmopolitan claims? The contributors to this edited collection address these questions in a series of case studies that range from Guatemala, Bolivia, and Ireland to China, India, and Dubai.
A Guide to Becoming a Travel Professional by
In an era of Internet ticket sales and increased expectations for customer service, two travel industry experts offer a how-to-do-it textbook covering travel agency terminology, features of all major products sold, reference materials, and selling techniques for those working toward careers in tra
Journeys of a lifetime : 500 of the world's greatest trips by
Completely updated for its 10th anniversary, this best-selling inspirational travel guide reveals 500 celebrated and lesser-known destinations from around the globe, from ocean cruises in Antarctica to horse treks in the Andes. Compiled from the favorite trips of National Geographic's legendary travel writers, this fully updated and revised Journeys of a Lifetime spans the globe to highlight the best of the world's most celebrated and lesser-known sojourns. Offering a diverse array of possibilities, every continent and possible form of transport is covered, illustrated with glorious color photographs. With 16 new pages and updated information throughout, this timely new edition is the perfect resource for travelers who crave adventurous trips--from trekking the heights of Mt. Kilimanjaro in Tanzania to mountain biking in Transylvania--and those searching for more specific experiences (the world's top small cruises, hot new museums around the world, secrets for following in the footsteps of film and TV heroes, and more). Each chapter features stunning photography, full-color maps, and practical tips, including how to get there, when to visit, and how to make the most of your journey. Informative, and inspiring, this luxurious volume is a lifelong resource that readers will treasure for years to come.
Mabuhay : a historical travel narrative by National Geographic Learning's Visual Geography of Travel and Tourism by
Produced in partnership with the National Geographic Society, this remarkable book helps you master the basic tenets of world geography while exploring established and emerging tourist destinations worldwide. The book begins with an overview of geographic concepts and an introduction to the global tourism industry, including the perspective of both hosts and guests. World destinations are covered in twelve sections divided into short, easy-to-digest chapters, each presenting regional geographic information and physical, cultural, and touristic details specific to individual countries and locations. Each destination features a flag, National Geographic map, descriptive introduction from the National Geographic Atlas of the World, key facts and data, travel and cultural tips, and information on significant tourist destinations and attractions. Each section contains National Geographic articles in the features �Insider Info,� �Through the Visitor�s Eyes,� �City Highlights,� and �Preserving the Future.� In addition to extensive updates to reflect the latest trends and developments in world tourism, the Fifth Edition now features a vibrant, full-color design. Ideal for avid travelers and aspiring hospitality, travel, and tourism professionals, NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING�s VISUAL GEOGRAPHY OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM, Fifth Edition, is an engaging and informative guide to the world�s varied and appealing destinations.
National Geographic Reader: Travel and Tourism (with EBook Printed Access Card) by
Bring your learning to life with compelling images, media and text from National Geographic. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING READER: TRAVEL AND TOURISM w/PAC eBOOK will help you develop a clearer understanding of the world around you through engaging content. This reader is designed to be used in combination with several core texts in hospitality, travel and tourism. Used as a supplement with two strong brands of National Geographic and Delmar Learning, this reader will bring relevancy, and first-hand accounts from countries around the world.
Off Track Planet's Travel Guide for the Young, Sexy, and Broke: Completely Revised and Updated by
Reaching over four million online readers, Off Track Planet brings back its distinct voice and edgy style with this updated edition of Off Track Planet's Travel Guide for the Young, Sexy, and Broke. With 20 percent brand-new material and 40 to 50 new photos, this revised edition explores the most interesting destinations around the world and is both inspiring and informative This completely revised and updated edition of Off Track Planet's Travel Guide for the Young, Sexy, and Broke is an all-encompassing tome to the best travel destinations for the 20s and 30s crowd. The book includes updated and revised material including where to go and what to do, practical how-to tips and advice, and information on how to extend your stay through study abroad programs, volunteering, and more. Also included are OTP Tips and Fun Facts, and 200+ full-color photos throughout.
The Pocket Butler's Guide to Travel by
An indispensable travel guide from everyone's favorite butler, Charles MacPherson, a world-class authority on the art of travelling well. From the bestselling author of The Butler Speaks and the owner of North America's only butler training academy comes this new addition to the Pocket Butler series. A world authority on the art of travel, Charles has trained the staff of the world's leading hotels, and planned countless travel itineraries for his most high profile clients--from royalty, to celebrities, to captains of industry. In this handy pocket-sized guide, Charles shares the wealth of his travel tips in one charming and digestible read. Written with unpretentious charm and sparkling wit, The Pocket Butler's Guide to Travel will ensure you arrive at your destination in one relaxed, unharried piece. Let Charles will guide you through the planning and execution of your trip with grace- from choosing luggage and booking suitable accommodations to achieving wrinkle-free packing, arranging stress-free itineraries and handling unexpected emergencies (from stains to stolen passports). Take note of Charles's insider advice on how to get a upgrade; make the most of your hotel concierge; politely decline an invitation; pack appropriately for every occasion; sidestep mishaps when travelling with children, the elderly, or staying with family and friends; navigate international dining etiquette (and tipping expectations), and much, much more--even what to do when you arrive home (with tips for perfect thank you notes and online travel reviews)! This conveniently compact book is easy to slip into any carry-on luggage. With comprehensive packing checklists; tipping guides for 10+ countries; and tips for travelling by plane, train, cruise ship, coach, yacht, car and even private jet, The Pocket Butler- Travel will be your trusted companion wherever your travels may take you.
The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism by
Taking a global and multidisciplinary approach, The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism brings together a team of international scholars to examine the travel and tourism industry, which is expected to grow at an annual rate of four percent for the next decade. In more than 500 entries spanning four comprehensive volumes, the Encyclopedia examines the business of tourism around the world paying particular attention to the social, economic, environmental, and policy issues at play. The book examines global, regional, national, and local issues including transportation, infrastructure, the environment, and business promotion. By looking at travel trends and countries large and small, the Encyclopedia analyses a wide variety of challenges and opportunities facing the industry. In taking a comprehensive and global approach, the Encyclopedia approaches the field of travel and tourism through the numerous disciplines it reaches, including the traditional tourism administration curriculum within schools of business and management, economics, public policy, as well as social science disciplines such as the anthropology and sociology. Key features include: More than 500 entries authored and signed by key academics in the field Entries on individual countries that details the health of the tourism industry, policy and planning approaches, promotion efforts, and primary tourism draws. Additional entries look at major cities and popular destinations Coverage of travel trends such as culinary tourism, wine tourism, agritourism, ecotourism, geotourism, slow tourism, heritage and cultural-based tourism, sustainable tourism, and recreation-based tourism Cross-references and further readings A Reader's Guide grouping articles by disciplinary areas and broad themes
The Solo Travel Handbook by
Don't let the idea of travelling alone stop you from living out your dreams. Packed with tips and advice for before and during your travels, The Solo Travel Handbookgives you the confidence and know-how to explore the world on your own, whether you're planning a once-in-a-lifetime adventure or short city break. Developed with Lonely Planet's expert travel writers, it explains how and why individual travel is such a valuable and rewarding experience. Covered topics include: Confront and overcome any travel worries Decide where to go and plan your itinerary Set a budget strategy and organise money Find deals on flights and accommodation Choose the right luggage and pack like a pro Meet fellow travellers and befriend locals Ensure you stay safe, happy and healthy We also rank the best destinations for road-tripping, food, nightlife, culture, island escapes and more, as well as how to fund your travels while you're away. About Lonely Planet: Lonely Planet is a leading travel media company and the world's number one travel guidebook brand, providing both inspiring and trustworthy information for every kind of traveller since 1973. Over the past four decades, we've printed over 145 million guidebooks and grown a dedicated, passionate global community of travellers. You'll also find our content online, on mobile, video and in 14 languages, 12 international magazines, armchair and lifestyle books, ebooks, and more. TripAdvisor Travelers' Choice Awards 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 winner in Favorite Travel Guide category 'Lonely Planet guides are, quite simply, like no other.' - New York Times 'Lonely Planet. It's on everyone's bookshelves, it's in every traveller's hands. It's on mobile phones. It's on the Internet. It's everywhere, and it's telling entire generations of people how to travel the world.' - Fairfax Media (Australia)
Theories of Practice in Tourism by
Tourism research that is inspired by theories of practice is currently gaining in prominence. This book provides a much-needed introduction to the potential applications of theories of practice in tourism studies. It brings together a variety of approaches exploring how theories of practice bridge themes and fields which are usually addressed separately within tourism research: consumption and production; travel and the everyday; governance and policy; technology and the social. The book critically engages with practices as a fruitful approach to tourism research as well as how the particularities of tourism might inform our understanding of practice theories. This book contributes to conceptual and methodological debates providing insights from authors who have engaged with practice theory as an entry point to researching tourism. It offers a solid starting point for researchers and students alike who wish to learn about, and try, this approach, as well as explore its possibilities and limitations in the field of tourism.¿
Tourism, Travel, and Blogging by
Travel often inspires the creation of narratives about journeys and destinations, more so with the increasing availability of online platforms, applications for smartphones and tablets, and various other social media technologies. This book examines travel blogs and their associated social media as a form of self-presentation that negotiates the tensions between discourses of travel and tourism. As such, it addresses how contemporary travellers use online platforms to communicate their experiences of journeys and destinations, and how the traveller/tourist dichotomy finds expression in these narratives. Addressing the need for more in-depth analysis through a study of blogs, this exploration of networked narratives of an individual's travel experience considers personal motivations, self-promotion, and self-presentation as key factors in the creation of both personal and commercial travel blogs. As this text applies concepts such as self-presentation and heteroglossia, it will be of interest to both students and scholars of tourism, new media, sociology, cultural studies, and discourse studies.
Tourism Operations and Management by
Tourism: Operations and Management is a comprehensive textbook, designed especially for undergraduate degree/diploma students of hotel management and tourism studies. The book explores core concepts of tourism and explains them through numerous examples, illustrations, tables, and photographs.Beginning with an introduction to the travel and tourism industry, the book goes on to discuss various types of tourism; tourism infrastructure like accommodation, food and beverage, telecommunications; tourist transport (air, road, rail, and water); Indian and international tourism organizations.The book explains how to set up travel agencies and tour operations and their role in the tourism industry. Key topics like tourism product; tourism marketing; customer service skills; economic, environmental, socio-cultural and political impacts of tourism; and planning, managing and developing atourist attraction are discussed at length. The emerging trends in tourism like GDS, e-ticketing, web marketing are explored. Chapters on travel formalities and regulations; airline geography; and itinerary planning enhance the readers' understanding of the practical operational aspects and make thebook useful for practitioners as well.Students of hotel management, hospitality, and tourism studies will find this book useful for its coverage of the key concepts of tourism operations and management explained through industry-related examples, formats, and photographs. With its practice-oriented approach, the book would also beuseful to practitioners like travel agents and tour operators.
Travel and Tourism by
Written by a former chief economist at Trans World Airlines and now an adjunct professor at New York University with contributions from academic and professional experts in their fields, this book will lead readers through the economic fundamentals of each sector, examine travel and tourism's domestic and global impact and provide some of the basic tools necessary for decision-making in the industry. Learning Objectives; End of chapter summaries; Margin glossaries; Website listings; Interviews with industry leaders; Focus on Technology inserts; Over 200 photographs and illustrations; A look into the future. A comprehensive experience for readers looking to make careers in travel and tourism as well as industry professionals already there!
Understanding travel & tours essential by Worldwide destinations : the geography of travel and tourism by
Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is a unique text that explores tourism demand, supply, organisation and resources for a comprehensive range of destinations worldwide. The sixth edition is brought up to date with features such as: An exploration of current issues such as climate change, recreational preferences, demographic changes and the social impacts of tourism. An extended chapter on Asian tourism to reflect developments in the travel industry. Improved full colour presentation, packed with helpful teaching suggestions, including discussion points and assignments to encourage greater student involvement. The first part of the book comprises thematic chapters which detail the geographic knowledge and principles required to analyze the tourism appeal of destinations. The subsequent division of the book into regional chapters enables the student to carry out a systematic analysis of a particular destination, by providing insights on cultural characteristics as well as information on specific places. Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is an invaluable resource for studying every destination in the world, by explaining tourism demand, evaluating the many types of tourist attractions and examining the trends that may shape the future geography of tourism. This thorough guide is a must-have for any student undertaking a course in travel and tourism.
This course is designed for a Grade 10 student to enhance the knowledge, skills, and attitudes of a learner in tour service in accordance with industry standards. It covers specialized competencies such as: book travel-related reservations, administering billing and settlement plans, and issuing air sea land tickets and multipurpose documents.
65 Things to Do When You Retire - Travel by
Following the success of 65 Things to Do When You Retire, this new collection features 65 lively essays on a wide variety of fun and unusual travel opportunities for retirees, including eco-travel (to Brazil's wetlands or the barrier reef off Belize), volunteering abroad (going on archaeological digs or helping to make a difference in developing countries), wine tourism (from Colorado to Croatia), international house-sitting, and taking a retirement gap year. in 65 Things to Do When You Retire: Travel, intrepid travel writers and notable retirement experts reveal their own personal adventures and offer practical advice about how to have the time of your life, whether traveling with a group, a spouse or partner, or on your own. Their fun, illuminating, and informative essays describe glorious getaways, the best places for retirees to visit and relocate and how to plan for your great escape without breaking the bank. for everyone reaching their retirement years, this inspiring book will open up new vistas and exciting travel possibilities. Note: Thanks to the generosity of the contributing authors, all of whom provided essays on a probono basis, the royalties generated from the sale of this book will be donated to nonprofit organizations dedicated to preventing and curing cancer.
Achieving Success Through Innovation : Cases and Insights from the Hospitality, Travel, and Tourism Industry by
This book investigates the genesis and success of innovation in the hospitality industry as detailed in over four dozen case studies. In many of the cases studies, the innovators themselves provide the insights into their innovative inspiration and the lessons learned from the way they brought their innovative ideas to life. The cases include innovations for improved customer service, stronger human resources, and new food service and lodging concepts. While updated technology forms the basis for many of the innovations, some of the cases focus specifically on technology improvements, with a particular focus on the use of technology as a mediator in the service value chain. With the passage of several years, the book shares the outcome of the innovative concepts--most of which continue to operate. The lessons presented will provide you a valuable perspective on success through innovation, whether you are operating in the hospitality industry or another business.
Approaches in Tourism Modelling by
Tourism research has indeed become a booming and attractive agenda for data analysis oriented empirical economist thanks to modern technology. There has been a tremendous improvement over last decades in the mathematical, statistical, probabilistic, and computational tools available to applied macroeconomics in tourism research. The book is no attempt to make comprehensive or broad representation of the issues of development of macro econometric modelling in tourism research. Authors' intention is to be selective, illustrative and deep, to present cases of analytical thinking on some of the major issues of model-based research in tourism sector. Zdravko Šergo is Senior Research Associate at Institute of Agriculture and tourism Poreč, Croatia. His scientific research and professional activities are focused on Tourism economy, Macroeconomic aspects of tourism, Sustainable tourism development. During his carrier he was a member of scientific teams in numerous projects among two or more scientific institutions. He published more than a hundred scientific papers and numerous book chapters. Jasmina Gržinić is full Professor of Tourism at Juraj Dobrila University of Pula, Croatia, Department of Economics and Tourism, where she was the Head of the Department of Tourism for many years. She is a member of the editorial boards of 5 international scientific journals and 4 international scientific monographs. Her main research topics are Principles of tourism, International tourism, Management of tourism attractions, Tour operators and Tourist agencies. She worked on several projects and published more than eighty scientific papers, including the book "International Tourism" (2014) and "Tour operators and hoteliers in the modern tourism" (2015). Buy this book on degruyter.com‹https://www.degruyter.com/view/product/540847›
The Emerald Handbook of Entrepreneurship in Tourism, Travel and Hospitality by
This book is a practical handbook for entrepreneurship in tourism related industries. The book will provide students and prospective entrepreneurs with the knowledge, know-how and best practices in order to assist them in planning, implementing and managing business ventures in the field of tourism. It constitutes a valuable contribution to developing the necessary knowledge, competencies and skills of entrepreneurial decision-making and ventures. It would serve as a guide for those studying entrepreneurship and preparing for entrepreneurial careers as well as a reference for the practical use of entrepreneurs at the planning, implementation, operation and evaluation stages of building a tourism business. Examples from the industry/business world are provided to illustrate real-life practice and give readers a better understanding of entrepreneurship in tourism.
Enhancing Joy in Travel by
Why do so many people love to travel, but sometimes come away unhappy and disappointed in their trips? What can people in the travel industry do to prevent such discontent and promote optimal travel experiences? As a clinical psychologist and an avid traveler, I wanted to write a book that offers fresh perspectives on these questions. Readers will learn a new way of thinking about the nature of travel and about solutions to common travel problems. Strategies informed by psychological theory and research that travel providers can use to enhance their clients' positive travel encounters are given. Questions explored include: How do travelers' personalities impact travel satisfaction? Why can seeking perfection in travel and trying to keep up with the often-unrealistic depictions of travel on social media undermine travel joy? What can be done to overcome travel fatigue and boredom? How can travelers prepare for trips in ways that spark excitement and receptivity for what is to come? And what can enhance the enjoyment trips give travelers long after their trips are over? This book is a must read for those in the hospitality and travel industry (both students and professionals) and general readers who want to better understand the complexities of the psychology of travel. It will serve as an invaluable guide to all who would like to learn what it means to travel well.
A Guide to Becoming a Travel Professional by
In an era of Internet ticket sales and increased expectations for customer service, two travel industry experts offer a how-to-do-it textbook covering travel agency terminology, features of all major products sold, reference materials, and selling techniques for those working toward careers in tra
A Landscape of Travel by
While the number of domestic leisure travelers has increased dramatically in reform-era China, the persistent gap between urban and rural living standards attests to ongoing social, economic, and political inequalities. The state has widely touted tourism for its potential to bring wealth and modernity to rural ethnic minority communities, but the policies underlying the development of tourism obscure some complicated realities. In tourism, after all, one person's leisure is another person's labor. A Landscape of Travel investigates the contested meanings and unintended consequences of tourism for those people whose lives and livelihoods are most at stake in China's rural ethnic tourism industry: the residents of village destinations. Drawing on ethnographic research conducted in Ping'an (a Zhuang village in Guangxi) and Upper Jidao (a Miao village in Guizhou), Jenny Chio analyzes the myriad challenges and possibilities confronted by villagers who are called upon to do the work of tourism. She addresses the shifting significance of migration and rural mobility, the visual politics of tourist photography, and the effects of touristic desires for "exotic difference" on village social relations. In this way, Chio illuminates the contemporary regimes of labor and leisure and the changing imagination of what it means to be rural, ethnic, and modern in China today. More about the author: http://www.jennychio.com/
Mobilities, Tourism and Travel Behavior by
The notion of "mobilities," when looked at from a practical point of view, turns out to cover different kinds of human activity. It is not surprising, then, that when approached from an academic perspective, it reveals enormous potential for interdisciplinary research, which has proven extremely attractive to many scholars from different continents, disciplines, and schools of academic inquiry. The scholars in this volume focus on the specific aspects of mobilities, namely, tourism and travel behavior, but approach them from a plethora of positions. Such a myriad of perspectives is bound to be challenging in methodological terms, but it seems there is a growing agreement as to the worthiness of this interdisciplinary research. By means of combining various approaches, researchers obtain access to a fascinating and increasingly ubiquitous phenomenon of contemporary human mobility.
Robots, Artificial Intelligence and Service Automation in Travel, Tourism and Hospitality by
Using a combination of theoretical discussion and real-world case studies, this book analyses the use of robotics, artificial intelligence and services automation (RAISA) within the travel, tourism and hospitality industries. Divided into two sections, the book first concentrates on the theoretical aspects surrounding the use of RAISA in travel, tourism and hospitality. Themes explored include: economic fundamentals customer attitudes chatbot adoption service quality Following on from this, the second section concentrates on current and future use of RAISA technologies in specific subsectors of the tourism economy: hotels, restaurants, travel agencies, museums, and events. With an international scope of authorship and focus, the book is a useful reference source for scholars, students, and general readers interested in robotics, artificial intelligence, and automation technologies. Alongside this, the business insights and case studies examined in the book offer practitioners guidance on how these technologies can and will be incorporated into organizations, particularly those in the travel and tourism industry.
Safety Cultures, Safety Models by
The objective of this book is to help at-risk organizations to decipher the “safety cloud”, and to position themselves in terms of operational decisions and improvement strategies in safety, considering the path already travelled, their context, objectives and constraints. What link can be established between safety culture and safety models in order to increase safety within companies carrying out dangerous activities? First, while the term “safety culture” is widely shared among the academic and industrial world, it leads to various interpretations and therefore different positioning when it comes to assess, improve or change it. Many safety theories, concepts, and models coexist today, being more or less appealing and/or directly useful to the industry. How, and based on which criteria, to choose from the available options? These are some of the questions addressed in this book, which benefits from the expertise of its worldwide famous authors in several industrial sectors.
The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism by
Taking a global and multidisciplinary approach, The SAGE International Encyclopedia of Travel and Tourism brings together a team of international scholars to examine the travel and tourism industry, which is expected to grow at an annual rate of four percent for the next decade. In more than 500 entries spanning four comprehensive volumes, the Encyclopedia examines the business of tourism around the world paying particular attention to the social, economic, environmental, and policy issues at play. The book examines global, regional, national, and local issues including transportation, infrastructure, the environment, and business promotion. By looking at travel trends and countries large and small, the Encyclopedia analyses a wide variety of challenges and opportunities facing the industry. In taking a comprehensive and global approach, the Encyclopedia approaches the field of travel and tourism through the numerous disciplines it reaches, including the traditional tourism administration curriculum within schools of business and management, economics, public policy, as well as social science disciplines such as the anthropology and sociology. Key features include: More than 500 entries authored and signed by key academics in the field Entries on individual countries that details the health of the tourism industry, policy and planning approaches, promotion efforts, and primary tourism draws. Additional entries look at major cities and popular destinations Coverage of travel trends such as culinary tourism, wine tourism, agritourism, ecotourism, geotourism, slow tourism, heritage and cultural-based tourism, sustainable tourism, and recreation-based tourism Cross-references and further readings A Reader's Guide grouping articles by disciplinary areas and broad themes
Social Media in Travel, Tourism and Hospitality by
Social media is fundamentally changing the way travellers and tourists search, find, read and trust, as well as collaboratively produce information about tourism suppliers and tourism destinations. Presenting cutting-edge theory, research and case studies investigating Web 2.0 applications and tools that transform the role and behaviour of the new generation of travellers, this book also examines the ways in which tourism organisations reengineer and implement their business models and operations, such as new service development, marketing, networking and knowledge management. Written by an international group of researchers widely known for their expertise in the field of the Internet and tourism, chapters include applications and case studies in various travel, tourism and leisure sectors.
Targeting the Mature Traveler by
This book provides a profile of the mature travel market based on recent research by review sites, tour operators and agents, and national press. It identifies recent trends with potential growth in destinations, types of holiday, the criteria holidaymakers use when planning a holiday, and how the final choice is made. Customer data and global demographic profiles leads to a range of strategic marketing options for those in tourism and travel sectors, and travel trends into 2021 and beyond. Despite significant changes globally as the coronavirus became a pandemic, the strategic approach identified here still forms a sound basis for taking the industry forward. Whether you are a student on a travel and tourism course, part of the global travel agency network, a tour operator, or provider of products and services, this book covers the underpinning profile of who the 50+ mature customer is, what they are looking for, and, ultimately, strategies to inform and encourage them to buy in the future.
Tourism in the City by
This book critically explores the interconnections between tourism and the contemporary city from a policy-oriented standpoint, combining tourism perspectives with discussion of urban models, issues, and challenges. Research-based analyses addressing managerial issues and evaluating policy implications are described, and a comprehensive set of case studies is presented to demonstrate practices and policies in various urban contexts. A key message is that tourism policies should be conceived as integrated urban policies that promote tourism performance as a means of fostering urban quality and the well-being of local communities, e.g., in terms of quality spaces, employment, accessibility, innovation, and learning opportunities. In addition to highlighting the significance of urban tourism in relation to key urban challenges, the book reflects on the risks and tensions associated with its development, including the rise of anti-tourism movements as a reaction to touristification, cultural commodification, and gentrification. Attention is drawn to asymmetries in the costs and benefits of the city tourism phenomenon, and the supposedly unavoidable trade-off between the interests of residents and tourists is critically questioned.
Tourism security : strategies for effectively managing travel risk and safety by
Tourism security is an important part of both security management and tourism. Private security professionals and police departments in tourism cities, as well as hotels, major attractions, and theme parks, have all come to realize that tourism security and safety issues (often called tourism surety) are essential for industry survival and success. In Tourism Security, leading expert Peter Tarlow addresses a range of key issues in tourism safety and security. The book guides the reader through a study of tourism security themes and best practices. Topics include the relationship between tourism security and the economy, hotel and motel security, risk and crisis management, public places, transportation, and legal issues. The book also includes case studies of four popular tourist destinations. With each destination, an interview with a police or security representative is included--providing unique, in-depth insight to security concerns. Tourism Security is an invaluable resource for private security professionals, police departments that serve tourist destinations, and tourism professionals who work in hotels or convention centers, or at attractions, casinos, or events. Explains what tourism security is and outlines safety procedures for different tourism environments Serves as a resource tool and how-to for implementing best practices Includes detailed case studies of four popular tourist destinations: Charleston, South Carolina, the Dominican Republic, Las Vegas, Nevada, and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Travel and tourism by
Using case studies from around the world that showcase both the positive and the negative impacts development projects can have, this title explores the consequences of different kinds of resource management within the tourism industry. Throughout, pros and cons of each development will be presented, in order to present both sides.
Travel Connections by
Living in a world that is increasingly 'on the move' means that many of us now rely on mobile devices, social media, and networking technologies to coordinate togetherness with our social networks even when we are apart. Nowhere is this phenomenon more evident than in the emerging practices of 'interactive travel'. Today's travellers are more likely than ever to pack a laptop or a mobile phone and to use these devices to stay in touch with friends and family members - as well as to connect with strangers and other travellers - while they are on the road. New practices such as location-aware navigating, travel blogging, flashpacking and Couchsurfing now shape the way travellers engage with each other, with their social networks, and with the world around them. Travel Connections prompts a rethinking of the key paradigms in tourism studies in the digital age. Interactive travel calls into question longstanding tourism concepts such as landscape, the tourist gaze, hospitality, authenticity and escape. The book proposes a range of new concepts to describe the way tourists inhabit the world and engage with their social networks in the twenty-first century: smart tourism, the mediated gaze, mobile conviviality, re-enchantment and embrace. Based on intensive fieldwork with interactive travellers, Travel Connections offers a detailed account of this emerging phenomenon and uncovers the new forms of mediated and face-to-face togetherness that become possible in a mobile world. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of sociology, tourism and hospitality, new media, cosmopolitanism studies, mobility studies and cultural studies.
Worldwide Destinations : the geography of travel and tourism by
Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is a unique text that explores the demand, supply, organisational aspects and resources of every tourism destination in the world. This fifth edition is brought up to date with key features such as: an exploration of current issues such as climate change, economic capacity, "grey" tourism and social impacts new full colour interior, packed iwth helpful pedagogic features, including discussion points and assignements to encourage greater student involvement a companion website is now available at www.routledge.com/cw/boniface and includes interactive, multiple-choice questions for students to test their own learning The book provides thematic chapters at the beginning which detail the geographical knowledge and principles required to understand how to approach the analysis of destinations. The further division of the book into thematic and regional chapters enables the student to carry out a systematic analysis of a particular destination. Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is an invaluable resource for studying every destination in the world as well as the demand, resources and future of the geography of tourism. This thorough guide is a must-have for any tourism student.
21st Century Literature of the Philippines and the World
The course aims to make the students appreciate 21st Century Literature from the Philippines and the World in consideration of their various dimensions, genres, elements, structures, contexts, and traditions.
21st-century literature from the Philippines and the world for senior high school by 
All about the Philippines by
**Winner of the Moonbeam Children's Book Award Gold Medal for Activity Book -- Education, Science, History** This family-friendly Philippines children's book is packed with fun facts about Filipino culture, history, and daily life! All About the Philippines takes you on an incredible journey across the colorful island nation of the Philippines with Mary, Jaime, and Ari--three Filipino cousins who look entirely different and yet are the best of friends. You'll visit their homes, their schools, their families, their favorite places, and much more. They'll show you how kids in different parts of the Philippines come from many different ethnic groups and have very various cultures--each with separate traditions, languages, and beliefs--and yet, they are all 100% Filipino! This children's book, aimed at kids ages 8 to 12, brings them on an exciting trip through some of the most fascinating islands on earth. Join Mary, Jaime and Ari to see the how earthquakes, typhoons and other natural events can be scary and yet also make the islands beautiful and full of life. Check out Filipino games, and make asipa--the Philippines's version of a hacky-sack. Experience the festivals and foods of different cultures found in the Philippines, and try a few easy recipes. Make aparol--a Filipino holiday decoration that you can enjoy all year long. Learn about the conquistadors and traders who came to these islands many centuries ago. Learn how peoples who speak very different languages can communicate when they meet. And a lot more! Along with fun facts, you'll learn about the spirit of the Philippines that makes this country and its people unique. This is a book for families or classrooms to enjoy together.
The best of Philippine speculative fiction : 2005-2010 by
"Between these covers are the best short stories of fantasy, horror, science fiction, and genres in-between selected from the first five years of the Philippine Speculative Fiction annuals. Step through the portal and explore worlds old and new and experience the power of the literature of the imagination as crafted by Filipino authors."--Back cover.
Demons of the new year : an anthology of horror fiction from the Philippines by
Collection of horror fiction.
Diaspora ad astra : an anthology of science fiction from the Philippines by
Science fiction short stories.
Encyclopedia of Philippine art by 
The farthest shore : an anthology of fantasy fiction from the Philippines by
Fantasy short stories.
Narratives of note : studies of popular forms in the twentieth century by Neil Gaiman presents the Philippine graphic/fiction awards : comics anthology. by Philippine literature today by Science fiction : Filipino fiction for young adults by Sidhaya 12 : pagbasa at pagsusuri tungo sa pananaliksik : (binagong edisyon ng batayang aklat sa Filipino sa senior high school) by Teorya ng komparatibong literatura sa kontekstomg Filipino by 21st Century Literature of the Philippines and the World
The course aims to make the students appreciate 21st Century Literature from the Philippines and the World in consideration of their various dimensions, genres, elements, structures, contexts, and traditions.
Basques in the Philippines by
The Basques played a remarkably influential role in the creation and maintenance of Spain's colonial establishment in the Philippines. Their skills as shipbuilders and businessmen, their evangelical zeal, and their ethnic cohesion and work-oriented culture made them successful as explorers, colonial administrators, missionaries, merchants, and settlers. They continued to play prominent roles in the governance and economy of the archipelago until the end of Spanish sovereignty, and their descendants still contribute in significant ways to the culture and economy of the contemporary Philippines. This book offers important new information about a little-known aspect of Philippine history and the influence of Basque immigration in the Spanish Empire, and it fills an important void in the literature of the Basque diaspora.
Beyond the nation : diasporic Filipino literature and queer reading by
Part of the American Literatures Initiative Series Beyond the Nation charts an expansive history of Filipino literature in the U.S., forged within the dual contexts of imperialism and migration, from the early twentieth century into the twenty-first. Martin Joseph Ponce theorizes and enacts a queer diasporic reading practice that attends to the complex crossings of race and nation with gender and sexuality. Tracing the conditions of possibility of Anglophone Filipino literature to U.S. colonialism in the Philippines in the early twentieth century, the book examines how a host of writers from across the century both imagine and address the Philippines and the United States, inventing a variety of artistic lineages and social formations in the process. Beyond the Nation considers a broad array of issues, from early Philippine nationalism, queer modernism, and transnational radicalism, to music-influenced and cross-cultural poetics, gay male engagements with martial law and popular culture, second-generational dynamics, and the relation between reading and revolution. Ponce elucidates not only the internal differences that mark this literary tradition but also the wealth of expressive practices that exceed the terms of colonial complicity, defiant nationalism, or conciliatory assimilation. Moving beyond the nation as both the primary analytical framework and locus of belonging, Ponce proposes that diasporic Filipino literature has much to teach us about alternative ways of imagining erotic relationships and political communities.
Orientalists, propagandists, and ilustrados : Filipino scholarship and the end of Spanish colonialism by
The writings of a small group of scholars known as the ilustrados are often credited for providing intellectual grounding for the Philippine Revolution of 1896. Megan C. Thomas shows that the ilustrados OCO anticolonial project of defining and constructing the OC FilipinoOCO involved Orientalist and racialist discourses that are usually ascribed to colonial projects, not anticolonial ones. According to Thomas, the work of the ilustrados uncovers the surprisingly blurry boundary between nationalist and colonialist thought. By any measure, there was an extraordinary flowering of scholarly writing about the peoples and history of the Philippines in the decade or so preceding the revolution. In reexamining the works of the scholars Jos(r) Rizal, Pardo de Tavera, Isabelo de los Reyes, Pedro Paterno, Pedro Serrano Laktaw, and Mariano Ponce, Thomas situates their writings in a broader account of intellectual ideas and politics migrating and transmuting across borders. She reveals how the ilustrados both drew from and refashioned the tools and concepts of Orientalist scholarship from Europe. Interrogating the terms OC nationalistOCO and OC nationalism, OCO whose definitions are usually constructed in the present and then applied to the past, Thomas offers new models for studying nationalist thought in the colonial wor
21st Century Literature of the Philippines and the World
The course aims to make the students appreciate 21st Century Literature from the Philippines and the World in consideration of their various dimensions, genres, elements, structures, contexts, and traditions.
Contemporary Philippine Arts from the Regions
Covers various contemporary art practices of the region where the school is located. It aims to provide students with an appreciation of a broad range of styles in the multiple disciplines, considering their elements and principles and engaging them in an integrative approach to studying arts. Through this subject, students will broaden and acquire the necessary creative tools that open opportunities in pursuing their individual career goals and aspirations.
Cases on arts and culture management in the Philippine setting by Contemporary Philippine culture : selected papers on arts and educationEncyclopedia of Philippine art by Encyclopedia of Philippine art by Image to meaning : essays on Philippine art by Philippine art and culture by Philippine history in art : a promenade to the past by Power + faith + image : Philippine art in ivory from the 16th to the 19th century by Tuklas sining : essays on the Philippine arts by Contemporary Philippine Arts from the Regions
Covers various contemporary art practices of the region where the school is located. It aims to provide students with an appreciation of a broad range of styles in the multiple disciplines, considering their elements and principles and engaging them in an integrative approach to studying arts. Through this subject, students will broaden and acquire the necessary creative tools that open opportunities in pursuing their individual career goals and aspirations.
Contemporary Asian art and exhibitions : connectivities and world-making by
This volume draws together essays by leading art experts observing the dramatic developments in Asian art and exhibitions in the last two decades. The authors explore new regional and global connections and new ways of understanding contemporary Asian art in the twenty-first century.
Culture and Customs of the Philippines by
"Culture and Customs of the Philippines" provides the best general overview to the Asian archipelago and to a people with close ties to the United States and a long history of emigration and contributions to this country. The volume emphasizes how the strong indigenous Philippine culture meshes with constant influences from the West. Rodell, a specialist in Philippine history and society, superbly evokes the breadth of the Philippines for students and the general public. The wide variety of Philippine traditions is seen in each topic covered: the land, people, and history; religion and thought; literature and art; architecture; cuisine and fashion; gender, marriage, and family; festivals, media, film, and leisure activities; music and dance; and social customs and lifestyle. "Culture and Customs of the Philippines" is crucial to multicultural reference collections today needing authoritative information on contemporary Asia that will capture readers' attention. Interest in the Philippines, a former U.S. colony, is especially high. Some highlights of the volume include discussion of the Tagalog, the principal ethnic group; the amalgamation of Christian, folk, and Muslim beliefs; the "bahay kubo," the rural house style; and the all-important Philippine family. A chronology, glossary, and numerous photos enhance the text.
The Filipino primitive by
How museums' visual culture contributes to knowledge accumulation Sarita See argues that collections of stolen artifacts form the foundation of American knowledge production. Nowhere can we appreciate more easily the triple forces of knowledge accumulation--capitalist, colonial, and racial--than in the imperial museum, where the objects of accumulation remain materially, visibly preserved. The Filipino Primitive takes Karl Marx's concept of "primitive accumulation," usually conceived of as an economic process for the acquisition of land and the extraction of labor, and argues that we also must understand it as a project of knowledge accumulation. Taking us through the Philippine collections at the University of Michigan Natural History Museum and the Frank Murphy Memorial Museum, also in Michigan, See reveals these exhibits as both allegory and real case of the primitive accumulation that subtends imperial American knowledge, just as the extraction of Filipino labor contributes to American capitalist colonialism. With this understanding of the Filipino foundations of the American drive toward power and knowledge, we can appreciate the value of Filipino American cultural producers like Carlos Bulosan, Stephanie Syjuco, and Ma-Yi Theater Company who have created incisive parodies of this accumulative epistemology, even as they articulate powerful alternative, anti-accumulative social ecologies.
Homebound : women visual artists in nineteenth century Philippines by Contemporary Philippine Arts from the Regions
Covers various contemporary art practices of the region where the school is located. It aims to provide students with an appreciation of a broad range of styles in the multiple disciplines, considering their elements and principles and engaging them in an integrative approach to studying arts. Through this subject, students will broaden and acquire the necessary creative tools that open opportunities in pursuing their individual career goals and aspirations.
Contemporary Philippine Arts from the Regions
Covers various contemporary art practices of the region where the school is located. It aims to provide students with an appreciation of a broad range of styles in the multiple disciplines, considering their elements and principles and engaging them in an integrative approach to studying arts. Through this subject, students will broaden and acquire the necessary creative tools that open opportunities in pursuing their individual career goals and aspirations.
Physical Science is a core subject for all senior high school students. This subject aims to develop scientifically, technologically, and environmentally literate students by learning basic concepts and principles in chemistry, earth and space science, and physics. This subject will continually allow the students to grasp knowledge to understand their place in the universe and focus on developing 21st Century skills to make informed decisions. The Evolution of our understanding of matter, motion, electricity, magnetism, light, and the universe from ancient times to the present; applications of physics and chemistry concepts in contexts such as atmospheric phenomena, cosmology, astronomy, vision, medical instrumentation, space technology, drugs, sources of energy, pollution and recycling, fitness and health, and cosmetics will be emphasized the use of the technology-driven discussions and activities.
Exploring Physical Science by 
Glencoe Physical Science by 
Glencoe Science by
Glencoe Science provides students with accurate and comprehensive content coverage of a balance of the three fundamental science disciplines in each course. The concepts covered are explained in a clear, concise manner that can be easily understood by students. This strong content coverage is integrated with a wide range of hands-on experiences, critical-thinking opportunities, real-world applications, and connections to other sciences and non-science areas of the curriculum.
An Introduction to Physical Science by
Consistent with previous editions of An Introduction to Physical Science, the goal of the new Thirteenth edition is to stimulate students' interest in and gain knowledge of the physical sciences. Presenting content in such a way that students develop the critical reasoning and problem-solving skills that are needed in an ever-changing technological world, the authors emphasize fundamental concepts as they progress through the five divisions of physical sciences: physics, chemistry, astronomy, meteorology, and geology. Ideal for a non-science majors course, topics are treated both descriptively and quantitatively, providing instructors the flexibility to emphasize an approach that works best for their students.
Physical Science by
Physical Science, Ninth Edition, is a straightforward, easy-to-read, but substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter and energy. It is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or more physical science courses. It offers exceptional, straight-forward writing, complemented with useful pedagogical tools. Physical Science introduces basic concepts and key ideas while providing opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of thinking about their environment. No prior work in science is assumed. The text offers students complete coverage of the physical sciences with a level of explanation and detail appropriate for all students. The sequence of chapters in Physical Science is flexible, and the instructor can determine topic sequence and depth of coverage as needed. The materials are also designed to support a conceptual approach, or a combined conceptual and problem-solving approach. Along with the accompanying laboratory manual, the text contains enough material for the instructor to select a sequence for a two-semester course. It can also serve as a text in a one-semester physics and chemistry course.
The Physical Universe by
This is an outstanding text with a long history that has been updated and given a fresh look. The Physical Universe is also accompanied by strong media component with the Connect online homework system, personal response system ("clicker") questions, more extensive online quizzing, and PowerPoint lectures. Aimed at presenting the essentials of physics, chemistry, earth science, and astronomy in a clear, easy-to-understand way, The Physical Universe shows students how science works, how scientists approach problems, and why science constantly evolves in its search for understanding. The text can also be packaged with its long time companion student study guide, which includes a review of chapter terms and concepts; self quizzing for extra practice; and additional solved problems.
The Physics of Everyday Phenomena by
This edition introduces students to the basic concepts of physics using examples of common occurrences in everyday life. The book is written in a narrative style, frequently using questions designed to draw the reader into a dialogue about the ideas of physics.
Seven Ideas That Shook the Universe by
A fascinating look at seven of the most important and revolutionary ideas of physics. The authors have updated the material in view of recent developments and expanded their discussion of the impact of developments in physics on philosophy, literature and the arts. Mathematical explanations of concepts are provided as well as the addition of more questions and several algebra-based problems.
Physical Science is a core subject for all senior high school students. This subject aims to develop scientifically, technologically, and environmentally literate students by learning basic concepts and principles in chemistry, earth and space science, and physics. This subject will continually allow the students to grasp knowledge to understand their place in the universe and focus on developing 21st Century skills to make informed decisions. The Evolution of our understanding of matter, motion, electricity, magnetism, light, and the universe from ancient times to the present; applications of physics and chemistry concepts in contexts such as atmospheric phenomena, cosmology, astronomy, vision, medical instrumentation, space technology, drugs, sources of energy, pollution and recycling, fitness and health, and cosmetics will be emphasized the use of the technology-driven discussions and activities.
Nature's suit : Husserl's phenomenological philosophy of the physical sciences by
Edmund Husserl, founder of the phenomenological movement, is usually read as an idealist in his metaphysics and an instrumentalist in his philosophy of science. In Nature's Suit, Lee Hardy argues that both views represent a serious misreading of Husserl's texts.Drawing upon the full range of Husserl's major published works together with material from Husserl's unpublished manuscripts, Hardy develops a consistent interpretation of Husserl's conception of logic as a theory of science, his phenomenological account of truth and rationality, his ontology of the physical thing and mathematical objectivity, his account of the process of idealization in the physical sciences, and his approach to the phenomenological clarification and critique of scientific knowledge. Offering a jargon-free explanation of the basic principles of Husserl's phenomenology, Nature's Suit provides an excellent introduction to the philosophy of Edmund Husserl as well as a focused examination of his potential contributions to the philosophy of science.While the majority of research on Husserl's philosophy of the sciences focuses on the critique of science in his late work, "The Crisis of European Sciences," Lee Hardy covers the entire breadth of Husserl's reflections on science in a systematic fashion, contextualizing Husserl's phenomenological critique to demonstrate that it is entirely compatible with the theoretical dimensions of contemporary science.
Out of the blue : a 24-hour skywatcher's guide by
Why is the sky blue and why are sunsets red? When can I see a rainbow? Why is the moon sometimes visible in daylight? In Out of the Blue skywatcher John Naylor offers practical advice about where and when you can expect to see natural phenomena, what you will see and how to improve your chances of seeing it. He takes in both the night and the day sky, and deals only with what can be seen with the naked eye. Drawing on science, history, literature and mythology, and written in a popular style that assumes only basic scientific know-how, Out of the Blue is for everyone who enjoys being outdoors and who feels curious or puzzled about things optical and astronomical.
Physical Science Experiments by
Physical science and chemistry are two different but closely related fields, and they are also two of the primary areas of physical science. This title offers 20 experiments and activities for students in grades 6 through 12. It provides teachers with new avenues for helping students understand the concepts of physical science.
Uncovering Student Ideas in Physical Science, Volume 3 by
Have you been wanting to probe your students' thinking about major concepts in matter and energy? Have you been wishing for formative assessment tools in both English and Spanish? Then this is the book you've been waiting for.Like the other 10 books in the bestselling Uncovering Student Ideas in Science series, Uncovering Student Ideas in Physical Science, Volume 3 does the following:* Presents engaging questions, also known as formative assessment probes. The 32 probes in this book are designed to uncover what students know--or think they know--about the concept of matter and particle model of matter; properties of matter; classifying matter, chemical properties, and chemical reactions; and nuclear processes and energy. The probes will help you uncover students' existing beliefs about everything from a particle model of matter to ways of describing energy.* Offers field-tested teacher materials that provide the best answers along with distracters designed to reveal conceptual misunderstandings that students commonly hold. Since the content is explained in clear, everyday language, teachers can improve their own understanding of the science they teach.* Is convenient and saves you time. The probes are short, easy-to-administer activities for speakers of both English and Spanish that come ready to reproduce. In addition to explaining the science content, the teacher materials include connections to A Framework for K-12 Science Education and the Next Generation Science Standards, provide summaries of the research on students' ideas, and suggest grade-appropriate instructional methods for addressing students' ideas.Uncovering Student Ideas in Physical Science, Volume 3 has the potential to help you transform your teaching. As the authors write in the book's introduction, "When teachers take the time to uncover [existing] ideas, understand where they came from, and make instructional decisions that will help students give up their strongly held ideas in favor of scientific ways of thinking, they are taking an important first step in teaching for conceptual understanding."
Student Life 2 is an institutional course that provides an in-depth discussion on the skills, knowledge, and values necessary for college/career. As this course emphasizes the importance of knowing oneself, study skills, personal mission, and self-management, Senior High School students will be introduced to various learning opportunities that would help you understand important concepts through guided activities and strategies. This aims to equip you with knowledge to help you assess and apply necessary skills and motivations to achieve learning competencies and academic success. At the end of this subject, you will be able to: 1) assess your study skills, motivation, goals, and mission through self-inventory and activities to prepare for college/career life; and 2) apply the necessary skills and self-management techniques by creating a plan of action to achieve learning competencies and college/career success.
Applying Career Development Theory to Counseling by
A must-read for counselors in training, Sharf's APPLYING CAREER DEVELOPMENT THEORY TO COUNSELING, 6th Edition, shows you how to apply the principles of career development to a variety of counseling settings. This book is clearly written, filled with useful case examples, and includes integrated diversity coverage to give you the advantage in your course and your career. You'll find information about websites on internships, education, counseling organizations, and jobs. The book's Companion Website provides case studies, tutorial quizzes, and relevant links.
Career Counseling and Development in a Global Economy by
Accessible, practical, and succinct, the popular CAREER COUNSELING AND DEVELOPMENT IN A GLOBAL ECONOMY, 2nd Edition thoroughly prepares readers for career counseling in today's economy using a unique "Career Diamond" pedagogical model that helps readers synthesize and apply career counseling theories. The new edition includes updated research, new coverage of the economic crisis, and an all-new Chapter 17 "Professional Issues: Ethics and Research". The book also offers thorough coverage of special populations--such as clients in the welfare-to-work program--and the impact of the global economy. Cutting-edge case studies demonstrate the use of techniques and the application of theory.
Career Development by
Career Development: A Human Resource Development Perspective offers a strategic framework that demonstrates the role of career development within the human resource function. It goes beyond conventional interventions and includes key topics such as diversity, work-life balance, and ethics. Historically, the career development literature has been viewed either from the perspective of the individual (how to build a career) or from an economic perspective (how an organization benefits from developing employees). In this book, McDonald and Hite bring together the strengths of both traditions, offering an integrated framework for career development. The theoretical foundation expands on the counseling literature by incorporating the literature from human resource development and related fields. The application section reflects on the wide range of ages and working options that characterize the current and future workplace. The final section of the book addresses career development issues such as managing a diverse, global workforce; ethics; and work-life balance. This book will help prepare human resource development students, scholars, and practitioners to develop and maintain successful career development programs, and to foster more innovative research that advances the discourse.
Career Development and Counseling by
Praise for Career Development and Counseling: Putting Theory and Research to Work, Second Edition "This volume is an essential resource for the library of anyone interested in the field of career development, assessment, and counseling and should also prove invaluable for graduate students interested in immersing themselves in some of the best work being done today in the field of career development and counseling." --Nancy E. Betz, PhD, Professor, Department of Psychology, The Ohio State University "In this second edition, Drs. Brown and Lent continue to shape career development discourse and illustrate the ongoing significance of the fields of career development and counseling in the twenty-first century. This edition will help both researchers and practitioners alike to better understand, investigate, and promote the role of work in people's lives." --Angela Byars-Winston, PhD, Associate Professor of Medicine, School of Medicine and Public Health, University of Wisconsin-Madison Complete coverage of leading career theories and practices Filled with the latest empirical and practical evidence, this new edition features: A new introductory chapter that defines and discusses the importance of career counseling in the twenty-first century, and offers a brief history of the field New chapters on gender, race/ethnicity, social class and poverty, sexual minority identity, disability status, personality, and relational factors Major theories of career development Coverage of the assessment of important career constructs and occupational information systems Interventions for working with career issues across the life span Edited by two of the leaders in the field of career development, and featuring contributions by many of the most well-regarded specialists in the field, Career Development and Counseling, Second Edition is the one book that every career counselor, vocational psychologist, and student of career development and counseling must have.
Career development interventions in the 21st century by Career Development Interventions with Mylab Counseling with Pearson EText -- Access Card Package by
NOTE: Before purchasing, check with your instructor to ensure you select the correct ISBN. Several versions of Pearson''s MyLab & Mastering products exist for each title, and registrations are not transferable. To register for and use Pearson''s MyLab & Mastering products, you may also need a Course ID, which your instructor will provide. Used books, rentals, and purchases made outside of Pearson If purchasing or renting from companies other than Pearson, the access codes for Pearson''s MyLab & Mastering products may not be included, may be incorrect, or may be previously redeemed. Check with the seller before completing your purchase. This package includes the bound book and MyCounselingLab® with Pearson eText. This comprehensive, top-selling text presents theories, assessments, planning tools, resources, and technologies relevant to modern career development in a practical approach that shows theory and research in action. With four chapters devoted to career development in educational settings, it analyzes the various aspects of career development interventions for the elementary, middle and high school, higher education, and community audiences, and provides strategies for implementing career counseling techniques and creating and designing career development programs. The new edition of Career Development Interventions features a stronger emphasis on the elementary school level, up-to-date coverage of the use of technology in career guidance/counseling, including the use of social media for job seeking, and the addition of new case studies and practical assignments throughout. Personalize learning with MyCounselingLab® MyCounselingLab® is an online homework, tutorial, and assessment program designed to work with the text to engage students and improve results. Within its structured environment, students see key concepts demonstrated through video clips, practice what they learn, test their understanding, and receive feedback to guide their learning and ensure they master key learning outcomes. 0134055829 / 9780134055824 Career Development Interventions with MyCounselingLab with Pearson eText -- Access Card Package Package consists of: 0134286308 / 9780134286303 Career Development Interventions 0134476468 / 9780134476469 MyCounselingLab with Pearson eText -- Access Card -- for Career Development Interventions
Career Directions: New Paths to Your Ideal Career by
Career Directions will prepare you to enter and succeed in today's workplace. Designed to help you create your distinct personal brand and effectively tell YOUR STORY to prospective employers, distinguish yourself in today's highly competitive employment market in ways that lead you to successful interviews to land and maintain your ideal career. This sixth edition of Career Directions focuses on new paths to your ideal career that include: Social media profiles Online career portfolios Multiple resume versions Maximizing the use of keywords With over thirty years of experience in career development and human resources, author Donna Yena brings a practitioner's perspective to Career Directions. Her experience as Vice President of Career Development and Alumni Relations at Johnson & Wales University, along with her background as a manager, instructor, and curriculum designer, contribute to the advice and techniques found in Career Directions: New Paths to Your Ideal Career and the Career Handbook. More than just a text on job searches and career planning, Career Directions and the Career Handbook are your complete career management reference tools for preparing you to find your first position after graduation or guide you through a career transition. You will find yourself referring back to them at different points in your career to explore new opportunities or affirm the course you are on.
Career Information, Career Counseling, and Career Development by
A comprehensive survey of career development that emphasizes technology, cross-cultural issues, practical application, and the global economy. Written by a leading expert in the field, this text covers all aspects of career counseling and career development in both the private and public sectors. The only book of its kind that emphasizes multicultural considerations and a global perspective, this text offers students the most complete and compelling look at the identification and use of occupational information and appraisal devices -- in an array of environments and for all demographic groups. The newly revised and newly organized edition of Career Information, Career Counseling and Career Development focuses on technology in career development, free and low-cost career development strategies, and the impact of the recent recession on the job market.
Career Theory and Practice by
Unique in the way it links five major career development and choice theories to a fictional case client, this user-friendly text is ideal for counselors engaged in helping clients make wise career choices. Thoroughly updated, the Third Edition of Career Theory and Practice takes a multicultural approach as it blends theory, practical examples, and specific cases, helping readers apply a wide range of career development theories to counseling clients.
Creating Career Success by
Today's workplace is a dynamic, ever-changing environment. Job security is a thing of the past, layoffs are common, and people change jobs and careers frequently. Students need to be prepared to adapt to the unexpected twists and turns they may face. CREATING CAREER SUCCESS helps students develop a self-directed, proactive, flexible plan to launch and manage their careers over the years to come, using the latest technological resources and job search strategies. Through a process of self-assessment, career exploration, and self-promotion students discover how to connect their skills, interests and values to a variety of possible careers, build relationships, and present themselves in the best possible light to potential employers. Most importantly, students are encouraged to keep their minds and options open, and to engage themselves fully in the career development process.
Handbook of Career Development by
This book is focused on work, occupation and career development: themes that are fundamental to a wide range of human activities and relevant across all cultures. Yet theorizing and model building about this most ubiquitous of human activities from international perspectives have not been vigorous. An examination of the literature pertaining to career development, counseling and guidance that has developed over the last fifty years reveals theorizing and model building have been largely dominated by Western epistemologies, some of the largest workforces in the world are in the developing world. Career guidance is rapidly emerging as a strongly felt need in these contexts. If more relevant models are to be developed, frameworks from other cultures and economies must be recognized as providing constructs that would offer a deeper understanding of career development. This does not mean that existing ideas are to be discarded. Instead, an integrative approach that blends universal principles with particular needs could offer a framework for theorizing, research and practice that has wider relevance. The central objective of this handbook is to draw the wisdom and experiences of different cultures together to consider both universal and specific principles for career guidance and counseling that are socially and economically relevant to contemporary challenges and issues. This book is focused on extending existing concepts to broader contexts as well as introducing new concepts relevant to the discipline of career guidance and counseling.
Using Assessment Results for Career Development by
Reflecting the latest practices from the field, USING ASSESSMENT RESULTS FOR CAREER DEVELOPMENT, 8e vividly illustrates how to use assessment instruments to increase your clients' self-awareness and help them make rational career choices. Extremely practical, this hands-on worktext delivers detailed information on using assessment results in a wide variety of counseling situations. Case studies, charts, bulleted/numbered lists, dialogues, and agency addresses help you effectively apply your knowledge of tests and measurements in clinical settings--ensuring you truly master the use of assessment instruments.
Student Life 2 is an institutional course that provides an in-depth discussion on the skills, knowledge, and values necessary for college/career. As this course emphasizes the importance of knowing oneself, study skills, personal mission, and self-management, Senior High School students will be introduced to various learning opportunities that would help you understand important concepts through guided activities and strategies. This aims to equip you with knowledge to help you assess and apply necessary skills and motivations to achieve learning competencies and academic success. At the end of this subject, you will be able to: 1) assess your study skills, motivation, goals, and mission through self-inventory and activities to prepare for college/career life; and 2) apply the necessary skills and self-management techniques by creating a plan of action to achieve learning competencies and college/career success.
The Career Catapult by
We live in an evolving economic environment, one in which job security and career certainty are distant memories. The old rules for navigating the turbulent waters of employment just don't apply anymore. In the face of these ongoing changes, it's easy to become fearful and discouraged. In The Career Catapult, innovative career consultant Roopa Unnikrishnan shows you how to gaze into this uncertain future and shape it to your advantage--regardless of your current position in the job hierarchy. Leaping into a revised career trajectory requires quick and purposeful movement. In The Career Catapult, Roopa offers five essential disciplines that will catapult you along the fast track: Dig Deep to Soar: Examine your skills and resources to accurately assess your marketplace value. Stalk Innovations and Trends: Explore the context in which you can offer your value. Jolt Your Network: Use your assets, including networks that can drive significant value. Prototype Possibilities: Free yourself to imagine. Visualize the full array of possibilities and test-drive them. Find ways to don the mantle of the new role Go Extreme: Is your desired future achievable? Yes! Take that confident leap into your future.
Career Development by
This book provides a critical reflection on career development theory and practice and addresses pressing 21st century issues related to globalisation. Career development theory and practice has been described as eurocentric in its focus. In a global world of cultural diversity, complex work and employment issues and, more recently, global recession, such issues warrant careful thought in order to strategically position career development as a relevant discipline in the 21st century. At a more fundamental level, the issue of terminology in relation to work and career needs greater elaboration in a global world.
Career Development All-In-One for Dummies by
Take control of your career today Want to get ahead in the workplace? Learn new skills and increase your visibility as a leader in your company with the help of this practical, hands-on guide to professional development. You'll find new techniques for being a better leader, tips for writing better emails, rules for running more effective meetings, and much more. Plus, you'll discover how to give presentations that will keep your audience engaged and learn to be a more mindful person. Combined from seven of the best For Dummies books on career development topics, Career Development All-in-One For Dummies is your one-stop guide to taking control of your career and improving your professional life. Perfect on its own or as part of a formal development program, it gives you everything you need to advance your career. Become a better leader Manage your time wisely Write effective business communications Manage projects more effectively Success is an individual responsibility--so put your professional future in your own hands with this guide!
Career Development and Counseling by
Praise for Career Development and Counseling: Putting Theory and Research to Work, Second Edition "This volume is an essential resource for the library of anyone interested in the field of career development, assessment, and counseling and should also prove invaluable for graduate students interested in immersing themselves in some of the best work being done today in the field of career development and counseling." --Nancy E. Betz, PhD, Professor, Department of Psychology, The Ohio State University "In this second edition, Drs. Brown and Lent continue to shape career development discourse and illustrate the ongoing significance of the fields of career development and counseling in the twenty-first century. This edition will help both researchers and practitioners alike to better understand, investigate, and promote the role of work in people's lives." --Angela Byars-Winston, PhD, Associate Professor of Medicine, School of Medicine and Public Health, University of Wisconsin-Madison Complete coverage of leading career theories and practices Filled with the latest empirical and practical evidence, this new edition features: A new introductory chapter that defines and discusses the importance of career counseling in the twenty-first century, and offers a brief history of the field New chapters on gender, race/ethnicity, social class and poverty, sexual minority identity, disability status, personality, and relational factors Major theories of career development Coverage of the assessment of important career constructs and occupational information systems Interventions for working with career issues across the life span Edited by two of the leaders in the field of career development, and featuring contributions by many of the most well-regarded specialists in the field, Career Development and Counseling, Second Edition is the one book that every career counselor, vocational psychologist, and student of career development and counseling must have.
Career development and counseling : theory and practice in a multicultural world by
Career Development and Counseling: Theory and Practice in a Multicultural World provides a comprehensive overview of career development theories with a unique multicultural framework. Aligned with the latest standards set forth by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP), the text focuses on applications across a variety of settings and populations. Each chapter contains numerous case illustrations and learning activities designed to help readers understand the complexities of multicultural aspects of individual career development. Counseling students in training, in addition to working counseling professionals, will find this book as a useful resource for today's diverse world. Career Development and Counseling is part of SAGE's Counseling and Professional Identity Series. To learn more about each text in the series, please visit sagepub.com/cpiseries
Career Development Practice in Canada Perspectives, Principles, and Professionalism by
Many of Canada's foremost career practitioners have contributed to this unique textbook for students of career development - the first to describe the principles and ethical practice of career development in a Canadian context, and to examine the development and maturing of the profession in Canada. Designed with content, resources, and activities to be a learning tool for students, a resource for educators, and a reference for career practitioners in the field, the book is ideal for students and educators of career development at community colleges and universities, workshop leaders and attendees, and career professionals.Much attention is given to the "nuts and bolts" of the practice for developing relationships with clients, helping clients with career planning and decision making, and equipping clients with job search skills.Diversity and social justice are strong themes. Chapters examine the needs of special populations: Aboriginal peoples, immigrants, refugees, and the poor. Career development is a lifelong process of managing learning and work. Chapters describe the challenges and the approaches for guiding this process for students in elementary school, through high school, and in the postsecondary years.Professionalism runs throughout the text - ethical practice, historical development, Canadian Standards and Guidelines, competency, and attention to current pressing issues. Among these are accountability of career practitioners and evaluating the efficacy of career services. The text concludes with a look at the transformations that are taking place in the career development sector."Career Development Practice in Canada is the first comprehensive Canadian book to offer the insights of researchers, educators, and practitioners on the key issues related to the theory and practice of lifelong career development in Canada. It will go a long way toward moving career development theory and practice forward in our country." -WILLIAM A BORGEN, Professor, Counselling Psychology, University of British Columbia"While books in career counselling are myriad, this book orients readers through an informed, scholarly inquiry into the Canadian context. The editors have done a remarkable job of garnering contributions from a selection of Canadian researchers, educators, and practitioners. The result is a thorough, sensible, comprehensive resource in career development that will interest and instruct students, educators, and practitioners. This book will serve to sustain and facilitate our vibrant career development profession." -MILDRED CAHILL, Professor, Faculty of Education, Memorial University of Newfoundland"Over the past decade, as a career counsellor educator, I have had to piece together diverse resources to meet the needs of the learners. No more! Now we have a comprehensive text focused on Canadian career development, one that eloquently articulates multiple perspectives, established principles, and standards of professional practice. This book is a must read." -ROB STRABY, Professor, Career Development Practitioner Certificate Program, Conestoga CollegeABOUT THE EDITORSBlythe C. Shepard is an associate professor in Counselling Psychology at the University of Lethbridge. Her research and teaching have been in the areas of life-career development, rural youth transitions and rural women's career paths, counsellor training and identity, clinical supervision, child and adolescent mental health, and families living with children with FASD. In 2013, she became president of the Canadian Counselling and Psychotherapy Association. Priya S. Mani is an associate professor in Counselling Psychology at the University of Manitoba in the Faculty of Education. Her research interest revolves around exploring the perception of supports, barriers, and different contexts that constrain and/or facilitate career development for Indo-Canadian young men and women.
Career moves : be strategic about your future by
Shifting demographics, economic turmoil, globalization, and a connected mobile culture have dramatically changed the workforce. Experienced career experts Caitlin Williams and Annabelle Reitman show you how to create your dream career by using and blending these changes in your career-planning process. Explore key competencies that professionals need to be successful, and learn how to make them work for you. This third edition is packed with all new material to help you succeed.
Driving Career Results by
YOUR BEST ROUTE TO CAREER SUCCESS CREATE A PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN YOU OWN AND CONTROL! Complete, easy-to-use Individual Development Planning template for you or your colleagues Hundreds of bite-sized, practical, no cost ways to take charge of your own development Plus Exclusive HR Tips for implementing Self-Directed Employee Development at your company Take control of your career by taking control of your own learning and development! Nobody will do it for you anymore: you have to do it yourself. Start now, and you'll be miles ahead of everyone who's still waiting for help! Driving Career Results brings together all the tools, ideas, plans, and techniques you'll need. World-class HR expert Linda Brenner has helped tens of thousands of businesspeople succeed. Now, she helps you assess your personal strengths and opportunities, and then systematically improve in a manageable, practical way. Brenner offers expert tips for leveraging strengths and improving development areas in areas such as judgment, problem-solving, creativity, trust, influence, teamwork, planning, business acumen, customer focus, grit, technical savvy, communications, collaboration, integrity, accountability, curiosity, innovation, courage, and more. You'll learn where to start, what to prioritize, how to commit to a personal plan of action...and how to make it happen! Are you waiting around for someone to "develop" you? You may be waiting a long time. Nowadays, you're in the driver's seat of your own career, whether you know it or not. Corporations don't have the time and energy it takes to truly help you learn and improve. It's all on you. Driving Career Results shows you how to drive your own development...simply, effectively, and at virtually no cost. Whether you're targeting a more challenging, higher-paying role or your very first job, this book is for you. (And if you're an HR leader, this book will help you implement self-directed development in your organization!) Step by step, Linda Brenner helps you: Identify your greatest strengths and most critical areas to improve Build your individual development plan Choose from hundreds of free, bite-sized, media-rich, self-directed development ideas Collaborate more successfully with colleagues and your manager Track your progress in self-development Whatever your career goals are, there's only one way to get where you want to be: drive your own learning and development! For more information, check out our companion app at www.skillsify.com.
Focus on the future : a career development curriculum for secondary school students by
Offers a curriculum that helps secondary students prepare for careers in the 21st century. Through a series of 36 lesson plans that stress learning through activities, students discover their interests, abilities, values, and aspirations and relate them to occupational choices. They explore career and educational options and develop a career plan that outlines the preparation required to pursue their career choice. Each lesson plan contains learning objectives, materials needed, teacher preparation tips, step-by-step activities, activity or resource sheets, and discussion questions. Activity and resource sheets are available for downloading from the Web site.
Handbook of Career Development by
This book is focused on work, occupation and career development: themes that are fundamental to a wide range of human activities and relevant across all cultures. Yet theorizing and model building about this most ubiquitous of human activities from international perspectives have not been vigorous. An examination of the literature pertaining to career development, counseling and guidance that has developed over the last fifty years reveals theorizing and model building have been largely dominated by Western epistemologies, some of the largest workforces in the world are in the developing world. Career guidance is rapidly emerging as a strongly felt need in these contexts. If more relevant models are to be developed, frameworks from other cultures and economies must be recognized as providing constructs that would offer a deeper understanding of career development. This does not mean that existing ideas are to be discarded. Instead, an integrative approach that blends universal principles with particular needs could offer a framework for theorizing, research and practice that has wider relevance. The central objective of this handbook is to draw the wisdom and experiences of different cultures together to consider both universal and specific principles for career guidance and counseling that are socially and economically relevant to contemporary challenges and issues. This book is focused on extending existing concepts to broader contexts as well as introducing new concepts relevant to the discipline of career guidance and counseling.
Student Life 2 is an institutional course that provides an in-depth discussion on the skills, knowledge, and values necessary for college/career. As this course emphasizes the importance of knowing oneself, study skills, personal mission, and self-management, Senior High School students will be introduced to various learning opportunities that would help you understand important concepts through guided activities and strategies. This aims to equip you with knowledge to help you assess and apply necessary skills and motivations to achieve learning competencies and academic success. At the end of this subject, you will be able to: 1) assess your study skills, motivation, goals, and mission through self-inventory and activities to prepare for college/career life; and 2) apply the necessary skills and self-management techniques by creating a plan of action to achieve learning competencies and college/career success.
Work Immersion is one of the course requirements for graduation. A Senior High School student has to undergo Work Immersion in an industry that directly relates to the student’s postsecondary goal. Through Work Immersion, the students are exposed to and become familiar with work-related environment related to their field of specialization to enhance their competence. Specifically, the students are able to: (i) gain relevant and practical industrial skills under the guidance of industry experts and workers; (ii) appreciate the importance and application of the principles and theories taught in school; (iii) enhance their technical knowledge and skills; (iv) enrich their skills in communications and human relations; and (v) develop good work habits, attitudes, appreciation, and respect for work. These prepare them to meet the needs and challenges of employment or higher education.
The Cambridge Handbook of Workplace Training and Employee Development by
With comprehensive coverage of topics related to learning, training, and development, this volume is a must-have resource for industrial and organizational (I/O) psychologists, human resource (HR) scholars, and adult education specialists. Brown provides a forward-looking exploration of the current research on workplace training, employee development, and organizational learning from the primary point of view of industrial organizational psychology. Each chapter discusses current practices, recent research, and, importantly, the gaps between the two. In analyzing these aspects of the topic, the chapter authors both present the valuable knowledge available and show the opportunities for further study and practice.
Career Management by
Career Management is designed to help students understand themselves and their careers, to develop the skills necessary to manage their careers effectively, and to act as a mentor or human resource manager helping other workers develop their own careers.
Career Management for Life by
Career Management for Life provides students and employees with an integrative approach to managing their careers on an ongoing basis to achieve a satisfying balance between their work and their family responsibilities, community involvement, and personal interests. The career management model guides individuals through the different phases of their career from figuring out what their first job should be right to navigating the road to retirement. Expert authors Greenhaus, Callanan, and Godshalk bring their wealth of research experience to the book and demonstrate the individual and organizational sides of career management, allowing an appreciation of both. This material is well balanced by a set of practical tools, including self-assessments, case studies, and recommended interviews. The new edition also includes: An emphasis on attaining work-life balance, a topic that is of growing concern to workers at all stages of their careers. An updated focus on today's career contexts and stages. Material on technology and social media, now integrated throughout the book, to reflect the growing importance of these tools in career management and development. A chapter on international careers, helping individuals face a globalized world. Greater emphasis on alternative career paths, reflecting the newest trends and helping individuals understand all the different career options available to them. This rich and engaging book will help individuals understand themselves better, which in turn allows them to understand what they really want out of their career. Those taking (or offering) classes in career management or career development will come to rely on this book for years to follow.
Employee training and development by
“Companies that use innovative training and development practices are likely to report better financial performance than their competitors that do not. Training and development also help a company develop the human capital needed to meet competitive challenges. Many companies now recognize that learning through training, development, and knowledge management helps employees strengthen or increase their skills directly impacting their job performance, satisfaction, and career advancement. Training has moved from an emphasis of a onetime event to the creation of conditions for learning that can occur through collaboration, online learning, traditional classroom training, or a combination of these methods. The 8th edition covers and addresses the changes in training and development from an employer and employee perspective - adding value to the employer and employee. Based on the authors extensive experience in teaching training and development courses to both graduate and undergraduate students, Employee Training and Development, Eighth Edition, retains the lively writing style, inspiring examples, and emphasis on new technology and strategic training from previous editions.”--Publisher’s description.
Interview Question and Answer Book by
You've made it to the interview. Now you're in the hot seat. What are you going to say?So, your CV has got you through the door. Well done. Now you need to be as impressive in person as you were on paper. And at the end of the interview you have to leave behind the impression of someone who is smart, resourceful, intuitive, able to handle pressure and perfect for the job.In this book, leading expert James Innes reveals the proven methodology he has used with hundreds of his clients to help them ace their interviews. It covers every technique and tactic to help you give authentic, interesting and job-winning answers to every question you are likely to encounter.You'll discover:••how to plan and prepare for a multitude of different interview questions•how to avoid cliché and deliver fresh, interesting answers that mark you out as an outstanding candidate•how to really make an impact when handling questions, from the most predictable to the most challengingThe Interview Question & Answer Book has full, free online support – including a random question generator and many other resources at www.ineedacv.co.uk/readertools
Learning While Working by
Don't Leave On-the-Job Training to Chance People become experts at their job by learning while doing. But when your employees need to develop a new skill, how do you ensure they all receive the same experience if a trainer isn't leading and guiding them? Most on-the-job training programs leave learners to sink or swim with whomever is overseeing their work. One worker may excel with a mentor who allows her to take charge of what she learns--while a second may get someone who uses the opportunity to offload paperwork and other administrative tasks. Learning While Working: Structuring Your On-the-Job Training shows you how to provide the focus and direction needed to track on-the-job progress and build a pipeline of better-skilled workers. Author Paul Smith combines real insight into building a structured program for project managers at the Waldinger Corporation with in-depth interviews of experienced learning and development professionals. Discover how a well-designed structured on-the-job training program can be your company's talent development answer to a Swiss Army knife. This book doesn't prescribe a one-size-fits-all solution. Instead, it will help you prepare a tailored, sustainable structured on-the-job training program for your organization. Included are practical tips to set defined roles for the learner, mentor, and trainer; create a tracking tool to clearly document skill growth; and ensure organizational learning gets put to use. On-the-job training won't replace all employee development happening in the classroom, online, or through peer sharing of best practices. But by bringing order to these often disconnected and siloed efforts, you can fortify the learning structure that your organization needs to succeed.
Managing up : how to move up, win at work, and succeed with any type of boss by
Build vital connections to accelerate your career success Managing Up is your guide to the most valuable 'soft skill' your career has ever seen. It's not about sucking up or brown-nosing; it's about figuring out who you are, who your boss is, and finding where you meet. It's about building real relationships with people who have influence over your career. Managing up is good for you, good for your boss, and good for the organization as a whole. This book gives you strategies for developing these all-important connections and building more than rapport; you become able to quickly assess situations, and determine which actions will move you forward; you become your own talent manager, and your boss's top choice for that new opportunity. As a skill, managing up can do more for your career than simply 'networking' ever could--and this book shows you how. Real-world strategies give you a set of actionable steps, supplemented by expert advice from a top leadership consultant that helps you get on track to advancement. It's never too early or too late to start adjusting your alignment, and this book provides the help you need to start accelerating your trajectory. Develop robust relationships with influential people Enhance your self-awareness and become more adaptable Gain new opportunities and accelerate your career Stop 'schmoozing' and develop true, lasting connections Managing up helps you build the sort of relationships that foster more communication, collaboration, cooperation, and understanding between people at different levels of power, with a variety of perspectives and skills. This type of bridge-building builds your reputation for effectiveness and fit, so you can start skipping rungs on the ladder as you build a strong, successful career. Managing Up is your personal manual for building this vital skill so you can begin building your best future.
Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being by
Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Beingexamines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners. Contributors include:B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
Resumes for Dummies by
Master the art of resume writing and boost your chances of getting hired With unemployment rates still running high, getting an edge up on the competition in your field--whatever it may be--can be an intimidating and exhausting undertaking. Luckily, Resumes For Dummies is here to serve as your life raft as you navigate the murky waters of a modern-day job search. Inside, you'll find expert guidance on writing a winning resume that will set you head and shoulders above the crowd to land that elusive interview and get the job of your dreams. There's nothing easy and breezy about looking for a new job--whether you currently have one or not. But rather than succumbing to the panic that might convince you to hide under the covers, Resumes For Dummies arms you with the confidence you need to write a resume that will have prospective employers knocking your at your door. Includes tips on avoiding common resume-writing mistakes Provides updates on the latest changes in the job market that you'll need to take into account when writing a resume Outlines how to approach a lay-off in a professional light Covers how to confront privacy and reputation issues in online social job search Whether you're a recent graduate, second-timer looking for your next job, prime-timer who hasn't job-searched in decades, or the unfortunate victim of a lay-off, Resumes For Dummies takes the fear out of putting your skills on paper and sets you on the path to getting your foot in the door--and landing the job of your dreams.
True Kaizen : management's role in improving work climate and culture by
What does it take to manage an organization to success? No matter what industry you are in, an organization is primarily a group of people. This book focuses on that ever-important human element. In the rush to get 'lean', many organizations focus solely on tools for increasing productivity, but where do these tools come from? In this book, Collin McLoughlin and Toshihiko Miura look back on their decades of international consulting experience to examine how organizations around the world have transformed on a cultural level by respecting the people who work within them and leveraging their creativity to solve problems. As our workforce becomes more knowledgeable, skillful, and more perceptive of their needs and wants as employees, the ability to reach the true potential of an organization becomes more and more difficult. Managers must look at each individual element of an equation like this in order to fully understand how to achieve an answer. They must begin to answer more focused questions, such as: 1. How productive is the existing work climate and culture? 2. How do employees, as individuals, navigate the existing work climate? (How do they deal with day-today issues with each other?) 3. Where and how are individuals and their work processes assessed? 4. What obstacles do employees face every day, and are they empowered to fix these obstacles? 5. What role does leadership play at each level of the organization? (Looking at the organization in layers of management.) To address these challenges, this book focuses on three main aspects of leadership and management: 1. Addressing and Improving the Perspective of Management -- The ideas presented in this book are not limited to a certain industry or field of work, but can be applied in any setting because they speak to a universal human element. 2. Exploring and Improving Work Climate -- Organizations are social entities, operating within their own controlled environment. This book will explore the factors that contribute to, and encourage, a positive work climate. 3. Observing and Eliminating Wasteful Work Processes -- Observing wasteful activities and work processes requires a refined perspective. The case studies presented illustrate the How and Why to help refine expertise. This will also lead to the joy and benefits
Work Immersion is one of the course requirements for graduation. A Senior High School student has to undergo Work Immersion in an industry that directly relates to the student’s postsecondary goal. Through Work Immersion, the students are exposed to and become familiar with work-related environment related to their field of specialization to enhance their competence. Specifically, the students are able to: (i) gain relevant and practical industrial skills under the guidance of industry experts and workers; (ii) appreciate the importance and application of the principles and theories taught in school; (iii) enhance their technical knowledge and skills; (iv) enrich their skills in communications and human relations; and (v) develop good work habits, attitudes, appreciation, and respect for work. These prepare them to meet the needs and challenges of employment or higher education.
Advance : the ultimate how-to guide for your career by
The how-to guide for your career In his previous book, Lose the Resume, Land the Job, author Gary Burnison exposed the myths and the ineffective thinking around how to land the job you really want. Now, in Advance, he takes readers through the next stage--advancing in their careers. Advance is extremely timely and topical in today's do-it-yourself career development world. Average job tenure has fallen to about four years on average and often only one or two years for younger professionals. These "career nomads" simply aren't around long enough to access career development from their employers. On the other end of the workplace spectrum, many employees find themselves stuck in one job without a promotion, without any raise to speak of, and with no opportunities to learn and grow. In Advance, Burnison lays out a mosaic of "how-to" advice that applies every day and at every level--the skills and behaviors that help people navigate their careers and stand out among the crowd. He takes on a "Top 20" of career must-haves: managing for the first time, engaging in the "money conversation" with your boss, dealing with difficult bosses (without quitting), coping with coworkers (without losing your mind), making presentations (that don't put people to sleep), mastering digital communication (and avoiding emails that will get you fired), thinking globally (without leaving your office), taking an overseas assignment, meeting senior leaders for the first time (without putting your foot in your mouth), navigating political waters (without sinking your career), reading and fitting in with the culture, and more. * Wisdom on taking your career to the next level * Career development tips * Guidance on being seen and heard * Written by the CEO of one of the world's largest management consulting firms Whether you're just starting your career, high up on the ladder, or "stuck" anywhere in between, Advance gives you the know-how to get on a path to where you want to go.
The Career Catapult by
We live in an evolving economic environment, one in which job security and career certainty are distant memories. The old rules for navigating the turbulent waters of employment just don't apply anymore. In the face of these ongoing changes, it's easy to become fearful and discouraged. In The Career Catapult, innovative career consultant Roopa Unnikrishnan shows you how to gaze into this uncertain future and shape it to your advantage--regardless of your current position in the job hierarchy. Leaping into a revised career trajectory requires quick and purposeful movement. In The Career Catapult, Roopa offers five essential disciplines that will catapult you along the fast track: Dig Deep to Soar: Examine your skills and resources to accurately assess your marketplace value. Stalk Innovations and Trends: Explore the context in which you can offer your value. Jolt Your Network: Use your assets, including networks that can drive significant value. Prototype Possibilities: Free yourself to imagine. Visualize the full array of possibilities and test-drive them. Find ways to don the mantle of the new role Go Extreme: Is your desired future achievable? Yes! Take that confident leap into your future.
Career Development All-In-One for Dummies by
Take control of your career today Want to get ahead in the workplace? Learn new skills and increase your visibility as a leader in your company with the help of this practical, hands-on guide to professional development. You'll find new techniques for being a better leader, tips for writing better emails, rules for running more effective meetings, and much more. Plus, you'll discover how to give presentations that will keep your audience engaged and learn to be a more mindful person. Combined from seven of the best For Dummies books on career development topics, Career Development All-in-One For Dummies is your one-stop guide to taking control of your career and improving your professional life. Perfect on its own or as part of a formal development program, it gives you everything you need to advance your career. Become a better leader Manage your time wisely Write effective business communications Manage projects more effectively Success is an individual responsibility--so put your professional future in your own hands with this guide!
Employee Training and Development by
Raymond Noe&’s Employee Training and Development sets the standard in this course area. First introduced in 1998, ETD became the market-defining text within 6 months of publication. Its popularity is due to its lively writing style and relevant examples of the most up-to-date developments in training, research and practice, including the strategic role of training and the use of new technologies in training. Employee Training and Development strikes a balance between research and real company practices. It provides students with a solid background in the fundamentals of training and development such as needs assessment, transfer of training, learning environment design, methods, and evaluation. To help students better understand the relationship between the main elements of the book, the book is now organized into five different parts. Part I focuses on the context for training and development and includes a chapter devoted to strategic training. Part II includes coverage related to the fundamentals of designing training programs. Chapters in Part II focus on needs assessment, learning theories and program design, transfer of training, and training evaluation. Part III focuses on training and development methods and includes chapters devoted to traditional training methods, e-learning and the use of technology in training, employee development, and special issues in employee development, such as managing diversity, succession planning, and cross-cultural preparation. Chapters in Part IV cover career issues and how companies manage careers, as well as challenges in career management, such as dealing with work-life conflict, retirement, and socialization. Finally, Part V provides a look at the future of training and development.
Handbook of Career Development by
This book is focused on work, occupation and career development: themes that are fundamental to a wide range of human activities and relevant across all cultures. Yet theorizing and model building about this most ubiquitous of human activities from international perspectives have not been vigorous. An examination of the literature pertaining to career development, counseling and guidance that has developed over the last fifty years reveals theorizing and model building have been largely dominated by Western epistemologies, some of the largest workforces in the world are in the developing world. Career guidance is rapidly emerging as a strongly felt need in these contexts. If more relevant models are to be developed, frameworks from other cultures and economies must be recognized as providing constructs that would offer a deeper understanding of career development. This does not mean that existing ideas are to be discarded. Instead, an integrative approach that blends universal principles with particular needs could offer a framework for theorizing, research and practice that has wider relevance. The central objective of this handbook is to draw the wisdom and experiences of different cultures together to consider both universal and specific principles for career guidance and counseling that are socially and economically relevant to contemporary challenges and issues. This book is focused on extending existing concepts to broader contexts as well as introducing new concepts relevant to the discipline of career guidance and counseling.
How to Manage Your Career by
If you are looking to move to the next level of your career then this book is for you. The author has written an easy-to-understand, easy-to-digest book about mindset that includes the neuroscience about why we think and feel the way we do, hints and tips on how to take control of and grow your own career, as well as case studies, hints, tips, and tools to help you manage your career through the power of mindset to help you foster success. Readers will learn what mindset is, and discover how to gain a different perspective into everyday workplace and life occurances and how just some simple yet effective mindset shifts can make the difference between stagnation and growth. The author has been working with mindset for years and her techniques and insights helped catapult her own career and is now running one of the leading HR Consultancies in the UK, with an emphasis on doing things differently. This book is dedicated to all those who want to master their mindset
Interview Question and Answer Book by
You've made it to the interview. Now you're in the hot seat. What are you going to say?So, your CV has got you through the door. Well done. Now you need to be as impressive in person as you were on paper. And at the end of the interview you have to leave behind the impression of someone who is smart, resourceful, intuitive, able to handle pressure and perfect for the job.In this book, leading expert James Innes reveals the proven methodology he has used with hundreds of his clients to help them ace their interviews. It covers every technique and tactic to help you give authentic, interesting and job-winning answers to every question you are likely to encounter.You'll discover:••how to plan and prepare for a multitude of different interview questions•how to avoid cliché and deliver fresh, interesting answers that mark you out as an outstanding candidate•how to really make an impact when handling questions, from the most predictable to the most challengingThe Interview Question & Answer Book has full, free online support – including a random question generator and many other resources at www.ineedacv.co.uk/readertools
Learning While Working by
Don't Leave On-the-Job Training to Chance People become experts at their job by learning while doing. But when your employees need to develop a new skill, how do you ensure they all receive the same experience if a trainer isn't leading and guiding them? Most on-the-job training programs leave learners to sink or swim with whomever is overseeing their work. One worker may excel with a mentor who allows her to take charge of what she learns--while a second may get someone who uses the opportunity to offload paperwork and other administrative tasks. Learning While Working: Structuring Your On-the-Job Training shows you how to provide the focus and direction needed to track on-the-job progress and build a pipeline of better-skilled workers. Author Paul Smith combines real insight into building a structured program for project managers at the Waldinger Corporation with in-depth interviews of experienced learning and development professionals. Discover how a well-designed structured on-the-job training program can be your company's talent development answer to a Swiss Army knife. This book doesn't prescribe a one-size-fits-all solution. Instead, it will help you prepare a tailored, sustainable structured on-the-job training program for your organization. Included are practical tips to set defined roles for the learner, mentor, and trainer; create a tracking tool to clearly document skill growth; and ensure organizational learning gets put to use. On-the-job training won't replace all employee development happening in the classroom, online, or through peer sharing of best practices. But by bringing order to these often disconnected and siloed efforts, you can fortify the learning structure that your organization needs to succeed.
Christian Formation is an institutional course that introduces you, young Benildeans, to the fundamental reality of our RELATIONSHIP with God. It is a kind of relationship that primarily establishes Connection, founded on Knowledge, assures Presence; consistent with Action, and forever longing for Communion. This course will bring you to a deeper understanding and appreciation of Faith rooted in Life and Life anchored on Faith.
Why Study Religion? by
Why Studying Religion Matters in a Pluralistic Context This brief primer explains why Christian students should study religion, how they should go about it, and why it is important in our contemporary, pluralistic context. Senior religion scholar Terry Muck introduces the discipline and explains how it can be approached by Christian students. He explores the contemporary significance of studying religion in a complex, multicultural world and concludes by addressing the skills students must bring to the study of religion in the twenty-first century. Written in accessible prose suitable for undergraduates, this introduction can be used to supplement any standard religion textbook.
Christian Formation is an institutional course that introduces you, young Benildeans, to the fundamental reality of our RELATIONSHIP with God. It is a kind of relationship that primarily establishes Connection, founded on Knowledge, assures Presence; consistent with Action, and forever longing for Communion. This course will bring you to a deeper understanding and appreciation of Faith rooted in Life and Life anchored on Faith.
Writing Religion by
In 2002, the University of Alabama's Department of Religious Studies established the annual Aronov Lecture Series to showcase the works of nationally recognized scholars of religion capable of reflecting on issues of wide relevance to scholars from across the humanities and social sciences. Writing Religion: The Case for the Critical Study of Religion is an edited collection of essays that highlights critical contributions from the first ten Aronov lecturers. Section one of the volume, "Writing Discourses," features essays by Jonathan Z. Smith, Bruce Lincoln, and Ann Pellegrini that illustrate how critical study enables the analysis of discourses in society and history. Section two, "Riting Social Formations," includes pieces by Arjun Appadurai, Judith Plaskow, and Nathan Katz that reference both the power of rites to construct society and the act of riting as a form of disciplining that both prescribes and proscribes. The writings of Tomoko Masuzawa, Amy-Jill Levine, Aaron W. Hughes, and Martin S. Jaffee appear in section three, "Righting the Discipline." They emphasize the correction of movements within the academic study of religion. Steven W. Ramey frames the collection with a thoughtful introduction that explores the genesis, development, and diversity of critical analysis in the study of religion. An afterword by Russell McCutcheon reflects on the critical study of religion at the University of Alabama and rounds out this superb collection. The mission of the Department of Religious Studies is to "avoid every tendency toward confusing the study of religion with the practice of religion." Instruction about--rather than in--religion is foundational to the department's larger goal of producing knowledge of the world and its many practices and systems of beliefs. Infused with this spirit, these fascinating essays, which read like good conversations with learned friends, offer significant examples of each scholar's work. Writing Religion will be of value to graduate students, advanced undergraduates, and scholars interested in the study of religion from a critical perspective.
